Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/928/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. With a library of over 500,000+ audiobooks, we bring you classics, Romantic Novels, and Mystical Fiction stories. Get 3 free audiobooks to start. Easily listen on iPhone, iPad, Android, and enjoy audiobooks whenever you want. Let the sounds of these wonderful stories accompany you! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/928/ en-US All rights reserved Fri, 06 Dec 2024 07:31:20 GMT Fri, 06 Dec 2024 07:31:20 GMT Notepad++ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/928/ https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/928/logo.jpg https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/928/ thebookvoice.com no Ms. Loren McDermott bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/928/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. With a library of over 500,000+ audiobooks, we bring you classics, Romantic Novels, and Mystical Fiction stories. Get 3 free audiobooks to start. Easily listen on iPhone, iPad, Android, and enjoy audiobooks whenever you want. Let the sounds of these wonderful stories accompany you! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200825 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200825]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All the Time in the World: A Book of Hours Author: Jessica Kerwin Jenkins Narrator: Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 29, 2013 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Entertaining, unexpected, and full of charm, the follow-up to Jessica Kerwin Jenkins' Encyclopedia of the Exquisite presents a miscellany of engaging stories, detailing the intriguing customs, traditions, and guilty pleasures pursued throughout the ages. All the Time in the World takes its cue from an iconic component of medieval life, the book of hours, which prescribed certain readings and contemplations for certain parts of the day throughout the year. Divided into more than seventy-five entries, All the Time in the World is brimming with witty bons mots, interesting etymologies, and arresting anecdotes encompassing an array of cultures and eras. Subjects covered include the daylong ceremony of laying a royal Elizabethan tablecloth; the radicalization of sartorial chic in 1890s Paris; Nostradamus' belief in the aphrodisiac power of jam; the sensuous practice of sniffing incense in fifteenth-century Japan; the American fascination with flaming desserts; the short-lived artistic discipline of 'lumia,' or visual music; the evolution of coffee from a religious ritual to a forbidden delight in the Middle East; Henriette d'Angeville's fearless and wine-fueled ascent of Mont Blanc; the elaborate treasure hunts concocted by London's Bright Young Things; and the musical revolution known as bebop. An antidote to the contemporary cult of 'getting things done,' All the Time in the World revives forgotten treasures of the past while inspiring a passion for good living in the present. Jessica Kerwin Jenkins Tue, 29 Oct 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200825 thebookvoice.com 6:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200825]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All the Time in the World: A Book of Hours Author: Jessica Kerwin Jenkins Narrator: Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 29, 2013 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Entertaining, unexpected, and full of charm, the follow-up to Jessica Kerwin Jenkins' Encyclopedia of the Exquisite presents a miscellany of engaging stories, detailing the intriguing customs, traditions, and guilty pleasures pursued throughout the ages. All the Time in the World takes its cue from an iconic component of medieval life, the book of hours, which prescribed certain readings and contemplations for certain parts of the day throughout the year. Divided into more than seventy-five entries, All the Time in the World is brimming with witty bons mots, interesting etymologies, and arresting anecdotes encompassing an array of cultures and eras. Subjects covered include the daylong ceremony of laying a royal Elizabethan tablecloth; the radicalization of sartorial chic in 1890s Paris; Nostradamus' belief in the aphrodisiac power of jam; the sensuous practice of sniffing incense in fifteenth-century Japan; the American fascination with flaming desserts; the short-lived artistic discipline of 'lumia,' or visual music; the evolution of coffee from a religious ritual to a forbidden delight in the Middle East; Henriette d'Angeville's fearless and wine-fueled ascent of Mont Blanc; the elaborate treasure hunts concocted by London's Bright Young Things; and the musical revolution known as bebop. An antidote to the contemporary cult of 'getting things done,' All the Time in the World revives forgotten treasures of the past while inspiring a passion for good living in the present. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200825]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All the Time in the World: A Book of Hours Author: Jessica Kerwin Jenkins Narrator: Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 29, 2013 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Entertaining, unexpected, and full of charm, the follow-up to Jessica Kerwin Jenkins' Encyclopedia of the Exquisite presents a miscellany of engaging stories, detailing the intriguing customs, traditions, and guilty pleasures pursued throughout the ages. All the Time in the World takes its cue from an iconic component of medieval life, the book of hours, which prescribed certain readings and contemplations for certain parts of the day throughout the year. Divided into more than seventy-five entries, All the Time in the World is brimming with witty bons mots, interesting etymologies, and arresting anecdotes encompassing an array of cultures and eras. Subjects covered include the daylong ceremony of laying a royal Elizabethan tablecloth; the radicalization of sartorial chic in 1890s Paris; Nostradamus' belief in the aphrodisiac power of jam; the sensuous practice of sniffing incense in fifteenth-century Japan; the American fascination with flaming desserts; the short-lived artistic discipline of 'lumia,' or visual music; the evolution of coffee from a religious ritual to a forbidden delight in the Middle East; Henriette d'Angeville's fearless and wine-fueled ascent of Mont Blanc; the elaborate treasure hunts concocted by London's Bright Young Things; and the musical revolution known as bebop. An antidote to the contemporary cult of 'getting things done,' All the Time in the World revives forgotten treasures of the past while inspiring a passion for good living in the present. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200816 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200816]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Once Upon a Quinceanera: Coming of Age in the USA Author: Julia Alvarez Narrator: Daphne Rubin-Vega Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 13 minutes Release date: August 2, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The bestselling author of How the Garcia Girls Lost Their Accents, Julia Alvarez, examines the parties and preparations of the quincea–era. Julia Alvarez Thu, 02 Aug 2007 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200816 thebookvoice.com 9:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200816]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Once Upon a Quinceanera: Coming of Age in the USA Author: Julia Alvarez Narrator: Daphne Rubin-Vega Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 13 minutes Release date: August 2, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The bestselling author of How the Garcia Girls Lost Their Accents, Julia Alvarez, examines the parties and preparations of the quincea–era. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200816]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Once Upon a Quinceanera: Coming of Age in the USA Author: Julia Alvarez Narrator: Daphne Rubin-Vega Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 13 minutes Release date: August 2, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The bestselling author of How the Garcia Girls Lost Their Accents, Julia Alvarez, examines the parties and preparations of the quincea–era. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200707 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200707]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Kid Author: Dan Savage Narrator: Dan Savage Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: July 11, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Dan Savage's nationally syndicated sex advice column, 'Savage Love,' enrages and excites more than four million people each week. In The Kid, Savage tells a no-holds-barred, high-energy story of an ordinary American couple who wants to have a baby. Except that in this case the couple happens to be Dan and his boyfriend. That fact, in the face of a society enormously uneasy with gay adoption, makes for an edgy, entertaining, and illuminating read. When Dan and his boyfriend are finally presented with an infant badly in need of parenting, they find themselves caught up in a drama that extends well beyond the confines of their immediate world. A story about confronting homophobia, falling in love, getting older, and getting a little bit smarter, The Kid is a book about the very human desire to have a family. Dan Savage Thu, 11 Jul 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200707 thebookvoice.com 7:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200707]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Kid Author: Dan Savage Narrator: Dan Savage Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: July 11, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Dan Savage's nationally syndicated sex advice column, 'Savage Love,' enrages and excites more than four million people each week. In The Kid, Savage tells a no-holds-barred, high-energy story of an ordinary American couple who wants to have a baby. Except that in this case the couple happens to be Dan and his boyfriend. That fact, in the face of a society enormously uneasy with gay adoption, makes for an edgy, entertaining, and illuminating read. When Dan and his boyfriend are finally presented with an infant badly in need of parenting, they find themselves caught up in a drama that extends well beyond the confines of their immediate world. A story about confronting homophobia, falling in love, getting older, and getting a little bit smarter, The Kid is a book about the very human desire to have a family. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200707]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Kid Author: Dan Savage Narrator: Dan Savage Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: July 11, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Dan Savage's nationally syndicated sex advice column, 'Savage Love,' enrages and excites more than four million people each week. In The Kid, Savage tells a no-holds-barred, high-energy story of an ordinary American couple who wants to have a baby. Except that in this case the couple happens to be Dan and his boyfriend. That fact, in the face of a society enormously uneasy with gay adoption, makes for an edgy, entertaining, and illuminating read. When Dan and his boyfriend are finally presented with an infant badly in need of parenting, they find themselves caught up in a drama that extends well beyond the confines of their immediate world. A story about confronting homophobia, falling in love, getting older, and getting a little bit smarter, The Kid is a book about the very human desire to have a family. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200504 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200504]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Town: Two Parties and a Funeral-Plus, Plenty of Valet Parking!-in America’s Gilded Cap ital Author: Mark Leibovich Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 48 minutes Release date: July 16, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One of the nation's most acclaimed journalists, the New York Times' Mark Leibovich, presents a blistering, penetrating, controversial--and often hysterical--look at Washington's incestuous "media industrial complex." Mark Leibovich Tue, 16 Jul 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200504 thebookvoice.com 11:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200504]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Town: Two Parties and a Funeral-Plus, Plenty of Valet Parking!-in America’s Gilded Cap ital Author: Mark Leibovich Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 48 minutes Release date: July 16, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One of the nation's most acclaimed journalists, the New York Times' Mark Leibovich, presents a blistering, penetrating, controversial--and often hysterical--look at Washington's incestuous "media industrial complex." Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200504]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Town: Two Parties and a Funeral-Plus, Plenty of Valet Parking!-in America’s Gilded Cap ital Author: Mark Leibovich Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 48 minutes Release date: July 16, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One of the nation's most acclaimed journalists, the New York Times' Mark Leibovich, presents a blistering, penetrating, controversial--and often hysterical--look at Washington's incestuous "media industrial complex." https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/199507 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/199507]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life at the Marmont: The Inside Story of Hollywood's Legendary Hotel of the Stars--Chateau Marmont Author: Raymond Sarlot Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: April 30, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Back in print after two decades, the story of Hollywood’s most exclusive hotel and its star-studded guest list Raymond Sarlot bought the Chateau Marmont in 1975, but what was originally a business purchase became a love affair as he delved into the hotel’s incredible history. From its perch overlooking the Sunset Strip, the glamorous Marmont reigned for decades as the spot for artists, writers, musicians, and actors of every stripe and remains a home-away-from-home for A-listers like Scarlett Johansson and Johnny Depp. Here, Sarlot and coauthor Fred E. Basten share a wealth of scandalous and intriguing tales about them all, from the stars of Hollywood’s Golden Era like Jean Harlow and Grace Kelly to idols of the sixties and seventies like Jim Morrison and John Belushi (who tragically died there in 1982).               Whether your obsession is Hollywood history or celebrity gossip, Life at the Marmont has plenty of gripping, juicy stories to fascinate. Raymond Sarlot Tue, 30 Apr 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/199507 thebookvoice.com 10:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/199507]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life at the Marmont: The Inside Story of Hollywood's Legendary Hotel of the Stars--Chateau Marmont Author: Raymond Sarlot Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: April 30, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Back in print after two decades, the story of Hollywood’s most exclusive hotel and its star-studded guest list Raymond Sarlot bought the Chateau Marmont in 1975, but what was originally a business purchase became a love affair as he delved into the hotel’s incredible history. From its perch overlooking the Sunset Strip, the glamorous Marmont reigned for decades as the spot for artists, writers, musicians, and actors of every stripe and remains a home-away-from-home for A-listers like Scarlett Johansson and Johnny Depp. Here, Sarlot and coauthor Fred E. Basten share a wealth of scandalous and intriguing tales about them all, from the stars of Hollywood’s Golden Era like Jean Harlow and Grace Kelly to idols of the sixties and seventies like Jim Morrison and John Belushi (who tragically died there in 1982).               Whether your obsession is Hollywood history or celebrity gossip, Life at the Marmont has plenty of gripping, juicy stories to fascinate. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/199507]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life at the Marmont: The Inside Story of Hollywood's Legendary Hotel of the Stars--Chateau Marmont Author: Raymond Sarlot Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: April 30, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Back in print after two decades, the story of Hollywood’s most exclusive hotel and its star-studded guest list Raymond Sarlot bought the Chateau Marmont in 1975, but what was originally a business purchase became a love affair as he delved into the hotel’s incredible history. From its perch overlooking the Sunset Strip, the glamorous Marmont reigned for decades as the spot for artists, writers, musicians, and actors of every stripe and remains a home-away-from-home for A-listers like Scarlett Johansson and Johnny Depp. Here, Sarlot and coauthor Fred E. Basten share a wealth of scandalous and intriguing tales about them all, from the stars of Hollywood’s Golden Era like Jean Harlow and Grace Kelly to idols of the sixties and seventies like Jim Morrison and John Belushi (who tragically died there in 1982).               Whether your obsession is Hollywood history or celebrity gossip, Life at the Marmont has plenty of gripping, juicy stories to fascinate. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/199191 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/199191]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Last Night at the Viper Room: River Phoenix and the Hollywood He Left Behind Author: Gavin Edwards Narrator: Luke Daniels Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 22, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Hollywood was built on beautiful and complicated matinee idols: James Dean and Marlon Brando are classic examples, but in the 1990s, the actor who embodied that archetype was River Phoenix. As the brightly colored 1980s wound down, a new crew of leading men began to appear on movie screens. Hailed for their acting prowess and admired for choosing meaty roles, actors such as Johnny Depp, Nicolas Cage, Keanu Reeves, and Brad Pitt were soon rocketing toward stardom while an unknown Leonardo DiCaprio prepared to make his acting debut. River Phoenix, however, stood in front of the pack. Blessed with natural talent and fueled by integrity, Phoenix was admired by his peers and adored by his fans. More than just a pinup on teenage girls' walls, Phoenix was also a fervent defender of the environment and a vocal proponent of a vegan lifestyle—well on his way to becoming a symbol of his generation. At age eighteen, he received his first Oscar nomination. But behind his beautiful public face, there was a young man who had been raised in a cult by nonconformist parents, who was burdened with supporting his family from a young age, and who eventually succumbed to addiction, escaping into a maelstrom of drink and drugs. And then he was gone. After a dozen films, including Stand by Me and My Own Private Idaho, and with a seemingly limitless future, River Phoenix died of a drug overdose. He was twenty-three years old. In Last Night at the Viper Room, bestselling author and journalist Gavin Edwards toggles between the tragic events at the Viper Room in West Hollywood on Halloween 1993 and the story of an extraordinary life. Last Night at the Viper Room is part biography, part cultural history of the 1990s, and part celebration of River Phoenix, a Hollywood icon gone too soon. Full of interviews from his fellow actors, directors, friends, and family, Last Night at the Viper Room shows the role he played in creating the place of the actor in our modern culture and the impact his work still makes today. Gavin Edwards Tue, 22 Oct 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/199191 thebookvoice.com 8:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/199191]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Last Night at the Viper Room: River Phoenix and the Hollywood He Left Behind Author: Gavin Edwards Narrator: Luke Daniels Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 22, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Hollywood was built on beautiful and complicated matinee idols: James Dean and Marlon Brando are classic examples, but in the 1990s, the actor who embodied that archetype was River Phoenix. As the brightly colored 1980s wound down, a new crew of leading men began to appear on movie screens. Hailed for their acting prowess and admired for choosing meaty roles, actors such as Johnny Depp, Nicolas Cage, Keanu Reeves, and Brad Pitt were soon rocketing toward stardom while an unknown Leonardo DiCaprio prepared to make his acting debut. River Phoenix, however, stood in front of the pack. Blessed with natural talent and fueled by integrity, Phoenix was admired by his peers and adored by his fans. More than just a pinup on teenage girls' walls, Phoenix was also a fervent defender of the environment and a vocal proponent of a vegan lifestyle—well on his way to becoming a symbol of his generation. At age eighteen, he received his first Oscar nomination. But behind his beautiful public face, there was a young man who had been raised in a cult by nonconformist parents, who was burdened with supporting his family from a young age, and who eventually succumbed to addiction, escaping into a maelstrom of drink and drugs. And then he was gone. After a dozen films, including Stand by Me and My Own Private Idaho, and with a seemingly limitless future, River Phoenix died of a drug overdose. He was twenty-three years old. In Last Night at the Viper Room, bestselling author and journalist Gavin Edwards toggles between the tragic events at the Viper Room in West Hollywood on Halloween 1993 and the story of an extraordinary life. Last Night at the Viper Room is part biography, part cultural history of the 1990s, and part celebration of River Phoenix, a Hollywood icon gone too soon. Full of interviews from his fellow actors, directors, friends, and family, Last Night at the Viper Room shows the role he played in creating the place of the actor in our modern culture and the impact his work still makes today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/199191]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Last Night at the Viper Room: River Phoenix and the Hollywood He Left Behind Author: Gavin Edwards Narrator: Luke Daniels Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 22, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Hollywood was built on beautiful and complicated matinee idols: James Dean and Marlon Brando are classic examples, but in the 1990s, the actor who embodied that archetype was River Phoenix. As the brightly colored 1980s wound down, a new crew of leading men began to appear on movie screens. Hailed for their acting prowess and admired for choosing meaty roles, actors such as Johnny Depp, Nicolas Cage, Keanu Reeves, and Brad Pitt were soon rocketing toward stardom while an unknown Leonardo DiCaprio prepared to make his acting debut. River Phoenix, however, stood in front of the pack. Blessed with natural talent and fueled by integrity, Phoenix was admired by his peers and adored by his fans. More than just a pinup on teenage girls' walls, Phoenix was also a fervent defender of the environment and a vocal proponent of a vegan lifestyle—well on his way to becoming a symbol of his generation. At age eighteen, he received his first Oscar nomination. But behind his beautiful public face, there was a young man who had been raised in a cult by nonconformist parents, who was burdened with supporting his family from a young age, and who eventually succumbed to addiction, escaping into a maelstrom of drink and drugs. And then he was gone. After a dozen films, including Stand by Me and My Own Private Idaho, and with a seemingly limitless future, River Phoenix died of a drug overdose. He was twenty-three years old. In Last Night at the Viper Room, bestselling author and journalist Gavin Edwards toggles between the tragic events at the Viper Room in West Hollywood on Halloween 1993 and the story of an extraordinary life. Last Night at the Viper Room is part biography, part cultural history of the 1990s, and part celebration of River Phoenix, a Hollywood icon gone too soon. Full of interviews from his fellow actors, directors, friends, and family, Last Night at the Viper Room shows the role he played in creating the place of the actor in our modern culture and the impact his work still makes today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/199043 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/199043]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superheroes!: Capes, Cowls, and the Creation of Comic Book Culture Author: Michael Kantor, Laurence Maslon Narrator: Laurence Maslon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 8, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Superman, Batman, Spider-Man, Iron Man, Wonder Woman, the Avengers, the X-Men, Watchmen, and more: the companion volume to the PBS documentary series of the same name that tells the story of the superhero in American popular culture.   Together again for the first time, here come the greatest comic book superheroes ever assembled between two covers:  down from the heavens—Superman and the Mighty Thor—or swinging over rooftops—the Batman and Spider-Man; star-spangled, like Captain America and Wonder Woman, or clad in darkness, like the Shadow and Spawn; facing down super-villains on their own, like the Flash and the Punisher or gathered together in a team of champions, like the Avengers and the X-Men!   Based on the three-part PBS documentary series Superheroes, this companion volume chronicles the never-ending battle of the comic book industry, its greatest creators, and its greatest creations.  Covering the effect of superheroes on American culture—in print, on film and television, and in digital media—and the effect of American culture on its superheroes, Superheroes: Capes, Cowls, and the Creation of Comic Book Culture appeals to readers of all ages, from the casual observer of the phenomenon to the most exacting fan of the genre.   Drawing from more than 50 new interviews conducted expressly for Superheroes!—creators from Stan Lee to Grant Morrison, commentators from Michael Chabon to Jules Feiffer, actors from Adam West to Lynda Carter, and filmmakers such as Zach Snyder—this is an up-to-the-minute narrative history of the superhero, from the comic strip adventurers of the Great Depression, up to the blockbuster CGI movie superstars of the 21st Century. Superheroes! is the definitive story of this powerful presence in pop culture. BONUS FEATURE:  Exclusive first-hand commentary from some of the greatest creators in comic book history, from Golden Age artists and writers (Carmine Infantino, Joe Kubert, Stan Lee) to the superstars of the Silver Age (Neal Adams, Jim Steranko, Denny O'Neil)--all the way up to the movers and shakers of the 21st Century (Todd McFarlane, Joe Quesada); plus luminaries such as Adam West, Jules Feiffer and Michael Chabon. Selected interviews from Superheroes: A Never-Ending Battle courtesy of Ghost Light Films, © 2013 Ghost Light Films. Michael Kantor, Laurence Maslon Tue, 08 Oct 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/199043 thebookvoice.com 10:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/199043]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superheroes!: Capes, Cowls, and the Creation of Comic Book Culture Author: Michael Kantor, Laurence Maslon Narrator: Laurence Maslon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 8, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Superman, Batman, Spider-Man, Iron Man, Wonder Woman, the Avengers, the X-Men, Watchmen, and more: the companion volume to the PBS documentary series of the same name that tells the story of the superhero in American popular culture.   Together again for the first time, here come the greatest comic book superheroes ever assembled between two covers:  down from the heavens—Superman and the Mighty Thor—or swinging over rooftops—the Batman and Spider-Man; star-spangled, like Captain America and Wonder Woman, or clad in darkness, like the Shadow and Spawn; facing down super-villains on their own, like the Flash and the Punisher or gathered together in a team of champions, like the Avengers and the X-Men!   Based on the three-part PBS documentary series Superheroes, this companion volume chronicles the never-ending battle of the comic book industry, its greatest creators, and its greatest creations.  Covering the effect of superheroes on American culture—in print, on film and television, and in digital media—and the effect of American culture on its superheroes, Superheroes: Capes, Cowls, and the Creation of Comic Book Culture appeals to readers of all ages, from the casual observer of the phenomenon to the most exacting fan of the genre.   Drawing from more than 50 new interviews conducted expressly for Superheroes!—creators from Stan Lee to Grant Morrison, commentators from Michael Chabon to Jules Feiffer, actors from Adam West to Lynda Carter, and filmmakers such as Zach Snyder—this is an up-to-the-minute narrative history of the superhero, from the comic strip adventurers of the Great Depression, up to the blockbuster CGI movie superstars of the 21st Century. Superheroes! is the definitive story of this powerful presence in pop culture. BONUS FEATURE:  Exclusive first-hand commentary from some of the greatest creators in comic book history, from Golden Age artists and writers (Carmine Infantino, Joe Kubert, Stan Lee) to the superstars of the Silver Age (Neal Adams, Jim Steranko, Denny O'Neil)--all the way up to the movers and shakers of the 21st Century (Todd McFarlane, Joe Quesada); plus luminaries such as Adam West, Jules Feiffer and Michael Chabon. Selected interviews from Superheroes: A Never-Ending Battle courtesy of Ghost Light Films, © 2013 Ghost Light Films. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/199043]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superheroes!: Capes, Cowls, and the Creation of Comic Book Culture Author: Michael Kantor, Laurence Maslon Narrator: Laurence Maslon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 8, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Superman, Batman, Spider-Man, Iron Man, Wonder Woman, the Avengers, the X-Men, Watchmen, and more: the companion volume to the PBS documentary series of the same name that tells the story of the superhero in American popular culture.   Together again for the first time, here come the greatest comic book superheroes ever assembled between two covers:  down from the heavens—Superman and the Mighty Thor—or swinging over rooftops—the Batman and Spider-Man; star-spangled, like Captain America and Wonder Woman, or clad in darkness, like the Shadow and Spawn; facing down super-villains on their own, like the Flash and the Punisher or gathered together in a team of champions, like the Avengers and the X-Men!   Based on the three-part PBS documentary series Superheroes, this companion volume chronicles the never-ending battle of the comic book industry, its greatest creators, and its greatest creations.  Covering the effect of superheroes on American culture—in print, on film and television, and in digital media—and the effect of American culture on its superheroes, Superheroes: Capes, Cowls, and the Creation of Comic Book Culture appeals to readers of all ages, from the casual observer of the phenomenon to the most exacting fan of the genre.   Drawing from more than 50 new interviews conducted expressly for Superheroes!—creators from Stan Lee to Grant Morrison, commentators from Michael Chabon to Jules Feiffer, actors from Adam West to Lynda Carter, and filmmakers such as Zach Snyder—this is an up-to-the-minute narrative history of the superhero, from the comic strip adventurers of the Great Depression, up to the blockbuster CGI movie superstars of the 21st Century. Superheroes! is the definitive story of this powerful presence in pop culture. BONUS FEATURE:  Exclusive first-hand commentary from some of the greatest creators in comic book history, from Golden Age artists and writers (Carmine Infantino, Joe Kubert, Stan Lee) to the superstars of the Silver Age (Neal Adams, Jim Steranko, Denny O'Neil)--all the way up to the movers and shakers of the 21st Century (Todd McFarlane, Joe Quesada); plus luminaries such as Adam West, Jules Feiffer and Michael Chabon. Selected interviews from Superheroes: A Never-Ending Battle courtesy of Ghost Light Films, © 2013 Ghost Light Films. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198892 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198892]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last American Man Author: Elizabeth Gilbert Narrator: Patricia Kalember Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: December 23, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.18 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An unforgettable look at a truly pioneering, but thoroughly modern, American hero.Finalist for the National Book Award 2002In this rousing examination of contemporary American male identity, acclaimed author and journalist Elizabeth Gilbert explores the fascinating true story of Eustace Conway. In 1977, at the age of seventeen, Conway left his family's comfortable suburban home to move to the Appalachian Mountains. For more than two decades he has lived there, making fire with sticks, wearing skins from animals he has trapped, and trying to convince Americans to give up their materialistic lifestyles and return with him back to nature. To Gilbert, Conway's mythical character challenges all our assumptions about what it is to be a modern man in America; he is a symbol of much we feel how our men should be, but rarely are. Elizabeth Gilbert Wed, 23 Dec 2009 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198892 thebookvoice.com 6:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198892]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last American Man Author: Elizabeth Gilbert Narrator: Patricia Kalember Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: December 23, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.18 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An unforgettable look at a truly pioneering, but thoroughly modern, American hero.Finalist for the National Book Award 2002In this rousing examination of contemporary American male identity, acclaimed author and journalist Elizabeth Gilbert explores the fascinating true story of Eustace Conway. In 1977, at the age of seventeen, Conway left his family's comfortable suburban home to move to the Appalachian Mountains. For more than two decades he has lived there, making fire with sticks, wearing skins from animals he has trapped, and trying to convince Americans to give up their materialistic lifestyles and return with him back to nature. To Gilbert, Conway's mythical character challenges all our assumptions about what it is to be a modern man in America; he is a symbol of much we feel how our men should be, but rarely are. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198892]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last American Man Author: Elizabeth Gilbert Narrator: Patricia Kalember Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: December 23, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.18 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An unforgettable look at a truly pioneering, but thoroughly modern, American hero.Finalist for the National Book Award 2002In this rousing examination of contemporary American male identity, acclaimed author and journalist Elizabeth Gilbert explores the fascinating true story of Eustace Conway. In 1977, at the age of seventeen, Conway left his family's comfortable suburban home to move to the Appalachian Mountains. For more than two decades he has lived there, making fire with sticks, wearing skins from animals he has trapped, and trying to convince Americans to give up their materialistic lifestyles and return with him back to nature. To Gilbert, Conway's mythical character challenges all our assumptions about what it is to be a modern man in America; he is a symbol of much we feel how our men should be, but rarely are. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198693 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198693]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Candy Girl: A Year in the Life of an Unlikely Stripper Author: Diablo Cody Narrator: Natalie Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 18, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Decreed by David Letterman (tongue in cheek) on CBS TV's The Late Show to be the pick of 'Dave's Book Club 2006,' Candy Girl is the story of a young writer who dared to bare it all as a stripper. At the age of twenty-four, Diablo Cody decided there had to be more to life than typing copy at an ad agency. She soon managed to find inspiration from a most unlikely source--amateur night at the seedy Skyway Lounge. While she doesn't take home the prize that night, Diablo discovers to her surprise the act of stripping is an absolute thrill.This is Diablo's captivating fish-out-of-water story of her year-long walk on the wild side, from quiet gentlemen's clubs to multilevel sex palaces and glassed-in peep shows. In witty prose she gives readers a behind-the-scenes look at this industry through a writer's keen eye, chronicling her descent into the skin trade and the effect it had on her self-image and her relationship with her now-husband. Diablo Cody Fri, 18 Apr 2008 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198693 thebookvoice.com 5:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198693]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Candy Girl: A Year in the Life of an Unlikely Stripper Author: Diablo Cody Narrator: Natalie Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 18, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Decreed by David Letterman (tongue in cheek) on CBS TV's The Late Show to be the pick of 'Dave's Book Club 2006,' Candy Girl is the story of a young writer who dared to bare it all as a stripper. At the age of twenty-four, Diablo Cody decided there had to be more to life than typing copy at an ad agency. She soon managed to find inspiration from a most unlikely source--amateur night at the seedy Skyway Lounge. While she doesn't take home the prize that night, Diablo discovers to her surprise the act of stripping is an absolute thrill.This is Diablo's captivating fish-out-of-water story of her year-long walk on the wild side, from quiet gentlemen's clubs to multilevel sex palaces and glassed-in peep shows. In witty prose she gives readers a behind-the-scenes look at this industry through a writer's keen eye, chronicling her descent into the skin trade and the effect it had on her self-image and her relationship with her now-husband. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198693]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Candy Girl: A Year in the Life of an Unlikely Stripper Author: Diablo Cody Narrator: Natalie Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 18, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Decreed by David Letterman (tongue in cheek) on CBS TV's The Late Show to be the pick of 'Dave's Book Club 2006,' Candy Girl is the story of a young writer who dared to bare it all as a stripper. At the age of twenty-four, Diablo Cody decided there had to be more to life than typing copy at an ad agency. She soon managed to find inspiration from a most unlikely source--amateur night at the seedy Skyway Lounge. While she doesn't take home the prize that night, Diablo discovers to her surprise the act of stripping is an absolute thrill.This is Diablo's captivating fish-out-of-water story of her year-long walk on the wild side, from quiet gentlemen's clubs to multilevel sex palaces and glassed-in peep shows. In witty prose she gives readers a behind-the-scenes look at this industry through a writer's keen eye, chronicling her descent into the skin trade and the effect it had on her self-image and her relationship with her now-husband. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198518 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198518]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Paddle Your Own Canoe: One Man's Fundamentals for Delicious Living Author: Nick Offerman Narrator: Nick Offerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 183 Ratings of Narrator: 4.48 of Total 44 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Parks and Recreation actor Nick Offerman shares his humorous fulminations on life, manliness, meat, and much more in his first book. Growing a perfect moustache, grilling red meat, wooing a woman—who better to deliver this tutelage than the always charming, always manly Nick Offerman, best known as Parks and Recreation’s Ron Swanson?  Combining his trademark comic voice and very real expertise in woodworking—he runs his own woodshop—Paddle Your Own Canoe features tales from Offerman’s childhood in small-town Minooka, Illinois—“I grew up literally in the middle of a cornfield”—to his theater days in Chicago, beginnings as a carpenter/actor and the hilarious and magnificent seduction of his now-wife Megan Mullally.   It also offers hard-bitten battle strategies in the arenas of manliness, love, style, religion, woodworking, and outdoor recreation, among many other savory entrees. A mix of amusing anecdotes, opinionated lessons and rants, sprinkled with offbeat gaiety, Paddle Your Own Canoe will not only tickle readers pink but may also rouse them to put down their smart phones, study a few sycamore leaves, and maybe even hand craft (and paddle) their own canoes. Nick Offerman Tue, 01 Oct 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198518 thebookvoice.com 10:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198518]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Paddle Your Own Canoe: One Man's Fundamentals for Delicious Living Author: Nick Offerman Narrator: Nick Offerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 183 Ratings of Narrator: 4.48 of Total 44 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Parks and Recreation actor Nick Offerman shares his humorous fulminations on life, manliness, meat, and much more in his first book. Growing a perfect moustache, grilling red meat, wooing a woman—who better to deliver this tutelage than the always charming, always manly Nick Offerman, best known as Parks and Recreation’s Ron Swanson?  Combining his trademark comic voice and very real expertise in woodworking—he runs his own woodshop—Paddle Your Own Canoe features tales from Offerman’s childhood in small-town Minooka, Illinois—“I grew up literally in the middle of a cornfield”—to his theater days in Chicago, beginnings as a carpenter/actor and the hilarious and magnificent seduction of his now-wife Megan Mullally.   It also offers hard-bitten battle strategies in the arenas of manliness, love, style, religion, woodworking, and outdoor recreation, among many other savory entrees. A mix of amusing anecdotes, opinionated lessons and rants, sprinkled with offbeat gaiety, Paddle Your Own Canoe will not only tickle readers pink but may also rouse them to put down their smart phones, study a few sycamore leaves, and maybe even hand craft (and paddle) their own canoes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198518]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Paddle Your Own Canoe: One Man's Fundamentals for Delicious Living Author: Nick Offerman Narrator: Nick Offerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 183 Ratings of Narrator: 4.48 of Total 44 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Parks and Recreation actor Nick Offerman shares his humorous fulminations on life, manliness, meat, and much more in his first book. Growing a perfect moustache, grilling red meat, wooing a woman—who better to deliver this tutelage than the always charming, always manly Nick Offerman, best known as Parks and Recreation’s Ron Swanson?  Combining his trademark comic voice and very real expertise in woodworking—he runs his own woodshop—Paddle Your Own Canoe features tales from Offerman’s childhood in small-town Minooka, Illinois—“I grew up literally in the middle of a cornfield”—to his theater days in Chicago, beginnings as a carpenter/actor and the hilarious and magnificent seduction of his now-wife Megan Mullally.   It also offers hard-bitten battle strategies in the arenas of manliness, love, style, religion, woodworking, and outdoor recreation, among many other savory entrees. A mix of amusing anecdotes, opinionated lessons and rants, sprinkled with offbeat gaiety, Paddle Your Own Canoe will not only tickle readers pink but may also rouse them to put down their smart phones, study a few sycamore leaves, and maybe even hand craft (and paddle) their own canoes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198506 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198506]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Haiti After the Earthquake Author: Paul Farmer Narrator: Meryl Streep Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 10 minutes Release date: August 16, 2011 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: On January 12, 2010, a major earthquake struck near Port-au-Prince, Haiti. Hundreds of thousands of people died, and the greater part of the capital was demolished. Dr. Paul Farmer, U.N. deputy special envoy to Haiti, who had worked in the country for nearly thirty years treating infectious diseases like tuberculosis and AIDS, and former President Bill Clinton, the U.N. special envoy to Haiti, had just begun to work on an extensive development plan to improve living conditions in Haiti. Now their project was transformed into a massive international rescue and relief effort. In his own words, Farmer documents this effort, including the harrowing obstacles and the small triumphs. Despite an outpouring of aid, the challenges were astronomical. U.N. plans were crippled by Haiti’s fragile infrastructure and the death of U.N. staff members who had been based in Port-au-Prince. In chronicling the relief effort, Farmer draws attention to the social issues that made Haiti so vulnerable to this natural disaster. Yet Farmer’s account is not a gloomy catalog of impenetrable problems. As devastating as Haiti’s circumstances are, its population manages to keep going. Farmer shows how, even in the barest camps, Haitians organize themselves, creating small businesses such as beauty parlors. His narrative is interwoven with stories from Haitians themselves and from doctors and others working on the ground. Ultimately this is a story of human endurance and humility in difficult circumstances and seemingly overwhelming odds. Paul Farmer Tue, 16 Aug 2011 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198506 thebookvoice.com 14:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198506]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Haiti After the Earthquake Author: Paul Farmer Narrator: Meryl Streep Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 10 minutes Release date: August 16, 2011 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: On January 12, 2010, a major earthquake struck near Port-au-Prince, Haiti. Hundreds of thousands of people died, and the greater part of the capital was demolished. Dr. Paul Farmer, U.N. deputy special envoy to Haiti, who had worked in the country for nearly thirty years treating infectious diseases like tuberculosis and AIDS, and former President Bill Clinton, the U.N. special envoy to Haiti, had just begun to work on an extensive development plan to improve living conditions in Haiti. Now their project was transformed into a massive international rescue and relief effort. In his own words, Farmer documents this effort, including the harrowing obstacles and the small triumphs. Despite an outpouring of aid, the challenges were astronomical. U.N. plans were crippled by Haiti’s fragile infrastructure and the death of U.N. staff members who had been based in Port-au-Prince. In chronicling the relief effort, Farmer draws attention to the social issues that made Haiti so vulnerable to this natural disaster. Yet Farmer’s account is not a gloomy catalog of impenetrable problems. As devastating as Haiti’s circumstances are, its population manages to keep going. Farmer shows how, even in the barest camps, Haitians organize themselves, creating small businesses such as beauty parlors. His narrative is interwoven with stories from Haitians themselves and from doctors and others working on the ground. Ultimately this is a story of human endurance and humility in difficult circumstances and seemingly overwhelming odds. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198506]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Haiti After the Earthquake Author: Paul Farmer Narrator: Meryl Streep Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 10 minutes Release date: August 16, 2011 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: On January 12, 2010, a major earthquake struck near Port-au-Prince, Haiti. Hundreds of thousands of people died, and the greater part of the capital was demolished. Dr. Paul Farmer, U.N. deputy special envoy to Haiti, who had worked in the country for nearly thirty years treating infectious diseases like tuberculosis and AIDS, and former President Bill Clinton, the U.N. special envoy to Haiti, had just begun to work on an extensive development plan to improve living conditions in Haiti. Now their project was transformed into a massive international rescue and relief effort. In his own words, Farmer documents this effort, including the harrowing obstacles and the small triumphs. Despite an outpouring of aid, the challenges were astronomical. U.N. plans were crippled by Haiti’s fragile infrastructure and the death of U.N. staff members who had been based in Port-au-Prince. In chronicling the relief effort, Farmer draws attention to the social issues that made Haiti so vulnerable to this natural disaster. Yet Farmer’s account is not a gloomy catalog of impenetrable problems. As devastating as Haiti’s circumstances are, its population manages to keep going. Farmer shows how, even in the barest camps, Haitians organize themselves, creating small businesses such as beauty parlors. His narrative is interwoven with stories from Haitians themselves and from doctors and others working on the ground. Ultimately this is a story of human endurance and humility in difficult circumstances and seemingly overwhelming odds. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198364 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198364]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Poor Economics: A Radical Rethinking of the Way to Fight Global Poverty Author: Esther Duflo, Abhijit V. Banerjee Narrator: Brian Holsopple Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 3, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.9 of Total 31 Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 8 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Billions of government dollars, and thousands of charitable organizations and NGOs, are dedicated to helping the world’s poor. But much of their work is based on assumptions that are untested generalizations at best, harmful misperceptions at worst.   Abhijit Banerjee and Esther Duflo have pioneered the use of randomized control trials in development economics. Work based on these principles, supervised by the Poverty Action Lab, is being carried out in dozens of countries. Drawing on this and their 15 years of research from Chile to India, Kenya to Indonesia, they have identified wholly new aspects of the behavior of poor people, their needs, and the way that aid or financial investment can affect their lives. Their work defies certain presumptions: that microfinance is a cure-all, that schooling equals learning, that poverty at the level of 99 cents a day is just a more extreme version of the experience any of us have when our income falls uncomfortably low.   This important book illuminates how the poor live, and offers all of us an opportunity to think of a world beyond poverty. Esther Duflo, Abhijit V. Banerjee Tue, 03 Jan 2012 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198364 thebookvoice.com 11:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198364]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Poor Economics: A Radical Rethinking of the Way to Fight Global Poverty Author: Esther Duflo, Abhijit V. Banerjee Narrator: Brian Holsopple Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 3, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.9 of Total 31 Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 8 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Billions of government dollars, and thousands of charitable organizations and NGOs, are dedicated to helping the world’s poor. But much of their work is based on assumptions that are untested generalizations at best, harmful misperceptions at worst.   Abhijit Banerjee and Esther Duflo have pioneered the use of randomized control trials in development economics. Work based on these principles, supervised by the Poverty Action Lab, is being carried out in dozens of countries. Drawing on this and their 15 years of research from Chile to India, Kenya to Indonesia, they have identified wholly new aspects of the behavior of poor people, their needs, and the way that aid or financial investment can affect their lives. Their work defies certain presumptions: that microfinance is a cure-all, that schooling equals learning, that poverty at the level of 99 cents a day is just a more extreme version of the experience any of us have when our income falls uncomfortably low.   This important book illuminates how the poor live, and offers all of us an opportunity to think of a world beyond poverty. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198364]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Poor Economics: A Radical Rethinking of the Way to Fight Global Poverty Author: Esther Duflo, Abhijit V. Banerjee Narrator: Brian Holsopple Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 3, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.9 of Total 31 Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 8 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Billions of government dollars, and thousands of charitable organizations and NGOs, are dedicated to helping the world’s poor. But much of their work is based on assumptions that are untested generalizations at best, harmful misperceptions at worst.   Abhijit Banerjee and Esther Duflo have pioneered the use of randomized control trials in development economics. Work based on these principles, supervised by the Poverty Action Lab, is being carried out in dozens of countries. Drawing on this and their 15 years of research from Chile to India, Kenya to Indonesia, they have identified wholly new aspects of the behavior of poor people, their needs, and the way that aid or financial investment can affect their lives. Their work defies certain presumptions: that microfinance is a cure-all, that schooling equals learning, that poverty at the level of 99 cents a day is just a more extreme version of the experience any of us have when our income falls uncomfortably low.   This important book illuminates how the poor live, and offers all of us an opportunity to think of a world beyond poverty. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198335 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198335]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: NPR American Chronicles: Women's Equality Author: NPR Narrator: Susan Stamberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 7, 2012 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NPR explores the issues, struggles, and triumphs of the American women’s movement, from early pioneers to modern groundbreakers and leaders of today who fight to preserve hard-won rights. Profiles of Victoria Woodhull, Elizabeth Cady Stanton, and Susan B. Anthony provide insights into the origins of the movement, while reflections from Betty Friedan, Gloria Steinem, Bella Abzug, Geraldine Ferraro, and others reveal the passion and dedication required to maintain progress in the continuing struggle for women’s equality. NPR Wed, 07 Mar 2012 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198335 thebookvoice.com 3:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198335]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: NPR American Chronicles: Women's Equality Author: NPR Narrator: Susan Stamberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 7, 2012 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NPR explores the issues, struggles, and triumphs of the American women’s movement, from early pioneers to modern groundbreakers and leaders of today who fight to preserve hard-won rights. Profiles of Victoria Woodhull, Elizabeth Cady Stanton, and Susan B. Anthony provide insights into the origins of the movement, while reflections from Betty Friedan, Gloria Steinem, Bella Abzug, Geraldine Ferraro, and others reveal the passion and dedication required to maintain progress in the continuing struggle for women’s equality. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198335]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: NPR American Chronicles: Women's Equality Author: NPR Narrator: Susan Stamberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 7, 2012 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NPR explores the issues, struggles, and triumphs of the American women’s movement, from early pioneers to modern groundbreakers and leaders of today who fight to preserve hard-won rights. Profiles of Victoria Woodhull, Elizabeth Cady Stanton, and Susan B. Anthony provide insights into the origins of the movement, while reflections from Betty Friedan, Gloria Steinem, Bella Abzug, Geraldine Ferraro, and others reveal the passion and dedication required to maintain progress in the continuing struggle for women’s equality. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198315 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198315]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Velvet Rage: Overcoming the Pain of Growing Up Gay in a Straight Man's World Author: Alan Downs PhD Narrator: Alan Downs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 12, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 8 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The most important issue in a gay man’s life is not “coming out,” but coming to terms with the invalidating past. Despite the progress made in recent years, many gay men still wonder, “Are we better off?” The byproduct of growing up gay in a straight world continues to be the internalization of shame, rejection, and anger—a toxic cocktail that can lead to drug abuse, promiscuity, alcoholism, depression, and suicide.    Drawing on contemporary psychological research, the author’s own journey, and the stories of many of his friends and clients, Velvet Rage addresses the myth of gay pride and outlines three stages to emotional well-being for gay men. The revised and expanded edition covers issues related to gay marriage, a broader range of examples that extend beyond middle-class gay men in America, and expansion of the original discussion on living authentically as a gay man. Alan Downs PhD Tue, 12 Jun 2012 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198315 thebookvoice.com 7:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198315]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Velvet Rage: Overcoming the Pain of Growing Up Gay in a Straight Man's World Author: Alan Downs PhD Narrator: Alan Downs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 12, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 8 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The most important issue in a gay man’s life is not “coming out,” but coming to terms with the invalidating past. Despite the progress made in recent years, many gay men still wonder, “Are we better off?” The byproduct of growing up gay in a straight world continues to be the internalization of shame, rejection, and anger—a toxic cocktail that can lead to drug abuse, promiscuity, alcoholism, depression, and suicide.    Drawing on contemporary psychological research, the author’s own journey, and the stories of many of his friends and clients, Velvet Rage addresses the myth of gay pride and outlines three stages to emotional well-being for gay men. The revised and expanded edition covers issues related to gay marriage, a broader range of examples that extend beyond middle-class gay men in America, and expansion of the original discussion on living authentically as a gay man. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198315]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Velvet Rage: Overcoming the Pain of Growing Up Gay in a Straight Man's World Author: Alan Downs PhD Narrator: Alan Downs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 12, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 8 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The most important issue in a gay man’s life is not “coming out,” but coming to terms with the invalidating past. Despite the progress made in recent years, many gay men still wonder, “Are we better off?” The byproduct of growing up gay in a straight world continues to be the internalization of shame, rejection, and anger—a toxic cocktail that can lead to drug abuse, promiscuity, alcoholism, depression, and suicide.    Drawing on contemporary psychological research, the author’s own journey, and the stories of many of his friends and clients, Velvet Rage addresses the myth of gay pride and outlines three stages to emotional well-being for gay men. The revised and expanded edition covers issues related to gay marriage, a broader range of examples that extend beyond middle-class gay men in America, and expansion of the original discussion on living authentically as a gay man. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198227 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198227]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The System: The Glory and Scandal of Big-Time College Football Author: Armen Keteyian, Jeff Benedict Narrator: Mark Deakins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 17, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: AN EXPLOSIVE AND REVELATORY PORTRAIT REPORTED FROM DEEP BEHIND THE SCENES OF BIG-TIME NCAA COLLEGE FOOTBALL: THE PASSION, THE THRILLING ACTION—AND THE SHOCKING REALITIES THAT LIE BENEATH THIS COLOSSAL, MULTIBILLION-DOLLAR BUSINESS   COLLEGE FOOTBALL has never been more popular—or more chaotic. Millions fill 100,000-seat stadiums every Saturday; tens of millions more watch on television every weekend. The 2013 Discover BCS National Championship game between Notre Dame and Alabama had a viewership of 26.4 million people, second only to the Super Bowl. Billions of dollars from television deals now flow into the game; the average budget for a top-ten team is $80 million; top coaches make more than $3 million a year; the highest paid, more than $5 million.      But behind this glittering success are darker truths: “athlete-students” working essentially full-time jobs with no share in the oceans of money; players who often don’t graduate and end their careers with broken bodies; “janitors” who clean up player misconduct; football “hostesses” willing to do whatever it takes to land a top recruit; seven-figure black box recruiting slush funds. And this: Despite the millions of dollars pouring into the game, 90 percent of major athletic departments still lose money. Yet schools remain caught up in an ever-escalating “arms race”—at the expense of academic scholarships, facilities and faculty.      Celebrated investigative journalists Jeff Benedict and Armen Keteyian were granted unprecedented access during the 2012 season to programs at the highest levels across the country at a time of convulsive change in college football. Through dogged reporting, they explored every nook and cranny of this high-powered machine, and reveal how it operates from the inside out. The result: the system through the eyes of athletic directors and coaches, high-flying boosters and high-profile TV stars, five-star recruits and tireless NCAA investigators and the kids on whom the whole vast enterprise depends.      Both a celebration of the power and pageantry of NCAA football and a groundbreaking, thought-provoking critique of its excesses, The System is the definitive book on the college game. Armen Keteyian, Jeff Benedict Tue, 17 Sep 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198227 thebookvoice.com 17:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198227]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The System: The Glory and Scandal of Big-Time College Football Author: Armen Keteyian, Jeff Benedict Narrator: Mark Deakins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 17, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: AN EXPLOSIVE AND REVELATORY PORTRAIT REPORTED FROM DEEP BEHIND THE SCENES OF BIG-TIME NCAA COLLEGE FOOTBALL: THE PASSION, THE THRILLING ACTION—AND THE SHOCKING REALITIES THAT LIE BENEATH THIS COLOSSAL, MULTIBILLION-DOLLAR BUSINESS   COLLEGE FOOTBALL has never been more popular—or more chaotic. Millions fill 100,000-seat stadiums every Saturday; tens of millions more watch on television every weekend. The 2013 Discover BCS National Championship game between Notre Dame and Alabama had a viewership of 26.4 million people, second only to the Super Bowl. Billions of dollars from television deals now flow into the game; the average budget for a top-ten team is $80 million; top coaches make more than $3 million a year; the highest paid, more than $5 million.      But behind this glittering success are darker truths: “athlete-students” working essentially full-time jobs with no share in the oceans of money; players who often don’t graduate and end their careers with broken bodies; “janitors” who clean up player misconduct; football “hostesses” willing to do whatever it takes to land a top recruit; seven-figure black box recruiting slush funds. And this: Despite the millions of dollars pouring into the game, 90 percent of major athletic departments still lose money. Yet schools remain caught up in an ever-escalating “arms race”—at the expense of academic scholarships, facilities and faculty.      Celebrated investigative journalists Jeff Benedict and Armen Keteyian were granted unprecedented access during the 2012 season to programs at the highest levels across the country at a time of convulsive change in college football. Through dogged reporting, they explored every nook and cranny of this high-powered machine, and reveal how it operates from the inside out. The result: the system through the eyes of athletic directors and coaches, high-flying boosters and high-profile TV stars, five-star recruits and tireless NCAA investigators and the kids on whom the whole vast enterprise depends.      Both a celebration of the power and pageantry of NCAA football and a groundbreaking, thought-provoking critique of its excesses, The System is the definitive book on the college game. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198227]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The System: The Glory and Scandal of Big-Time College Football Author: Armen Keteyian, Jeff Benedict Narrator: Mark Deakins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 17, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: AN EXPLOSIVE AND REVELATORY PORTRAIT REPORTED FROM DEEP BEHIND THE SCENES OF BIG-TIME NCAA COLLEGE FOOTBALL: THE PASSION, THE THRILLING ACTION—AND THE SHOCKING REALITIES THAT LIE BENEATH THIS COLOSSAL, MULTIBILLION-DOLLAR BUSINESS   COLLEGE FOOTBALL has never been more popular—or more chaotic. Millions fill 100,000-seat stadiums every Saturday; tens of millions more watch on television every weekend. The 2013 Discover BCS National Championship game between Notre Dame and Alabama had a viewership of 26.4 million people, second only to the Super Bowl. Billions of dollars from television deals now flow into the game; the average budget for a top-ten team is $80 million; top coaches make more than $3 million a year; the highest paid, more than $5 million.      But behind this glittering success are darker truths: “athlete-students” working essentially full-time jobs with no share in the oceans of money; players who often don’t graduate and end their careers with broken bodies; “janitors” who clean up player misconduct; football “hostesses” willing to do whatever it takes to land a top recruit; seven-figure black box recruiting slush funds. And this: Despite the millions of dollars pouring into the game, 90 percent of major athletic departments still lose money. Yet schools remain caught up in an ever-escalating “arms race”—at the expense of academic scholarships, facilities and faculty.      Celebrated investigative journalists Jeff Benedict and Armen Keteyian were granted unprecedented access during the 2012 season to programs at the highest levels across the country at a time of convulsive change in college football. Through dogged reporting, they explored every nook and cranny of this high-powered machine, and reveal how it operates from the inside out. The result: the system through the eyes of athletic directors and coaches, high-flying boosters and high-profile TV stars, five-star recruits and tireless NCAA investigators and the kids on whom the whole vast enterprise depends.      Both a celebration of the power and pageantry of NCAA football and a groundbreaking, thought-provoking critique of its excesses, The System is the definitive book on the college game. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198070 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198070]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drink: The Intimate Relationship Between Women and Alcohol Author: Ann Dowsett Johnston Narrator: Carrington MacDuffie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 47 minutes Release date: October 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In Drink: The Intimate Relationship Between Women and Alcohol, award-winning journalist Anne Dowsett Johnston combines in-depth research with her own personal story of recovery, and delivers a groundbreaking examination of a shocking yet little recognized epidemic threatening society today: the precipitous rise in risky drinking among women and girls. With the feminist revolution, women have closed the gender gap in their professional and educational lives. They have also achieved equality with men in more troubling areas as well. In the U.S. alone, the rates of alcohol abuse among women have skyrocketed in the past decade. DUIs, “drunkorexia” (choosing to limit eating to consume greater quantities of alcohol), and health problems connected to drinking are all rising—a problem exacerbated by the alcohol industry itself. Battling for women’s dollars and leisure time, corporations have developed marketing strategies and products targeted exclusively to women. Equally alarming is a recent CDC report showing a sharp rise in binge drinking, putting women and girls at further risk. As she brilliantly weaves in-depth research, interviews with leading researchers, and the moving story of her own struggle with alcohol abuse, Johnston illuminates this startling epidemic, dissecting the psychological, social, and industry factors that have contributed to its rise, and exploring its long-lasting impact on our society and individual lives. Ann Dowsett Johnston Tue, 01 Oct 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198070 thebookvoice.com 8:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198070]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drink: The Intimate Relationship Between Women and Alcohol Author: Ann Dowsett Johnston Narrator: Carrington MacDuffie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 47 minutes Release date: October 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In Drink: The Intimate Relationship Between Women and Alcohol, award-winning journalist Anne Dowsett Johnston combines in-depth research with her own personal story of recovery, and delivers a groundbreaking examination of a shocking yet little recognized epidemic threatening society today: the precipitous rise in risky drinking among women and girls. With the feminist revolution, women have closed the gender gap in their professional and educational lives. They have also achieved equality with men in more troubling areas as well. In the U.S. alone, the rates of alcohol abuse among women have skyrocketed in the past decade. DUIs, “drunkorexia” (choosing to limit eating to consume greater quantities of alcohol), and health problems connected to drinking are all rising—a problem exacerbated by the alcohol industry itself. Battling for women’s dollars and leisure time, corporations have developed marketing strategies and products targeted exclusively to women. Equally alarming is a recent CDC report showing a sharp rise in binge drinking, putting women and girls at further risk. As she brilliantly weaves in-depth research, interviews with leading researchers, and the moving story of her own struggle with alcohol abuse, Johnston illuminates this startling epidemic, dissecting the psychological, social, and industry factors that have contributed to its rise, and exploring its long-lasting impact on our society and individual lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198070]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drink: The Intimate Relationship Between Women and Alcohol Author: Ann Dowsett Johnston Narrator: Carrington MacDuffie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 47 minutes Release date: October 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In Drink: The Intimate Relationship Between Women and Alcohol, award-winning journalist Anne Dowsett Johnston combines in-depth research with her own personal story of recovery, and delivers a groundbreaking examination of a shocking yet little recognized epidemic threatening society today: the precipitous rise in risky drinking among women and girls. With the feminist revolution, women have closed the gender gap in their professional and educational lives. They have also achieved equality with men in more troubling areas as well. In the U.S. alone, the rates of alcohol abuse among women have skyrocketed in the past decade. DUIs, “drunkorexia” (choosing to limit eating to consume greater quantities of alcohol), and health problems connected to drinking are all rising—a problem exacerbated by the alcohol industry itself. Battling for women’s dollars and leisure time, corporations have developed marketing strategies and products targeted exclusively to women. Equally alarming is a recent CDC report showing a sharp rise in binge drinking, putting women and girls at further risk. As she brilliantly weaves in-depth research, interviews with leading researchers, and the moving story of her own struggle with alcohol abuse, Johnston illuminates this startling epidemic, dissecting the psychological, social, and industry factors that have contributed to its rise, and exploring its long-lasting impact on our society and individual lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197987 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197987]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Countdown: Our Last, Best Hope for a Future on Earth? Author: Alan Weisman Narrator: Adam Grupper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 24, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A powerful investigation into the chances for humanity's future from the author of the bestseller The World Without Us. In his bestselling book The World Without Us, Alan Weisman considered how the Earth could heal and even refill empty niches if relieved of humanity's constant pressures. Behind that groundbreaking thought experiment was his hope that we would be inspired to find a way to add humans back to this vision of a restored, healthy planet-only in harmony, not mortal combat, with the rest of nature. But with a million more of us every 4 1/2 days on a planet that's not getting any bigger, and with our exhaust overheating the atmosphere and altering the chemistry of the oceans, prospects for a sustainable human future seem ever more in doubt. For this long awaited follow-up book, Weisman traveled to more than 20 countries to ask what experts agreed were probably the most important questions on Earth -- and also the hardest: How many humans can the planet hold without capsizing? How robust must the Earth's ecosystem be to assure our continued existence? Can we know which other species are essential to our survival? And, how might we actually arrive at a stable, optimum population, and design an economy to allow genuine prosperity without endless growth? Weisman visits an extraordinary range of the world's cultures, religions, nationalities, tribes, and political systems to learn what in their beliefs, histories, liturgies, or current circumstances might suggest that sometimes it's in their own best interest to limit their growth. The result is a landmark work of reporting: devastating, urgent, and, ultimately, deeply hopeful. By vividly detailing the burgeoning effects of our cumulative presence, Countdown reveals what may be the fastest, most acceptable, practical, and affordable way of returning our planet and our presence on it to balance. Weisman again shows that he is one of the most provocative journalists at work today, with a book whose message is so compelling that it will change how we see our lives and our destiny. Alan Weisman Tue, 24 Sep 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197987 thebookvoice.com 18:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197987]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Countdown: Our Last, Best Hope for a Future on Earth? Author: Alan Weisman Narrator: Adam Grupper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 24, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A powerful investigation into the chances for humanity's future from the author of the bestseller The World Without Us. In his bestselling book The World Without Us, Alan Weisman considered how the Earth could heal and even refill empty niches if relieved of humanity's constant pressures. Behind that groundbreaking thought experiment was his hope that we would be inspired to find a way to add humans back to this vision of a restored, healthy planet-only in harmony, not mortal combat, with the rest of nature. But with a million more of us every 4 1/2 days on a planet that's not getting any bigger, and with our exhaust overheating the atmosphere and altering the chemistry of the oceans, prospects for a sustainable human future seem ever more in doubt. For this long awaited follow-up book, Weisman traveled to more than 20 countries to ask what experts agreed were probably the most important questions on Earth -- and also the hardest: How many humans can the planet hold without capsizing? How robust must the Earth's ecosystem be to assure our continued existence? Can we know which other species are essential to our survival? And, how might we actually arrive at a stable, optimum population, and design an economy to allow genuine prosperity without endless growth? Weisman visits an extraordinary range of the world's cultures, religions, nationalities, tribes, and political systems to learn what in their beliefs, histories, liturgies, or current circumstances might suggest that sometimes it's in their own best interest to limit their growth. The result is a landmark work of reporting: devastating, urgent, and, ultimately, deeply hopeful. By vividly detailing the burgeoning effects of our cumulative presence, Countdown reveals what may be the fastest, most acceptable, practical, and affordable way of returning our planet and our presence on it to balance. Weisman again shows that he is one of the most provocative journalists at work today, with a book whose message is so compelling that it will change how we see our lives and our destiny. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197987]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Countdown: Our Last, Best Hope for a Future on Earth? Author: Alan Weisman Narrator: Adam Grupper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 24, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A powerful investigation into the chances for humanity's future from the author of the bestseller The World Without Us. In his bestselling book The World Without Us, Alan Weisman considered how the Earth could heal and even refill empty niches if relieved of humanity's constant pressures. Behind that groundbreaking thought experiment was his hope that we would be inspired to find a way to add humans back to this vision of a restored, healthy planet-only in harmony, not mortal combat, with the rest of nature. But with a million more of us every 4 1/2 days on a planet that's not getting any bigger, and with our exhaust overheating the atmosphere and altering the chemistry of the oceans, prospects for a sustainable human future seem ever more in doubt. For this long awaited follow-up book, Weisman traveled to more than 20 countries to ask what experts agreed were probably the most important questions on Earth -- and also the hardest: How many humans can the planet hold without capsizing? How robust must the Earth's ecosystem be to assure our continued existence? Can we know which other species are essential to our survival? And, how might we actually arrive at a stable, optimum population, and design an economy to allow genuine prosperity without endless growth? Weisman visits an extraordinary range of the world's cultures, religions, nationalities, tribes, and political systems to learn what in their beliefs, histories, liturgies, or current circumstances might suggest that sometimes it's in their own best interest to limit their growth. The result is a landmark work of reporting: devastating, urgent, and, ultimately, deeply hopeful. By vividly detailing the burgeoning effects of our cumulative presence, Countdown reveals what may be the fastest, most acceptable, practical, and affordable way of returning our planet and our presence on it to balance. Weisman again shows that he is one of the most provocative journalists at work today, with a book whose message is so compelling that it will change how we see our lives and our destiny. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197937 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197937]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: From Scratch: Inside the Food Network Author: Allen Salkin Narrator: Julian Fleischer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 46 minutes Release date: October 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Big personalities, high drama—the extraordinary behind-the-scenes story of the Food Network, now about to celebrate its twentieth anniversary: the business, media, and cultural juggernaut that changed the way America thinks about food. In October 1993, a tiny start-up called the Food Network debuted to little notice. Twenty years later, it is in 100 million homes, approaches a billion dollars a year in revenue, and features a galaxy of stars whose faces and names are as familiar to us as our own family’s. But what we don’t know about them, and the people behind them, could fill a book. Based upon extensive inside access, documents, and interviews with hundreds of executives, stars, and employees all up and down the ladder, Allen Salkin’s book is an exhilarating roller-coaster ride from chaos to conquest (and sometimes back). As Salkin takes us inside the conference rooms, studios, homes, restaurants, and after-hours meetings, we see a salty Julia Child lording it over the early network performers; a fragile Emeril Lagasse staggering from the sudden public shock of cancellation; a very green Rachael Ray nearly burning down the set on her first day; a torn Tyler Florence accepting the Applebee’s job he knows he can’t refuse, but with a chill running down his spine; a determined Bobby Flay reinventing himself once again to survive. Paula Deen, Tom Colicchio, Anthony Bourdain, Mario Batali, Jamie Oliver, Martha Stewart, Guy Fieri, Cat Cora: Salkin illuminates the people we thought we knew, and the ones we never knew about, in this irresistible story of the intersection between business, television, pop culture, food—and us. Allen Salkin Tue, 01 Oct 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197937 thebookvoice.com 15:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197937]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: From Scratch: Inside the Food Network Author: Allen Salkin Narrator: Julian Fleischer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 46 minutes Release date: October 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Big personalities, high drama—the extraordinary behind-the-scenes story of the Food Network, now about to celebrate its twentieth anniversary: the business, media, and cultural juggernaut that changed the way America thinks about food. In October 1993, a tiny start-up called the Food Network debuted to little notice. Twenty years later, it is in 100 million homes, approaches a billion dollars a year in revenue, and features a galaxy of stars whose faces and names are as familiar to us as our own family’s. But what we don’t know about them, and the people behind them, could fill a book. Based upon extensive inside access, documents, and interviews with hundreds of executives, stars, and employees all up and down the ladder, Allen Salkin’s book is an exhilarating roller-coaster ride from chaos to conquest (and sometimes back). As Salkin takes us inside the conference rooms, studios, homes, restaurants, and after-hours meetings, we see a salty Julia Child lording it over the early network performers; a fragile Emeril Lagasse staggering from the sudden public shock of cancellation; a very green Rachael Ray nearly burning down the set on her first day; a torn Tyler Florence accepting the Applebee’s job he knows he can’t refuse, but with a chill running down his spine; a determined Bobby Flay reinventing himself once again to survive. Paula Deen, Tom Colicchio, Anthony Bourdain, Mario Batali, Jamie Oliver, Martha Stewart, Guy Fieri, Cat Cora: Salkin illuminates the people we thought we knew, and the ones we never knew about, in this irresistible story of the intersection between business, television, pop culture, food—and us. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197937]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: From Scratch: Inside the Food Network Author: Allen Salkin Narrator: Julian Fleischer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 46 minutes Release date: October 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Big personalities, high drama—the extraordinary behind-the-scenes story of the Food Network, now about to celebrate its twentieth anniversary: the business, media, and cultural juggernaut that changed the way America thinks about food. In October 1993, a tiny start-up called the Food Network debuted to little notice. Twenty years later, it is in 100 million homes, approaches a billion dollars a year in revenue, and features a galaxy of stars whose faces and names are as familiar to us as our own family’s. But what we don’t know about them, and the people behind them, could fill a book. Based upon extensive inside access, documents, and interviews with hundreds of executives, stars, and employees all up and down the ladder, Allen Salkin’s book is an exhilarating roller-coaster ride from chaos to conquest (and sometimes back). As Salkin takes us inside the conference rooms, studios, homes, restaurants, and after-hours meetings, we see a salty Julia Child lording it over the early network performers; a fragile Emeril Lagasse staggering from the sudden public shock of cancellation; a very green Rachael Ray nearly burning down the set on her first day; a torn Tyler Florence accepting the Applebee’s job he knows he can’t refuse, but with a chill running down his spine; a determined Bobby Flay reinventing himself once again to survive. Paula Deen, Tom Colicchio, Anthony Bourdain, Mario Batali, Jamie Oliver, Martha Stewart, Guy Fieri, Cat Cora: Salkin illuminates the people we thought we knew, and the ones we never knew about, in this irresistible story of the intersection between business, television, pop culture, food—and us. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196930 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196930]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ten Billion Author: Stephen Emmott Narrator: Jonathan Cowley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 14 minutes Release date: September 10, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Deforestation. Desertification. Species extinction. Global warming. Growing threats to food and water. The driving issues of our times are the result of one huge problem: Us.   As the population continues to grow, our problems will increase. And this means that every way we look at it, a planet of ten billion people is likely to be a nightmare.   Stephen Emmott, a scientist whose lab is at the forefront of research into complex natural systems, sounds the alarm. TEN BILLION is a snapshot of our planet, and our species, approaching a crisis, and a stark analysis of where this leaves us. TEN BILLION is not another climate book. TEN BILLION is a book about us. Stephen Emmott Tue, 10 Sep 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196930 thebookvoice.com 1:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196930]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ten Billion Author: Stephen Emmott Narrator: Jonathan Cowley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 14 minutes Release date: September 10, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Deforestation. Desertification. Species extinction. Global warming. Growing threats to food and water. The driving issues of our times are the result of one huge problem: Us.   As the population continues to grow, our problems will increase. And this means that every way we look at it, a planet of ten billion people is likely to be a nightmare.   Stephen Emmott, a scientist whose lab is at the forefront of research into complex natural systems, sounds the alarm. TEN BILLION is a snapshot of our planet, and our species, approaching a crisis, and a stark analysis of where this leaves us. TEN BILLION is not another climate book. TEN BILLION is a book about us. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196930]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ten Billion Author: Stephen Emmott Narrator: Jonathan Cowley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 14 minutes Release date: September 10, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Deforestation. Desertification. Species extinction. Global warming. Growing threats to food and water. The driving issues of our times are the result of one huge problem: Us.   As the population continues to grow, our problems will increase. And this means that every way we look at it, a planet of ten billion people is likely to be a nightmare.   Stephen Emmott, a scientist whose lab is at the forefront of research into complex natural systems, sounds the alarm. TEN BILLION is a snapshot of our planet, and our species, approaching a crisis, and a stark analysis of where this leaves us. TEN BILLION is not another climate book. TEN BILLION is a book about us. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196853 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196853]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why You're Not Married . . . Yet: The Straight Talk You Need to Get the Relationship You Deserve Author: Tracy McMillan Narrator: Tracy McMillan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 7 minutes Release date: May 29, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: If you’re looking to get married and you’re not, there’s most likely a very good reason: you. Not that you’re a bad person—you’re certainly not! It’s just that you haven’t yet become the woman you need to be in order to have the partnership you want. So how you can grow into someone who is ready to say “I do” and to attract the same in a mate?   You start with this book.   Based on her wildly popular Huffington Post article—one of the site’s most-viewed of all time—Why You’re Not Married . . . Yet dishes out straightforward, no-holds-barred practical and proven advice for women hoping to head down the aisle or just have a great relationship. With sisterly insight, razor-sharp wit, and refreshing candor, McMillan points out the things that might be in your blind spot: unhelpful attitudes, behaviors, and beliefs so easy to identify in others, much more difficult to see in yourself. Then she shows you how to adjust them to get the relationship you deserve. Like a no-nonsense but loving best friend, McMillan meets you right where you are to help you get where you’re going—with clarity and honesty. And she’ll make you laugh out loud along the way. More than just a relationship manual, Why You’re Not Married . . . Yet will help you diagnose what’s preventing you from getting what you want. Do any of these chapter headings sound familiar?   • You’re a Bitch: How defensiveness and anger can hide behind a tough, take-charge exterior, and why being nice is never a sign of weakness. • You’re a Liar: How to stop lying to men—and get honest with yourself—about the kind of relationship you really want. It’s the only way. • You’re Shallow: Being a woman who insists on a tall guy is no different from being a man who demands big boobs. Learn why you should let go of trying to get what you think you should have and focus on getting what you need. • You’re Selfish: The big secret about marriage: It’s about giving something, not getting it. The other big secret: You will have to go first.   Why You’re Not Married . . . Yet isn’t so much about getting a husband as it is about shifting your perspective on being a wife. Here’s a funny, insightful guide to becoming a more loving woman and creating a more loving marriage—even if you’re already partnered. It’s a book that will change your life and the way you think about relationships, and it may very well lead you down the aisle. Tracy McMillan Tue, 29 May 2012 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196853 thebookvoice.com 6:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196853]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why You're Not Married . . . Yet: The Straight Talk You Need to Get the Relationship You Deserve Author: Tracy McMillan Narrator: Tracy McMillan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 7 minutes Release date: May 29, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: If you’re looking to get married and you’re not, there’s most likely a very good reason: you. Not that you’re a bad person—you’re certainly not! It’s just that you haven’t yet become the woman you need to be in order to have the partnership you want. So how you can grow into someone who is ready to say “I do” and to attract the same in a mate?   You start with this book.   Based on her wildly popular Huffington Post article—one of the site’s most-viewed of all time—Why You’re Not Married . . . Yet dishes out straightforward, no-holds-barred practical and proven advice for women hoping to head down the aisle or just have a great relationship. With sisterly insight, razor-sharp wit, and refreshing candor, McMillan points out the things that might be in your blind spot: unhelpful attitudes, behaviors, and beliefs so easy to identify in others, much more difficult to see in yourself. Then she shows you how to adjust them to get the relationship you deserve. Like a no-nonsense but loving best friend, McMillan meets you right where you are to help you get where you’re going—with clarity and honesty. And she’ll make you laugh out loud along the way. More than just a relationship manual, Why You’re Not Married . . . Yet will help you diagnose what’s preventing you from getting what you want. Do any of these chapter headings sound familiar?   • You’re a Bitch: How defensiveness and anger can hide behind a tough, take-charge exterior, and why being nice is never a sign of weakness. • You’re a Liar: How to stop lying to men—and get honest with yourself—about the kind of relationship you really want. It’s the only way. • You’re Shallow: Being a woman who insists on a tall guy is no different from being a man who demands big boobs. Learn why you should let go of trying to get what you think you should have and focus on getting what you need. • You’re Selfish: The big secret about marriage: It’s about giving something, not getting it. The other big secret: You will have to go first.   Why You’re Not Married . . . Yet isn’t so much about getting a husband as it is about shifting your perspective on being a wife. Here’s a funny, insightful guide to becoming a more loving woman and creating a more loving marriage—even if you’re already partnered. It’s a book that will change your life and the way you think about relationships, and it may very well lead you down the aisle. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196853]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why You're Not Married . . . Yet: The Straight Talk You Need to Get the Relationship You Deserve Author: Tracy McMillan Narrator: Tracy McMillan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 7 minutes Release date: May 29, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: If you’re looking to get married and you’re not, there’s most likely a very good reason: you. Not that you’re a bad person—you’re certainly not! It’s just that you haven’t yet become the woman you need to be in order to have the partnership you want. So how you can grow into someone who is ready to say “I do” and to attract the same in a mate?   You start with this book.   Based on her wildly popular Huffington Post article—one of the site’s most-viewed of all time—Why You’re Not Married . . . Yet dishes out straightforward, no-holds-barred practical and proven advice for women hoping to head down the aisle or just have a great relationship. With sisterly insight, razor-sharp wit, and refreshing candor, McMillan points out the things that might be in your blind spot: unhelpful attitudes, behaviors, and beliefs so easy to identify in others, much more difficult to see in yourself. Then she shows you how to adjust them to get the relationship you deserve. Like a no-nonsense but loving best friend, McMillan meets you right where you are to help you get where you’re going—with clarity and honesty. And she’ll make you laugh out loud along the way. More than just a relationship manual, Why You’re Not Married . . . Yet will help you diagnose what’s preventing you from getting what you want. Do any of these chapter headings sound familiar?   • You’re a Bitch: How defensiveness and anger can hide behind a tough, take-charge exterior, and why being nice is never a sign of weakness. • You’re a Liar: How to stop lying to men—and get honest with yourself—about the kind of relationship you really want. It’s the only way. • You’re Shallow: Being a woman who insists on a tall guy is no different from being a man who demands big boobs. Learn why you should let go of trying to get what you think you should have and focus on getting what you need. • You’re Selfish: The big secret about marriage: It’s about giving something, not getting it. The other big secret: You will have to go first.   Why You’re Not Married . . . Yet isn’t so much about getting a husband as it is about shifting your perspective on being a wife. Here’s a funny, insightful guide to becoming a more loving woman and creating a more loving marriage—even if you’re already partnered. It’s a book that will change your life and the way you think about relationships, and it may very well lead you down the aisle. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196766 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196766]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: One Summer: America, 1927 Author: Bill Bryson Narrator: Bill Bryson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.28 of Total 36 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 10 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A Chicago Tribune Noteworthy Book A GoodReads Reader's Choice In One Summer Bill Bryson, one of our greatest and most beloved nonfiction writers, transports readers on a journey back to one amazing season in American life. The summer of 1927 began with one of the signature events of the twentieth century: on May 21, 1927, Charles Lindbergh became the first man to cross the Atlantic by plane nonstop, and when he landed in Le Bourget airfield near Paris, he ignited an explosion of worldwide rapture and instantly became the most famous person on the planet. Meanwhile, the titanically talented Babe Ruth was beginning his assault on the home run record, which would culminate on September 30 with his sixtieth blast, one of the most resonant and durable records in sports history. In between those dates a Queens housewife named Ruth Snyder and her corset-salesman lover garroted her husband, leading to a murder trial that became a huge tabloid sensation. Alvin “Shipwreck” Kelly sat atop a flagpole in Newark, New Jersey, for twelve days—a new record. The American South was clobbered by unprecedented rain and by flooding of the Mississippi basin, a great human disaster, the relief efforts for which were guided by the uncannily able and insufferably pompous Herbert Hoover. Calvin Coolidge interrupted an already leisurely presidency for an even more relaxing three-month vacation in the Black Hills of South Dakota. The gangster Al Capone tightened his grip on the illegal booze business through a gaudy and murderous reign of terror and municipal corruption. The first true “talking picture,” Al Jolson’s The Jazz Singer, was filmed and forever changed the motion picture industry. The four most powerful central bankers on earth met in secret session on a Long Island estate and made a fateful decision that virtually guaranteed a future crash and depression.      All this and much, much more transpired in that epochal summer of 1927, and Bill Bryson captures its outsized personalities, exciting events, and occasional just plain weirdness with his trademark vividness, eye for telling detail, and delicious humor. In that year America stepped out onto the world stage as the main event, and One Summer transforms it all into narrative nonfiction of the highest order. Bill Bryson Tue, 01 Oct 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196766 thebookvoice.com 17:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196766]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: One Summer: America, 1927 Author: Bill Bryson Narrator: Bill Bryson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.28 of Total 36 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 10 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A Chicago Tribune Noteworthy Book A GoodReads Reader's Choice In One Summer Bill Bryson, one of our greatest and most beloved nonfiction writers, transports readers on a journey back to one amazing season in American life. The summer of 1927 began with one of the signature events of the twentieth century: on May 21, 1927, Charles Lindbergh became the first man to cross the Atlantic by plane nonstop, and when he landed in Le Bourget airfield near Paris, he ignited an explosion of worldwide rapture and instantly became the most famous person on the planet. Meanwhile, the titanically talented Babe Ruth was beginning his assault on the home run record, which would culminate on September 30 with his sixtieth blast, one of the most resonant and durable records in sports history. In between those dates a Queens housewife named Ruth Snyder and her corset-salesman lover garroted her husband, leading to a murder trial that became a huge tabloid sensation. Alvin “Shipwreck” Kelly sat atop a flagpole in Newark, New Jersey, for twelve days—a new record. The American South was clobbered by unprecedented rain and by flooding of the Mississippi basin, a great human disaster, the relief efforts for which were guided by the uncannily able and insufferably pompous Herbert Hoover. Calvin Coolidge interrupted an already leisurely presidency for an even more relaxing three-month vacation in the Black Hills of South Dakota. The gangster Al Capone tightened his grip on the illegal booze business through a gaudy and murderous reign of terror and municipal corruption. The first true “talking picture,” Al Jolson’s The Jazz Singer, was filmed and forever changed the motion picture industry. The four most powerful central bankers on earth met in secret session on a Long Island estate and made a fateful decision that virtually guaranteed a future crash and depression.      All this and much, much more transpired in that epochal summer of 1927, and Bill Bryson captures its outsized personalities, exciting events, and occasional just plain weirdness with his trademark vividness, eye for telling detail, and delicious humor. In that year America stepped out onto the world stage as the main event, and One Summer transforms it all into narrative nonfiction of the highest order. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196766]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: One Summer: America, 1927 Author: Bill Bryson Narrator: Bill Bryson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.28 of Total 36 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 10 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A Chicago Tribune Noteworthy Book A GoodReads Reader's Choice In One Summer Bill Bryson, one of our greatest and most beloved nonfiction writers, transports readers on a journey back to one amazing season in American life. The summer of 1927 began with one of the signature events of the twentieth century: on May 21, 1927, Charles Lindbergh became the first man to cross the Atlantic by plane nonstop, and when he landed in Le Bourget airfield near Paris, he ignited an explosion of worldwide rapture and instantly became the most famous person on the planet. Meanwhile, the titanically talented Babe Ruth was beginning his assault on the home run record, which would culminate on September 30 with his sixtieth blast, one of the most resonant and durable records in sports history. In between those dates a Queens housewife named Ruth Snyder and her corset-salesman lover garroted her husband, leading to a murder trial that became a huge tabloid sensation. Alvin “Shipwreck” Kelly sat atop a flagpole in Newark, New Jersey, for twelve days—a new record. The American South was clobbered by unprecedented rain and by flooding of the Mississippi basin, a great human disaster, the relief efforts for which were guided by the uncannily able and insufferably pompous Herbert Hoover. Calvin Coolidge interrupted an already leisurely presidency for an even more relaxing three-month vacation in the Black Hills of South Dakota. The gangster Al Capone tightened his grip on the illegal booze business through a gaudy and murderous reign of terror and municipal corruption. The first true “talking picture,” Al Jolson’s The Jazz Singer, was filmed and forever changed the motion picture industry. The four most powerful central bankers on earth met in secret session on a Long Island estate and made a fateful decision that virtually guaranteed a future crash and depression.      All this and much, much more transpired in that epochal summer of 1927, and Bill Bryson captures its outsized personalities, exciting events, and occasional just plain weirdness with his trademark vividness, eye for telling detail, and delicious humor. In that year America stepped out onto the world stage as the main event, and One Summer transforms it all into narrative nonfiction of the highest order. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196675 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196675]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who Owns the Future? Author: Jaron Lanier Narrator: Pete Simonelli Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 16, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The “brilliant” and “daringly original” (The New York Times) critique of digital networks from the “David Foster Wallace of tech” (London Evening Standard)—asserting that to fix our economy, we must fix our information economy. Jaron Lanier is the father of virtual reality and one of the world’s most brilliant thinkers. Who Owns the Future? is his visionary reckoning with the most urgent economic and social trend of our age: the poisonous concentration of money and power in our digital networks. Lanier has predicted how technology will transform our humanity for decades, and his insight has never been more urgently needed. He shows how Siren Servers, which exploit big data and the free sharing of information, led our economy into recession, imperiled personal privacy, and hollowed out the middle class. The networks that define our world—including social media, financial institutions, and intelligence agencies—now threaten to destroy it. But there is an alternative. In this provocative, poetic, and deeply humane book, Lanier charts a path toward a brighter future: an information economy that rewards ordinary people for what they do and share on the web. Jaron Lanier Tue, 16 Jul 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196675 thebookvoice.com 12:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196675]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who Owns the Future? Author: Jaron Lanier Narrator: Pete Simonelli Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 16, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The “brilliant” and “daringly original” (The New York Times) critique of digital networks from the “David Foster Wallace of tech” (London Evening Standard)—asserting that to fix our economy, we must fix our information economy. Jaron Lanier is the father of virtual reality and one of the world’s most brilliant thinkers. Who Owns the Future? is his visionary reckoning with the most urgent economic and social trend of our age: the poisonous concentration of money and power in our digital networks. Lanier has predicted how technology will transform our humanity for decades, and his insight has never been more urgently needed. He shows how Siren Servers, which exploit big data and the free sharing of information, led our economy into recession, imperiled personal privacy, and hollowed out the middle class. The networks that define our world—including social media, financial institutions, and intelligence agencies—now threaten to destroy it. But there is an alternative. In this provocative, poetic, and deeply humane book, Lanier charts a path toward a brighter future: an information economy that rewards ordinary people for what they do and share on the web. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196675]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who Owns the Future? Author: Jaron Lanier Narrator: Pete Simonelli Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 16, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The “brilliant” and “daringly original” (The New York Times) critique of digital networks from the “David Foster Wallace of tech” (London Evening Standard)—asserting that to fix our economy, we must fix our information economy. Jaron Lanier is the father of virtual reality and one of the world’s most brilliant thinkers. Who Owns the Future? is his visionary reckoning with the most urgent economic and social trend of our age: the poisonous concentration of money and power in our digital networks. Lanier has predicted how technology will transform our humanity for decades, and his insight has never been more urgently needed. He shows how Siren Servers, which exploit big data and the free sharing of information, led our economy into recession, imperiled personal privacy, and hollowed out the middle class. The networks that define our world—including social media, financial institutions, and intelligence agencies—now threaten to destroy it. But there is an alternative. In this provocative, poetic, and deeply humane book, Lanier charts a path toward a brighter future: an information economy that rewards ordinary people for what they do and share on the web. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196601 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196601]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Five Days at Memorial: Life and Death in a Storm-Ravaged Hospital Author: Sheri Fink Narrator: Kirsten Potter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 29 minutes Release date: September 10, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.93 of Total 29 Ratings of Narrator: 4.14 of Total 7 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • The award-winning book that inspired an Apple Original series from Apple TV+ • A landmark investigation of patient deaths at a New Orleans hospital ravaged by Hurricane Katrina—and the suspenseful portrayal of the quest for truth and justice—from a Pulitzer Prize–winning physician and reporter “An amazing tale, as inexorable as a Greek tragedy and as gripping as a whodunit.”—Dallas Morning News After Hurricane Katrina struck and power failed, amid rising floodwaters and heat, exhausted staff at Memorial Medical Center designated certain patients last for rescue. Months later, a doctor and two nurses were arrested and accused of injecting some of those patients with life-ending drugs. Five Days at Memorial, the culmination of six years of reporting by Pulitzer Prize winner Sheri Fink, unspools the mystery, bringing us inside a hospital fighting for its life and into the most charged questions in health care: which patients should be prioritized, and can health care professionals ever be excused for hastening death?   Transforming our understanding of human nature in crisis, Five Days at Memorial exposes the hidden dilemmas of end-of-life care and reveals how ill-prepared we are for large-scale disasters—and how we can do better.   ONE OF THE TEN BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: The New York Times Book Review • ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: Chicago Tribune, Seattle Times, Entertainment Weekly, Christian Science Monitor, Kansas City Star WINNER: National Book Critics Circle Award, J. Anthony Lukas Book Prize, PEN/John Kenneth Galbraith Award, Los Angeles Times Book Prize, Ridenhour Book Prize, American Medical Writers Association Medical Book Award, National Association of Science Writers Science in Society Award Sheri Fink Tue, 10 Sep 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196601 thebookvoice.com 17:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196601]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Five Days at Memorial: Life and Death in a Storm-Ravaged Hospital Author: Sheri Fink Narrator: Kirsten Potter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 29 minutes Release date: September 10, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.93 of Total 29 Ratings of Narrator: 4.14 of Total 7 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • The award-winning book that inspired an Apple Original series from Apple TV+ • A landmark investigation of patient deaths at a New Orleans hospital ravaged by Hurricane Katrina—and the suspenseful portrayal of the quest for truth and justice—from a Pulitzer Prize–winning physician and reporter “An amazing tale, as inexorable as a Greek tragedy and as gripping as a whodunit.”—Dallas Morning News After Hurricane Katrina struck and power failed, amid rising floodwaters and heat, exhausted staff at Memorial Medical Center designated certain patients last for rescue. Months later, a doctor and two nurses were arrested and accused of injecting some of those patients with life-ending drugs. Five Days at Memorial, the culmination of six years of reporting by Pulitzer Prize winner Sheri Fink, unspools the mystery, bringing us inside a hospital fighting for its life and into the most charged questions in health care: which patients should be prioritized, and can health care professionals ever be excused for hastening death?   Transforming our understanding of human nature in crisis, Five Days at Memorial exposes the hidden dilemmas of end-of-life care and reveals how ill-prepared we are for large-scale disasters—and how we can do better.   ONE OF THE TEN BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: The New York Times Book Review • ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: Chicago Tribune, Seattle Times, Entertainment Weekly, Christian Science Monitor, Kansas City Star WINNER: National Book Critics Circle Award, J. Anthony Lukas Book Prize, PEN/John Kenneth Galbraith Award, Los Angeles Times Book Prize, Ridenhour Book Prize, American Medical Writers Association Medical Book Award, National Association of Science Writers Science in Society Award Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196601]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Five Days at Memorial: Life and Death in a Storm-Ravaged Hospital Author: Sheri Fink Narrator: Kirsten Potter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 29 minutes Release date: September 10, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.93 of Total 29 Ratings of Narrator: 4.14 of Total 7 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • The award-winning book that inspired an Apple Original series from Apple TV+ • A landmark investigation of patient deaths at a New Orleans hospital ravaged by Hurricane Katrina—and the suspenseful portrayal of the quest for truth and justice—from a Pulitzer Prize–winning physician and reporter “An amazing tale, as inexorable as a Greek tragedy and as gripping as a whodunit.”—Dallas Morning News After Hurricane Katrina struck and power failed, amid rising floodwaters and heat, exhausted staff at Memorial Medical Center designated certain patients last for rescue. Months later, a doctor and two nurses were arrested and accused of injecting some of those patients with life-ending drugs. Five Days at Memorial, the culmination of six years of reporting by Pulitzer Prize winner Sheri Fink, unspools the mystery, bringing us inside a hospital fighting for its life and into the most charged questions in health care: which patients should be prioritized, and can health care professionals ever be excused for hastening death?   Transforming our understanding of human nature in crisis, Five Days at Memorial exposes the hidden dilemmas of end-of-life care and reveals how ill-prepared we are for large-scale disasters—and how we can do better.   ONE OF THE TEN BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: The New York Times Book Review • ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: Chicago Tribune, Seattle Times, Entertainment Weekly, Christian Science Monitor, Kansas City Star WINNER: National Book Critics Circle Award, J. Anthony Lukas Book Prize, PEN/John Kenneth Galbraith Award, Los Angeles Times Book Prize, Ridenhour Book Prize, American Medical Writers Association Medical Book Award, National Association of Science Writers Science in Society Award https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196597 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196597]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Battle Hymn of the Tiger Mother Author: Amy Chua Narrator: Amy Chua Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 11, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 26 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Courageous and thought-provoking.” —David Brooks, The New York Times “Breathtakingly personal . . . [Chua’s] tale is as compelling as a good thriller.” —The Financial Times '[F]ascinating. . . . the most stimulating book on the subject of child rearing since Dr. Spock.' —Seattle Post-Intelligencer “Chua’s memoir, Battle Hymn of the Tiger Mother, is a quick, easy read. It’s smart, funny, honest and a little heartbreaking . . .” —Chicago Sun-Times At once provocative and laugh-out-loud funny, Battle Hymn of the Tiger Mother ignited a global parenting debate with its story of one mother’s journey in strict parenting.  Amy Chua argues that Western parenting tries to respect and nurture children’s individuality, while Chinese parents typically believe that arming children with skills, strong work habits, and inner confidence prepares them best for the future.   Battle Hymn of the Tiger Mother chronicles Chua’s iron-willed decision to raise her daughters, Sophia and Lulu, the Chinese way – and the remarkable, sometimes heartbreaking  results her choice inspires.  Achingly honest and profoundly challenging, Battle Hymn of the Tiger Mother is one of the most talked-about books of our times. Amy Chua Tue, 11 Jan 2011 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196597 thebookvoice.com 6:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196597]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Battle Hymn of the Tiger Mother Author: Amy Chua Narrator: Amy Chua Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 11, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 26 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Courageous and thought-provoking.” —David Brooks, The New York Times “Breathtakingly personal . . . [Chua’s] tale is as compelling as a good thriller.” —The Financial Times '[F]ascinating. . . . the most stimulating book on the subject of child rearing since Dr. Spock.' —Seattle Post-Intelligencer “Chua’s memoir, Battle Hymn of the Tiger Mother, is a quick, easy read. It’s smart, funny, honest and a little heartbreaking . . .” —Chicago Sun-Times At once provocative and laugh-out-loud funny, Battle Hymn of the Tiger Mother ignited a global parenting debate with its story of one mother’s journey in strict parenting.  Amy Chua argues that Western parenting tries to respect and nurture children’s individuality, while Chinese parents typically believe that arming children with skills, strong work habits, and inner confidence prepares them best for the future.   Battle Hymn of the Tiger Mother chronicles Chua’s iron-willed decision to raise her daughters, Sophia and Lulu, the Chinese way – and the remarkable, sometimes heartbreaking  results her choice inspires.  Achingly honest and profoundly challenging, Battle Hymn of the Tiger Mother is one of the most talked-about books of our times. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196597]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Battle Hymn of the Tiger Mother Author: Amy Chua Narrator: Amy Chua Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 11, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 26 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Courageous and thought-provoking.” —David Brooks, The New York Times “Breathtakingly personal . . . [Chua’s] tale is as compelling as a good thriller.” —The Financial Times '[F]ascinating. . . . the most stimulating book on the subject of child rearing since Dr. Spock.' —Seattle Post-Intelligencer “Chua’s memoir, Battle Hymn of the Tiger Mother, is a quick, easy read. It’s smart, funny, honest and a little heartbreaking . . .” —Chicago Sun-Times At once provocative and laugh-out-loud funny, Battle Hymn of the Tiger Mother ignited a global parenting debate with its story of one mother’s journey in strict parenting.  Amy Chua argues that Western parenting tries to respect and nurture children’s individuality, while Chinese parents typically believe that arming children with skills, strong work habits, and inner confidence prepares them best for the future.   Battle Hymn of the Tiger Mother chronicles Chua’s iron-willed decision to raise her daughters, Sophia and Lulu, the Chinese way – and the remarkable, sometimes heartbreaking  results her choice inspires.  Achingly honest and profoundly challenging, Battle Hymn of the Tiger Mother is one of the most talked-about books of our times. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196488 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196488]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: David and Goliath: Underdogs, Misfits, and the Art of Battling Giants Author: Malcolm Gladwell Narrator: Malcolm Gladwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 1 minute Release date: October 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 231 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 48 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Audie Award Winner, Nonfiction, 2014 Explore the power of the underdog in Malcolm Gladwell's dazzling examination of success, motivation, and the role of adversity in shaping our lives, from the bestselling author of The Bomber Mafia. Three thousand years ago on a battlefield in ancient Palestine, a shepherd boy felled a mighty warrior with nothing more than a stone and a sling, and ever since then the names of David and Goliath have stood for battles between underdogs and giants. David's victory was improbable and miraculous. He shouldn't have won. Or should he have? In David and Goliath, Malcolm Gladwellchallenges how we think about obstacles and disadvantages, offering a new interpretation of what it means to be discriminated against, or cope with a disability, or lose a parent, or attend a mediocre school, or suffer from any number of other apparent setbacks. Gladwell begins with the real story of what happened between the giant and the shepherd boy those many years ago. From there, David and Goliath examines Northern Ireland's Troubles, the minds of cancer researchers and civil rights leaders, murder and the high costs of revenge, and the dynamics of successful and unsuccessful classrooms—all to demonstrate how much of what is beautiful and important in the world arises from what looks like suffering and adversity. In the tradition of Gladwell's previous bestsellers—The Tipping Point, Blink, Outliers and What the Dog Saw—David and Goliath draws upon history, psychology, and powerful storytelling to reshape the way we think of the world around us. Malcolm Gladwell Tue, 01 Oct 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196488 thebookvoice.com 7:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196488]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: David and Goliath: Underdogs, Misfits, and the Art of Battling Giants Author: Malcolm Gladwell Narrator: Malcolm Gladwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 1 minute Release date: October 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 231 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 48 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Audie Award Winner, Nonfiction, 2014 Explore the power of the underdog in Malcolm Gladwell's dazzling examination of success, motivation, and the role of adversity in shaping our lives, from the bestselling author of The Bomber Mafia. Three thousand years ago on a battlefield in ancient Palestine, a shepherd boy felled a mighty warrior with nothing more than a stone and a sling, and ever since then the names of David and Goliath have stood for battles between underdogs and giants. David's victory was improbable and miraculous. He shouldn't have won. Or should he have? In David and Goliath, Malcolm Gladwellchallenges how we think about obstacles and disadvantages, offering a new interpretation of what it means to be discriminated against, or cope with a disability, or lose a parent, or attend a mediocre school, or suffer from any number of other apparent setbacks. Gladwell begins with the real story of what happened between the giant and the shepherd boy those many years ago. From there, David and Goliath examines Northern Ireland's Troubles, the minds of cancer researchers and civil rights leaders, murder and the high costs of revenge, and the dynamics of successful and unsuccessful classrooms—all to demonstrate how much of what is beautiful and important in the world arises from what looks like suffering and adversity. In the tradition of Gladwell's previous bestsellers—The Tipping Point, Blink, Outliers and What the Dog Saw—David and Goliath draws upon history, psychology, and powerful storytelling to reshape the way we think of the world around us. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196488]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: David and Goliath: Underdogs, Misfits, and the Art of Battling Giants Author: Malcolm Gladwell Narrator: Malcolm Gladwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 1 minute Release date: October 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 231 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 48 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Audie Award Winner, Nonfiction, 2014 Explore the power of the underdog in Malcolm Gladwell's dazzling examination of success, motivation, and the role of adversity in shaping our lives, from the bestselling author of The Bomber Mafia. Three thousand years ago on a battlefield in ancient Palestine, a shepherd boy felled a mighty warrior with nothing more than a stone and a sling, and ever since then the names of David and Goliath have stood for battles between underdogs and giants. David's victory was improbable and miraculous. He shouldn't have won. Or should he have? In David and Goliath, Malcolm Gladwellchallenges how we think about obstacles and disadvantages, offering a new interpretation of what it means to be discriminated against, or cope with a disability, or lose a parent, or attend a mediocre school, or suffer from any number of other apparent setbacks. Gladwell begins with the real story of what happened between the giant and the shepherd boy those many years ago. From there, David and Goliath examines Northern Ireland's Troubles, the minds of cancer researchers and civil rights leaders, murder and the high costs of revenge, and the dynamics of successful and unsuccessful classrooms—all to demonstrate how much of what is beautiful and important in the world arises from what looks like suffering and adversity. In the tradition of Gladwell's previous bestsellers—The Tipping Point, Blink, Outliers and What the Dog Saw—David and Goliath draws upon history, psychology, and powerful storytelling to reshape the way we think of the world around us. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196486 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196486]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rising Tide: Bear Bryant, Joe Namath, and Dixie's Last Quarter Author: Ed Krzemienski, Randy Roberts Narrator: Alan Sklar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 20, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The extraordinary story of how Coach Paul 'Bear' Bryant and Joe Namath, his star quarterback at the University of Alabama, led the Crimson Tide to victory and transformed football into a truly national pastime. During the bloodiest years of the civil rights movement, Bear Bryant and Joe Namath-two of the most iconic and controversial figures in American sports-changed the game of college football forever. Brilliantly and urgently drawn, this is the gripping account of how these two very different men-Bryant a legendary coach in the South who was facing a pair of ethics scandals that threatened his career, and Namath a cocky Northerner from a steel mill town in Pennsylvania-led the Crimson Tide to a national championship. To Bryant and Namath, the game was everything. But no one could ignore the changes sweeping the nation between 1961 and 1965-from the Freedom Rides to the integration of colleges across the South and the assassination of President Kennedy. Against this explosive backdrop, Bryant and Namath changed the meaning of football. Their final contest together, the 1965 Orange Bowl, was the first football game broadcast nationally, in color, during prime time, signaling a new era for the sport and the nation. Award-winning biographer Randy Roberts and sports historian Ed Krzemienski showcase the moment when two thoroughly American traditions-football and Dixie-collided. A compelling story of race and politics, honor and the will to win, Rising Tide captures a singular time in America. More than a history of college football, this is the story of the struggle and triumph of a nation in transition and the legacy of two of the greatest heroes the sport has ever seen. Ed Krzemienski, Randy Roberts Tue, 20 Aug 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196486 thebookvoice.com 15:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196486]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rising Tide: Bear Bryant, Joe Namath, and Dixie's Last Quarter Author: Ed Krzemienski, Randy Roberts Narrator: Alan Sklar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 20, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The extraordinary story of how Coach Paul 'Bear' Bryant and Joe Namath, his star quarterback at the University of Alabama, led the Crimson Tide to victory and transformed football into a truly national pastime. During the bloodiest years of the civil rights movement, Bear Bryant and Joe Namath-two of the most iconic and controversial figures in American sports-changed the game of college football forever. Brilliantly and urgently drawn, this is the gripping account of how these two very different men-Bryant a legendary coach in the South who was facing a pair of ethics scandals that threatened his career, and Namath a cocky Northerner from a steel mill town in Pennsylvania-led the Crimson Tide to a national championship. To Bryant and Namath, the game was everything. But no one could ignore the changes sweeping the nation between 1961 and 1965-from the Freedom Rides to the integration of colleges across the South and the assassination of President Kennedy. Against this explosive backdrop, Bryant and Namath changed the meaning of football. Their final contest together, the 1965 Orange Bowl, was the first football game broadcast nationally, in color, during prime time, signaling a new era for the sport and the nation. Award-winning biographer Randy Roberts and sports historian Ed Krzemienski showcase the moment when two thoroughly American traditions-football and Dixie-collided. A compelling story of race and politics, honor and the will to win, Rising Tide captures a singular time in America. More than a history of college football, this is the story of the struggle and triumph of a nation in transition and the legacy of two of the greatest heroes the sport has ever seen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196486]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rising Tide: Bear Bryant, Joe Namath, and Dixie's Last Quarter Author: Ed Krzemienski, Randy Roberts Narrator: Alan Sklar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 20, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The extraordinary story of how Coach Paul 'Bear' Bryant and Joe Namath, his star quarterback at the University of Alabama, led the Crimson Tide to victory and transformed football into a truly national pastime. During the bloodiest years of the civil rights movement, Bear Bryant and Joe Namath-two of the most iconic and controversial figures in American sports-changed the game of college football forever. Brilliantly and urgently drawn, this is the gripping account of how these two very different men-Bryant a legendary coach in the South who was facing a pair of ethics scandals that threatened his career, and Namath a cocky Northerner from a steel mill town in Pennsylvania-led the Crimson Tide to a national championship. To Bryant and Namath, the game was everything. But no one could ignore the changes sweeping the nation between 1961 and 1965-from the Freedom Rides to the integration of colleges across the South and the assassination of President Kennedy. Against this explosive backdrop, Bryant and Namath changed the meaning of football. Their final contest together, the 1965 Orange Bowl, was the first football game broadcast nationally, in color, during prime time, signaling a new era for the sport and the nation. Award-winning biographer Randy Roberts and sports historian Ed Krzemienski showcase the moment when two thoroughly American traditions-football and Dixie-collided. A compelling story of race and politics, honor and the will to win, Rising Tide captures a singular time in America. More than a history of college football, this is the story of the struggle and triumph of a nation in transition and the legacy of two of the greatest heroes the sport has ever seen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196369 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196369]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Futurecast: What Today's Trends Mean for Tomorrow's World Author: George Barna Narrator: Jon Gauger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: July 1, 2011 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: There are three types of people when it comes to the future: those who will watch what happens, those who will make it happen, and those who will wonder what happened. Which will you be? Our society has widespread and unprecedented access to information, but what do we do with it all? Who do we trust to accurately track our societal trends, interpret them, and see possibilities for the future—and how can we help to shape that future? The answers lie in Futurecast, an insider glimpse of today’s world—and tomorrow’s. Researcher George Barna will inform you about the trends that are soon to change your life and environment, equip you to face them, and encourage you to stand among the visionaries who create the future rather than react to it. George Barna Fri, 01 Jul 2011 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196369 thebookvoice.com 7:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196369]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Futurecast: What Today's Trends Mean for Tomorrow's World Author: George Barna Narrator: Jon Gauger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: July 1, 2011 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: There are three types of people when it comes to the future: those who will watch what happens, those who will make it happen, and those who will wonder what happened. Which will you be? Our society has widespread and unprecedented access to information, but what do we do with it all? Who do we trust to accurately track our societal trends, interpret them, and see possibilities for the future—and how can we help to shape that future? The answers lie in Futurecast, an insider glimpse of today’s world—and tomorrow’s. Researcher George Barna will inform you about the trends that are soon to change your life and environment, equip you to face them, and encourage you to stand among the visionaries who create the future rather than react to it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196369]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Futurecast: What Today's Trends Mean for Tomorrow's World Author: George Barna Narrator: Jon Gauger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: July 1, 2011 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: There are three types of people when it comes to the future: those who will watch what happens, those who will make it happen, and those who will wonder what happened. Which will you be? Our society has widespread and unprecedented access to information, but what do we do with it all? Who do we trust to accurately track our societal trends, interpret them, and see possibilities for the future—and how can we help to shape that future? The answers lie in Futurecast, an insider glimpse of today’s world—and tomorrow’s. Researcher George Barna will inform you about the trends that are soon to change your life and environment, equip you to face them, and encourage you to stand among the visionaries who create the future rather than react to it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/195373 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/195373]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jim Henson: The Biography Author: Brian Jay Jones Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 24, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • For the first time ever—a comprehensive biography of one of the twentieth century’s most innovative creative artists: the incomparable, irreplaceable Jim Henson He was a gentle dreamer whose genial bearded visage was recognized around the world, but most people got to know him only through the iconic characters born of his fertile imagination: Kermit the Frog, Bert and Ernie, Miss Piggy, Big Bird. The Muppets made Jim Henson a household name, but they were just part of his remarkable story. This extraordinary biography—written with the generous cooperation of the Henson family—covers the full arc of Henson’s all-too-brief life: from his childhood in Leland, Mississippi, through the years of burgeoning fame in America, to the decade of international celebrity that preceded his untimely death at age fifty-three. Drawing on hundreds of hours of new interviews with Henson's family, friends, and closest collaborators, as well as unprecedented access to private family and company archives, Brian Jay Jones explores the creation of the Muppets, Henson’s contributions to Sesame Street and Saturday Night Live, and his nearly ten-year campaign to bring The Muppet Show to television. Jones provides the imaginative context for Henson’s non-Muppet projects, including the richly imagined worlds of The Dark Crystal and Labyrinth—as well as fascinating misfires like Henson’s dream of opening an inflatable psychedelic nightclub. An uncommonly intimate portrait, Jim Henson captures all the facets of this American original: the master craftsman who revolutionized the presentation of puppets on television, the savvy businessman whose dealmaking prowess won him a reputation as “the new Walt Disney,” and the creative team leader whose collaborative ethos earned him the undying loyalty of everyone who worked for him. Here also is insight into Henson’s intensely private personal life: his Christian Science upbringing, his love of fast cars and expensive art, and his weakness for women. Though an optimist by nature, Henson was haunted by the notion that he would not have time to do all the things he wanted to do in life—a fear that his heartbreaking final hours would prove all too well founded. An up-close look at the charmed life of a legend, Jim Henson gives the full measure to a man whose joyful genius transcended age, language, geography, and culture—and continues to beguile audiences worldwide. NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY BOOKPAGE “Jim Henson vibrantly delves into the magnificent man and his Muppet methods: It’s an absolute must-read!”—Neil Patrick Harris “An exhaustive work that is never exhausting, a credit both to Jones’s brisk style and to Henson’s exceptional life.”—The New York Times “[A] sweeping portrait that is a mix of humor, mirth and poignancy.”—Washington Independent Review of Books “A meticulously researched tome chock-full of gems about the Muppets and the most thorough portrait of their creator ever crafted.”—Associated Press Brian Jay Jones Tue, 24 Sep 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/195373 thebookvoice.com 21:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/195373]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jim Henson: The Biography Author: Brian Jay Jones Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 24, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • For the first time ever—a comprehensive biography of one of the twentieth century’s most innovative creative artists: the incomparable, irreplaceable Jim Henson He was a gentle dreamer whose genial bearded visage was recognized around the world, but most people got to know him only through the iconic characters born of his fertile imagination: Kermit the Frog, Bert and Ernie, Miss Piggy, Big Bird. The Muppets made Jim Henson a household name, but they were just part of his remarkable story. This extraordinary biography—written with the generous cooperation of the Henson family—covers the full arc of Henson’s all-too-brief life: from his childhood in Leland, Mississippi, through the years of burgeoning fame in America, to the decade of international celebrity that preceded his untimely death at age fifty-three. Drawing on hundreds of hours of new interviews with Henson's family, friends, and closest collaborators, as well as unprecedented access to private family and company archives, Brian Jay Jones explores the creation of the Muppets, Henson’s contributions to Sesame Street and Saturday Night Live, and his nearly ten-year campaign to bring The Muppet Show to television. Jones provides the imaginative context for Henson’s non-Muppet projects, including the richly imagined worlds of The Dark Crystal and Labyrinth—as well as fascinating misfires like Henson’s dream of opening an inflatable psychedelic nightclub. An uncommonly intimate portrait, Jim Henson captures all the facets of this American original: the master craftsman who revolutionized the presentation of puppets on television, the savvy businessman whose dealmaking prowess won him a reputation as “the new Walt Disney,” and the creative team leader whose collaborative ethos earned him the undying loyalty of everyone who worked for him. Here also is insight into Henson’s intensely private personal life: his Christian Science upbringing, his love of fast cars and expensive art, and his weakness for women. Though an optimist by nature, Henson was haunted by the notion that he would not have time to do all the things he wanted to do in life—a fear that his heartbreaking final hours would prove all too well founded. An up-close look at the charmed life of a legend, Jim Henson gives the full measure to a man whose joyful genius transcended age, language, geography, and culture—and continues to beguile audiences worldwide. NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY BOOKPAGE “Jim Henson vibrantly delves into the magnificent man and his Muppet methods: It’s an absolute must-read!”—Neil Patrick Harris “An exhaustive work that is never exhausting, a credit both to Jones’s brisk style and to Henson’s exceptional life.”—The New York Times “[A] sweeping portrait that is a mix of humor, mirth and poignancy.”—Washington Independent Review of Books “A meticulously researched tome chock-full of gems about the Muppets and the most thorough portrait of their creator ever crafted.”—Associated Press Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/195373]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jim Henson: The Biography Author: Brian Jay Jones Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 24, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • For the first time ever—a comprehensive biography of one of the twentieth century’s most innovative creative artists: the incomparable, irreplaceable Jim Henson He was a gentle dreamer whose genial bearded visage was recognized around the world, but most people got to know him only through the iconic characters born of his fertile imagination: Kermit the Frog, Bert and Ernie, Miss Piggy, Big Bird. The Muppets made Jim Henson a household name, but they were just part of his remarkable story. This extraordinary biography—written with the generous cooperation of the Henson family—covers the full arc of Henson’s all-too-brief life: from his childhood in Leland, Mississippi, through the years of burgeoning fame in America, to the decade of international celebrity that preceded his untimely death at age fifty-three. Drawing on hundreds of hours of new interviews with Henson's family, friends, and closest collaborators, as well as unprecedented access to private family and company archives, Brian Jay Jones explores the creation of the Muppets, Henson’s contributions to Sesame Street and Saturday Night Live, and his nearly ten-year campaign to bring The Muppet Show to television. Jones provides the imaginative context for Henson’s non-Muppet projects, including the richly imagined worlds of The Dark Crystal and Labyrinth—as well as fascinating misfires like Henson’s dream of opening an inflatable psychedelic nightclub. An uncommonly intimate portrait, Jim Henson captures all the facets of this American original: the master craftsman who revolutionized the presentation of puppets on television, the savvy businessman whose dealmaking prowess won him a reputation as “the new Walt Disney,” and the creative team leader whose collaborative ethos earned him the undying loyalty of everyone who worked for him. Here also is insight into Henson’s intensely private personal life: his Christian Science upbringing, his love of fast cars and expensive art, and his weakness for women. Though an optimist by nature, Henson was haunted by the notion that he would not have time to do all the things he wanted to do in life—a fear that his heartbreaking final hours would prove all too well founded. An up-close look at the charmed life of a legend, Jim Henson gives the full measure to a man whose joyful genius transcended age, language, geography, and culture—and continues to beguile audiences worldwide. NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY BOOKPAGE “Jim Henson vibrantly delves into the magnificent man and his Muppet methods: It’s an absolute must-read!”—Neil Patrick Harris “An exhaustive work that is never exhausting, a credit both to Jones’s brisk style and to Henson’s exceptional life.”—The New York Times “[A] sweeping portrait that is a mix of humor, mirth and poignancy.”—Washington Independent Review of Books “A meticulously researched tome chock-full of gems about the Muppets and the most thorough portrait of their creator ever crafted.”—Associated Press https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/195299 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/195299]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The World Until Yesterday: What Can We Learn from Traditional Societies? Author: Jared Diamond Narrator: Jay Snyder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 34 minutes Release date: December 31, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Most of us take for granted the features of our modern society, from air travel and telecommunications to literacy and obesity. Yet for nearly all of its six million years of existence, human society had none of these things. While the gulf that divides us from our primitive ancestors may seem unbridgeably wide, we can glimpse much of our former lifestyle in those largely traditional societies still or recently in existence. Societies like those of the New Guinea Highlanders remind us that it was only yesterday—in evolutionary time—when everything changed and that we moderns still possess bodies and social practices often better adapted to traditional than to modern conditions. The World Until Yesterday provides a mesmerizing firsthand picture of the human past as it had been for millions of years—a past that has mostly vanished—and considers what the differences between that past and our present mean for our lives today. This is Jared Diamond’s most personal book to date, as he draws extensively from his decades of field work in the Pacific islands, as well as evidence from Inuit, Amazonian Indians, Kalahari San people, and others. Diamond doesn’t romanticize traditional societies—after all, we are shocked by some of their practices—but he finds that their solutions to universal human problems such as child rearing, elder care, dispute resolution, risk, and physical fitness have much to teach us. A characteristically provocative, enlightening, and entertaining book, The World Until Yesterday will be essential and delightful reading. Jared Diamond Mon, 31 Dec 2012 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/195299 thebookvoice.com 18:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/195299]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The World Until Yesterday: What Can We Learn from Traditional Societies? Author: Jared Diamond Narrator: Jay Snyder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 34 minutes Release date: December 31, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Most of us take for granted the features of our modern society, from air travel and telecommunications to literacy and obesity. Yet for nearly all of its six million years of existence, human society had none of these things. While the gulf that divides us from our primitive ancestors may seem unbridgeably wide, we can glimpse much of our former lifestyle in those largely traditional societies still or recently in existence. Societies like those of the New Guinea Highlanders remind us that it was only yesterday—in evolutionary time—when everything changed and that we moderns still possess bodies and social practices often better adapted to traditional than to modern conditions. The World Until Yesterday provides a mesmerizing firsthand picture of the human past as it had been for millions of years—a past that has mostly vanished—and considers what the differences between that past and our present mean for our lives today. This is Jared Diamond’s most personal book to date, as he draws extensively from his decades of field work in the Pacific islands, as well as evidence from Inuit, Amazonian Indians, Kalahari San people, and others. Diamond doesn’t romanticize traditional societies—after all, we are shocked by some of their practices—but he finds that their solutions to universal human problems such as child rearing, elder care, dispute resolution, risk, and physical fitness have much to teach us. A characteristically provocative, enlightening, and entertaining book, The World Until Yesterday will be essential and delightful reading. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/195299]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The World Until Yesterday: What Can We Learn from Traditional Societies? Author: Jared Diamond Narrator: Jay Snyder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 34 minutes Release date: December 31, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Most of us take for granted the features of our modern society, from air travel and telecommunications to literacy and obesity. Yet for nearly all of its six million years of existence, human society had none of these things. While the gulf that divides us from our primitive ancestors may seem unbridgeably wide, we can glimpse much of our former lifestyle in those largely traditional societies still or recently in existence. Societies like those of the New Guinea Highlanders remind us that it was only yesterday—in evolutionary time—when everything changed and that we moderns still possess bodies and social practices often better adapted to traditional than to modern conditions. The World Until Yesterday provides a mesmerizing firsthand picture of the human past as it had been for millions of years—a past that has mostly vanished—and considers what the differences between that past and our present mean for our lives today. This is Jared Diamond’s most personal book to date, as he draws extensively from his decades of field work in the Pacific islands, as well as evidence from Inuit, Amazonian Indians, Kalahari San people, and others. Diamond doesn’t romanticize traditional societies—after all, we are shocked by some of their practices—but he finds that their solutions to universal human problems such as child rearing, elder care, dispute resolution, risk, and physical fitness have much to teach us. A characteristically provocative, enlightening, and entertaining book, The World Until Yesterday will be essential and delightful reading. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/195295 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/195295]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Omnivore's Dilemma: A Natural History of Four Meals Author: Michael Pollan Narrator: Scott Brick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 55 minutes Release date: April 11, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.37 of Total 73 Ratings of Narrator: 4.36 of Total 14 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One of the New York Times Book Review's Ten Best Books of the Year Winner of the James Beard Award Author of #1 New York Times Bestsellers In Defense of Food and Food Rules What should we have for dinner? Ten years ago, Michael Pollan confronted us with this seemingly simple question and, with The Omnivore’s Dilemma, his brilliant and eye-opening exploration of our food choices, demonstrated that how we answer it today may determine not only our health but our survival as a species. In the years since, Pollan’s revolutionary examination has changed the way Americans think about food. Bringing wide attention to the little-known but vitally important dimensions of food and agriculture in America, Pollan launched a national conversation about what we eat and the profound consequences that even the simplest everyday food choices have on both ourselves and the natural world. Ten years later, The Omnivore’s Dilemma continues to transform the way Americans think about the politics, perils, and pleasures of eating. Michael Pollan Tue, 11 Apr 2006 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/195295 thebookvoice.com 15:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/195295]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Omnivore's Dilemma: A Natural History of Four Meals Author: Michael Pollan Narrator: Scott Brick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 55 minutes Release date: April 11, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.37 of Total 73 Ratings of Narrator: 4.36 of Total 14 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One of the New York Times Book Review's Ten Best Books of the Year Winner of the James Beard Award Author of #1 New York Times Bestsellers In Defense of Food and Food Rules What should we have for dinner? Ten years ago, Michael Pollan confronted us with this seemingly simple question and, with The Omnivore’s Dilemma, his brilliant and eye-opening exploration of our food choices, demonstrated that how we answer it today may determine not only our health but our survival as a species. In the years since, Pollan’s revolutionary examination has changed the way Americans think about food. Bringing wide attention to the little-known but vitally important dimensions of food and agriculture in America, Pollan launched a national conversation about what we eat and the profound consequences that even the simplest everyday food choices have on both ourselves and the natural world. Ten years later, The Omnivore’s Dilemma continues to transform the way Americans think about the politics, perils, and pleasures of eating. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/195295]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Omnivore's Dilemma: A Natural History of Four Meals Author: Michael Pollan Narrator: Scott Brick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 55 minutes Release date: April 11, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.37 of Total 73 Ratings of Narrator: 4.36 of Total 14 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One of the New York Times Book Review's Ten Best Books of the Year Winner of the James Beard Award Author of #1 New York Times Bestsellers In Defense of Food and Food Rules What should we have for dinner? Ten years ago, Michael Pollan confronted us with this seemingly simple question and, with The Omnivore’s Dilemma, his brilliant and eye-opening exploration of our food choices, demonstrated that how we answer it today may determine not only our health but our survival as a species. In the years since, Pollan’s revolutionary examination has changed the way Americans think about food. Bringing wide attention to the little-known but vitally important dimensions of food and agriculture in America, Pollan launched a national conversation about what we eat and the profound consequences that even the simplest everyday food choices have on both ourselves and the natural world. Ten years later, The Omnivore’s Dilemma continues to transform the way Americans think about the politics, perils, and pleasures of eating. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/195262 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/195262]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Devil That Never Dies: The Rise and Threat of Global Antisemitism Author: Daniel Jonah Goldhagen Narrator: Kevin T. Collins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 1 minute Release date: September 3, 2013 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking -- and terrifying -- examination of the widespread resurgence of antisemitism in the 21st century, by the prize-winning and #1 internationally bestselling author of Hitler's Willing Executioners. Antisemitism never went away, but since the turn of the century it has multiplied beyond what anyone would have predicted. It is openly spread by intellectuals, politicians and religious leaders in Europe, Asia, the Arab world, America and Africa and supported by hundreds of millions more. Indeed, today antisemitism is stronger than any time since the Holocaust. In The Devil that Never Dies, Daniel Jonah Goldhagen reveals the unprecedented, global form of this age-old hatred; its strategic use by states; its powerful appeal to individuals and groups; and how technology has fueled the flames that had been smoldering prior to the millennium. A remarkable work of intellectual brilliance, moral stature, and urgent alarm, The Devil that Never Dies is destined to be one of the most provocative and talked-about books of the year. Daniel Jonah Goldhagen Tue, 03 Sep 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/195262 thebookvoice.com 23:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/195262]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Devil That Never Dies: The Rise and Threat of Global Antisemitism Author: Daniel Jonah Goldhagen Narrator: Kevin T. Collins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 1 minute Release date: September 3, 2013 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking -- and terrifying -- examination of the widespread resurgence of antisemitism in the 21st century, by the prize-winning and #1 internationally bestselling author of Hitler's Willing Executioners. Antisemitism never went away, but since the turn of the century it has multiplied beyond what anyone would have predicted. It is openly spread by intellectuals, politicians and religious leaders in Europe, Asia, the Arab world, America and Africa and supported by hundreds of millions more. Indeed, today antisemitism is stronger than any time since the Holocaust. In The Devil that Never Dies, Daniel Jonah Goldhagen reveals the unprecedented, global form of this age-old hatred; its strategic use by states; its powerful appeal to individuals and groups; and how technology has fueled the flames that had been smoldering prior to the millennium. A remarkable work of intellectual brilliance, moral stature, and urgent alarm, The Devil that Never Dies is destined to be one of the most provocative and talked-about books of the year. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/195262]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Devil That Never Dies: The Rise and Threat of Global Antisemitism Author: Daniel Jonah Goldhagen Narrator: Kevin T. Collins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 1 minute Release date: September 3, 2013 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking -- and terrifying -- examination of the widespread resurgence of antisemitism in the 21st century, by the prize-winning and #1 internationally bestselling author of Hitler's Willing Executioners. Antisemitism never went away, but since the turn of the century it has multiplied beyond what anyone would have predicted. It is openly spread by intellectuals, politicians and religious leaders in Europe, Asia, the Arab world, America and Africa and supported by hundreds of millions more. Indeed, today antisemitism is stronger than any time since the Holocaust. In The Devil that Never Dies, Daniel Jonah Goldhagen reveals the unprecedented, global form of this age-old hatred; its strategic use by states; its powerful appeal to individuals and groups; and how technology has fueled the flames that had been smoldering prior to the millennium. A remarkable work of intellectual brilliance, moral stature, and urgent alarm, The Devil that Never Dies is destined to be one of the most provocative and talked-about books of the year. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/195233 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/195233]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Buck: A Memoir Author: MK Asante Narrator: MK Asante, Adenrele Ojo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 20, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A rebellious boy’s journey through the wilds of urban America and the shrapnel of a self-destructing family—this is the riveting story of a generation told through one dazzlingly poetic new voice.   MK Asante was born in Zimbabwe to American parents: a mother who led the new nation’s dance company and a father who would soon become a revered pioneer in black studies. But things fell apart, and a decade later MK was in America, a teenager lost in a fog of drugs, sex, and violence on the streets of North Philadelphia. Now he was alone—his mother in a mental hospital, his father gone, his older brother locked up in a prison on the other side of the country—and forced to find his own way to survive physically, mentally, and spiritually, by any means necessary.   Buck is a powerful memoir of how a precocious kid educated himself through the most unconventional teachers—outlaws and eccentrics, rappers and mystic strangers, ghetto philosophers and strippers, and, eventually, an alternative school that transformed his life with a single blank sheet of paper. It’s a one-of-a-kind story about finding your purpose in life, and an inspiring tribute to the power of education, art, and love to heal and redeem us. Praise for Buck   “A story of surviving and thriving with passion, compassion, wit, and style.”—Maya Angelou    “In America, we have a tradition of black writers whose autobiographies and memoirs come to define an era. . . . Buck may be this generation’s story.”—NPR “The voice of a new generation. . . . You will love nearly everything about Buck.”—Essence “A virtuoso performance . . . [an] extraordinary page-turner of a memoir . . . written in a breathless, driving hip-hop prose style that gives it a tough, contemporary edge.”—The Philadelphia Inquirer “Frequently brilliant and always engaging . . . It takes great skill to render the wide variety of characters, male and female, young and old, that populate a memoir like Buck. Asante [is] at his best when he sets out into the city of Philadelphia itself. In fact, that city is the true star of this book. Philly’s skateboarders, its street-corner philosophers and its tattoo artists are all brought vividly to life here. . . . Asante’s memoir will find an eager readership, especially among young people searching in books for the kind of understanding and meaning that eludes them in their real-life relationships. . . . A powerful and captivating book.”—Hector Tobar, Los Angeles Times “Remarkable . . . Asante’s prose is a fluid blend of vernacular swagger and tender poeticism. . . . [He] soaks up James Baldwin, Zora Neale Hurston and Walt Whitman like thirsty ground in a heavy rain. Buck grew from that, and it’s a bumper crop.”—Salon   “Buck is so honest it floats—even while it’s so down-to-earth that the reader feels like an ant peering up from the concrete. It’s a powerful book. . . . Asante is a hip-hop raconteur, a storyteller in the Homeric tradition, an American, a rhymer, a big-thinker singing a song of himself. You’ll want to listen.”—The Buffalo News MK Asante Tue, 20 Aug 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/195233 thebookvoice.com 5:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/195233]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Buck: A Memoir Author: MK Asante Narrator: MK Asante, Adenrele Ojo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 20, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A rebellious boy’s journey through the wilds of urban America and the shrapnel of a self-destructing family—this is the riveting story of a generation told through one dazzlingly poetic new voice.   MK Asante was born in Zimbabwe to American parents: a mother who led the new nation’s dance company and a father who would soon become a revered pioneer in black studies. But things fell apart, and a decade later MK was in America, a teenager lost in a fog of drugs, sex, and violence on the streets of North Philadelphia. Now he was alone—his mother in a mental hospital, his father gone, his older brother locked up in a prison on the other side of the country—and forced to find his own way to survive physically, mentally, and spiritually, by any means necessary.   Buck is a powerful memoir of how a precocious kid educated himself through the most unconventional teachers—outlaws and eccentrics, rappers and mystic strangers, ghetto philosophers and strippers, and, eventually, an alternative school that transformed his life with a single blank sheet of paper. It’s a one-of-a-kind story about finding your purpose in life, and an inspiring tribute to the power of education, art, and love to heal and redeem us. Praise for Buck   “A story of surviving and thriving with passion, compassion, wit, and style.”—Maya Angelou    “In America, we have a tradition of black writers whose autobiographies and memoirs come to define an era. . . . Buck may be this generation’s story.”—NPR “The voice of a new generation. . . . You will love nearly everything about Buck.”—Essence “A virtuoso performance . . . [an] extraordinary page-turner of a memoir . . . written in a breathless, driving hip-hop prose style that gives it a tough, contemporary edge.”—The Philadelphia Inquirer “Frequently brilliant and always engaging . . . It takes great skill to render the wide variety of characters, male and female, young and old, that populate a memoir like Buck. Asante [is] at his best when he sets out into the city of Philadelphia itself. In fact, that city is the true star of this book. Philly’s skateboarders, its street-corner philosophers and its tattoo artists are all brought vividly to life here. . . . Asante’s memoir will find an eager readership, especially among young people searching in books for the kind of understanding and meaning that eludes them in their real-life relationships. . . . A powerful and captivating book.”—Hector Tobar, Los Angeles Times “Remarkable . . . Asante’s prose is a fluid blend of vernacular swagger and tender poeticism. . . . [He] soaks up James Baldwin, Zora Neale Hurston and Walt Whitman like thirsty ground in a heavy rain. Buck grew from that, and it’s a bumper crop.”—Salon   “Buck is so honest it floats—even while it’s so down-to-earth that the reader feels like an ant peering up from the concrete. It’s a powerful book. . . . Asante is a hip-hop raconteur, a storyteller in the Homeric tradition, an American, a rhymer, a big-thinker singing a song of himself. You’ll want to listen.”—The Buffalo News Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/195233]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Buck: A Memoir Author: MK Asante Narrator: MK Asante, Adenrele Ojo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 20, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A rebellious boy’s journey through the wilds of urban America and the shrapnel of a self-destructing family—this is the riveting story of a generation told through one dazzlingly poetic new voice.   MK Asante was born in Zimbabwe to American parents: a mother who led the new nation’s dance company and a father who would soon become a revered pioneer in black studies. But things fell apart, and a decade later MK was in America, a teenager lost in a fog of drugs, sex, and violence on the streets of North Philadelphia. Now he was alone—his mother in a mental hospital, his father gone, his older brother locked up in a prison on the other side of the country—and forced to find his own way to survive physically, mentally, and spiritually, by any means necessary.   Buck is a powerful memoir of how a precocious kid educated himself through the most unconventional teachers—outlaws and eccentrics, rappers and mystic strangers, ghetto philosophers and strippers, and, eventually, an alternative school that transformed his life with a single blank sheet of paper. It’s a one-of-a-kind story about finding your purpose in life, and an inspiring tribute to the power of education, art, and love to heal and redeem us. Praise for Buck   “A story of surviving and thriving with passion, compassion, wit, and style.”—Maya Angelou    “In America, we have a tradition of black writers whose autobiographies and memoirs come to define an era. . . . Buck may be this generation’s story.”—NPR “The voice of a new generation. . . . You will love nearly everything about Buck.”—Essence “A virtuoso performance . . . [an] extraordinary page-turner of a memoir . . . written in a breathless, driving hip-hop prose style that gives it a tough, contemporary edge.”—The Philadelphia Inquirer “Frequently brilliant and always engaging . . . It takes great skill to render the wide variety of characters, male and female, young and old, that populate a memoir like Buck. Asante [is] at his best when he sets out into the city of Philadelphia itself. In fact, that city is the true star of this book. Philly’s skateboarders, its street-corner philosophers and its tattoo artists are all brought vividly to life here. . . . Asante’s memoir will find an eager readership, especially among young people searching in books for the kind of understanding and meaning that eludes them in their real-life relationships. . . . A powerful and captivating book.”—Hector Tobar, Los Angeles Times “Remarkable . . . Asante’s prose is a fluid blend of vernacular swagger and tender poeticism. . . . [He] soaks up James Baldwin, Zora Neale Hurston and Walt Whitman like thirsty ground in a heavy rain. Buck grew from that, and it’s a bumper crop.”—Salon   “Buck is so honest it floats—even while it’s so down-to-earth that the reader feels like an ant peering up from the concrete. It’s a powerful book. . . . Asante is a hip-hop raconteur, a storyteller in the Homeric tradition, an American, a rhymer, a big-thinker singing a song of himself. You’ll want to listen.”—The Buffalo News https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/195132 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/195132]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cooked: A Natural History of Transformation Author: Michael Pollan Narrator: Michael Pollan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 25 minutes Release date: April 23, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Michael Pollan, the bestselling author of The Omnivore's Dilemma, Food Rules, and How to Change Your Mind, explores the previously uncharted territory of his own kitchen in Cooked.  Cooked is now a Netflix docuseries based on the book that focuses on the four kinds of 'transformations' that occur in cooking. Directed by Oscar-winning filmmaker Alex Gibney and starring Michael Pollan, Cooked teases out the links between science, culture and the flavors we love. In Cooked, Pollan discovers the enduring power of the four classical elements—fire, water, air, and earth—to transform the stuff of nature into delicious things to eat and drink. Apprenticing himself to a succession of culinary masters, Pollan learns how to grill with fire, cook with liquid, bake bread, and ferment everything from cheese to beer. Each section of Cooked tracks Pollan’s effort to master a single classic recipe using one of the four elements. A North Carolina barbecue pit master tutors him in the primal magic of fire; a Chez Panisse–trained cook schools him in the art of braising; a celebrated baker teaches him how air transforms grain and water into a fragrant loaf of bread; and finally, several mad-genius “fermentos” (a tribe that includes brewers, cheese makers, and all kinds of picklers) reveal how fungi and bacteria can perform the most amazing alchemies of all. The reader learns alongside Pollan, but the lessons move beyond the practical to become an investigation of how cooking involves us in a web of social and ecological relationships. Cooking, above all, connects us. The effects of not cooking are similarly far reaching. Relying upon corporations to process our food means we consume large quantities of fat, sugar, and salt; disrupt an essential link to the natural world; and weaken our relationships with family and friends. In fact, Cooked argues, taking back control of cooking may be the single most important step anyone can take to help make the American food system healthier and more sustainable. Reclaiming cooking as an act of enjoyment and self-reliance, learning to perform the magic of these everyday transformations, opens the door to a more nourishing life. Michael Pollan Tue, 23 Apr 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/195132 thebookvoice.com 13:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/195132]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cooked: A Natural History of Transformation Author: Michael Pollan Narrator: Michael Pollan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 25 minutes Release date: April 23, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Michael Pollan, the bestselling author of The Omnivore's Dilemma, Food Rules, and How to Change Your Mind, explores the previously uncharted territory of his own kitchen in Cooked.  Cooked is now a Netflix docuseries based on the book that focuses on the four kinds of 'transformations' that occur in cooking. Directed by Oscar-winning filmmaker Alex Gibney and starring Michael Pollan, Cooked teases out the links between science, culture and the flavors we love. In Cooked, Pollan discovers the enduring power of the four classical elements—fire, water, air, and earth—to transform the stuff of nature into delicious things to eat and drink. Apprenticing himself to a succession of culinary masters, Pollan learns how to grill with fire, cook with liquid, bake bread, and ferment everything from cheese to beer. Each section of Cooked tracks Pollan’s effort to master a single classic recipe using one of the four elements. A North Carolina barbecue pit master tutors him in the primal magic of fire; a Chez Panisse–trained cook schools him in the art of braising; a celebrated baker teaches him how air transforms grain and water into a fragrant loaf of bread; and finally, several mad-genius “fermentos” (a tribe that includes brewers, cheese makers, and all kinds of picklers) reveal how fungi and bacteria can perform the most amazing alchemies of all. The reader learns alongside Pollan, but the lessons move beyond the practical to become an investigation of how cooking involves us in a web of social and ecological relationships. Cooking, above all, connects us. The effects of not cooking are similarly far reaching. Relying upon corporations to process our food means we consume large quantities of fat, sugar, and salt; disrupt an essential link to the natural world; and weaken our relationships with family and friends. In fact, Cooked argues, taking back control of cooking may be the single most important step anyone can take to help make the American food system healthier and more sustainable. Reclaiming cooking as an act of enjoyment and self-reliance, learning to perform the magic of these everyday transformations, opens the door to a more nourishing life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/195132]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cooked: A Natural History of Transformation Author: Michael Pollan Narrator: Michael Pollan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 25 minutes Release date: April 23, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Michael Pollan, the bestselling author of The Omnivore's Dilemma, Food Rules, and How to Change Your Mind, explores the previously uncharted territory of his own kitchen in Cooked.  Cooked is now a Netflix docuseries based on the book that focuses on the four kinds of 'transformations' that occur in cooking. Directed by Oscar-winning filmmaker Alex Gibney and starring Michael Pollan, Cooked teases out the links between science, culture and the flavors we love. In Cooked, Pollan discovers the enduring power of the four classical elements—fire, water, air, and earth—to transform the stuff of nature into delicious things to eat and drink. Apprenticing himself to a succession of culinary masters, Pollan learns how to grill with fire, cook with liquid, bake bread, and ferment everything from cheese to beer. Each section of Cooked tracks Pollan’s effort to master a single classic recipe using one of the four elements. A North Carolina barbecue pit master tutors him in the primal magic of fire; a Chez Panisse–trained cook schools him in the art of braising; a celebrated baker teaches him how air transforms grain and water into a fragrant loaf of bread; and finally, several mad-genius “fermentos” (a tribe that includes brewers, cheese makers, and all kinds of picklers) reveal how fungi and bacteria can perform the most amazing alchemies of all. The reader learns alongside Pollan, but the lessons move beyond the practical to become an investigation of how cooking involves us in a web of social and ecological relationships. Cooking, above all, connects us. The effects of not cooking are similarly far reaching. Relying upon corporations to process our food means we consume large quantities of fat, sugar, and salt; disrupt an essential link to the natural world; and weaken our relationships with family and friends. In fact, Cooked argues, taking back control of cooking may be the single most important step anyone can take to help make the American food system healthier and more sustainable. Reclaiming cooking as an act of enjoyment and self-reliance, learning to perform the magic of these everyday transformations, opens the door to a more nourishing life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194973 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194973]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Seven Paths: Changing One's Way of Walking in the World Author: Jim Ferrell Narrator: Jim Ferrell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 16 minutes Release date: August 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Too many people today have taken the wrong path. They walk alone, seeking peace and fulfillment in isolation. Countless well-meaning self-help books preach this gospel, as the name “self-help” implies. But this approach will take us only so far. Ultimately, it is in communion with our fellow beings and the natural world that we are made whole. We need to leave the path of Me and follow the path of We. This poetic and evocative audiobook, drawing on the personal experiences of Good Buffalo Eagle, presents the meditations of an ancient Anasazi tribesman who rejects his family and community and walks off into the desert. During his journey, he discovers the seven paths of the Anasazi way, each path teaching a lesson symbolized by an element of the natural world: light, wind, water, stone, plants, animals, and finally the unity of all beings with the Creator, the path of We. By walking these paths, he discovers the roots of his conflict and the way toward reconciliation. For years, this book has been privately distributed by the Anasazi Foundation, an award-winning nonprofit organization whose work with troubled youth in a wilderness setting has been extraordinarily effective. But there is benefit here for all. The Seven Paths gives access to a source of wisdom and renewal familiar to native people but lost to the rest of us. This audiobook “presents what might be described as a course in healing—seven elements among nature that combine to heal human hearts.” Jim Ferrell Thu, 01 Aug 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194973 thebookvoice.com 1:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194973]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Seven Paths: Changing One's Way of Walking in the World Author: Jim Ferrell Narrator: Jim Ferrell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 16 minutes Release date: August 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Too many people today have taken the wrong path. They walk alone, seeking peace and fulfillment in isolation. Countless well-meaning self-help books preach this gospel, as the name “self-help” implies. But this approach will take us only so far. Ultimately, it is in communion with our fellow beings and the natural world that we are made whole. We need to leave the path of Me and follow the path of We. This poetic and evocative audiobook, drawing on the personal experiences of Good Buffalo Eagle, presents the meditations of an ancient Anasazi tribesman who rejects his family and community and walks off into the desert. During his journey, he discovers the seven paths of the Anasazi way, each path teaching a lesson symbolized by an element of the natural world: light, wind, water, stone, plants, animals, and finally the unity of all beings with the Creator, the path of We. By walking these paths, he discovers the roots of his conflict and the way toward reconciliation. For years, this book has been privately distributed by the Anasazi Foundation, an award-winning nonprofit organization whose work with troubled youth in a wilderness setting has been extraordinarily effective. But there is benefit here for all. The Seven Paths gives access to a source of wisdom and renewal familiar to native people but lost to the rest of us. This audiobook “presents what might be described as a course in healing—seven elements among nature that combine to heal human hearts.” Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194973]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Seven Paths: Changing One's Way of Walking in the World Author: Jim Ferrell Narrator: Jim Ferrell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 16 minutes Release date: August 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Too many people today have taken the wrong path. They walk alone, seeking peace and fulfillment in isolation. Countless well-meaning self-help books preach this gospel, as the name “self-help” implies. But this approach will take us only so far. Ultimately, it is in communion with our fellow beings and the natural world that we are made whole. We need to leave the path of Me and follow the path of We. This poetic and evocative audiobook, drawing on the personal experiences of Good Buffalo Eagle, presents the meditations of an ancient Anasazi tribesman who rejects his family and community and walks off into the desert. During his journey, he discovers the seven paths of the Anasazi way, each path teaching a lesson symbolized by an element of the natural world: light, wind, water, stone, plants, animals, and finally the unity of all beings with the Creator, the path of We. By walking these paths, he discovers the roots of his conflict and the way toward reconciliation. For years, this book has been privately distributed by the Anasazi Foundation, an award-winning nonprofit organization whose work with troubled youth in a wilderness setting has been extraordinarily effective. But there is benefit here for all. The Seven Paths gives access to a source of wisdom and renewal familiar to native people but lost to the rest of us. This audiobook “presents what might be described as a course in healing—seven elements among nature that combine to heal human hearts.” https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194916 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194916]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Savage: Insights, Slights, and Fights on Faith, Sex, Love, and Politics Author: Dan Savage Narrator: Dan Savage Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: May 28, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Celebrated sex advice columnist and founder of the Emmy-winning It Gets Better campaign, Dan Savage delivers “powerful messages for both the head and heart” (Entertainment Weekly)   From the moment he began writing his syndicated sex-advice column, Savage Love, Dan Savage has never been shy about expressing his opinion on controversial topics—political or otherwise. In the height of his activism, he addresses issues ranging from parenting and the gay agenda to the Catholic Church and health care. Among them:    •  Why straight people should have straight “pride” parades, too    •  Why Obamacare, as good as it is, is “still kinda evil”    •  Why what passes for sex-ed in America is more like “sex dread”    •  Why the Bible is “only as good and decent as the person reading it”   Speaking to a broad range of subjects with brutal honesty and irreverent humor, American Savage is a pivotal piece that cements Dan Savage’s place as a provocative and insightful voice in American culture. Dan Savage Tue, 28 May 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194916 thebookvoice.com 7:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194916]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Savage: Insights, Slights, and Fights on Faith, Sex, Love, and Politics Author: Dan Savage Narrator: Dan Savage Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: May 28, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Celebrated sex advice columnist and founder of the Emmy-winning It Gets Better campaign, Dan Savage delivers “powerful messages for both the head and heart” (Entertainment Weekly)   From the moment he began writing his syndicated sex-advice column, Savage Love, Dan Savage has never been shy about expressing his opinion on controversial topics—political or otherwise. In the height of his activism, he addresses issues ranging from parenting and the gay agenda to the Catholic Church and health care. Among them:    •  Why straight people should have straight “pride” parades, too    •  Why Obamacare, as good as it is, is “still kinda evil”    •  Why what passes for sex-ed in America is more like “sex dread”    •  Why the Bible is “only as good and decent as the person reading it”   Speaking to a broad range of subjects with brutal honesty and irreverent humor, American Savage is a pivotal piece that cements Dan Savage’s place as a provocative and insightful voice in American culture. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194916]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Savage: Insights, Slights, and Fights on Faith, Sex, Love, and Politics Author: Dan Savage Narrator: Dan Savage Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: May 28, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Celebrated sex advice columnist and founder of the Emmy-winning It Gets Better campaign, Dan Savage delivers “powerful messages for both the head and heart” (Entertainment Weekly)   From the moment he began writing his syndicated sex-advice column, Savage Love, Dan Savage has never been shy about expressing his opinion on controversial topics—political or otherwise. In the height of his activism, he addresses issues ranging from parenting and the gay agenda to the Catholic Church and health care. Among them:    •  Why straight people should have straight “pride” parades, too    •  Why Obamacare, as good as it is, is “still kinda evil”    •  Why what passes for sex-ed in America is more like “sex dread”    •  Why the Bible is “only as good and decent as the person reading it”   Speaking to a broad range of subjects with brutal honesty and irreverent humor, American Savage is a pivotal piece that cements Dan Savage’s place as a provocative and insightful voice in American culture. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194635 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194635]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Down in the Chapel: Religious Life in an American Prison Author: Joshua Dubler Narrator: Rodney Gardiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 59 minutes Release date: August 13, 2013 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A bold and provocative interpretation of one of the most religiously vibrant places in America—a state penitentiary Baraka, Al, Teddy, and Sayyid—four black men from South Philadelphia, two Christian and two Muslim—are serving life at Pennsylvania's maximum-security Graterford Prison. All of them work in Graterford's chapel, a place that is at once a sanctuary for religious contemplation and an arena for disputing the works of God and man. Day in, day out, everything is, in its twisted way, rather ordinary. And then one of them disappears. Down in the Chapel tells the story of one week at Graterford Prison. We learn how the men at Graterford pass their time, care for themselves, and commune with their makers. We observe a variety of Muslims, Protestants, Catholics, and others at prayer and study and song. And we listen in as an interloping scholar of religion tries to make sense of it all. When prisoners turn to God, they are often scorned as con artists who fake their piety, or pitied as wretches who cling to faith because faith is all they have left. Joshua Dubler goes beyond these stereotypes to show the religious life of a prison in all its complexity. One part prison procedural, one part philosophical investigation, Down in the Chapel explores the many uses prisoners make of their religions and weighs the circumstances that make these uses possible. Gritty and visceral, meditative and searching, it is an essential study of American religion in the age of mass incarceration. Joshua Dubler Tue, 13 Aug 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194635 thebookvoice.com 14:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194635]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Down in the Chapel: Religious Life in an American Prison Author: Joshua Dubler Narrator: Rodney Gardiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 59 minutes Release date: August 13, 2013 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A bold and provocative interpretation of one of the most religiously vibrant places in America—a state penitentiary Baraka, Al, Teddy, and Sayyid—four black men from South Philadelphia, two Christian and two Muslim—are serving life at Pennsylvania's maximum-security Graterford Prison. All of them work in Graterford's chapel, a place that is at once a sanctuary for religious contemplation and an arena for disputing the works of God and man. Day in, day out, everything is, in its twisted way, rather ordinary. And then one of them disappears. Down in the Chapel tells the story of one week at Graterford Prison. We learn how the men at Graterford pass their time, care for themselves, and commune with their makers. We observe a variety of Muslims, Protestants, Catholics, and others at prayer and study and song. And we listen in as an interloping scholar of religion tries to make sense of it all. When prisoners turn to God, they are often scorned as con artists who fake their piety, or pitied as wretches who cling to faith because faith is all they have left. Joshua Dubler goes beyond these stereotypes to show the religious life of a prison in all its complexity. One part prison procedural, one part philosophical investigation, Down in the Chapel explores the many uses prisoners make of their religions and weighs the circumstances that make these uses possible. Gritty and visceral, meditative and searching, it is an essential study of American religion in the age of mass incarceration. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194635]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Down in the Chapel: Religious Life in an American Prison Author: Joshua Dubler Narrator: Rodney Gardiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 59 minutes Release date: August 13, 2013 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A bold and provocative interpretation of one of the most religiously vibrant places in America—a state penitentiary Baraka, Al, Teddy, and Sayyid—four black men from South Philadelphia, two Christian and two Muslim—are serving life at Pennsylvania's maximum-security Graterford Prison. All of them work in Graterford's chapel, a place that is at once a sanctuary for religious contemplation and an arena for disputing the works of God and man. Day in, day out, everything is, in its twisted way, rather ordinary. And then one of them disappears. Down in the Chapel tells the story of one week at Graterford Prison. We learn how the men at Graterford pass their time, care for themselves, and commune with their makers. We observe a variety of Muslims, Protestants, Catholics, and others at prayer and study and song. And we listen in as an interloping scholar of religion tries to make sense of it all. When prisoners turn to God, they are often scorned as con artists who fake their piety, or pitied as wretches who cling to faith because faith is all they have left. Joshua Dubler goes beyond these stereotypes to show the religious life of a prison in all its complexity. One part prison procedural, one part philosophical investigation, Down in the Chapel explores the many uses prisoners make of their religions and weighs the circumstances that make these uses possible. Gritty and visceral, meditative and searching, it is an essential study of American religion in the age of mass incarceration. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194477 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194477]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Idealist: Jeffrey Sachs and the Quest to End Poverty Author: Nina Munk Narrator: Susan Nezami Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 47 minutes Release date: September 10, 2013 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY Bloomberg • Forbes • The Spectator Recipient of Foreign Policy's 2013 Albie Award A powerful portrayal of Jeffrey Sachs's ambitious quest to end global poverty       'The poor you will always have with you,' to cite the Gospel of Matthew 26:11. Jeffrey Sachs—celebrated economist, special advisor to the Secretary General of the United Nations, and author of the influential bestseller The End of Poverty—disagrees.  In his view, poverty is a problem that can be solved. With single-minded determination he has attempted to put into practice his theories about ending extreme poverty, to prove that the world's most destitute people can be lifted onto 'the ladder of development.'               In 2006, Sachs launched the Millennium Villages Project, a daring five-year experiment designed to test his theories in Africa. The first Millennium village was in Sauri, a remote cluster of farming communities in western Kenya. The initial results were encouraging. With his first taste of success, and backed by one hundred twenty million dollars from George Soros and other likeminded donors, Sachs rolled out a dozen model villages in ten sub-Saharan countries. Once his approach was validated it would be scaled up across the entire continent. At least that was the idea.           For the past six years, Nina Munk has reported deeply on the Millennium Villages Project, accompanying Sachs on his official trips to Africa and listening in on conversations with heads-of-state, humanitarian organizations, rival economists, and development experts. She has immersed herself in the lives of people in two Millennium villages: Ruhiira, in southwest Uganda, and Dertu, in the arid borderland between Kenya and Somalia. Accepting the hospitality of camel herders and small-hold farmers, and witnessing their struggle to survive, Munk came to understand the real-life issues that challenge Sachs's formula for ending global poverty.             THE IDEALIST is the profound and moving story of what happens when the abstract theories of a brilliant, driven man meet the reality of human life. Nina Munk Tue, 10 Sep 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194477 thebookvoice.com 7:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194477]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Idealist: Jeffrey Sachs and the Quest to End Poverty Author: Nina Munk Narrator: Susan Nezami Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 47 minutes Release date: September 10, 2013 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY Bloomberg • Forbes • The Spectator Recipient of Foreign Policy's 2013 Albie Award A powerful portrayal of Jeffrey Sachs's ambitious quest to end global poverty       'The poor you will always have with you,' to cite the Gospel of Matthew 26:11. Jeffrey Sachs—celebrated economist, special advisor to the Secretary General of the United Nations, and author of the influential bestseller The End of Poverty—disagrees.  In his view, poverty is a problem that can be solved. With single-minded determination he has attempted to put into practice his theories about ending extreme poverty, to prove that the world's most destitute people can be lifted onto 'the ladder of development.'               In 2006, Sachs launched the Millennium Villages Project, a daring five-year experiment designed to test his theories in Africa. The first Millennium village was in Sauri, a remote cluster of farming communities in western Kenya. The initial results were encouraging. With his first taste of success, and backed by one hundred twenty million dollars from George Soros and other likeminded donors, Sachs rolled out a dozen model villages in ten sub-Saharan countries. Once his approach was validated it would be scaled up across the entire continent. At least that was the idea.           For the past six years, Nina Munk has reported deeply on the Millennium Villages Project, accompanying Sachs on his official trips to Africa and listening in on conversations with heads-of-state, humanitarian organizations, rival economists, and development experts. She has immersed herself in the lives of people in two Millennium villages: Ruhiira, in southwest Uganda, and Dertu, in the arid borderland between Kenya and Somalia. Accepting the hospitality of camel herders and small-hold farmers, and witnessing their struggle to survive, Munk came to understand the real-life issues that challenge Sachs's formula for ending global poverty.             THE IDEALIST is the profound and moving story of what happens when the abstract theories of a brilliant, driven man meet the reality of human life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194477]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Idealist: Jeffrey Sachs and the Quest to End Poverty Author: Nina Munk Narrator: Susan Nezami Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 47 minutes Release date: September 10, 2013 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY Bloomberg • Forbes • The Spectator Recipient of Foreign Policy's 2013 Albie Award A powerful portrayal of Jeffrey Sachs's ambitious quest to end global poverty       'The poor you will always have with you,' to cite the Gospel of Matthew 26:11. Jeffrey Sachs—celebrated economist, special advisor to the Secretary General of the United Nations, and author of the influential bestseller The End of Poverty—disagrees.  In his view, poverty is a problem that can be solved. With single-minded determination he has attempted to put into practice his theories about ending extreme poverty, to prove that the world's most destitute people can be lifted onto 'the ladder of development.'               In 2006, Sachs launched the Millennium Villages Project, a daring five-year experiment designed to test his theories in Africa. The first Millennium village was in Sauri, a remote cluster of farming communities in western Kenya. The initial results were encouraging. With his first taste of success, and backed by one hundred twenty million dollars from George Soros and other likeminded donors, Sachs rolled out a dozen model villages in ten sub-Saharan countries. Once his approach was validated it would be scaled up across the entire continent. At least that was the idea.           For the past six years, Nina Munk has reported deeply on the Millennium Villages Project, accompanying Sachs on his official trips to Africa and listening in on conversations with heads-of-state, humanitarian organizations, rival economists, and development experts. She has immersed herself in the lives of people in two Millennium villages: Ruhiira, in southwest Uganda, and Dertu, in the arid borderland between Kenya and Somalia. Accepting the hospitality of camel herders and small-hold farmers, and witnessing their struggle to survive, Munk came to understand the real-life issues that challenge Sachs's formula for ending global poverty.             THE IDEALIST is the profound and moving story of what happens when the abstract theories of a brilliant, driven man meet the reality of human life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194404 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194404]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scarcity: Why Having Too Little Means So Much Author: Sendhil Mullainathan, Eldar Shafir Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 47 minutes Release date: September 3, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In the blockbuster tradition of Freakonomics, a Harvard economist and a Princeton psychology professor team up to offer a surprising and empowering new way to look at everyday life, presenting a paradigm-challenging examination of how scarcity—and our flawed responses to it—shapes our lives, our society, and our culture. Why do successful people get things done at the last minute? Why does poverty persist? Why do organizations get stuck firefighting? Why do the lonely find it hard to make friends? These questions seem unconnected, yet Sendhil Mullainathan and Eldar Shafir show that they are all are examples of a mindset produced by scarcity. Drawing on cutting-edge research from behavioral science and economics, Mullainathan and Shafir show that scarcity creates a similar psychology for everyone struggling to manage with less than they need. Busy people fail to manage their time efficiently for the same reasons the poor and those maxed out on credit cards fail to manage their money. The dynamics of scarcity reveal why dieters find it hard to resist temptation, why students and busy executives mismanage their time, and why sugarcane farmers are smarter after harvest than before. Once we start thinking in terms of scarcity and the strategies it imposes, the problems of modern life come into sharper focus. Sendhil Mullainathan, Eldar Shafir Tue, 03 Sep 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194404 thebookvoice.com 8:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194404]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scarcity: Why Having Too Little Means So Much Author: Sendhil Mullainathan, Eldar Shafir Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 47 minutes Release date: September 3, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In the blockbuster tradition of Freakonomics, a Harvard economist and a Princeton psychology professor team up to offer a surprising and empowering new way to look at everyday life, presenting a paradigm-challenging examination of how scarcity—and our flawed responses to it—shapes our lives, our society, and our culture. Why do successful people get things done at the last minute? Why does poverty persist? Why do organizations get stuck firefighting? Why do the lonely find it hard to make friends? These questions seem unconnected, yet Sendhil Mullainathan and Eldar Shafir show that they are all are examples of a mindset produced by scarcity. Drawing on cutting-edge research from behavioral science and economics, Mullainathan and Shafir show that scarcity creates a similar psychology for everyone struggling to manage with less than they need. Busy people fail to manage their time efficiently for the same reasons the poor and those maxed out on credit cards fail to manage their money. The dynamics of scarcity reveal why dieters find it hard to resist temptation, why students and busy executives mismanage their time, and why sugarcane farmers are smarter after harvest than before. Once we start thinking in terms of scarcity and the strategies it imposes, the problems of modern life come into sharper focus. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194404]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scarcity: Why Having Too Little Means So Much Author: Sendhil Mullainathan, Eldar Shafir Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 47 minutes Release date: September 3, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In the blockbuster tradition of Freakonomics, a Harvard economist and a Princeton psychology professor team up to offer a surprising and empowering new way to look at everyday life, presenting a paradigm-challenging examination of how scarcity—and our flawed responses to it—shapes our lives, our society, and our culture. Why do successful people get things done at the last minute? Why does poverty persist? Why do organizations get stuck firefighting? Why do the lonely find it hard to make friends? These questions seem unconnected, yet Sendhil Mullainathan and Eldar Shafir show that they are all are examples of a mindset produced by scarcity. Drawing on cutting-edge research from behavioral science and economics, Mullainathan and Shafir show that scarcity creates a similar psychology for everyone struggling to manage with less than they need. Busy people fail to manage their time efficiently for the same reasons the poor and those maxed out on credit cards fail to manage their money. The dynamics of scarcity reveal why dieters find it hard to resist temptation, why students and busy executives mismanage their time, and why sugarcane farmers are smarter after harvest than before. Once we start thinking in terms of scarcity and the strategies it imposes, the problems of modern life come into sharper focus. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194181 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194181]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Turn Around Bright Eyes: A Karaoke Love Story Author: Rob Sheffield Narrator: Rob Sheffield Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: August 6, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Once upon a time I was falling apart. Now I'm always falling in love. Pick up the microphone. When Rob Sheffield moved to New York City in the summer of 2001, he was a young widower trying to start a new life in a new town. Behind, in the past, was his life as a happily married rock critic, with a wife he adored, and a massive collection of mix tapes that captured their life together. And then, in a flash, all he had left were the tapes. Beyoncé , Bowie, Bon Jovi, Benatar . . . One night, some friends dragged him to a karaoke bar in the West Village. A night out was a rare occasion for Rob back then. Turn around Somehow, that night in a karaoke bar turned into many nights, in many karaoke bars. Karaoke became a way out, a way to escape the past, a way to be someone else if only for the span of a three-minute song. Discovering the sublime ridiculousness of karaoke, despite the fact that he couldn't carry a tune, he began to find his voice. Turn around And then the unexpected happened. A voice on the radio got Rob's attention. The voice came attached to a woman who was unlike anyone he'd ever met before. A woman who could name every constellation in the sky, and every Depeche Mode B side. A woman who could belt out a mean Bonnie Tyler. Bright Eyes Turn Around Bright Eyes is an emotional journey of hilarity and heartbreak with a karaoke soundtrack. It's a story about finding the courage to move on, clearing your throat, and letting it rip. It's a story about navi- gating your way through adult romance. And it's a story about how songs get tangled up in our deepest emotions, evoking memories of the past while inspiring hope for the future. Rob Sheffield Tue, 06 Aug 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194181 thebookvoice.com 6:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194181]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Turn Around Bright Eyes: A Karaoke Love Story Author: Rob Sheffield Narrator: Rob Sheffield Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: August 6, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Once upon a time I was falling apart. Now I'm always falling in love. Pick up the microphone. When Rob Sheffield moved to New York City in the summer of 2001, he was a young widower trying to start a new life in a new town. Behind, in the past, was his life as a happily married rock critic, with a wife he adored, and a massive collection of mix tapes that captured their life together. And then, in a flash, all he had left were the tapes. Beyoncé , Bowie, Bon Jovi, Benatar . . . One night, some friends dragged him to a karaoke bar in the West Village. A night out was a rare occasion for Rob back then. Turn around Somehow, that night in a karaoke bar turned into many nights, in many karaoke bars. Karaoke became a way out, a way to escape the past, a way to be someone else if only for the span of a three-minute song. Discovering the sublime ridiculousness of karaoke, despite the fact that he couldn't carry a tune, he began to find his voice. Turn around And then the unexpected happened. A voice on the radio got Rob's attention. The voice came attached to a woman who was unlike anyone he'd ever met before. A woman who could name every constellation in the sky, and every Depeche Mode B side. A woman who could belt out a mean Bonnie Tyler. Bright Eyes Turn Around Bright Eyes is an emotional journey of hilarity and heartbreak with a karaoke soundtrack. It's a story about finding the courage to move on, clearing your throat, and letting it rip. It's a story about navi- gating your way through adult romance. And it's a story about how songs get tangled up in our deepest emotions, evoking memories of the past while inspiring hope for the future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194181]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Turn Around Bright Eyes: A Karaoke Love Story Author: Rob Sheffield Narrator: Rob Sheffield Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: August 6, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Once upon a time I was falling apart. Now I'm always falling in love. Pick up the microphone. When Rob Sheffield moved to New York City in the summer of 2001, he was a young widower trying to start a new life in a new town. Behind, in the past, was his life as a happily married rock critic, with a wife he adored, and a massive collection of mix tapes that captured their life together. And then, in a flash, all he had left were the tapes. Beyoncé , Bowie, Bon Jovi, Benatar . . . One night, some friends dragged him to a karaoke bar in the West Village. A night out was a rare occasion for Rob back then. Turn around Somehow, that night in a karaoke bar turned into many nights, in many karaoke bars. Karaoke became a way out, a way to escape the past, a way to be someone else if only for the span of a three-minute song. Discovering the sublime ridiculousness of karaoke, despite the fact that he couldn't carry a tune, he began to find his voice. Turn around And then the unexpected happened. A voice on the radio got Rob's attention. The voice came attached to a woman who was unlike anyone he'd ever met before. A woman who could name every constellation in the sky, and every Depeche Mode B side. A woman who could belt out a mean Bonnie Tyler. Bright Eyes Turn Around Bright Eyes is an emotional journey of hilarity and heartbreak with a karaoke soundtrack. It's a story about finding the courage to move on, clearing your throat, and letting it rip. It's a story about navi- gating your way through adult romance. And it's a story about how songs get tangled up in our deepest emotions, evoking memories of the past while inspiring hope for the future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194004 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194004]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Grandeur That Was Rome: Roman Art and Archaeology Author: Jennifer Tobin Narrator: Jennifer Tobin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 49 minutes Release date: July 16, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Common perceptions of Ancient Rome are plentiful, whether they take the form of crazy emperors hosting lavish feasts, scenes of chariot races and gladiatorial combat, or processions of conquering armies. But that is only half the story. In this enlightening lecture series, Professor Jennifer Tobin presents a sweeping portrait of Rome, including the lofty developments of senatorial government, historical writing, stunning art and architecture-and even the origins of long-lived customs such as the Roman tradition of carrying a bride over the threshold. Jennifer Tobin Fri, 16 Jul 2010 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194004 thebookvoice.com 7:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194004]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Grandeur That Was Rome: Roman Art and Archaeology Author: Jennifer Tobin Narrator: Jennifer Tobin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 49 minutes Release date: July 16, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Common perceptions of Ancient Rome are plentiful, whether they take the form of crazy emperors hosting lavish feasts, scenes of chariot races and gladiatorial combat, or processions of conquering armies. But that is only half the story. In this enlightening lecture series, Professor Jennifer Tobin presents a sweeping portrait of Rome, including the lofty developments of senatorial government, historical writing, stunning art and architecture-and even the origins of long-lived customs such as the Roman tradition of carrying a bride over the threshold. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/194004]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Grandeur That Was Rome: Roman Art and Archaeology Author: Jennifer Tobin Narrator: Jennifer Tobin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 49 minutes Release date: July 16, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Common perceptions of Ancient Rome are plentiful, whether they take the form of crazy emperors hosting lavish feasts, scenes of chariot races and gladiatorial combat, or processions of conquering armies. But that is only half the story. In this enlightening lecture series, Professor Jennifer Tobin presents a sweeping portrait of Rome, including the lofty developments of senatorial government, historical writing, stunning art and architecture-and even the origins of long-lived customs such as the Roman tradition of carrying a bride over the threshold. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/192488 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/192488]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Trials of Laura Fair: Sex, Murder, and Insanity in the Victorian West Author: Carole Haber Narrator: Pam Ward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 38 minutes Release date: August 1, 2013 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: On November 3, 1870, on a San Francisco ferry, Laura Fair shot and killed her married lover, A. P. Crittenden. Throughout her two murder trials, Fair’s lawyers, supported by expert testimony from physicians, claimed that the shooting was the result of temporary insanity caused by a severely painful menstrual cycle. The first jury disregarded such testimony, choosing instead to focus on Fair’s disreputable character. In the second trial, however, an effective defense built on contemporary medical beliefs and gendered stereotypes led to a verdict that shocked Americans across the country. In this rousing history, Carole Haber probes changing ideas about morality and immorality, masculinity and femininity, love and marriage, health and disease, and mental illness to show that all these concepts were reinvented in the Victorian West. Haber’s book examines the era’s most controversial issues, including suffrage, the gendered courts, women’s physiology, and free love. This notorious story enriches our understanding of Victorian society, opening the door to a discussion about the ways in which reputation—especially female reputation—is shaped. Carole Haber Thu, 01 Aug 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/192488 thebookvoice.com 10:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/192488]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Trials of Laura Fair: Sex, Murder, and Insanity in the Victorian West Author: Carole Haber Narrator: Pam Ward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 38 minutes Release date: August 1, 2013 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: On November 3, 1870, on a San Francisco ferry, Laura Fair shot and killed her married lover, A. P. Crittenden. Throughout her two murder trials, Fair’s lawyers, supported by expert testimony from physicians, claimed that the shooting was the result of temporary insanity caused by a severely painful menstrual cycle. The first jury disregarded such testimony, choosing instead to focus on Fair’s disreputable character. In the second trial, however, an effective defense built on contemporary medical beliefs and gendered stereotypes led to a verdict that shocked Americans across the country. In this rousing history, Carole Haber probes changing ideas about morality and immorality, masculinity and femininity, love and marriage, health and disease, and mental illness to show that all these concepts were reinvented in the Victorian West. Haber’s book examines the era’s most controversial issues, including suffrage, the gendered courts, women’s physiology, and free love. This notorious story enriches our understanding of Victorian society, opening the door to a discussion about the ways in which reputation—especially female reputation—is shaped. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/192488]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Trials of Laura Fair: Sex, Murder, and Insanity in the Victorian West Author: Carole Haber Narrator: Pam Ward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 38 minutes Release date: August 1, 2013 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: On November 3, 1870, on a San Francisco ferry, Laura Fair shot and killed her married lover, A. P. Crittenden. Throughout her two murder trials, Fair’s lawyers, supported by expert testimony from physicians, claimed that the shooting was the result of temporary insanity caused by a severely painful menstrual cycle. The first jury disregarded such testimony, choosing instead to focus on Fair’s disreputable character. In the second trial, however, an effective defense built on contemporary medical beliefs and gendered stereotypes led to a verdict that shocked Americans across the country. In this rousing history, Carole Haber probes changing ideas about morality and immorality, masculinity and femininity, love and marriage, health and disease, and mental illness to show that all these concepts were reinvented in the Victorian West. Haber’s book examines the era’s most controversial issues, including suffrage, the gendered courts, women’s physiology, and free love. This notorious story enriches our understanding of Victorian society, opening the door to a discussion about the ways in which reputation—especially female reputation—is shaped. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191789 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191789]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: True Believers: The Tragic Inner Life of Sports Fans Author: Joe Queenan Narrator: Joe Queenan Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 50 minutes Release date: June 1, 2003 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author Joe Queenan's True Believers explores the world of sports fans in an attempt to understand the inexplicable: What does anyone get out of it? For Yankee, Cowboy, and Laker fans the answer is fairly clear: the return on investment is relatively high. But why do people root so passionately for formerly inept teams like the Boston Red Sox, the Chicago Cubs, and the Philadelphia Phillies? Why do people organize their emotional lives around lackluster franchises such as the Cleveland Cavaliers, the San Diego Padres, and the Phoenix Suns, of whom decades passed with only winning a single championship in their entire history? Is it pure tribalism? An attempt to maintain contact with one's vanished childhood? In True Believers, humorist and lifelong Philly fan Joe Queenan answers these and many other questions, shedding light on—and reveling in—the culture and psychology of his countless fellow fans. Making pilgrimages to such cradles of competition as Notre Dame Stadium, Fenway, and Wrigley Field, Queenan delves into every aspect of fandom in such illuminating chapters as Fans Who Love Too Much (men, like the author, who actually resort to psychotherapy to deal with their unhealthy addiction), Fans Who Run in Front (which meticulously delineates the differences between Retroactive, Municipal, and Vicarious Frontrunners), and Fans Who Misbehave (those who spill beer on women, moon other fans, or throw half-eaten sandwiches at innocent bystanders simply because they look like the current coach of the New York Jets). True Believers is a hilarious but also heartfelt look into the world of those fans who realize that it is, in fact, more than just a game. Joe Queenan Sun, 01 Jun 2003 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191789 thebookvoice.com 5:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191789]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: True Believers: The Tragic Inner Life of Sports Fans Author: Joe Queenan Narrator: Joe Queenan Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 50 minutes Release date: June 1, 2003 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author Joe Queenan's True Believers explores the world of sports fans in an attempt to understand the inexplicable: What does anyone get out of it? For Yankee, Cowboy, and Laker fans the answer is fairly clear: the return on investment is relatively high. But why do people root so passionately for formerly inept teams like the Boston Red Sox, the Chicago Cubs, and the Philadelphia Phillies? Why do people organize their emotional lives around lackluster franchises such as the Cleveland Cavaliers, the San Diego Padres, and the Phoenix Suns, of whom decades passed with only winning a single championship in their entire history? Is it pure tribalism? An attempt to maintain contact with one's vanished childhood? In True Believers, humorist and lifelong Philly fan Joe Queenan answers these and many other questions, shedding light on—and reveling in—the culture and psychology of his countless fellow fans. Making pilgrimages to such cradles of competition as Notre Dame Stadium, Fenway, and Wrigley Field, Queenan delves into every aspect of fandom in such illuminating chapters as Fans Who Love Too Much (men, like the author, who actually resort to psychotherapy to deal with their unhealthy addiction), Fans Who Run in Front (which meticulously delineates the differences between Retroactive, Municipal, and Vicarious Frontrunners), and Fans Who Misbehave (those who spill beer on women, moon other fans, or throw half-eaten sandwiches at innocent bystanders simply because they look like the current coach of the New York Jets). True Believers is a hilarious but also heartfelt look into the world of those fans who realize that it is, in fact, more than just a game. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191789]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: True Believers: The Tragic Inner Life of Sports Fans Author: Joe Queenan Narrator: Joe Queenan Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 50 minutes Release date: June 1, 2003 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author Joe Queenan's True Believers explores the world of sports fans in an attempt to understand the inexplicable: What does anyone get out of it? For Yankee, Cowboy, and Laker fans the answer is fairly clear: the return on investment is relatively high. But why do people root so passionately for formerly inept teams like the Boston Red Sox, the Chicago Cubs, and the Philadelphia Phillies? Why do people organize their emotional lives around lackluster franchises such as the Cleveland Cavaliers, the San Diego Padres, and the Phoenix Suns, of whom decades passed with only winning a single championship in their entire history? Is it pure tribalism? An attempt to maintain contact with one's vanished childhood? In True Believers, humorist and lifelong Philly fan Joe Queenan answers these and many other questions, shedding light on—and reveling in—the culture and psychology of his countless fellow fans. Making pilgrimages to such cradles of competition as Notre Dame Stadium, Fenway, and Wrigley Field, Queenan delves into every aspect of fandom in such illuminating chapters as Fans Who Love Too Much (men, like the author, who actually resort to psychotherapy to deal with their unhealthy addiction), Fans Who Run in Front (which meticulously delineates the differences between Retroactive, Municipal, and Vicarious Frontrunners), and Fans Who Misbehave (those who spill beer on women, moon other fans, or throw half-eaten sandwiches at innocent bystanders simply because they look like the current coach of the New York Jets). True Believers is a hilarious but also heartfelt look into the world of those fans who realize that it is, in fact, more than just a game. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/205190 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/205190]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Work a Room: The Ultimate Guide to Savvy Socializing in Person and Online Author: Susan RoAne Narrator: Susan RoAne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 5 minutes Release date: December 31, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Over a million copies of this networking classic have been sold worldwide! Now Susan Roane's invaluable advice is available in audio You enter a crowded room. For a moment every eye is on you. And a little voice inside you cries, 'HELP!' If this has ever happened to you, you're not alone! Walking into a room full of people you don't know can be very uncomfortable. It can also be one of your very best opportunities to meet and make new business contacts and friends. The Mingling Maven™ will show step by step, how to allay your fears and make the most of every moment. Including: • Seven steps for planning your presence before you enter a room • How to converse with ease and grace • The new rules of etiquette, including 'Internetiquette' • Seven strategies to follow when you walk in Whether the event you're walking into is professional, social, or even electronic—How to Work a Room will give you the confidence and tools you need to enter any room and shine. Susan RoAne Tue, 31 Dec 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/205190 thebookvoice.com 8:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/205190]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Work a Room: The Ultimate Guide to Savvy Socializing in Person and Online Author: Susan RoAne Narrator: Susan RoAne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 5 minutes Release date: December 31, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Over a million copies of this networking classic have been sold worldwide! Now Susan Roane's invaluable advice is available in audio You enter a crowded room. For a moment every eye is on you. And a little voice inside you cries, 'HELP!' If this has ever happened to you, you're not alone! Walking into a room full of people you don't know can be very uncomfortable. It can also be one of your very best opportunities to meet and make new business contacts and friends. The Mingling Maven™ will show step by step, how to allay your fears and make the most of every moment. Including: • Seven steps for planning your presence before you enter a room • How to converse with ease and grace • The new rules of etiquette, including 'Internetiquette' • Seven strategies to follow when you walk in Whether the event you're walking into is professional, social, or even electronic—How to Work a Room will give you the confidence and tools you need to enter any room and shine. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/205190]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Work a Room: The Ultimate Guide to Savvy Socializing in Person and Online Author: Susan RoAne Narrator: Susan RoAne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 5 minutes Release date: December 31, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Over a million copies of this networking classic have been sold worldwide! Now Susan Roane's invaluable advice is available in audio You enter a crowded room. For a moment every eye is on you. And a little voice inside you cries, 'HELP!' If this has ever happened to you, you're not alone! Walking into a room full of people you don't know can be very uncomfortable. It can also be one of your very best opportunities to meet and make new business contacts and friends. The Mingling Maven™ will show step by step, how to allay your fears and make the most of every moment. Including: • Seven steps for planning your presence before you enter a room • How to converse with ease and grace • The new rules of etiquette, including 'Internetiquette' • Seven strategies to follow when you walk in Whether the event you're walking into is professional, social, or even electronic—How to Work a Room will give you the confidence and tools you need to enter any room and shine. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191468 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191468]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secret of The Secret: Unlocking the Mysteries of the Runaway Bestseller Author: Karen Kelly Narrator: Kathleen McInerney Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: July 24, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Secret has taken the book world by storm, giving people the power to live happier, more prosperous lives through the law of attraction. In the same vein as Breaking the Da Vinci Code, The Secret of 'The Secret' takes an independent look at the people and the ideas behind the bestseller and examines what made The Secret so successful. Some of the revelations include: · The Birth of the Secret: the story behind the creation of the book and the film · Culture of Hope: what draws our culture to seek answers and change our destiny using the power of the mind and the universe · The Ideas Behind the Secret: how do history, science, and religion play major roles as underpinnings of The Secret? · The People Behind the Secret: From Beethoven and Shakespeare to Thomas Edison and Andrew Carnegie, their quotes pepper The Secret—who are these people and did they really use The Secret? Finally, the answers to the burning questions behind one of the biggest success stories of our time have arrived. Karen Kelly Tue, 24 Jul 2007 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191468 thebookvoice.com 6:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191468]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secret of The Secret: Unlocking the Mysteries of the Runaway Bestseller Author: Karen Kelly Narrator: Kathleen McInerney Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: July 24, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Secret has taken the book world by storm, giving people the power to live happier, more prosperous lives through the law of attraction. In the same vein as Breaking the Da Vinci Code, The Secret of 'The Secret' takes an independent look at the people and the ideas behind the bestseller and examines what made The Secret so successful. Some of the revelations include: · The Birth of the Secret: the story behind the creation of the book and the film · Culture of Hope: what draws our culture to seek answers and change our destiny using the power of the mind and the universe · The Ideas Behind the Secret: how do history, science, and religion play major roles as underpinnings of The Secret? · The People Behind the Secret: From Beethoven and Shakespeare to Thomas Edison and Andrew Carnegie, their quotes pepper The Secret—who are these people and did they really use The Secret? Finally, the answers to the burning questions behind one of the biggest success stories of our time have arrived. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191468]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secret of The Secret: Unlocking the Mysteries of the Runaway Bestseller Author: Karen Kelly Narrator: Kathleen McInerney Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: July 24, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Secret has taken the book world by storm, giving people the power to live happier, more prosperous lives through the law of attraction. In the same vein as Breaking the Da Vinci Code, The Secret of 'The Secret' takes an independent look at the people and the ideas behind the bestseller and examines what made The Secret so successful. Some of the revelations include: · The Birth of the Secret: the story behind the creation of the book and the film · Culture of Hope: what draws our culture to seek answers and change our destiny using the power of the mind and the universe · The Ideas Behind the Secret: how do history, science, and religion play major roles as underpinnings of The Secret? · The People Behind the Secret: From Beethoven and Shakespeare to Thomas Edison and Andrew Carnegie, their quotes pepper The Secret—who are these people and did they really use The Secret? Finally, the answers to the burning questions behind one of the biggest success stories of our time have arrived. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/183231 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/183231]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Wear the Black Hat: Essays on Villains (Real and Imagined) Author: Chuck Klosterman Narrator: Chuck Klosterman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: July 9, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One-of-a-kind cultural critic and New York Times bestselling author Chuck Klosterman “offers up great facts, interesting cultural insights, and thought-provoking moral calculations in this look at our love affair with the anti-hero” (New York magazine). Chuck Klosterman, “The Ethicist” for The New York Times Magazine, has walked into the darkness. In I Wear the Black Hat, he questions the modern understanding of villainy. When we classify someone as a bad person, what are we really saying, and why are we so obsessed with saying it? How does the culture of malevolence operate? What was so Machiavellian about Machiavelli? Why don’t we see Bernhard Goetz the same way we see Batman? Who is more worthy of our vitriol—Bill Clinton or Don Henley? What was O.J. Simpson’s second-worst decision? And why is Klosterman still haunted by some kid he knew for one week in 1985? Masterfully blending cultural analysis with self-interrogation and imaginative hypotheticals, I Wear the Black Hat delivers perceptive observations on the complexity of the antihero (seemingly the only kind of hero America still creates). As the Los Angeles Times notes: “By underscoring the contradictory, often knee-jerk ways we encounter the heroes and villains of our culture, Klosterman illustrates the passionate but incomplete computations that have come to define American culture—and maybe even American morality.” I Wear the Black Hat is a rare example of serious criticism that’s instantly accessible and really, really funny. Chuck Klosterman Tue, 09 Jul 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/183231 thebookvoice.com 7:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/183231]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Wear the Black Hat: Essays on Villains (Real and Imagined) Author: Chuck Klosterman Narrator: Chuck Klosterman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: July 9, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One-of-a-kind cultural critic and New York Times bestselling author Chuck Klosterman “offers up great facts, interesting cultural insights, and thought-provoking moral calculations in this look at our love affair with the anti-hero” (New York magazine). Chuck Klosterman, “The Ethicist” for The New York Times Magazine, has walked into the darkness. In I Wear the Black Hat, he questions the modern understanding of villainy. When we classify someone as a bad person, what are we really saying, and why are we so obsessed with saying it? How does the culture of malevolence operate? What was so Machiavellian about Machiavelli? Why don’t we see Bernhard Goetz the same way we see Batman? Who is more worthy of our vitriol—Bill Clinton or Don Henley? What was O.J. Simpson’s second-worst decision? And why is Klosterman still haunted by some kid he knew for one week in 1985? Masterfully blending cultural analysis with self-interrogation and imaginative hypotheticals, I Wear the Black Hat delivers perceptive observations on the complexity of the antihero (seemingly the only kind of hero America still creates). As the Los Angeles Times notes: “By underscoring the contradictory, often knee-jerk ways we encounter the heroes and villains of our culture, Klosterman illustrates the passionate but incomplete computations that have come to define American culture—and maybe even American morality.” I Wear the Black Hat is a rare example of serious criticism that’s instantly accessible and really, really funny. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/183231]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Wear the Black Hat: Essays on Villains (Real and Imagined) Author: Chuck Klosterman Narrator: Chuck Klosterman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: July 9, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One-of-a-kind cultural critic and New York Times bestselling author Chuck Klosterman “offers up great facts, interesting cultural insights, and thought-provoking moral calculations in this look at our love affair with the anti-hero” (New York magazine). Chuck Klosterman, “The Ethicist” for The New York Times Magazine, has walked into the darkness. In I Wear the Black Hat, he questions the modern understanding of villainy. When we classify someone as a bad person, what are we really saying, and why are we so obsessed with saying it? How does the culture of malevolence operate? What was so Machiavellian about Machiavelli? Why don’t we see Bernhard Goetz the same way we see Batman? Who is more worthy of our vitriol—Bill Clinton or Don Henley? What was O.J. Simpson’s second-worst decision? And why is Klosterman still haunted by some kid he knew for one week in 1985? Masterfully blending cultural analysis with self-interrogation and imaginative hypotheticals, I Wear the Black Hat delivers perceptive observations on the complexity of the antihero (seemingly the only kind of hero America still creates). As the Los Angeles Times notes: “By underscoring the contradictory, often knee-jerk ways we encounter the heroes and villains of our culture, Klosterman illustrates the passionate but incomplete computations that have come to define American culture—and maybe even American morality.” I Wear the Black Hat is a rare example of serious criticism that’s instantly accessible and really, really funny. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/181775 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/181775]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lost Girls: An Unsolved American Mystery Author: Robert Kolker Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 11 minutes Release date: July 9, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 39 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 13 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: New York Times Bestseller • Now a Netflix Film The bestselling account of the lives of five young women whose fates converged in the perplexing case of the Long Island Serial Killer. “Rich, tragic...monumental...true-crime reporting at its best.”—Washington Post One late spring evening in 2010, Shannan Gilbert—after running through the oceanfront community of Oak Beach screaming for her life—went missing. No one who had heard of her disappearance thought much about what had happened to the twenty-four-year-old: she was a Craigslist escort who had been fleeing a scene—of what, no one could be sure. The Suffolk County police, too, seemed to have paid little attention—until seven months later, when an unexpected discovery in a bramble alongside a nearby highway turned up four bodies, all evenly spaced, all wrapped in burlap. But none of them Shannan’s.  There was Maureen Brainard-Barnes, last seen at Penn Station in Manhattan three years earlier, and Melissa Barthelemy, last seen in the Bronx in 2009. There was Megan Waterman, last seen leaving a hotel in Hauppauge, Long Island, just a month after Shannon’s disappearance in 2010, and Amber Lynn Costello, last seen leaving a house in West Babylon a few months later that same year. Like Shannan, all four women were petite, in their twenties, and had come from out of town to work as escorts, and they all had advertised on Craigslist and its competitor, Backpage.  Long considered “one of the best true-crime books of all time” (Time), Lost Girls is a portrait of unsolved murders in an idyllic part of America, of the underside of the Internet, and of the secrets we keep without admitting to ourselves that we keep them. Robert Kolker Tue, 09 Jul 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/181775 thebookvoice.com 11:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/181775]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lost Girls: An Unsolved American Mystery Author: Robert Kolker Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 11 minutes Release date: July 9, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 39 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 13 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: New York Times Bestseller • Now a Netflix Film The bestselling account of the lives of five young women whose fates converged in the perplexing case of the Long Island Serial Killer. “Rich, tragic...monumental...true-crime reporting at its best.”—Washington Post One late spring evening in 2010, Shannan Gilbert—after running through the oceanfront community of Oak Beach screaming for her life—went missing. No one who had heard of her disappearance thought much about what had happened to the twenty-four-year-old: she was a Craigslist escort who had been fleeing a scene—of what, no one could be sure. The Suffolk County police, too, seemed to have paid little attention—until seven months later, when an unexpected discovery in a bramble alongside a nearby highway turned up four bodies, all evenly spaced, all wrapped in burlap. But none of them Shannan’s.  There was Maureen Brainard-Barnes, last seen at Penn Station in Manhattan three years earlier, and Melissa Barthelemy, last seen in the Bronx in 2009. There was Megan Waterman, last seen leaving a hotel in Hauppauge, Long Island, just a month after Shannon’s disappearance in 2010, and Amber Lynn Costello, last seen leaving a house in West Babylon a few months later that same year. Like Shannan, all four women were petite, in their twenties, and had come from out of town to work as escorts, and they all had advertised on Craigslist and its competitor, Backpage.  Long considered “one of the best true-crime books of all time” (Time), Lost Girls is a portrait of unsolved murders in an idyllic part of America, of the underside of the Internet, and of the secrets we keep without admitting to ourselves that we keep them. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/181775]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lost Girls: An Unsolved American Mystery Author: Robert Kolker Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 11 minutes Release date: July 9, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 39 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 13 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: New York Times Bestseller • Now a Netflix Film The bestselling account of the lives of five young women whose fates converged in the perplexing case of the Long Island Serial Killer. “Rich, tragic...monumental...true-crime reporting at its best.”—Washington Post One late spring evening in 2010, Shannan Gilbert—after running through the oceanfront community of Oak Beach screaming for her life—went missing. No one who had heard of her disappearance thought much about what had happened to the twenty-four-year-old: she was a Craigslist escort who had been fleeing a scene—of what, no one could be sure. The Suffolk County police, too, seemed to have paid little attention—until seven months later, when an unexpected discovery in a bramble alongside a nearby highway turned up four bodies, all evenly spaced, all wrapped in burlap. But none of them Shannan’s.  There was Maureen Brainard-Barnes, last seen at Penn Station in Manhattan three years earlier, and Melissa Barthelemy, last seen in the Bronx in 2009. There was Megan Waterman, last seen leaving a hotel in Hauppauge, Long Island, just a month after Shannon’s disappearance in 2010, and Amber Lynn Costello, last seen leaving a house in West Babylon a few months later that same year. Like Shannan, all four women were petite, in their twenties, and had come from out of town to work as escorts, and they all had advertised on Craigslist and its competitor, Backpage.  Long considered “one of the best true-crime books of all time” (Time), Lost Girls is a portrait of unsolved murders in an idyllic part of America, of the underside of the Internet, and of the secrets we keep without admitting to ourselves that we keep them. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180352 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180352]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crazy Salad and Scribble Scribble: Some Things About Women and Notes on Media Author: Nora Ephron Narrator: Kathe Mazur Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 55 minutes Release date: July 9, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Two classic collections of Nora Ephron’s uproarious essays—tackling everything from feminism to the media, from politics to beauty products, with her inimitable charm and distinctive wit—now available in one audiobook.    This edition brings together some of Ephron’s most famous writing on a generation of women (and men) who helped shape the way we live now, and on events ranging from the Watergate scandal to the Pillsbury Bake-Off. In these sharp, hilariously entertaining, and vividly observed pieces, Ephron illuminates an era with wicked honesty and insight. From the famous “A Few Words About Breasts” to important pieces on her time working for the New York Post and Gourmet Magazine, these essays show Ephron at her very best. Permissions: 'To a Too Much Unfortunate Lady', from THE PORTABLE DOROTHY PARKER by Dorothy Parker, edited by Marion Meade, copyright 1928, renewed (c) 1956 by Dorothy Parker; copyright (c) 1973, 2006 by The National Assoc. for the Advancement of Colored People. Used by permission of Viking Penguin, a division of Penguin Group (USA) LLC. Nora Ephron Tue, 09 Jul 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180352 thebookvoice.com 12:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180352]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crazy Salad and Scribble Scribble: Some Things About Women and Notes on Media Author: Nora Ephron Narrator: Kathe Mazur Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 55 minutes Release date: July 9, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Two classic collections of Nora Ephron’s uproarious essays—tackling everything from feminism to the media, from politics to beauty products, with her inimitable charm and distinctive wit—now available in one audiobook.    This edition brings together some of Ephron’s most famous writing on a generation of women (and men) who helped shape the way we live now, and on events ranging from the Watergate scandal to the Pillsbury Bake-Off. In these sharp, hilariously entertaining, and vividly observed pieces, Ephron illuminates an era with wicked honesty and insight. From the famous “A Few Words About Breasts” to important pieces on her time working for the New York Post and Gourmet Magazine, these essays show Ephron at her very best. Permissions: 'To a Too Much Unfortunate Lady', from THE PORTABLE DOROTHY PARKER by Dorothy Parker, edited by Marion Meade, copyright 1928, renewed (c) 1956 by Dorothy Parker; copyright (c) 1973, 2006 by The National Assoc. for the Advancement of Colored People. Used by permission of Viking Penguin, a division of Penguin Group (USA) LLC. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180352]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crazy Salad and Scribble Scribble: Some Things About Women and Notes on Media Author: Nora Ephron Narrator: Kathe Mazur Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 55 minutes Release date: July 9, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Two classic collections of Nora Ephron’s uproarious essays—tackling everything from feminism to the media, from politics to beauty products, with her inimitable charm and distinctive wit—now available in one audiobook.    This edition brings together some of Ephron’s most famous writing on a generation of women (and men) who helped shape the way we live now, and on events ranging from the Watergate scandal to the Pillsbury Bake-Off. In these sharp, hilariously entertaining, and vividly observed pieces, Ephron illuminates an era with wicked honesty and insight. From the famous “A Few Words About Breasts” to important pieces on her time working for the New York Post and Gourmet Magazine, these essays show Ephron at her very best. Permissions: 'To a Too Much Unfortunate Lady', from THE PORTABLE DOROTHY PARKER by Dorothy Parker, edited by Marion Meade, copyright 1928, renewed (c) 1956 by Dorothy Parker; copyright (c) 1973, 2006 by The National Assoc. for the Advancement of Colored People. Used by permission of Viking Penguin, a division of Penguin Group (USA) LLC. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180129 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180129]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Do Women Want?: Adventures in the Science of Female Desire Author: Daniel Bergner Narrator: Charles Pasternak Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 46 minutes Release date: June 12, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: When it comes to sex, common wisdom holds that men roam while women crave closeness and commitment. But in this provocative, headline-making book, Daniel Bergner turns everything we thought we knew about women's arousal and desire inside out. Drawing on extensive research and interviews with renowned behavioral scientists, sexologists, psychologists, and everyday women, he forces us to reconsider long-held notions about female sexuality. This bold and captivating journey into the world of female desire explores answers to such thought-provoking questions as: Are women perhaps the less monogamous sex? What effect do intimacy and emotional connection really have on lust? What is the role of narcissism—the desire to be desired—in female sexuality? Are political gains for women ("No means no") detrimental in the bedroom? And is the hunt for a "female Viagra" anything but a search for the cure for monogamy? Bergner goes behind the scenes of some of the most groundbreaking experiments on sexuality today and confronts us with controversial, sometimes uncomfortable findings. Incendiary, profoundly insightful, and brilliantly illuminating, What Do Women Want? will change the conversation about women and sex, and is sure to spark dynamic discussion for years to come. Daniel Bergner Wed, 12 Jun 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180129 thebookvoice.com 6:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180129]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Do Women Want?: Adventures in the Science of Female Desire Author: Daniel Bergner Narrator: Charles Pasternak Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 46 minutes Release date: June 12, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: When it comes to sex, common wisdom holds that men roam while women crave closeness and commitment. But in this provocative, headline-making book, Daniel Bergner turns everything we thought we knew about women's arousal and desire inside out. Drawing on extensive research and interviews with renowned behavioral scientists, sexologists, psychologists, and everyday women, he forces us to reconsider long-held notions about female sexuality. This bold and captivating journey into the world of female desire explores answers to such thought-provoking questions as: Are women perhaps the less monogamous sex? What effect do intimacy and emotional connection really have on lust? What is the role of narcissism—the desire to be desired—in female sexuality? Are political gains for women ("No means no") detrimental in the bedroom? And is the hunt for a "female Viagra" anything but a search for the cure for monogamy? Bergner goes behind the scenes of some of the most groundbreaking experiments on sexuality today and confronts us with controversial, sometimes uncomfortable findings. Incendiary, profoundly insightful, and brilliantly illuminating, What Do Women Want? will change the conversation about women and sex, and is sure to spark dynamic discussion for years to come. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/180129]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Do Women Want?: Adventures in the Science of Female Desire Author: Daniel Bergner Narrator: Charles Pasternak Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 46 minutes Release date: June 12, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: When it comes to sex, common wisdom holds that men roam while women crave closeness and commitment. But in this provocative, headline-making book, Daniel Bergner turns everything we thought we knew about women's arousal and desire inside out. Drawing on extensive research and interviews with renowned behavioral scientists, sexologists, psychologists, and everyday women, he forces us to reconsider long-held notions about female sexuality. This bold and captivating journey into the world of female desire explores answers to such thought-provoking questions as: Are women perhaps the less monogamous sex? What effect do intimacy and emotional connection really have on lust? What is the role of narcissism—the desire to be desired—in female sexuality? Are political gains for women ("No means no") detrimental in the bedroom? And is the hunt for a "female Viagra" anything but a search for the cure for monogamy? Bergner goes behind the scenes of some of the most groundbreaking experiments on sexuality today and confronts us with controversial, sometimes uncomfortable findings. Incendiary, profoundly insightful, and brilliantly illuminating, What Do Women Want? will change the conversation about women and sex, and is sure to spark dynamic discussion for years to come. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/179680 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/179680]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pilgrim's Wilderness: A True Story of Faith and Madness on the Alaska Frontier Author: Tom Kizzia Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: July 16, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Into the Wild meets Helter Skelter in this riveting true story of a modern-day homesteading family in the deepest reaches of the Alaskan wilderness – and of the chilling secrets of its maniacal, spellbinding patriarch.   When Papa Pilgrim appeared in the Alaska frontier outpost of McCarthy with his wife and fifteen children in tow, his new neighbors had little idea of the trouble to come.  The Pilgrim Family presented themselves as a shining example of the homespun Christian ideal, with their proud piety and beautiful old-timey music, but their true story ran dark and deep.  Within weeks, Papa had bulldozed a road through the mountains to the new family home at an abandoned copper mine, sparking a tense confrontation with the National Park Service and forcing his ghost town neighbors to take sides in an ever-more volatile battle over where a citizen’s rights end and the government’s power begins.    In Pilgrim’s Wilderness, veteran Alaska journalist Tom Kizzia unfolds the remarkable, at times harrowing, story of a charismatic spinner of American myths who was not what he seemed, the townspeople caught in his thrall, and the family he brought to the brink of ruin.  As Kizzia discovered, Papa Pilgrim was in fact the son of a rich Texas family with ties to Hoover’s FBI and strange, oblique connections to the Kennedy assassination and the movie stars of Easy Rider.  And as his fight with the government in Alaska grew more intense, the turmoil in his brood made it increasingly difficult to tell whether his children were messianic followers or hostages in desperate need of rescue.  In this powerful piece of Americana, written with uncommon grace and high drama, Kizzia uses his unparalleled access to capture an era-defining clash between environmentalists and pioneers ignited by a mesmerizing sociopath who held a town and a family captive. Tom Kizzia Tue, 16 Jul 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/179680 thebookvoice.com 10:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/179680]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pilgrim's Wilderness: A True Story of Faith and Madness on the Alaska Frontier Author: Tom Kizzia Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: July 16, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Into the Wild meets Helter Skelter in this riveting true story of a modern-day homesteading family in the deepest reaches of the Alaskan wilderness – and of the chilling secrets of its maniacal, spellbinding patriarch.   When Papa Pilgrim appeared in the Alaska frontier outpost of McCarthy with his wife and fifteen children in tow, his new neighbors had little idea of the trouble to come.  The Pilgrim Family presented themselves as a shining example of the homespun Christian ideal, with their proud piety and beautiful old-timey music, but their true story ran dark and deep.  Within weeks, Papa had bulldozed a road through the mountains to the new family home at an abandoned copper mine, sparking a tense confrontation with the National Park Service and forcing his ghost town neighbors to take sides in an ever-more volatile battle over where a citizen’s rights end and the government’s power begins.    In Pilgrim’s Wilderness, veteran Alaska journalist Tom Kizzia unfolds the remarkable, at times harrowing, story of a charismatic spinner of American myths who was not what he seemed, the townspeople caught in his thrall, and the family he brought to the brink of ruin.  As Kizzia discovered, Papa Pilgrim was in fact the son of a rich Texas family with ties to Hoover’s FBI and strange, oblique connections to the Kennedy assassination and the movie stars of Easy Rider.  And as his fight with the government in Alaska grew more intense, the turmoil in his brood made it increasingly difficult to tell whether his children were messianic followers or hostages in desperate need of rescue.  In this powerful piece of Americana, written with uncommon grace and high drama, Kizzia uses his unparalleled access to capture an era-defining clash between environmentalists and pioneers ignited by a mesmerizing sociopath who held a town and a family captive. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/179680]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pilgrim's Wilderness: A True Story of Faith and Madness on the Alaska Frontier Author: Tom Kizzia Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: July 16, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Into the Wild meets Helter Skelter in this riveting true story of a modern-day homesteading family in the deepest reaches of the Alaskan wilderness – and of the chilling secrets of its maniacal, spellbinding patriarch.   When Papa Pilgrim appeared in the Alaska frontier outpost of McCarthy with his wife and fifteen children in tow, his new neighbors had little idea of the trouble to come.  The Pilgrim Family presented themselves as a shining example of the homespun Christian ideal, with their proud piety and beautiful old-timey music, but their true story ran dark and deep.  Within weeks, Papa had bulldozed a road through the mountains to the new family home at an abandoned copper mine, sparking a tense confrontation with the National Park Service and forcing his ghost town neighbors to take sides in an ever-more volatile battle over where a citizen’s rights end and the government’s power begins.    In Pilgrim’s Wilderness, veteran Alaska journalist Tom Kizzia unfolds the remarkable, at times harrowing, story of a charismatic spinner of American myths who was not what he seemed, the townspeople caught in his thrall, and the family he brought to the brink of ruin.  As Kizzia discovered, Papa Pilgrim was in fact the son of a rich Texas family with ties to Hoover’s FBI and strange, oblique connections to the Kennedy assassination and the movie stars of Easy Rider.  And as his fight with the government in Alaska grew more intense, the turmoil in his brood made it increasingly difficult to tell whether his children were messianic followers or hostages in desperate need of rescue.  In this powerful piece of Americana, written with uncommon grace and high drama, Kizzia uses his unparalleled access to capture an era-defining clash between environmentalists and pioneers ignited by a mesmerizing sociopath who held a town and a family captive. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/178554 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/178554]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eating on the Wild Side: The Missing Link to Optimum Health Author: Jo Robinson Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 4, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The next stage in the food revolution: a radical way to select fruits and vegetables and reclaim the flavor and nutrients we've lost. Ever since farmers first planted seeds 10,000 years ago, humans have been destroying the nutritional value of their fruits and vegetables. Unwittingly, we've been selecting plants that are high in starch and sugar and low in vitamins, minerals, fiber, and antioxidants for more than 400 generations. Eating on the Wild Side reveals the solution -- choosing modern varieties that approach the nutritional content of wild plants but that also please the modern palate. Jo Robinson explains that many of these newly identified varieties can be found in supermarkets and farmer's market, and introduces simple, scientifically proven methods of preparation that enhance their flavor and nutrition. Based on years of scientific research and filled with food history and practical advice, Eating on the Wild Side will forever change the way we think about food. Jo Robinson Tue, 04 Jun 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/178554 thebookvoice.com 11:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/178554]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eating on the Wild Side: The Missing Link to Optimum Health Author: Jo Robinson Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 4, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The next stage in the food revolution: a radical way to select fruits and vegetables and reclaim the flavor and nutrients we've lost. Ever since farmers first planted seeds 10,000 years ago, humans have been destroying the nutritional value of their fruits and vegetables. Unwittingly, we've been selecting plants that are high in starch and sugar and low in vitamins, minerals, fiber, and antioxidants for more than 400 generations. Eating on the Wild Side reveals the solution -- choosing modern varieties that approach the nutritional content of wild plants but that also please the modern palate. Jo Robinson explains that many of these newly identified varieties can be found in supermarkets and farmer's market, and introduces simple, scientifically proven methods of preparation that enhance their flavor and nutrition. Based on years of scientific research and filled with food history and practical advice, Eating on the Wild Side will forever change the way we think about food. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/178554]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eating on the Wild Side: The Missing Link to Optimum Health Author: Jo Robinson Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 4, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The next stage in the food revolution: a radical way to select fruits and vegetables and reclaim the flavor and nutrients we've lost. Ever since farmers first planted seeds 10,000 years ago, humans have been destroying the nutritional value of their fruits and vegetables. Unwittingly, we've been selecting plants that are high in starch and sugar and low in vitamins, minerals, fiber, and antioxidants for more than 400 generations. Eating on the Wild Side reveals the solution -- choosing modern varieties that approach the nutritional content of wild plants but that also please the modern palate. Jo Robinson explains that many of these newly identified varieties can be found in supermarkets and farmer's market, and introduces simple, scientifically proven methods of preparation that enhance their flavor and nutrition. Based on years of scientific research and filled with food history and practical advice, Eating on the Wild Side will forever change the way we think about food. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177737 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177737]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Second Suns: Two Doctors and Their Amazing Quest to Restore Sight and Save Lives Author: David Oliver Relin Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 21 minutes Release date: June 18, 2013 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the co-author of Three Cups of Tea comes the inspiring story of two very different doctors—one from the United States, the other from Nepal—united in a common mission: to rid the world of preventable blindness.   In this transporting book, David Oliver Relin shines a light on the work of Geoffrey Tabin and Sanduk Ruit, gifted ophthalmologists who have dedicated their lives to restoring sight to some of the world’s most isolated, impoverished people through the Himalayan Cataract Project, an organization they founded in 1995. Tabin was the high-achieving bad boy of Harvard Medical School, an accomplished mountain climber and adrenaline junkie as brilliant as he was unconventional. Ruit grew up in a remote Nepalese village, where he became intimately acquainted with the human costs of inadequate access to health care. Together they found their life’s calling: tending to the afflicted people of the Himalayas, a vast mountainous region with an alarmingly high incidence of cataract blindness.   Second Suns takes us from improvised plywood operating tables in villages without electricity or plumbing to state-of-the-art surgical centers at major American universities where these two driven men are restoring sight—and hope—to patients from around the world. With their revolutionary, inexpensive style of surgery, Tabin and Ruit have been able to cure tens of thousands—all for about twenty dollars per operation. David Oliver Relin brings the doctors’ work to vivid life through poignant portraits of patients helped by the surgery, from old men who cannot walk treacherous mountain trails unaided to cataract-stricken children who have not seen their mothers’ faces for years. With the dexterity of a master storyteller, Relin shows the profound emotional and practical impact that these operations have had on patients’ lives.   Second Suns is the moving, unforgettable story of how two men with a shared dream are changing the world, one pair of eyes at a time. Praise for Second Suns   “As miracles go, it’s hard to beat making the blind see. Yet that’s exactly what the eye surgeon Dr. Geoffrey Tabin can do. He services poor people in the developing world who have developed cataracts—a clouding of the lens of the eye that is the world’s leading cause of blindness. . . . Second Suns is a hopeful work, a profile of two doctors who have dedicated their lives to bringing light to those in darkness.”—Time   “A compelling and inspiring book . . . Second Suns portrays heroic health care delivered under harrowing conditions: Ruit and his teams carry their equipment on multi-day treks up steep mountain trails, sometimes hiking at night with flashlights or head lamps, to reach settlements where they typically spend several days operating on hundreds of villagers in makeshift surgical theaters.”—The Washington Post   “Second Suns should be required reading for anybody with an interest in humanitarian philanthropy—or, for that matter, a desire to feel a little better about the world.”—Outside   “A detailed, heartfelt account of the work of [two] dedicated pioneers.”—Kirkus Reviews David Oliver Relin Tue, 18 Jun 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177737 thebookvoice.com 15:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177737]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Second Suns: Two Doctors and Their Amazing Quest to Restore Sight and Save Lives Author: David Oliver Relin Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 21 minutes Release date: June 18, 2013 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the co-author of Three Cups of Tea comes the inspiring story of two very different doctors—one from the United States, the other from Nepal—united in a common mission: to rid the world of preventable blindness.   In this transporting book, David Oliver Relin shines a light on the work of Geoffrey Tabin and Sanduk Ruit, gifted ophthalmologists who have dedicated their lives to restoring sight to some of the world’s most isolated, impoverished people through the Himalayan Cataract Project, an organization they founded in 1995. Tabin was the high-achieving bad boy of Harvard Medical School, an accomplished mountain climber and adrenaline junkie as brilliant as he was unconventional. Ruit grew up in a remote Nepalese village, where he became intimately acquainted with the human costs of inadequate access to health care. Together they found their life’s calling: tending to the afflicted people of the Himalayas, a vast mountainous region with an alarmingly high incidence of cataract blindness.   Second Suns takes us from improvised plywood operating tables in villages without electricity or plumbing to state-of-the-art surgical centers at major American universities where these two driven men are restoring sight—and hope—to patients from around the world. With their revolutionary, inexpensive style of surgery, Tabin and Ruit have been able to cure tens of thousands—all for about twenty dollars per operation. David Oliver Relin brings the doctors’ work to vivid life through poignant portraits of patients helped by the surgery, from old men who cannot walk treacherous mountain trails unaided to cataract-stricken children who have not seen their mothers’ faces for years. With the dexterity of a master storyteller, Relin shows the profound emotional and practical impact that these operations have had on patients’ lives.   Second Suns is the moving, unforgettable story of how two men with a shared dream are changing the world, one pair of eyes at a time. Praise for Second Suns   “As miracles go, it’s hard to beat making the blind see. Yet that’s exactly what the eye surgeon Dr. Geoffrey Tabin can do. He services poor people in the developing world who have developed cataracts—a clouding of the lens of the eye that is the world’s leading cause of blindness. . . . Second Suns is a hopeful work, a profile of two doctors who have dedicated their lives to bringing light to those in darkness.”—Time   “A compelling and inspiring book . . . Second Suns portrays heroic health care delivered under harrowing conditions: Ruit and his teams carry their equipment on multi-day treks up steep mountain trails, sometimes hiking at night with flashlights or head lamps, to reach settlements where they typically spend several days operating on hundreds of villagers in makeshift surgical theaters.”—The Washington Post   “Second Suns should be required reading for anybody with an interest in humanitarian philanthropy—or, for that matter, a desire to feel a little better about the world.”—Outside   “A detailed, heartfelt account of the work of [two] dedicated pioneers.”—Kirkus Reviews Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177737]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Second Suns: Two Doctors and Their Amazing Quest to Restore Sight and Save Lives Author: David Oliver Relin Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 21 minutes Release date: June 18, 2013 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the co-author of Three Cups of Tea comes the inspiring story of two very different doctors—one from the United States, the other from Nepal—united in a common mission: to rid the world of preventable blindness.   In this transporting book, David Oliver Relin shines a light on the work of Geoffrey Tabin and Sanduk Ruit, gifted ophthalmologists who have dedicated their lives to restoring sight to some of the world’s most isolated, impoverished people through the Himalayan Cataract Project, an organization they founded in 1995. Tabin was the high-achieving bad boy of Harvard Medical School, an accomplished mountain climber and adrenaline junkie as brilliant as he was unconventional. Ruit grew up in a remote Nepalese village, where he became intimately acquainted with the human costs of inadequate access to health care. Together they found their life’s calling: tending to the afflicted people of the Himalayas, a vast mountainous region with an alarmingly high incidence of cataract blindness.   Second Suns takes us from improvised plywood operating tables in villages without electricity or plumbing to state-of-the-art surgical centers at major American universities where these two driven men are restoring sight—and hope—to patients from around the world. With their revolutionary, inexpensive style of surgery, Tabin and Ruit have been able to cure tens of thousands—all for about twenty dollars per operation. David Oliver Relin brings the doctors’ work to vivid life through poignant portraits of patients helped by the surgery, from old men who cannot walk treacherous mountain trails unaided to cataract-stricken children who have not seen their mothers’ faces for years. With the dexterity of a master storyteller, Relin shows the profound emotional and practical impact that these operations have had on patients’ lives.   Second Suns is the moving, unforgettable story of how two men with a shared dream are changing the world, one pair of eyes at a time. Praise for Second Suns   “As miracles go, it’s hard to beat making the blind see. Yet that’s exactly what the eye surgeon Dr. Geoffrey Tabin can do. He services poor people in the developing world who have developed cataracts—a clouding of the lens of the eye that is the world’s leading cause of blindness. . . . Second Suns is a hopeful work, a profile of two doctors who have dedicated their lives to bringing light to those in darkness.”—Time   “A compelling and inspiring book . . . Second Suns portrays heroic health care delivered under harrowing conditions: Ruit and his teams carry their equipment on multi-day treks up steep mountain trails, sometimes hiking at night with flashlights or head lamps, to reach settlements where they typically spend several days operating on hundreds of villagers in makeshift surgical theaters.”—The Washington Post   “Second Suns should be required reading for anybody with an interest in humanitarian philanthropy—or, for that matter, a desire to feel a little better about the world.”—Outside   “A detailed, heartfelt account of the work of [two] dedicated pioneers.”—Kirkus Reviews https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177624 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177624]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Beloved Brontosaurus: On the Road with Old Bones, New Science, and Our Favorite Dinosaurs Author: Brian Switek Narrator: Brian Switek Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 40 minutes Release date: April 16, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A Hudson Booksellers Staff Pick for the Best Books of 2013 One of Publishers Weekly's Top Ten Spring Science Books A Bookshop Santa Cruz Staff Pick Dinosaurs, with their awe-inspiring size, terrifying claws and teeth, and otherworldly abilities, occupy a sacred place in our childhoods. They loom over museum halls, thunder through movies, and are a fundamental part of our collective imagination. In My Beloved Brontosaurus, the dinosaur fanatic Brian Switek enriches the childlike sense of wonder these amazing creatures instill in us. Investigating the latest discoveries in paleontology, he breathes new life into old bones. Switek reunites us with these mysterious creatures as he visits desolate excavation sites and hallowed museum vaults, exploring everything from the sex life of Apatosaurus and T. rex's feather-laden body to just why dinosaurs vanished. (And of course, on his journey, he celebrates the book's titular hero, 'Brontosaurus'—who suffered a second extinction when we learned he never existed at all—as a symbol of scientific progress.) With infectious enthusiasm, Switek questions what we've long held to be true about these beasts, weaving in stories from his obsession with dinosaurs, which started when he was just knee-high to a Stegosaurus. Endearing, surprising, and essential to our understanding of our own evolution and our place on Earth, My Beloved Brontosaurus is a book that dinosaur fans and anyone interested in scientific progress will cherish for years to come. Brian Switek Tue, 16 Apr 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177624 thebookvoice.com 6:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177624]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Beloved Brontosaurus: On the Road with Old Bones, New Science, and Our Favorite Dinosaurs Author: Brian Switek Narrator: Brian Switek Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 40 minutes Release date: April 16, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A Hudson Booksellers Staff Pick for the Best Books of 2013 One of Publishers Weekly's Top Ten Spring Science Books A Bookshop Santa Cruz Staff Pick Dinosaurs, with their awe-inspiring size, terrifying claws and teeth, and otherworldly abilities, occupy a sacred place in our childhoods. They loom over museum halls, thunder through movies, and are a fundamental part of our collective imagination. In My Beloved Brontosaurus, the dinosaur fanatic Brian Switek enriches the childlike sense of wonder these amazing creatures instill in us. Investigating the latest discoveries in paleontology, he breathes new life into old bones. Switek reunites us with these mysterious creatures as he visits desolate excavation sites and hallowed museum vaults, exploring everything from the sex life of Apatosaurus and T. rex's feather-laden body to just why dinosaurs vanished. (And of course, on his journey, he celebrates the book's titular hero, 'Brontosaurus'—who suffered a second extinction when we learned he never existed at all—as a symbol of scientific progress.) With infectious enthusiasm, Switek questions what we've long held to be true about these beasts, weaving in stories from his obsession with dinosaurs, which started when he was just knee-high to a Stegosaurus. Endearing, surprising, and essential to our understanding of our own evolution and our place on Earth, My Beloved Brontosaurus is a book that dinosaur fans and anyone interested in scientific progress will cherish for years to come. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177624]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Beloved Brontosaurus: On the Road with Old Bones, New Science, and Our Favorite Dinosaurs Author: Brian Switek Narrator: Brian Switek Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 40 minutes Release date: April 16, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A Hudson Booksellers Staff Pick for the Best Books of 2013 One of Publishers Weekly's Top Ten Spring Science Books A Bookshop Santa Cruz Staff Pick Dinosaurs, with their awe-inspiring size, terrifying claws and teeth, and otherworldly abilities, occupy a sacred place in our childhoods. They loom over museum halls, thunder through movies, and are a fundamental part of our collective imagination. In My Beloved Brontosaurus, the dinosaur fanatic Brian Switek enriches the childlike sense of wonder these amazing creatures instill in us. Investigating the latest discoveries in paleontology, he breathes new life into old bones. Switek reunites us with these mysterious creatures as he visits desolate excavation sites and hallowed museum vaults, exploring everything from the sex life of Apatosaurus and T. rex's feather-laden body to just why dinosaurs vanished. (And of course, on his journey, he celebrates the book's titular hero, 'Brontosaurus'—who suffered a second extinction when we learned he never existed at all—as a symbol of scientific progress.) With infectious enthusiasm, Switek questions what we've long held to be true about these beasts, weaving in stories from his obsession with dinosaurs, which started when he was just knee-high to a Stegosaurus. Endearing, surprising, and essential to our understanding of our own evolution and our place on Earth, My Beloved Brontosaurus is a book that dinosaur fans and anyone interested in scientific progress will cherish for years to come. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177619 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177619]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In the Body of the World: A Memoir of Cancer and Connection Author: Eve Ensler Narrator: Eve Ensler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 16 minutes Release date: April 30, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling author of The Vagina Monologues and one of Newsweek's 150 Women Who Changed the World, a visionary memoir of separation and connection—to the body, the self, and the world Playwright, author, and activist Eve Ensler has devoted her life to the female body—how to talk about it, how to protect and value it. Yet she spent much of her life disassociated from her own body—a disconnection brought on by her father's sexual abuse and her mother's remoteness. 'Because I did not, could not inhabit my body or the Earth,' she writes, 'I could not feel or know their pain.' But Ensler is shocked out of her distance. While working in the Congo, she is shattered to encounter the horrific rape and violence inflicted on the women there. Soon after, she is diagnosed with uterine cancer, and through months of harrowing treatment, she is forced to become first and foremost a body—pricked, punctured, cut, scanned. It is then that all distance is erased. As she connects her own illness to the devastation of the earth, her life force to the resilience of humanity, she is finally, fully—and gratefully—joined to the body of the world. Unflinching and inspiring, Ensler's In the Body of the World calls on us all to embody our connection to and responsibility for the world. Eve Ensler Tue, 30 Apr 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177619 thebookvoice.com 4:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177619]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In the Body of the World: A Memoir of Cancer and Connection Author: Eve Ensler Narrator: Eve Ensler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 16 minutes Release date: April 30, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling author of The Vagina Monologues and one of Newsweek's 150 Women Who Changed the World, a visionary memoir of separation and connection—to the body, the self, and the world Playwright, author, and activist Eve Ensler has devoted her life to the female body—how to talk about it, how to protect and value it. Yet she spent much of her life disassociated from her own body—a disconnection brought on by her father's sexual abuse and her mother's remoteness. 'Because I did not, could not inhabit my body or the Earth,' she writes, 'I could not feel or know their pain.' But Ensler is shocked out of her distance. While working in the Congo, she is shattered to encounter the horrific rape and violence inflicted on the women there. Soon after, she is diagnosed with uterine cancer, and through months of harrowing treatment, she is forced to become first and foremost a body—pricked, punctured, cut, scanned. It is then that all distance is erased. As she connects her own illness to the devastation of the earth, her life force to the resilience of humanity, she is finally, fully—and gratefully—joined to the body of the world. Unflinching and inspiring, Ensler's In the Body of the World calls on us all to embody our connection to and responsibility for the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177619]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In the Body of the World: A Memoir of Cancer and Connection Author: Eve Ensler Narrator: Eve Ensler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 16 minutes Release date: April 30, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling author of The Vagina Monologues and one of Newsweek's 150 Women Who Changed the World, a visionary memoir of separation and connection—to the body, the self, and the world Playwright, author, and activist Eve Ensler has devoted her life to the female body—how to talk about it, how to protect and value it. Yet she spent much of her life disassociated from her own body—a disconnection brought on by her father's sexual abuse and her mother's remoteness. 'Because I did not, could not inhabit my body or the Earth,' she writes, 'I could not feel or know their pain.' But Ensler is shocked out of her distance. While working in the Congo, she is shattered to encounter the horrific rape and violence inflicted on the women there. Soon after, she is diagnosed with uterine cancer, and through months of harrowing treatment, she is forced to become first and foremost a body—pricked, punctured, cut, scanned. It is then that all distance is erased. As she connects her own illness to the devastation of the earth, her life force to the resilience of humanity, she is finally, fully—and gratefully—joined to the body of the world. Unflinching and inspiring, Ensler's In the Body of the World calls on us all to embody our connection to and responsibility for the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177458 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177458]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Enigmas históricos al descubierto. De Jesús a Bin Laden Author: César Vidal Narrator: Rafael Oñate Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 1 minute Release date: January 28, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: El conocido divulgador César Vidal aborda los mayores misterios históricos, nacionales e internacionales, para satisfacer la curiosidad de los lectores más inquietos, a través de una prosa clara y accesible: ¿quién ordenó el bombardeo de Guernica?, ¿fue Bin Laden un agente de la CIA?, ¿cómo se apoderó Gran Bretaña de Gibraltar?, ¿salvó el Opus Dei la economía de Franco? Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. - César Vidal Manzanares es un abogado, periodista y escritor español. Ha trabajado para varias cadenas de radio, como la COPE y EsRadio, y periódicos, como El Mundo o La Razón. César Vidal Thu, 28 Jan 2021 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177458 thebookvoice.com 5:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177458]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Enigmas históricos al descubierto. De Jesús a Bin Laden Author: César Vidal Narrator: Rafael Oñate Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 1 minute Release date: January 28, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: El conocido divulgador César Vidal aborda los mayores misterios históricos, nacionales e internacionales, para satisfacer la curiosidad de los lectores más inquietos, a través de una prosa clara y accesible: ¿quién ordenó el bombardeo de Guernica?, ¿fue Bin Laden un agente de la CIA?, ¿cómo se apoderó Gran Bretaña de Gibraltar?, ¿salvó el Opus Dei la economía de Franco? Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. - César Vidal Manzanares es un abogado, periodista y escritor español. Ha trabajado para varias cadenas de radio, como la COPE y EsRadio, y periódicos, como El Mundo o La Razón. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177458]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Enigmas históricos al descubierto. De Jesús a Bin Laden Author: César Vidal Narrator: Rafael Oñate Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 1 minute Release date: January 28, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: El conocido divulgador César Vidal aborda los mayores misterios históricos, nacionales e internacionales, para satisfacer la curiosidad de los lectores más inquietos, a través de una prosa clara y accesible: ¿quién ordenó el bombardeo de Guernica?, ¿fue Bin Laden un agente de la CIA?, ¿cómo se apoderó Gran Bretaña de Gibraltar?, ¿salvó el Opus Dei la economía de Franco? Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. - César Vidal Manzanares es un abogado, periodista y escritor español. Ha trabajado para varias cadenas de radio, como la COPE y EsRadio, y periódicos, como El Mundo o La Razón. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177414 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177414]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superstorm Sandy: A Diary in the Dark Author: William Westhoven Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 9, 2013 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: WRITTEN AS A FUND-RAISING VEHICLE, THE AUTHOR PLEDGES TO DONATE ALL PAID ROYALTIES FROM THIS BOOK TO THE NONPROFIT HURRICANE SANDY NEW JERSEY RELIEF FUND. Written and published within a month of the worst storm to ever hit the New Jersey-New York area, 'Superstorm Sandy: A Diary in the Dark' is a first-person account of one New Jersey's resident's 12 days without power or heat in his North Jersey home. The author, William Westhoven, an award-winning New Jersey journalist and author, mixes personal drama and observations with fact-based reporting and a liberal dose of 'you have to laugh or you'll cry' humor. His quick work has resulted in the first book to document the arrival of Superstorm Sandy and the immediate recovery period that followed. William Westhoven Tue, 09 Apr 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177414 thebookvoice.com 3:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177414]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superstorm Sandy: A Diary in the Dark Author: William Westhoven Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 9, 2013 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: WRITTEN AS A FUND-RAISING VEHICLE, THE AUTHOR PLEDGES TO DONATE ALL PAID ROYALTIES FROM THIS BOOK TO THE NONPROFIT HURRICANE SANDY NEW JERSEY RELIEF FUND. Written and published within a month of the worst storm to ever hit the New Jersey-New York area, 'Superstorm Sandy: A Diary in the Dark' is a first-person account of one New Jersey's resident's 12 days without power or heat in his North Jersey home. The author, William Westhoven, an award-winning New Jersey journalist and author, mixes personal drama and observations with fact-based reporting and a liberal dose of 'you have to laugh or you'll cry' humor. His quick work has resulted in the first book to document the arrival of Superstorm Sandy and the immediate recovery period that followed. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177414]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superstorm Sandy: A Diary in the Dark Author: William Westhoven Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 9, 2013 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: WRITTEN AS A FUND-RAISING VEHICLE, THE AUTHOR PLEDGES TO DONATE ALL PAID ROYALTIES FROM THIS BOOK TO THE NONPROFIT HURRICANE SANDY NEW JERSEY RELIEF FUND. Written and published within a month of the worst storm to ever hit the New Jersey-New York area, 'Superstorm Sandy: A Diary in the Dark' is a first-person account of one New Jersey's resident's 12 days without power or heat in his North Jersey home. The author, William Westhoven, an award-winning New Jersey journalist and author, mixes personal drama and observations with fact-based reporting and a liberal dose of 'you have to laugh or you'll cry' humor. His quick work has resulted in the first book to document the arrival of Superstorm Sandy and the immediate recovery period that followed. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177386 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scatter, Adapt, and Remember: How Humans Will Survive a Mass Extinction Author: Annalee Newitz Narrator: Kimberly Farr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 20 minutes Release date: May 14, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In its 4.5 billion–year history, life on Earth has been almost erased at least half a dozen times: shattered by asteroid impacts, entombed in ice, smothered by methane, and torn apart by unfathomably powerful megavolcanoes. And we know that another global disaster is eventually headed our way. Can we survive it? How? As a species, Homo sapiens is at a crossroads. Study of our planet’s turbulent past suggests that we are overdue for a catastrophic disaster, whether caused by nature or by human interference. It’s a frightening prospect, as each of the Earth’s past major disasters—from meteor strikes to bombardment by cosmic radiation—resulted in a mass extinction, where more than 75 percent of the planet’s species died out. But in Scatter, Adapt, and Remember, Annalee Newitz, science journalist and editor of the science Web site io9.com explains that although global disaster is all but inevitable, our chances of long-term species survival are better than ever. Life on Earth has come close to annihilation—humans have, more than once, narrowly avoided extinction just during the last million years—but every single time a few creatures survived, evolving to adapt to the harshest of conditions.      This brilliantly speculative work of popular science focuses on humanity’s long history of dodging the bullet, as well as on new threats that we may face in years to come. Most important, it explores how scientific breakthroughs today will help us avoid disasters tomorrow. From simulating tsunamis to studying central Turkey’s ancient underground cities; from cultivating cyanobacteria for “living cities” to designing space elevators to make space colonies cost-effective; from using math to stop pandemics to studying the remarkable survival strategies of gray whales, scientists and researchers the world over are discovering the keys to long-term resilience and learning how humans can choose life over death.      Newitz’s remarkable and fascinating journey through the science of mass extinctions is a powerful argument about human ingenuity and our ability to change. In a world populated by doomsday preppers and media commentators obsessively forecasting our demise, Scatter, Adapt, and Remember is a compelling voice of hope. It leads us away from apocalyptic thinking into a future where we live to build a better world—on this planet and perhaps on others. Readers of this book will be equipped scientifically, intellectually, and emotionally to face whatever the future holds. Annalee Newitz Tue, 14 May 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177386 thebookvoice.com 10:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scatter, Adapt, and Remember: How Humans Will Survive a Mass Extinction Author: Annalee Newitz Narrator: Kimberly Farr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 20 minutes Release date: May 14, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In its 4.5 billion–year history, life on Earth has been almost erased at least half a dozen times: shattered by asteroid impacts, entombed in ice, smothered by methane, and torn apart by unfathomably powerful megavolcanoes. And we know that another global disaster is eventually headed our way. Can we survive it? How? As a species, Homo sapiens is at a crossroads. Study of our planet’s turbulent past suggests that we are overdue for a catastrophic disaster, whether caused by nature or by human interference. It’s a frightening prospect, as each of the Earth’s past major disasters—from meteor strikes to bombardment by cosmic radiation—resulted in a mass extinction, where more than 75 percent of the planet’s species died out. But in Scatter, Adapt, and Remember, Annalee Newitz, science journalist and editor of the science Web site io9.com explains that although global disaster is all but inevitable, our chances of long-term species survival are better than ever. Life on Earth has come close to annihilation—humans have, more than once, narrowly avoided extinction just during the last million years—but every single time a few creatures survived, evolving to adapt to the harshest of conditions.      This brilliantly speculative work of popular science focuses on humanity’s long history of dodging the bullet, as well as on new threats that we may face in years to come. Most important, it explores how scientific breakthroughs today will help us avoid disasters tomorrow. From simulating tsunamis to studying central Turkey’s ancient underground cities; from cultivating cyanobacteria for “living cities” to designing space elevators to make space colonies cost-effective; from using math to stop pandemics to studying the remarkable survival strategies of gray whales, scientists and researchers the world over are discovering the keys to long-term resilience and learning how humans can choose life over death.      Newitz’s remarkable and fascinating journey through the science of mass extinctions is a powerful argument about human ingenuity and our ability to change. In a world populated by doomsday preppers and media commentators obsessively forecasting our demise, Scatter, Adapt, and Remember is a compelling voice of hope. It leads us away from apocalyptic thinking into a future where we live to build a better world—on this planet and perhaps on others. Readers of this book will be equipped scientifically, intellectually, and emotionally to face whatever the future holds. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scatter, Adapt, and Remember: How Humans Will Survive a Mass Extinction Author: Annalee Newitz Narrator: Kimberly Farr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 20 minutes Release date: May 14, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In its 4.5 billion–year history, life on Earth has been almost erased at least half a dozen times: shattered by asteroid impacts, entombed in ice, smothered by methane, and torn apart by unfathomably powerful megavolcanoes. And we know that another global disaster is eventually headed our way. Can we survive it? How? As a species, Homo sapiens is at a crossroads. Study of our planet’s turbulent past suggests that we are overdue for a catastrophic disaster, whether caused by nature or by human interference. It’s a frightening prospect, as each of the Earth’s past major disasters—from meteor strikes to bombardment by cosmic radiation—resulted in a mass extinction, where more than 75 percent of the planet’s species died out. But in Scatter, Adapt, and Remember, Annalee Newitz, science journalist and editor of the science Web site io9.com explains that although global disaster is all but inevitable, our chances of long-term species survival are better than ever. Life on Earth has come close to annihilation—humans have, more than once, narrowly avoided extinction just during the last million years—but every single time a few creatures survived, evolving to adapt to the harshest of conditions.      This brilliantly speculative work of popular science focuses on humanity’s long history of dodging the bullet, as well as on new threats that we may face in years to come. Most important, it explores how scientific breakthroughs today will help us avoid disasters tomorrow. From simulating tsunamis to studying central Turkey’s ancient underground cities; from cultivating cyanobacteria for “living cities” to designing space elevators to make space colonies cost-effective; from using math to stop pandemics to studying the remarkable survival strategies of gray whales, scientists and researchers the world over are discovering the keys to long-term resilience and learning how humans can choose life over death.      Newitz’s remarkable and fascinating journey through the science of mass extinctions is a powerful argument about human ingenuity and our ability to change. In a world populated by doomsday preppers and media commentators obsessively forecasting our demise, Scatter, Adapt, and Remember is a compelling voice of hope. It leads us away from apocalyptic thinking into a future where we live to build a better world—on this planet and perhaps on others. Readers of this book will be equipped scientifically, intellectually, and emotionally to face whatever the future holds. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177133 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177133]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The True Story of The Bilderberg Group Author: Daniel Estulin Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: April 25, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Delving into a world once shrouded in mystery, this investigative report provides a fascinating account of the annual meetings of the world's most powerful people, The Bilderberg Group. Since first meeting in 1954 at the Bilderberg Hotel in the Netherlands, The Bilderberg Group has been comprised of prime ministers, presidents and the wealthiest CEOs of the world, all deliberating the economic and political future of humanity. The press has never attended these meetings, which have ramifications on the citizens of the world. Using methods that resemble the spy tactics of the Cold War - and in several instances putting his own life on the line - the author managed to learn what was being said and has made it public for the first time. Daniel Estulin Mon, 25 Apr 2011 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177133 thebookvoice.com 10:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177133]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The True Story of The Bilderberg Group Author: Daniel Estulin Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: April 25, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Delving into a world once shrouded in mystery, this investigative report provides a fascinating account of the annual meetings of the world's most powerful people, The Bilderberg Group. Since first meeting in 1954 at the Bilderberg Hotel in the Netherlands, The Bilderberg Group has been comprised of prime ministers, presidents and the wealthiest CEOs of the world, all deliberating the economic and political future of humanity. The press has never attended these meetings, which have ramifications on the citizens of the world. Using methods that resemble the spy tactics of the Cold War - and in several instances putting his own life on the line - the author managed to learn what was being said and has made it public for the first time. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177133]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The True Story of The Bilderberg Group Author: Daniel Estulin Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: April 25, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Delving into a world once shrouded in mystery, this investigative report provides a fascinating account of the annual meetings of the world's most powerful people, The Bilderberg Group. Since first meeting in 1954 at the Bilderberg Hotel in the Netherlands, The Bilderberg Group has been comprised of prime ministers, presidents and the wealthiest CEOs of the world, all deliberating the economic and political future of humanity. The press has never attended these meetings, which have ramifications on the citizens of the world. Using methods that resemble the spy tactics of the Cold War - and in several instances putting his own life on the line - the author managed to learn what was being said and has made it public for the first time. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177107 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177107]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Precious Objects: A Story of Diamonds, Family, and a Way of Life Author: Alicia Oltuski Narrator: Alicia Oltuski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 11, 2011 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In the middle of New York City lies a neighborhood where all secrets are valuable, all assets are liquid, and all deals are sealed with a blessing rather than a contract. Welcome to the diamond district. Ninety percent of all diamonds that enter America pass through these few blocks, but the inner workings of this mysterious world are known only to the people who inhabit it. Alicia Oltuski, daughter and granddaughter of diamond dealers, seamlessly blends family narrative with literary reportage to reveal the fascinating secrets of the diamond industry and its madcap characters, including her own eccentric father. Entertaining and illuminating, Precious Objects offers an insider's look at the history, business, and society behind one of the world's most coveted natural resources. Alicia Oltuski Tue, 11 Oct 2011 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177107 thebookvoice.com 9:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177107]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Precious Objects: A Story of Diamonds, Family, and a Way of Life Author: Alicia Oltuski Narrator: Alicia Oltuski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 11, 2011 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In the middle of New York City lies a neighborhood where all secrets are valuable, all assets are liquid, and all deals are sealed with a blessing rather than a contract. Welcome to the diamond district. Ninety percent of all diamonds that enter America pass through these few blocks, but the inner workings of this mysterious world are known only to the people who inhabit it. Alicia Oltuski, daughter and granddaughter of diamond dealers, seamlessly blends family narrative with literary reportage to reveal the fascinating secrets of the diamond industry and its madcap characters, including her own eccentric father. Entertaining and illuminating, Precious Objects offers an insider's look at the history, business, and society behind one of the world's most coveted natural resources. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177107]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Precious Objects: A Story of Diamonds, Family, and a Way of Life Author: Alicia Oltuski Narrator: Alicia Oltuski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 22 minutes Release date: October 11, 2011 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In the middle of New York City lies a neighborhood where all secrets are valuable, all assets are liquid, and all deals are sealed with a blessing rather than a contract. Welcome to the diamond district. Ninety percent of all diamonds that enter America pass through these few blocks, but the inner workings of this mysterious world are known only to the people who inhabit it. Alicia Oltuski, daughter and granddaughter of diamond dealers, seamlessly blends family narrative with literary reportage to reveal the fascinating secrets of the diamond industry and its madcap characters, including her own eccentric father. Entertaining and illuminating, Precious Objects offers an insider's look at the history, business, and society behind one of the world's most coveted natural resources. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177030 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177030]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anatomy of Violence: The Biological Roots of Crime Author: Adrian Raine Narrator: Jonathan Cowley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 24 minutes Release date: April 30, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: With a 4-page full-color insert, and black-and-white illustrations throughout Why do some innocent kids grow up to become cold-blooded serial killers? Is bad biology partly to blame? For more than three decades Adrian Raine has been researching the biological roots of violence and establishing neurocriminology, a new field that applies neuroscience techniques to investigate the causes and cures of crime. In The Anatomy of Violence, Raine dissects the criminal mind with a fascinating, readable, and far-reaching scientific journey into the body of evidence that reveals the brain to be a key culprit in crime causation.   Raine documents from genetic research that the seeds of sin are sown early in life, giving rise to abnormal physiological functioning that cultivates crime. Drawing on classical case studies of well-known killers in history—including Richard Speck, Ted Kaczynski, and Henry Lee Lucas—Raine illustrates how impairments to brain areas controlling our ability to experience fear, make good decisions, and feel guilt predispose us to violence. He contends that killers can actually be coldhearted: something as simple as a low resting heart rate can give rise to violence. But arguing that biology is not destiny, he also sketches out provocative new biosocial treatment approaches that can change the brain and prevent violence.   Finally, Raine tackles the thorny legal and ethical dilemmas posed by his research, visualizing a futuristic brave new world where our increasing ability to identify violent offenders early in life might shape crime-prevention policies, for good and bad. Will we sacrifice our notions of privacy and civil rights to identify children as potential killers in the hopes of helping both offenders and victims? How should we punish individuals with little to no control over their violent behavior? And should parenting require a license? The Anatomy of Violence offers a revolutionary appraisal of our understanding of criminal offending, while also raising provocative questions that challenge our core human values of free will, responsibility, and punishment. Adrian Raine Tue, 30 Apr 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177030 thebookvoice.com 16:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177030]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anatomy of Violence: The Biological Roots of Crime Author: Adrian Raine Narrator: Jonathan Cowley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 24 minutes Release date: April 30, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: With a 4-page full-color insert, and black-and-white illustrations throughout Why do some innocent kids grow up to become cold-blooded serial killers? Is bad biology partly to blame? For more than three decades Adrian Raine has been researching the biological roots of violence and establishing neurocriminology, a new field that applies neuroscience techniques to investigate the causes and cures of crime. In The Anatomy of Violence, Raine dissects the criminal mind with a fascinating, readable, and far-reaching scientific journey into the body of evidence that reveals the brain to be a key culprit in crime causation.   Raine documents from genetic research that the seeds of sin are sown early in life, giving rise to abnormal physiological functioning that cultivates crime. Drawing on classical case studies of well-known killers in history—including Richard Speck, Ted Kaczynski, and Henry Lee Lucas—Raine illustrates how impairments to brain areas controlling our ability to experience fear, make good decisions, and feel guilt predispose us to violence. He contends that killers can actually be coldhearted: something as simple as a low resting heart rate can give rise to violence. But arguing that biology is not destiny, he also sketches out provocative new biosocial treatment approaches that can change the brain and prevent violence.   Finally, Raine tackles the thorny legal and ethical dilemmas posed by his research, visualizing a futuristic brave new world where our increasing ability to identify violent offenders early in life might shape crime-prevention policies, for good and bad. Will we sacrifice our notions of privacy and civil rights to identify children as potential killers in the hopes of helping both offenders and victims? How should we punish individuals with little to no control over their violent behavior? And should parenting require a license? The Anatomy of Violence offers a revolutionary appraisal of our understanding of criminal offending, while also raising provocative questions that challenge our core human values of free will, responsibility, and punishment. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/177030]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anatomy of Violence: The Biological Roots of Crime Author: Adrian Raine Narrator: Jonathan Cowley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 24 minutes Release date: April 30, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: With a 4-page full-color insert, and black-and-white illustrations throughout Why do some innocent kids grow up to become cold-blooded serial killers? Is bad biology partly to blame? For more than three decades Adrian Raine has been researching the biological roots of violence and establishing neurocriminology, a new field that applies neuroscience techniques to investigate the causes and cures of crime. In The Anatomy of Violence, Raine dissects the criminal mind with a fascinating, readable, and far-reaching scientific journey into the body of evidence that reveals the brain to be a key culprit in crime causation.   Raine documents from genetic research that the seeds of sin are sown early in life, giving rise to abnormal physiological functioning that cultivates crime. Drawing on classical case studies of well-known killers in history—including Richard Speck, Ted Kaczynski, and Henry Lee Lucas—Raine illustrates how impairments to brain areas controlling our ability to experience fear, make good decisions, and feel guilt predispose us to violence. He contends that killers can actually be coldhearted: something as simple as a low resting heart rate can give rise to violence. But arguing that biology is not destiny, he also sketches out provocative new biosocial treatment approaches that can change the brain and prevent violence.   Finally, Raine tackles the thorny legal and ethical dilemmas posed by his research, visualizing a futuristic brave new world where our increasing ability to identify violent offenders early in life might shape crime-prevention policies, for good and bad. Will we sacrifice our notions of privacy and civil rights to identify children as potential killers in the hopes of helping both offenders and victims? How should we punish individuals with little to no control over their violent behavior? And should parenting require a license? The Anatomy of Violence offers a revolutionary appraisal of our understanding of criminal offending, while also raising provocative questions that challenge our core human values of free will, responsibility, and punishment. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/176001 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/176001]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Autobiography of an Ex-Colored Man Author: James Weldon Johnson Narrator: Richard Allen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: December 11, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Originally published anonymously in 1912, The Autobiography of an Ex-Colored Man revealed as never before the color line dividing America, and the price it exacted on those souls who could traverse the two worlds. The book presents the fictional account of 'an ex-colored man' - an African-American who could pass for white - as he attempts to choose which side of the line will better suit his life, and his psyche. Later republished, properly, as the work of James Weldon Johnson, The Autobiography has gone on to become a classic novel of the early twentieth century, and Dreamscape is proud to present this new recording to coincide with the 100th anniversary of this great book. James Weldon Johnson Tue, 11 Dec 2012 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/176001 thebookvoice.com 6:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/176001]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Autobiography of an Ex-Colored Man Author: James Weldon Johnson Narrator: Richard Allen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: December 11, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Originally published anonymously in 1912, The Autobiography of an Ex-Colored Man revealed as never before the color line dividing America, and the price it exacted on those souls who could traverse the two worlds. The book presents the fictional account of 'an ex-colored man' - an African-American who could pass for white - as he attempts to choose which side of the line will better suit his life, and his psyche. Later republished, properly, as the work of James Weldon Johnson, The Autobiography has gone on to become a classic novel of the early twentieth century, and Dreamscape is proud to present this new recording to coincide with the 100th anniversary of this great book. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/176001]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Autobiography of an Ex-Colored Man Author: James Weldon Johnson Narrator: Richard Allen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: December 11, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Originally published anonymously in 1912, The Autobiography of an Ex-Colored Man revealed as never before the color line dividing America, and the price it exacted on those souls who could traverse the two worlds. The book presents the fictional account of 'an ex-colored man' - an African-American who could pass for white - as he attempts to choose which side of the line will better suit his life, and his psyche. Later republished, properly, as the work of James Weldon Johnson, The Autobiography has gone on to become a classic novel of the early twentieth century, and Dreamscape is proud to present this new recording to coincide with the 100th anniversary of this great book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/175985 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/175985]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 12 Years a Slave Author: Solomon Northup Narrator: Richard Allen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: January 22, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.39 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 12 Years a Slave is the harrowing account of a black man, born free in New York State, who was drugged, kidnapped, and sold into slavery in 1841. Having no way to contact his family, and fearing for his life if he told the truth, Solomon Northup was sold from plantation to plantation in Louisiana, toiling under cruel masters for twelve years before meeting Samuel Bass, a Canadian who finally put him in touch with his family, and helped start the process to regain his freedom. This extraordinary text is the basis for the major motion picture starring Chiwetel Ejiofor. Solomon Northup Tue, 22 Jan 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/175985 thebookvoice.com 8:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/175985]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 12 Years a Slave Author: Solomon Northup Narrator: Richard Allen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: January 22, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.39 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 12 Years a Slave is the harrowing account of a black man, born free in New York State, who was drugged, kidnapped, and sold into slavery in 1841. Having no way to contact his family, and fearing for his life if he told the truth, Solomon Northup was sold from plantation to plantation in Louisiana, toiling under cruel masters for twelve years before meeting Samuel Bass, a Canadian who finally put him in touch with his family, and helped start the process to regain his freedom. This extraordinary text is the basis for the major motion picture starring Chiwetel Ejiofor. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/175985]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 12 Years a Slave Author: Solomon Northup Narrator: Richard Allen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: January 22, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.39 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 12 Years a Slave is the harrowing account of a black man, born free in New York State, who was drugged, kidnapped, and sold into slavery in 1841. Having no way to contact his family, and fearing for his life if he told the truth, Solomon Northup was sold from plantation to plantation in Louisiana, toiling under cruel masters for twelve years before meeting Samuel Bass, a Canadian who finally put him in touch with his family, and helped start the process to regain his freedom. This extraordinary text is the basis for the major motion picture starring Chiwetel Ejiofor. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/175879 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/175879]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Keep It Pithy: Useful Observations in a Tough World Author: Bill O'Reilly Narrator: Dan Woren, Bill O'Reilly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 47 minutes Release date: May 7, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling author of Killing Lincoln and host of Fox News' top show The O'Reilly Factor, the best of Bill O’Reilly’s provocative writing—reflecting his ideas, wisdom, and core values Bill O’Reilly is one of the most recognized and talked-about journalists of our time. With an unparalleled track record as an author and with the #1-rated Fox News show, The O’Reilly Factor, O’Reilly has become a veritable institution of political insight and keen advice. In Keep It Pithy, O’Reilly offers a classic collection of the most memorable writings from his bestselling books, and looks back at how his opinions and ideas have been proven right or wrong by the passage of time. With his trademark candor and no-nonsense approach, each chapter focuses on a core theme as it gathers O’Reilly’s thoughts on the most compelling issues of our time and provides readers an illuminating guide to the American cultural landscape.   A spirited and personal book, Keep It Pithy is the perfect addition to an O’Reilly fan’s library, or the best introduction for the few left uninitiated. Bill O'Reilly Tue, 07 May 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/175879 thebookvoice.com 2:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/175879]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Keep It Pithy: Useful Observations in a Tough World Author: Bill O'Reilly Narrator: Dan Woren, Bill O'Reilly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 47 minutes Release date: May 7, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling author of Killing Lincoln and host of Fox News' top show The O'Reilly Factor, the best of Bill O’Reilly’s provocative writing—reflecting his ideas, wisdom, and core values Bill O’Reilly is one of the most recognized and talked-about journalists of our time. With an unparalleled track record as an author and with the #1-rated Fox News show, The O’Reilly Factor, O’Reilly has become a veritable institution of political insight and keen advice. In Keep It Pithy, O’Reilly offers a classic collection of the most memorable writings from his bestselling books, and looks back at how his opinions and ideas have been proven right or wrong by the passage of time. With his trademark candor and no-nonsense approach, each chapter focuses on a core theme as it gathers O’Reilly’s thoughts on the most compelling issues of our time and provides readers an illuminating guide to the American cultural landscape.   A spirited and personal book, Keep It Pithy is the perfect addition to an O’Reilly fan’s library, or the best introduction for the few left uninitiated. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/175879]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Keep It Pithy: Useful Observations in a Tough World Author: Bill O'Reilly Narrator: Dan Woren, Bill O'Reilly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 47 minutes Release date: May 7, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling author of Killing Lincoln and host of Fox News' top show The O'Reilly Factor, the best of Bill O’Reilly’s provocative writing—reflecting his ideas, wisdom, and core values Bill O’Reilly is one of the most recognized and talked-about journalists of our time. With an unparalleled track record as an author and with the #1-rated Fox News show, The O’Reilly Factor, O’Reilly has become a veritable institution of political insight and keen advice. In Keep It Pithy, O’Reilly offers a classic collection of the most memorable writings from his bestselling books, and looks back at how his opinions and ideas have been proven right or wrong by the passage of time. With his trademark candor and no-nonsense approach, each chapter focuses on a core theme as it gathers O’Reilly’s thoughts on the most compelling issues of our time and provides readers an illuminating guide to the American cultural landscape.   A spirited and personal book, Keep It Pithy is the perfect addition to an O’Reilly fan’s library, or the best introduction for the few left uninitiated. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/175877 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/175877]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Know Much About Geography: Everything You Need to Know About the World But Never Learned, Revised and Updated Author: Kenneth C. Davis Narrator: Zach Mclarty, Joe Ochman, Adenrele Ojo, Paul Boehmer, Mark Bramhall, Kenneth C. Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 47 minutes Release date: May 21, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From bestselling author Kenneth C. Davis comes a treasure trove of answers to questions about our world. Was there an Atlantis? What's the smallest country in the world? What's the difference between a jungle and a rain forest? Kenneth C. Davis, author of Don't Know Much About® History, Don't Know Much About® the Civil War and Don't Know Much About® the Bible, turns his inimitable wit and wide-ranging knowledge to the subject of geography, and proves once and for all that there is a lot more to it than labeling countries on a map. From often amusing perceptions people have had through the ages about the world and the universe to the changing map of today, Davis shows how geography is really a great crossroad of many fields: biology, meteorology, astronomy, history, economics, and even politics. In this lively, entertaining, and endlessly fascinating presentation, you'll hear about the personalities that helped shape the world and learn the answers to questions that have vexed most of us since grade school. Along the way, Davis offers an affectionate ode to the earth: a celebration of the earth, a searching investigation of the destruction of our habitat, and a practical guide to saving our home planet. For anyone who has felt geographically ignorant ever since gas stations stopped handing out free maps, Don't Know Much About® Geography is enormously informative entertainment. Kenneth C. Davis Tue, 21 May 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/175877 thebookvoice.com 12:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/175877]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Know Much About Geography: Everything You Need to Know About the World But Never Learned, Revised and Updated Author: Kenneth C. Davis Narrator: Zach Mclarty, Joe Ochman, Adenrele Ojo, Paul Boehmer, Mark Bramhall, Kenneth C. Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 47 minutes Release date: May 21, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From bestselling author Kenneth C. Davis comes a treasure trove of answers to questions about our world. Was there an Atlantis? What's the smallest country in the world? What's the difference between a jungle and a rain forest? Kenneth C. Davis, author of Don't Know Much About® History, Don't Know Much About® the Civil War and Don't Know Much About® the Bible, turns his inimitable wit and wide-ranging knowledge to the subject of geography, and proves once and for all that there is a lot more to it than labeling countries on a map. From often amusing perceptions people have had through the ages about the world and the universe to the changing map of today, Davis shows how geography is really a great crossroad of many fields: biology, meteorology, astronomy, history, economics, and even politics. In this lively, entertaining, and endlessly fascinating presentation, you'll hear about the personalities that helped shape the world and learn the answers to questions that have vexed most of us since grade school. Along the way, Davis offers an affectionate ode to the earth: a celebration of the earth, a searching investigation of the destruction of our habitat, and a practical guide to saving our home planet. For anyone who has felt geographically ignorant ever since gas stations stopped handing out free maps, Don't Know Much About® Geography is enormously informative entertainment. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/175877]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Know Much About Geography: Everything You Need to Know About the World But Never Learned, Revised and Updated Author: Kenneth C. Davis Narrator: Zach Mclarty, Joe Ochman, Adenrele Ojo, Paul Boehmer, Mark Bramhall, Kenneth C. Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 47 minutes Release date: May 21, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From bestselling author Kenneth C. Davis comes a treasure trove of answers to questions about our world. Was there an Atlantis? What's the smallest country in the world? What's the difference between a jungle and a rain forest? Kenneth C. Davis, author of Don't Know Much About® History, Don't Know Much About® the Civil War and Don't Know Much About® the Bible, turns his inimitable wit and wide-ranging knowledge to the subject of geography, and proves once and for all that there is a lot more to it than labeling countries on a map. From often amusing perceptions people have had through the ages about the world and the universe to the changing map of today, Davis shows how geography is really a great crossroad of many fields: biology, meteorology, astronomy, history, economics, and even politics. In this lively, entertaining, and endlessly fascinating presentation, you'll hear about the personalities that helped shape the world and learn the answers to questions that have vexed most of us since grade school. Along the way, Davis offers an affectionate ode to the earth: a celebration of the earth, a searching investigation of the destruction of our habitat, and a practical guide to saving our home planet. For anyone who has felt geographically ignorant ever since gas stations stopped handing out free maps, Don't Know Much About® Geography is enormously informative entertainment. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/174878 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/174878]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Top of the Morning: Inside the Cutthroat World of Morning TV Author: Brian Stelter Narrator: Brian Stelter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 51 minutes Release date: April 23, 2013 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: CNN correspondent Brian Stelter reveals the dark side of morning television with exclusive material about current and past morning stars, from Matt Lauer to Katie Couric. When America wakes up with personable and charming hosts like Robin Roberts and George Stephanopoulos, it's hard to imagine their show bookers having to guard a guest's hotel room all night to prevent rival shows from poaching. But that is just a glimpse of the intense reality revealed in this gripping look into the most competitive time slot in television. Featuring exclusive content about all the major players of the 2000s, Top of the Morning illuminates what it takes to win the AM -- when every single viewer counts, tons of jobs are on the line, and hundreds of millions of dollars are at stake. Stelter is behind the scenes as Ann Curry replaces Meredith Vieira on the Today show, only to be fired a year later in a fiasco that made national headlines. He's backstage as Good Morning America launches an attack to dethrone Today and end the longest consecutive winning streak in morning television history. And he's there as Roberts is diagnosed with a crippling disease -- on what should be the happiest day of her career. So grab a cup of coffee, sit back, and discover the dark side of the sun. Praise for Top of the Morning 'Mr. Stelter pulls back the curtains and exposes a savage corporate world that might have been inhabited by the Sopranos.' -- Washington Times 'A troubling look inside an enterprise as vicious and internecine as a soap opera.' -- Kirkus Reviews Brian Stelter Tue, 23 Apr 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/174878 thebookvoice.com 9:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/174878]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Top of the Morning: Inside the Cutthroat World of Morning TV Author: Brian Stelter Narrator: Brian Stelter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 51 minutes Release date: April 23, 2013 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: CNN correspondent Brian Stelter reveals the dark side of morning television with exclusive material about current and past morning stars, from Matt Lauer to Katie Couric. When America wakes up with personable and charming hosts like Robin Roberts and George Stephanopoulos, it's hard to imagine their show bookers having to guard a guest's hotel room all night to prevent rival shows from poaching. But that is just a glimpse of the intense reality revealed in this gripping look into the most competitive time slot in television. Featuring exclusive content about all the major players of the 2000s, Top of the Morning illuminates what it takes to win the AM -- when every single viewer counts, tons of jobs are on the line, and hundreds of millions of dollars are at stake. Stelter is behind the scenes as Ann Curry replaces Meredith Vieira on the Today show, only to be fired a year later in a fiasco that made national headlines. He's backstage as Good Morning America launches an attack to dethrone Today and end the longest consecutive winning streak in morning television history. And he's there as Roberts is diagnosed with a crippling disease -- on what should be the happiest day of her career. So grab a cup of coffee, sit back, and discover the dark side of the sun. Praise for Top of the Morning 'Mr. Stelter pulls back the curtains and exposes a savage corporate world that might have been inhabited by the Sopranos.' -- Washington Times 'A troubling look inside an enterprise as vicious and internecine as a soap opera.' -- Kirkus Reviews Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/174878]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Top of the Morning: Inside the Cutthroat World of Morning TV Author: Brian Stelter Narrator: Brian Stelter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 51 minutes Release date: April 23, 2013 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: CNN correspondent Brian Stelter reveals the dark side of morning television with exclusive material about current and past morning stars, from Matt Lauer to Katie Couric. When America wakes up with personable and charming hosts like Robin Roberts and George Stephanopoulos, it's hard to imagine their show bookers having to guard a guest's hotel room all night to prevent rival shows from poaching. But that is just a glimpse of the intense reality revealed in this gripping look into the most competitive time slot in television. Featuring exclusive content about all the major players of the 2000s, Top of the Morning illuminates what it takes to win the AM -- when every single viewer counts, tons of jobs are on the line, and hundreds of millions of dollars are at stake. Stelter is behind the scenes as Ann Curry replaces Meredith Vieira on the Today show, only to be fired a year later in a fiasco that made national headlines. He's backstage as Good Morning America launches an attack to dethrone Today and end the longest consecutive winning streak in morning television history. And he's there as Roberts is diagnosed with a crippling disease -- on what should be the happiest day of her career. So grab a cup of coffee, sit back, and discover the dark side of the sun. Praise for Top of the Morning 'Mr. Stelter pulls back the curtains and exposes a savage corporate world that might have been inhabited by the Sopranos.' -- Washington Times 'A troubling look inside an enterprise as vicious and internecine as a soap opera.' -- Kirkus Reviews https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/171255 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/171255]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Keeping Hope Alive: One Woman: 90,000 Lives Changed Author: Hawa Abdi Narrator: Robin Miles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: April 2, 2013 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The moving memoir of one brave woman who, along with her daughters, has kept 90,000 of her fellow citizens safe, healthy, and educated for over 20 years in Somalia. Dr. Hawa Abdi, 'the Mother Teresa of Somalia' and Nobel Peace Prize nominee, is the founder of a massive camp for internally displaced people located a few miles from war-torn Mogadishu, Somalia. Since 1991, when the Somali government collapsed, famine struck, and aid groups fled, she has dedicated herself to providing help for people whose lives have been shattered by violence and poverty. She turned her 1300 acres of farmland into a camp that has numbered up to 90,000 displaced people, ignoring the clan lines that have often served to divide the country. She inspired her daughters, Deqo and Amina, to become doctors. Together, they have saved tens of thousands of lives in her hospital, while providing an education to hundreds of displaced children. In 2010, Dr. Abdi was kidnapped by radical insurgents, who also destroyed much of her hospital, simply because she was a woman. She, along with media pressure, convinced the rebels to let her go, and she demanded and received a written apology. Dr. Abdi's story of incomprehensible bravery and perseverance will inspire readers everywhere. Hawa Abdi Tue, 02 Apr 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/171255 thebookvoice.com 9:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/171255]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Keeping Hope Alive: One Woman: 90,000 Lives Changed Author: Hawa Abdi Narrator: Robin Miles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: April 2, 2013 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The moving memoir of one brave woman who, along with her daughters, has kept 90,000 of her fellow citizens safe, healthy, and educated for over 20 years in Somalia. Dr. Hawa Abdi, 'the Mother Teresa of Somalia' and Nobel Peace Prize nominee, is the founder of a massive camp for internally displaced people located a few miles from war-torn Mogadishu, Somalia. Since 1991, when the Somali government collapsed, famine struck, and aid groups fled, she has dedicated herself to providing help for people whose lives have been shattered by violence and poverty. She turned her 1300 acres of farmland into a camp that has numbered up to 90,000 displaced people, ignoring the clan lines that have often served to divide the country. She inspired her daughters, Deqo and Amina, to become doctors. Together, they have saved tens of thousands of lives in her hospital, while providing an education to hundreds of displaced children. In 2010, Dr. Abdi was kidnapped by radical insurgents, who also destroyed much of her hospital, simply because she was a woman. She, along with media pressure, convinced the rebels to let her go, and she demanded and received a written apology. Dr. Abdi's story of incomprehensible bravery and perseverance will inspire readers everywhere. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/171255]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Keeping Hope Alive: One Woman: 90,000 Lives Changed Author: Hawa Abdi Narrator: Robin Miles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: April 2, 2013 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The moving memoir of one brave woman who, along with her daughters, has kept 90,000 of her fellow citizens safe, healthy, and educated for over 20 years in Somalia. Dr. Hawa Abdi, 'the Mother Teresa of Somalia' and Nobel Peace Prize nominee, is the founder of a massive camp for internally displaced people located a few miles from war-torn Mogadishu, Somalia. Since 1991, when the Somali government collapsed, famine struck, and aid groups fled, she has dedicated herself to providing help for people whose lives have been shattered by violence and poverty. She turned her 1300 acres of farmland into a camp that has numbered up to 90,000 displaced people, ignoring the clan lines that have often served to divide the country. She inspired her daughters, Deqo and Amina, to become doctors. Together, they have saved tens of thousands of lives in her hospital, while providing an education to hundreds of displaced children. In 2010, Dr. Abdi was kidnapped by radical insurgents, who also destroyed much of her hospital, simply because she was a woman. She, along with media pressure, convinced the rebels to let her go, and she demanded and received a written apology. Dr. Abdi's story of incomprehensible bravery and perseverance will inspire readers everywhere. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/170710 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/170710]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gun Guys: A Road Trip Author: Dan Baum Narrator: Richard Kind Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 41 minutes Release date: March 5, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Here is armed America—a land of machine-gun gatherings in the desert, lederhosened German shooting societies, feral-hog hunts in Texas, and Hollywood gun armories. Whether they’re collecting antique weapons, practicing concealed carry, or firing an AR-15 or a Glock at their local range, many Americans love guns—which horrifies and fascinates many other Americans, and much of the rest of the world. This lively, sometimes raucous book explores from the inside the American love affair with firearms.  Dan Baum is both a lifelong gun guy and a Jewish Democrat who grew up in suburban New Jersey feeling like a “child of a bitter divorce with allegiance to both parents.” In Gun Guys he grabs his licensed concealed handgun and hits the road to meet some of the 40 percent of Americans who own guns. We meet Rick Ector, a black Detroit autoworker who buys a Smith & Wesson after suffering an armed robbery—then quits his job to preach the gospel of armed self-defense, especially to the resistant black community; Jeremy and Marcey Parker, a young, successful Kentucky couple whose idea of a romantic getaway is the Blue Ridge Mountain 3-Gun Championship in Bowling Green; and Aaron Zelman, head of Jews for the Preservation of Firearms Ownership. Baum also travels to New Orleans, where he enters the world of a man disabled by a bullet, and to Chicago to interview a killer. Along the way, he takes us to gun shows, gun stores, and shooting ranges trying to figure out why so many of us love these things and why they inspire such passions. In the tradition of Confederates in the Attic and Among the Thugs, Baum brings an entire world to life. Written equally for avid shooters and those who would never touch a firearm, Gun Guys is more than a travelogue. It gives a fresh assessment of the heated politics surrounding guns, one that will challenge and inform people on all sides of the issue.  This may be the first book that goes beyond gun politics to illuminate the visceral appeal of guns—an original, perceptive, and surprisingly funny journey through American gun culture. Dan Baum Tue, 05 Mar 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/170710 thebookvoice.com 14:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/170710]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gun Guys: A Road Trip Author: Dan Baum Narrator: Richard Kind Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 41 minutes Release date: March 5, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Here is armed America—a land of machine-gun gatherings in the desert, lederhosened German shooting societies, feral-hog hunts in Texas, and Hollywood gun armories. Whether they’re collecting antique weapons, practicing concealed carry, or firing an AR-15 or a Glock at their local range, many Americans love guns—which horrifies and fascinates many other Americans, and much of the rest of the world. This lively, sometimes raucous book explores from the inside the American love affair with firearms.  Dan Baum is both a lifelong gun guy and a Jewish Democrat who grew up in suburban New Jersey feeling like a “child of a bitter divorce with allegiance to both parents.” In Gun Guys he grabs his licensed concealed handgun and hits the road to meet some of the 40 percent of Americans who own guns. We meet Rick Ector, a black Detroit autoworker who buys a Smith & Wesson after suffering an armed robbery—then quits his job to preach the gospel of armed self-defense, especially to the resistant black community; Jeremy and Marcey Parker, a young, successful Kentucky couple whose idea of a romantic getaway is the Blue Ridge Mountain 3-Gun Championship in Bowling Green; and Aaron Zelman, head of Jews for the Preservation of Firearms Ownership. Baum also travels to New Orleans, where he enters the world of a man disabled by a bullet, and to Chicago to interview a killer. Along the way, he takes us to gun shows, gun stores, and shooting ranges trying to figure out why so many of us love these things and why they inspire such passions. In the tradition of Confederates in the Attic and Among the Thugs, Baum brings an entire world to life. Written equally for avid shooters and those who would never touch a firearm, Gun Guys is more than a travelogue. It gives a fresh assessment of the heated politics surrounding guns, one that will challenge and inform people on all sides of the issue.  This may be the first book that goes beyond gun politics to illuminate the visceral appeal of guns—an original, perceptive, and surprisingly funny journey through American gun culture. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/170710]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gun Guys: A Road Trip Author: Dan Baum Narrator: Richard Kind Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 41 minutes Release date: March 5, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Here is armed America—a land of machine-gun gatherings in the desert, lederhosened German shooting societies, feral-hog hunts in Texas, and Hollywood gun armories. Whether they’re collecting antique weapons, practicing concealed carry, or firing an AR-15 or a Glock at their local range, many Americans love guns—which horrifies and fascinates many other Americans, and much of the rest of the world. This lively, sometimes raucous book explores from the inside the American love affair with firearms.  Dan Baum is both a lifelong gun guy and a Jewish Democrat who grew up in suburban New Jersey feeling like a “child of a bitter divorce with allegiance to both parents.” In Gun Guys he grabs his licensed concealed handgun and hits the road to meet some of the 40 percent of Americans who own guns. We meet Rick Ector, a black Detroit autoworker who buys a Smith & Wesson after suffering an armed robbery—then quits his job to preach the gospel of armed self-defense, especially to the resistant black community; Jeremy and Marcey Parker, a young, successful Kentucky couple whose idea of a romantic getaway is the Blue Ridge Mountain 3-Gun Championship in Bowling Green; and Aaron Zelman, head of Jews for the Preservation of Firearms Ownership. Baum also travels to New Orleans, where he enters the world of a man disabled by a bullet, and to Chicago to interview a killer. Along the way, he takes us to gun shows, gun stores, and shooting ranges trying to figure out why so many of us love these things and why they inspire such passions. In the tradition of Confederates in the Attic and Among the Thugs, Baum brings an entire world to life. Written equally for avid shooters and those who would never touch a firearm, Gun Guys is more than a travelogue. It gives a fresh assessment of the heated politics surrounding guns, one that will challenge and inform people on all sides of the issue.  This may be the first book that goes beyond gun politics to illuminate the visceral appeal of guns—an original, perceptive, and surprisingly funny journey through American gun culture. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/170381 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/170381]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drunk Tank Pink: And Other Unexpected Forces that Shape How We Think, Feel, and Behave Author: Adam Alter Narrator: Tristan Morris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 21, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An illuminating look at the way the thoughts we have and the decisions we make are influenced by forces that aren't always in our control Why are people named Kim, Kelly, and Ken more likely to donate to Hurricane Katrina victims than to Hurricane Rita victims? Are you really more likely to solve puzzles if you watch a light bulb illuminate? How did installing blue lights along a Japanese railway line halt rising crime and suicide rates? Can decorating your walls with the right artwork make you more honest? The human brain is fantastically complex, having engineered space travel and liberated nuclear energy, so it's no wonder that we resist the idea that we're deeply influenced by our surroundings. As profound as they are, these effects are almost impossible to detect both as they're occurring and in hindsight. Drunk Tank Pink is the first detailed exploration of how our environment shapes what we think, how we feel, and the ways we behave. The world is populated with words and images that prompt unexpected, unconscious decisions. We are so deeply attracted to our own initials that we give more willingly to the victims of hurricanes that match our initials: Kims and Kens donate more generously to Hurricane Katrina victims, whereas Rons and Rachels give more openly to Hurricane Rita victims. Meanwhile, an illuminated light bulb inspires creative thinking because it symbolizes insight. Social interactions have similar effects, as professional cyclists pedal faster when people are watching. Teachers who took tea from the break room at Newcastle University contributed 300 percent more to a cash box when a picture of two eyes hung on the wall. We're evolutionarily sensitive to human surveillance, so we behave more virtuously even if we're only watched by a photograph. The physical environment, from locations to colors, also guides our hand in unseen ways. Dimly lit interiors metaphorically imply no one's watching and encourage dishonesty and theft, while blue lights discourage violent activity because they're associated with the police. Olympic taekwondo and judo athletes are more likely to win when they wear red rather than blue, because red makes them behave aggressively and referees see them as more dominant. Drunk Tank Pink is full of revelatory facts, riveting anecdotes, and cutting-edge experiments that collectively explain how the most unexpected factors lead us to think, feel, and behave the way we do. Adam Alter Thu, 21 Mar 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/170381 thebookvoice.com 7:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/170381]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drunk Tank Pink: And Other Unexpected Forces that Shape How We Think, Feel, and Behave Author: Adam Alter Narrator: Tristan Morris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 21, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An illuminating look at the way the thoughts we have and the decisions we make are influenced by forces that aren't always in our control Why are people named Kim, Kelly, and Ken more likely to donate to Hurricane Katrina victims than to Hurricane Rita victims? Are you really more likely to solve puzzles if you watch a light bulb illuminate? How did installing blue lights along a Japanese railway line halt rising crime and suicide rates? Can decorating your walls with the right artwork make you more honest? The human brain is fantastically complex, having engineered space travel and liberated nuclear energy, so it's no wonder that we resist the idea that we're deeply influenced by our surroundings. As profound as they are, these effects are almost impossible to detect both as they're occurring and in hindsight. Drunk Tank Pink is the first detailed exploration of how our environment shapes what we think, how we feel, and the ways we behave. The world is populated with words and images that prompt unexpected, unconscious decisions. We are so deeply attracted to our own initials that we give more willingly to the victims of hurricanes that match our initials: Kims and Kens donate more generously to Hurricane Katrina victims, whereas Rons and Rachels give more openly to Hurricane Rita victims. Meanwhile, an illuminated light bulb inspires creative thinking because it symbolizes insight. Social interactions have similar effects, as professional cyclists pedal faster when people are watching. Teachers who took tea from the break room at Newcastle University contributed 300 percent more to a cash box when a picture of two eyes hung on the wall. We're evolutionarily sensitive to human surveillance, so we behave more virtuously even if we're only watched by a photograph. The physical environment, from locations to colors, also guides our hand in unseen ways. Dimly lit interiors metaphorically imply no one's watching and encourage dishonesty and theft, while blue lights discourage violent activity because they're associated with the police. Olympic taekwondo and judo athletes are more likely to win when they wear red rather than blue, because red makes them behave aggressively and referees see them as more dominant. Drunk Tank Pink is full of revelatory facts, riveting anecdotes, and cutting-edge experiments that collectively explain how the most unexpected factors lead us to think, feel, and behave the way we do. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/170381]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drunk Tank Pink: And Other Unexpected Forces that Shape How We Think, Feel, and Behave Author: Adam Alter Narrator: Tristan Morris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 21, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An illuminating look at the way the thoughts we have and the decisions we make are influenced by forces that aren't always in our control Why are people named Kim, Kelly, and Ken more likely to donate to Hurricane Katrina victims than to Hurricane Rita victims? Are you really more likely to solve puzzles if you watch a light bulb illuminate? How did installing blue lights along a Japanese railway line halt rising crime and suicide rates? Can decorating your walls with the right artwork make you more honest? The human brain is fantastically complex, having engineered space travel and liberated nuclear energy, so it's no wonder that we resist the idea that we're deeply influenced by our surroundings. As profound as they are, these effects are almost impossible to detect both as they're occurring and in hindsight. Drunk Tank Pink is the first detailed exploration of how our environment shapes what we think, how we feel, and the ways we behave. The world is populated with words and images that prompt unexpected, unconscious decisions. We are so deeply attracted to our own initials that we give more willingly to the victims of hurricanes that match our initials: Kims and Kens donate more generously to Hurricane Katrina victims, whereas Rons and Rachels give more openly to Hurricane Rita victims. Meanwhile, an illuminated light bulb inspires creative thinking because it symbolizes insight. Social interactions have similar effects, as professional cyclists pedal faster when people are watching. Teachers who took tea from the break room at Newcastle University contributed 300 percent more to a cash box when a picture of two eyes hung on the wall. We're evolutionarily sensitive to human surveillance, so we behave more virtuously even if we're only watched by a photograph. The physical environment, from locations to colors, also guides our hand in unseen ways. Dimly lit interiors metaphorically imply no one's watching and encourage dishonesty and theft, while blue lights discourage violent activity because they're associated with the police. Olympic taekwondo and judo athletes are more likely to win when they wear red rather than blue, because red makes them behave aggressively and referees see them as more dominant. Drunk Tank Pink is full of revelatory facts, riveting anecdotes, and cutting-edge experiments that collectively explain how the most unexpected factors lead us to think, feel, and behave the way we do. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/167483 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/167483]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Contagious: Why Things Catch On Author: Jonah Berger Narrator: Keith Nobbs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 50 minutes Release date: March 5, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 98 Ratings of Narrator: 4.64 of Total 25 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestseller that explains why certain products and ideas become popular. “Jonah Berger knows more about what makes information ‘go viral’ than anyone in the world.” —Daniel Gilbert, author of the bestseller Stumbling on Happiness What makes things popular? If you said advertising, think again. People don’t listen to advertisements, they listen to their peers. But why do people talk about certain products and ideas more than others? Why are some stories and rumors more infectious? And what makes online content go viral? Wharton marketing professor Jonah Berger has spent the last decade answering these questions. He’s studied why New York Times articles make the paper’s own Most E-mailed list, why products get word of mouth, and how social influence shapes everything from the cars we buy to the clothes we wear to the names we give our children. In Contagious, Berger reveals the secret science behind word-of-mouth and social transmission. Discover how six basic principles drive all sorts of things to become contagious, from consumer products and policy initiatives to workplace rumors and YouTube videos. Learn how a luxury steakhouse found popularity through the lowly cheesesteak, why anti-drug commercials might have actually increased drug use, and why more than 200 million consumers shared a video about one of the most boring products there is: a blender. Contagious provides specific, actionable techniques for helping information spread—for designing messages, advertisements, and content that people will share. Whether you’re a manager at a big company, a small business owner trying to boost awareness, a politician running for office, or a health official trying to get the word out, Contagious will show you how to make your product or idea catch on. Jonah Berger Tue, 05 Mar 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/167483 thebookvoice.com 6:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/167483]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Contagious: Why Things Catch On Author: Jonah Berger Narrator: Keith Nobbs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 50 minutes Release date: March 5, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 98 Ratings of Narrator: 4.64 of Total 25 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestseller that explains why certain products and ideas become popular. “Jonah Berger knows more about what makes information ‘go viral’ than anyone in the world.” —Daniel Gilbert, author of the bestseller Stumbling on Happiness What makes things popular? If you said advertising, think again. People don’t listen to advertisements, they listen to their peers. But why do people talk about certain products and ideas more than others? Why are some stories and rumors more infectious? And what makes online content go viral? Wharton marketing professor Jonah Berger has spent the last decade answering these questions. He’s studied why New York Times articles make the paper’s own Most E-mailed list, why products get word of mouth, and how social influence shapes everything from the cars we buy to the clothes we wear to the names we give our children. In Contagious, Berger reveals the secret science behind word-of-mouth and social transmission. Discover how six basic principles drive all sorts of things to become contagious, from consumer products and policy initiatives to workplace rumors and YouTube videos. Learn how a luxury steakhouse found popularity through the lowly cheesesteak, why anti-drug commercials might have actually increased drug use, and why more than 200 million consumers shared a video about one of the most boring products there is: a blender. Contagious provides specific, actionable techniques for helping information spread—for designing messages, advertisements, and content that people will share. Whether you’re a manager at a big company, a small business owner trying to boost awareness, a politician running for office, or a health official trying to get the word out, Contagious will show you how to make your product or idea catch on. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/167483]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Contagious: Why Things Catch On Author: Jonah Berger Narrator: Keith Nobbs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 50 minutes Release date: March 5, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 98 Ratings of Narrator: 4.64 of Total 25 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestseller that explains why certain products and ideas become popular. “Jonah Berger knows more about what makes information ‘go viral’ than anyone in the world.” —Daniel Gilbert, author of the bestseller Stumbling on Happiness What makes things popular? If you said advertising, think again. People don’t listen to advertisements, they listen to their peers. But why do people talk about certain products and ideas more than others? Why are some stories and rumors more infectious? And what makes online content go viral? Wharton marketing professor Jonah Berger has spent the last decade answering these questions. He’s studied why New York Times articles make the paper’s own Most E-mailed list, why products get word of mouth, and how social influence shapes everything from the cars we buy to the clothes we wear to the names we give our children. In Contagious, Berger reveals the secret science behind word-of-mouth and social transmission. Discover how six basic principles drive all sorts of things to become contagious, from consumer products and policy initiatives to workplace rumors and YouTube videos. Learn how a luxury steakhouse found popularity through the lowly cheesesteak, why anti-drug commercials might have actually increased drug use, and why more than 200 million consumers shared a video about one of the most boring products there is: a blender. Contagious provides specific, actionable techniques for helping information spread—for designing messages, advertisements, and content that people will share. Whether you’re a manager at a big company, a small business owner trying to boost awareness, a politician running for office, or a health official trying to get the word out, Contagious will show you how to make your product or idea catch on. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/167469 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/167469]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Toms River: A Story of Science and Salvation Author: Dan Fagin Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 32 minutes Release date: March 19, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.57 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: WINNER OF THE PULITZER PRIZE • Winner of The New York Public Library’s Helen Bernstein Book Award • “A new classic of science reporting.”—The New York Times The riveting true story of a small town ravaged by industrial pollution, Toms River melds hard-hitting investigative reporting, a fascinating scientific detective story, and an unforgettable cast of characters into a sweeping narrative in the tradition of A Civil Action, The Emperor of All Maladies, and The Immortal Life of Henrietta Lacks. One of New Jersey’s seemingly innumerable quiet seaside towns, Toms River became the unlikely setting for a decades-long drama that culminated in 2001 with one of the largest legal settlements in the annals of toxic dumping. A town that would rather have been known for its Little League World Series champions ended up making history for an entirely different reason: a notorious cluster of childhood cancers scientifically linked to local air and water pollution. For years, large chemical companies had been using Toms River as their private dumping ground, burying tens of thousands of leaky drums in open pits and discharging billions of gallons of acid-laced wastewater into the town’s namesake river. In an astonishing feat of investigative reporting, prize-winning journalist Dan Fagin recounts the sixty-year saga of rampant pollution and inadequate oversight that made Toms River a cautionary example for fast-growing industrial towns from South Jersey to South China. He tells the stories of the pioneering scientists and physicians who first identified pollutants as a cause of cancer, and brings to life the everyday heroes in Toms River who struggled for justice: a young boy whose cherubic smile belied the fast-growing tumors that had decimated his body from birth; a nurse who fought to bring the alarming incidence of childhood cancers to the attention of authorities who didn’t want to listen; and a mother whose love for her stricken child transformed her into a tenacious advocate for change. A gripping human drama rooted in a centuries-old scientific quest, Toms River is a tale of dumpers at midnight and deceptions in broad daylight, of corporate avarice and government neglect, and of a few brave individuals who refused to keep silent until the truth was exposed. NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY NPR AND KIRKUS REVIEWS “A thrilling journey full of twists and turns, Toms River is essential reading for our times. Dan Fagin handles topics of great complexity with the dexterity of a scholar, the honesty of a journalist, and the dramatic skill of a novelist.”—Siddhartha Mukherjee, M.D., author of the Pulitzer Prize–winning The Emperor of All Maladies   “A complex tale of powerful industry, local politics, water rights, epidemiology, public health and cancer in a gripping, page-turning environmental thriller.”—NPR “Unstoppable reading.”—The Philadelphia Inquirer   “Meticulously researched and compellingly recounted . . . It’s every bit as important—and as well-written—as A Civil Action and The Immortal Life of Henrietta Lacks.”—The Star-Ledger   “Fascinating . . . a gripping environmental thriller.”—Kirkus Reviews (starred review)   “An honest, thoroughly researched, intelligently written book.”—Slate   “[A] hard-hitting account . . . a triumph.”—Nature   “Absorbing and thoughtful.”—USA Today Dan Fagin Tue, 19 Mar 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/167469 thebookvoice.com 18:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/167469]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Toms River: A Story of Science and Salvation Author: Dan Fagin Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 32 minutes Release date: March 19, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.57 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: WINNER OF THE PULITZER PRIZE • Winner of The New York Public Library’s Helen Bernstein Book Award • “A new classic of science reporting.”—The New York Times The riveting true story of a small town ravaged by industrial pollution, Toms River melds hard-hitting investigative reporting, a fascinating scientific detective story, and an unforgettable cast of characters into a sweeping narrative in the tradition of A Civil Action, The Emperor of All Maladies, and The Immortal Life of Henrietta Lacks. One of New Jersey’s seemingly innumerable quiet seaside towns, Toms River became the unlikely setting for a decades-long drama that culminated in 2001 with one of the largest legal settlements in the annals of toxic dumping. A town that would rather have been known for its Little League World Series champions ended up making history for an entirely different reason: a notorious cluster of childhood cancers scientifically linked to local air and water pollution. For years, large chemical companies had been using Toms River as their private dumping ground, burying tens of thousands of leaky drums in open pits and discharging billions of gallons of acid-laced wastewater into the town’s namesake river. In an astonishing feat of investigative reporting, prize-winning journalist Dan Fagin recounts the sixty-year saga of rampant pollution and inadequate oversight that made Toms River a cautionary example for fast-growing industrial towns from South Jersey to South China. He tells the stories of the pioneering scientists and physicians who first identified pollutants as a cause of cancer, and brings to life the everyday heroes in Toms River who struggled for justice: a young boy whose cherubic smile belied the fast-growing tumors that had decimated his body from birth; a nurse who fought to bring the alarming incidence of childhood cancers to the attention of authorities who didn’t want to listen; and a mother whose love for her stricken child transformed her into a tenacious advocate for change. A gripping human drama rooted in a centuries-old scientific quest, Toms River is a tale of dumpers at midnight and deceptions in broad daylight, of corporate avarice and government neglect, and of a few brave individuals who refused to keep silent until the truth was exposed. NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY NPR AND KIRKUS REVIEWS “A thrilling journey full of twists and turns, Toms River is essential reading for our times. Dan Fagin handles topics of great complexity with the dexterity of a scholar, the honesty of a journalist, and the dramatic skill of a novelist.”—Siddhartha Mukherjee, M.D., author of the Pulitzer Prize–winning The Emperor of All Maladies   “A complex tale of powerful industry, local politics, water rights, epidemiology, public health and cancer in a gripping, page-turning environmental thriller.”—NPR “Unstoppable reading.”—The Philadelphia Inquirer   “Meticulously researched and compellingly recounted . . . It’s every bit as important—and as well-written—as A Civil Action and The Immortal Life of Henrietta Lacks.”—The Star-Ledger   “Fascinating . . . a gripping environmental thriller.”—Kirkus Reviews (starred review)   “An honest, thoroughly researched, intelligently written book.”—Slate   “[A] hard-hitting account . . . a triumph.”—Nature   “Absorbing and thoughtful.”—USA Today Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/167469]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Toms River: A Story of Science and Salvation Author: Dan Fagin Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 32 minutes Release date: March 19, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.57 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: WINNER OF THE PULITZER PRIZE • Winner of The New York Public Library’s Helen Bernstein Book Award • “A new classic of science reporting.”—The New York Times The riveting true story of a small town ravaged by industrial pollution, Toms River melds hard-hitting investigative reporting, a fascinating scientific detective story, and an unforgettable cast of characters into a sweeping narrative in the tradition of A Civil Action, The Emperor of All Maladies, and The Immortal Life of Henrietta Lacks. One of New Jersey’s seemingly innumerable quiet seaside towns, Toms River became the unlikely setting for a decades-long drama that culminated in 2001 with one of the largest legal settlements in the annals of toxic dumping. A town that would rather have been known for its Little League World Series champions ended up making history for an entirely different reason: a notorious cluster of childhood cancers scientifically linked to local air and water pollution. For years, large chemical companies had been using Toms River as their private dumping ground, burying tens of thousands of leaky drums in open pits and discharging billions of gallons of acid-laced wastewater into the town’s namesake river. In an astonishing feat of investigative reporting, prize-winning journalist Dan Fagin recounts the sixty-year saga of rampant pollution and inadequate oversight that made Toms River a cautionary example for fast-growing industrial towns from South Jersey to South China. He tells the stories of the pioneering scientists and physicians who first identified pollutants as a cause of cancer, and brings to life the everyday heroes in Toms River who struggled for justice: a young boy whose cherubic smile belied the fast-growing tumors that had decimated his body from birth; a nurse who fought to bring the alarming incidence of childhood cancers to the attention of authorities who didn’t want to listen; and a mother whose love for her stricken child transformed her into a tenacious advocate for change. A gripping human drama rooted in a centuries-old scientific quest, Toms River is a tale of dumpers at midnight and deceptions in broad daylight, of corporate avarice and government neglect, and of a few brave individuals who refused to keep silent until the truth was exposed. NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY NPR AND KIRKUS REVIEWS “A thrilling journey full of twists and turns, Toms River is essential reading for our times. Dan Fagin handles topics of great complexity with the dexterity of a scholar, the honesty of a journalist, and the dramatic skill of a novelist.”—Siddhartha Mukherjee, M.D., author of the Pulitzer Prize–winning The Emperor of All Maladies   “A complex tale of powerful industry, local politics, water rights, epidemiology, public health and cancer in a gripping, page-turning environmental thriller.”—NPR “Unstoppable reading.”—The Philadelphia Inquirer   “Meticulously researched and compellingly recounted . . . It’s every bit as important—and as well-written—as A Civil Action and The Immortal Life of Henrietta Lacks.”—The Star-Ledger   “Fascinating . . . a gripping environmental thriller.”—Kirkus Reviews (starred review)   “An honest, thoroughly researched, intelligently written book.”—Slate   “[A] hard-hitting account . . . a triumph.”—Nature   “Absorbing and thoughtful.”—USA Today https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/167418 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/167418]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Snake Oil: The Art of Healing and Truth-Telling Author: Becca Stevens Narrator: Becca Stevens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: March 12, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'In the world of snake oils, you have to see the world a little differently. Where others see poverty, you see riches; where others see weeds, you see flowers; where others see sickness, you see openness.' Becca Stevens calls herself a 'snake oil seller': She takes natural oils, mixes them with a good story, sells them in an open market and believes they help to heal the world. Becca is the founder of Thistle Farms, one of the most successful examples in the US of a social enterprise whose mission is the work force. She is also the founder of its residential program, Magdalene. The women of Magdalene/Thistle Farms have survived prostitution, trafficking and addiction, and the natural body care products they manufacture-balms, soaps, and lotions-aid in their own healing as well as that of the people who buy them. The book weaves together the beginnings of the enterprise with individual stories from Becca's own journey as well as 20 women in the community. In Snake Oil, Becca tells how the women she began helping fifteen years ago have been the biggest source of her own healing from sexual abuse and her father's death as a child. Wise and reflective, Snake Oil offers an empowering narrative as well as a selection of recipes for healing remedies that readers can make themselves. Becca Stevens Tue, 12 Mar 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/167418 thebookvoice.com 4:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/167418]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Snake Oil: The Art of Healing and Truth-Telling Author: Becca Stevens Narrator: Becca Stevens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: March 12, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'In the world of snake oils, you have to see the world a little differently. Where others see poverty, you see riches; where others see weeds, you see flowers; where others see sickness, you see openness.' Becca Stevens calls herself a 'snake oil seller': She takes natural oils, mixes them with a good story, sells them in an open market and believes they help to heal the world. Becca is the founder of Thistle Farms, one of the most successful examples in the US of a social enterprise whose mission is the work force. She is also the founder of its residential program, Magdalene. The women of Magdalene/Thistle Farms have survived prostitution, trafficking and addiction, and the natural body care products they manufacture-balms, soaps, and lotions-aid in their own healing as well as that of the people who buy them. The book weaves together the beginnings of the enterprise with individual stories from Becca's own journey as well as 20 women in the community. In Snake Oil, Becca tells how the women she began helping fifteen years ago have been the biggest source of her own healing from sexual abuse and her father's death as a child. Wise and reflective, Snake Oil offers an empowering narrative as well as a selection of recipes for healing remedies that readers can make themselves. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/167418]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Snake Oil: The Art of Healing and Truth-Telling Author: Becca Stevens Narrator: Becca Stevens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: March 12, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'In the world of snake oils, you have to see the world a little differently. Where others see poverty, you see riches; where others see weeds, you see flowers; where others see sickness, you see openness.' Becca Stevens calls herself a 'snake oil seller': She takes natural oils, mixes them with a good story, sells them in an open market and believes they help to heal the world. Becca is the founder of Thistle Farms, one of the most successful examples in the US of a social enterprise whose mission is the work force. She is also the founder of its residential program, Magdalene. The women of Magdalene/Thistle Farms have survived prostitution, trafficking and addiction, and the natural body care products they manufacture-balms, soaps, and lotions-aid in their own healing as well as that of the people who buy them. The book weaves together the beginnings of the enterprise with individual stories from Becca's own journey as well as 20 women in the community. In Snake Oil, Becca tells how the women she began helping fifteen years ago have been the biggest source of her own healing from sexual abuse and her father's death as a child. Wise and reflective, Snake Oil offers an empowering narrative as well as a selection of recipes for healing remedies that readers can make themselves. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/164202 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/164202]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mythology Author: Edith Hamilton Narrator: Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 30, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 74 Ratings of Narrator: 4.19 of Total 16 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Dive into the timeless tales of gods and heroes in this bestselling A-to-Z encyclopedia detailing classic myths and legends—perfect for curious readers and academics alike. Edith Hamilton's mythology succeeds like no other book in bringing to life for the modern reader the Greek, Roman and Norse myths that are the keystone of Western culture-the stories of gods and heroes that have inspired human creativity from antiquity to the present. We follow the drama of the Trojan War and the wanderings of Odysseus. We hear the tales of Jason and the Golden Fleece, Cupid and Psyche, and mighty King Midas. We discover the origins of the names of the constellations. And we recognize reference points for countless works for art, literature and culture inquiry-from Freud's Oedipus complex to Wagner's Ring Cycle of operas to Eugene O'Neill's Mourning Becomes Electra Both a reference text for scholars of all ages and a book to simply enjoy, Mythology is a classic not to be missed. Edith Hamilton Tue, 30 Apr 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/164202 thebookvoice.com 14:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/164202]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mythology Author: Edith Hamilton Narrator: Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 30, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 74 Ratings of Narrator: 4.19 of Total 16 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Dive into the timeless tales of gods and heroes in this bestselling A-to-Z encyclopedia detailing classic myths and legends—perfect for curious readers and academics alike. Edith Hamilton's mythology succeeds like no other book in bringing to life for the modern reader the Greek, Roman and Norse myths that are the keystone of Western culture-the stories of gods and heroes that have inspired human creativity from antiquity to the present. We follow the drama of the Trojan War and the wanderings of Odysseus. We hear the tales of Jason and the Golden Fleece, Cupid and Psyche, and mighty King Midas. We discover the origins of the names of the constellations. And we recognize reference points for countless works for art, literature and culture inquiry-from Freud's Oedipus complex to Wagner's Ring Cycle of operas to Eugene O'Neill's Mourning Becomes Electra Both a reference text for scholars of all ages and a book to simply enjoy, Mythology is a classic not to be missed. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/164202]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mythology Author: Edith Hamilton Narrator: Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 30, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 74 Ratings of Narrator: 4.19 of Total 16 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Dive into the timeless tales of gods and heroes in this bestselling A-to-Z encyclopedia detailing classic myths and legends—perfect for curious readers and academics alike. Edith Hamilton's mythology succeeds like no other book in bringing to life for the modern reader the Greek, Roman and Norse myths that are the keystone of Western culture-the stories of gods and heroes that have inspired human creativity from antiquity to the present. We follow the drama of the Trojan War and the wanderings of Odysseus. We hear the tales of Jason and the Golden Fleece, Cupid and Psyche, and mighty King Midas. We discover the origins of the names of the constellations. And we recognize reference points for countless works for art, literature and culture inquiry-from Freud's Oedipus complex to Wagner's Ring Cycle of operas to Eugene O'Neill's Mourning Becomes Electra Both a reference text for scholars of all ages and a book to simply enjoy, Mythology is a classic not to be missed. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/163698 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/163698]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Occulted History: Do the Global Elite Conceal Ancient Aliens? Author: Jim Marrs Narrator: Dave Courvoisier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 54 minutes Release date: February 12, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author Jim Marrs steps once again to the cutting-edge of research into conspiracies and hidden truths. In Our Occulted History, Marrs  goes beyond the revelations of his classic Alien Agenda and illustrates how human civilization may have originated with non-humans who visited earth eons ago...and may still be here today Our Occulted History: Do the Global Elite Conceal Ancient Aliens? is an extensive survey that includes a mass of well-documented scientific and historical texts and sources. It will change the way you view the origins of mankind and the current state of society. No subject is too controversial for Marrs, an award-winning journalist whose other investigative works include Crossfire: The Plot That Killed Kennedy, the basis for the Oliver Stone film JFK; Rule by Secrecy; and The Trillion-Dollar Conspiracy. Jim Marrs Tue, 12 Feb 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/163698 thebookvoice.com 11:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/163698]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Occulted History: Do the Global Elite Conceal Ancient Aliens? Author: Jim Marrs Narrator: Dave Courvoisier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 54 minutes Release date: February 12, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author Jim Marrs steps once again to the cutting-edge of research into conspiracies and hidden truths. In Our Occulted History, Marrs  goes beyond the revelations of his classic Alien Agenda and illustrates how human civilization may have originated with non-humans who visited earth eons ago...and may still be here today Our Occulted History: Do the Global Elite Conceal Ancient Aliens? is an extensive survey that includes a mass of well-documented scientific and historical texts and sources. It will change the way you view the origins of mankind and the current state of society. No subject is too controversial for Marrs, an award-winning journalist whose other investigative works include Crossfire: The Plot That Killed Kennedy, the basis for the Oliver Stone film JFK; Rule by Secrecy; and The Trillion-Dollar Conspiracy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/163698]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Occulted History: Do the Global Elite Conceal Ancient Aliens? Author: Jim Marrs Narrator: Dave Courvoisier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 54 minutes Release date: February 12, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author Jim Marrs steps once again to the cutting-edge of research into conspiracies and hidden truths. In Our Occulted History, Marrs  goes beyond the revelations of his classic Alien Agenda and illustrates how human civilization may have originated with non-humans who visited earth eons ago...and may still be here today Our Occulted History: Do the Global Elite Conceal Ancient Aliens? is an extensive survey that includes a mass of well-documented scientific and historical texts and sources. It will change the way you view the origins of mankind and the current state of society. No subject is too controversial for Marrs, an award-winning journalist whose other investigative works include Crossfire: The Plot That Killed Kennedy, the basis for the Oliver Stone film JFK; Rule by Secrecy; and The Trillion-Dollar Conspiracy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/163391 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/163391]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Top Dog: The Science of Winning and Losing Author: Po Bronson, Ashley Merryman Narrator: Po Bronson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 19, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: New York Times Bestseller Po Bronson and Ashley Merryman's work changes the national dialogue. Beyond their bestselling books, you know them from commentary and features in the New York Times, CNN, NPR, Time, Newsweek, Wired, New York, and more. E-mail, Facebook, and Twitter accounts are filled with demands to read their reporting (such as 'How Not to Talk to Your Kids,' 'Creativity Crisis,' and 'Losing Is Good for You'). In Top Dog, Bronson and Merryman again use their astonishing blend of science and storytelling to reveal what's truly in the heart of a champion. The joy of victory and the character-building agony of defeat. Testosterone and the neuroscience of mistakes. Why rivals motivate. How home field advantage gets you a raise. What teamwork really requires. It's baseball, the SAT, sales contests, and Linux. How before da Vinci and FedEx were innovators, first, they were great competitors. Olympians carry Top Dog in their gym bags. It's in briefcases of Wall Street traders and Madison Avenue madmen. Risk takers from Silicon Valley to Vegas race to implement its ideas, as educators debate it in halls of academia. Now see for yourself what this game-changing talk is all about. Po Bronson, Ashley Merryman Tue, 19 Feb 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/163391 thebookvoice.com 9:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/163391]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Top Dog: The Science of Winning and Losing Author: Po Bronson, Ashley Merryman Narrator: Po Bronson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 19, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: New York Times Bestseller Po Bronson and Ashley Merryman's work changes the national dialogue. Beyond their bestselling books, you know them from commentary and features in the New York Times, CNN, NPR, Time, Newsweek, Wired, New York, and more. E-mail, Facebook, and Twitter accounts are filled with demands to read their reporting (such as 'How Not to Talk to Your Kids,' 'Creativity Crisis,' and 'Losing Is Good for You'). In Top Dog, Bronson and Merryman again use their astonishing blend of science and storytelling to reveal what's truly in the heart of a champion. The joy of victory and the character-building agony of defeat. Testosterone and the neuroscience of mistakes. Why rivals motivate. How home field advantage gets you a raise. What teamwork really requires. It's baseball, the SAT, sales contests, and Linux. How before da Vinci and FedEx were innovators, first, they were great competitors. Olympians carry Top Dog in their gym bags. It's in briefcases of Wall Street traders and Madison Avenue madmen. Risk takers from Silicon Valley to Vegas race to implement its ideas, as educators debate it in halls of academia. Now see for yourself what this game-changing talk is all about. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/163391]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Top Dog: The Science of Winning and Losing Author: Po Bronson, Ashley Merryman Narrator: Po Bronson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 19, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: New York Times Bestseller Po Bronson and Ashley Merryman's work changes the national dialogue. Beyond their bestselling books, you know them from commentary and features in the New York Times, CNN, NPR, Time, Newsweek, Wired, New York, and more. E-mail, Facebook, and Twitter accounts are filled with demands to read their reporting (such as 'How Not to Talk to Your Kids,' 'Creativity Crisis,' and 'Losing Is Good for You'). In Top Dog, Bronson and Merryman again use their astonishing blend of science and storytelling to reveal what's truly in the heart of a champion. The joy of victory and the character-building agony of defeat. Testosterone and the neuroscience of mistakes. Why rivals motivate. How home field advantage gets you a raise. What teamwork really requires. It's baseball, the SAT, sales contests, and Linux. How before da Vinci and FedEx were innovators, first, they were great competitors. Olympians carry Top Dog in their gym bags. It's in briefcases of Wall Street traders and Madison Avenue madmen. Risk takers from Silicon Valley to Vegas race to implement its ideas, as educators debate it in halls of academia. Now see for yourself what this game-changing talk is all about. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/162480 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/162480]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Searching for Zion: The Quest for Home in the African Diaspora Author: Emily Raboteau Narrator: Quincy Tyler Bernstine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 39 minutes Release date: January 8, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Emily Raboteau’s Searching for Zion takes listeners around the world on an unexpected adventure of faith. Both one woman’s quest for a place to call 'home' and an investigation into a people’s search for the promised land, this landmark work is a trenchant inquiry into contemporary and historical ethnic displacement. At 23, Raboteau traveled to Israel to visit her childhood best friend. While her friend appeared to have found a place to belong, Raboteau couldn’t say the same for herself. As a biracial woman from a country still divided along racial lines, she’d never felt at home in America. But as a reggae fan and the daughter of a historian of African-American religion, Raboteau knew of Zion as a place black people yearned to be. She’d heard about it on Bob Marley’s Exodus and in the speeches of Martin Luther King. She understood it as a metaphor for freedom, a spiritual realm rather than a geographical one. In Israel, the Jewish Zion, she was surprised to discover black Jews. Inspired by their exodus, Raboteau sought out other black communities that had left home in search of a promised land. Her question for them is the same she asks herself: Have you found the home you’re looking for? On her 10-year journey back in time and across the globe, through the Bush years and into the age of Obama, Raboteau wanders through Jamaica, Ethiopia, Ghana, and the Southern United States to explore the complex and contradictory perspectives of 'black Zionists'. She talks to Rastafarians and African Hebrew Israelites, Evangelicals and Ethiopian Jews, and Hurricane Katrina transplants from her own family - people who have risked everything in search of territory that is hard to define and harder to inhabit. In Searching for Zion, Raboteau overturns our ideas of place and patriotism, displacement and dispossession, citizenship and country in a disarmingly honest and refreshingly brave take on the pull of the story of exodus. Emily Raboteau Tue, 08 Jan 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/162480 thebookvoice.com 10:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/162480]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Searching for Zion: The Quest for Home in the African Diaspora Author: Emily Raboteau Narrator: Quincy Tyler Bernstine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 39 minutes Release date: January 8, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Emily Raboteau’s Searching for Zion takes listeners around the world on an unexpected adventure of faith. Both one woman’s quest for a place to call 'home' and an investigation into a people’s search for the promised land, this landmark work is a trenchant inquiry into contemporary and historical ethnic displacement. At 23, Raboteau traveled to Israel to visit her childhood best friend. While her friend appeared to have found a place to belong, Raboteau couldn’t say the same for herself. As a biracial woman from a country still divided along racial lines, she’d never felt at home in America. But as a reggae fan and the daughter of a historian of African-American religion, Raboteau knew of Zion as a place black people yearned to be. She’d heard about it on Bob Marley’s Exodus and in the speeches of Martin Luther King. She understood it as a metaphor for freedom, a spiritual realm rather than a geographical one. In Israel, the Jewish Zion, she was surprised to discover black Jews. Inspired by their exodus, Raboteau sought out other black communities that had left home in search of a promised land. Her question for them is the same she asks herself: Have you found the home you’re looking for? On her 10-year journey back in time and across the globe, through the Bush years and into the age of Obama, Raboteau wanders through Jamaica, Ethiopia, Ghana, and the Southern United States to explore the complex and contradictory perspectives of 'black Zionists'. She talks to Rastafarians and African Hebrew Israelites, Evangelicals and Ethiopian Jews, and Hurricane Katrina transplants from her own family - people who have risked everything in search of territory that is hard to define and harder to inhabit. In Searching for Zion, Raboteau overturns our ideas of place and patriotism, displacement and dispossession, citizenship and country in a disarmingly honest and refreshingly brave take on the pull of the story of exodus. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/162480]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Searching for Zion: The Quest for Home in the African Diaspora Author: Emily Raboteau Narrator: Quincy Tyler Bernstine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 39 minutes Release date: January 8, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Emily Raboteau’s Searching for Zion takes listeners around the world on an unexpected adventure of faith. Both one woman’s quest for a place to call 'home' and an investigation into a people’s search for the promised land, this landmark work is a trenchant inquiry into contemporary and historical ethnic displacement. At 23, Raboteau traveled to Israel to visit her childhood best friend. While her friend appeared to have found a place to belong, Raboteau couldn’t say the same for herself. As a biracial woman from a country still divided along racial lines, she’d never felt at home in America. But as a reggae fan and the daughter of a historian of African-American religion, Raboteau knew of Zion as a place black people yearned to be. She’d heard about it on Bob Marley’s Exodus and in the speeches of Martin Luther King. She understood it as a metaphor for freedom, a spiritual realm rather than a geographical one. In Israel, the Jewish Zion, she was surprised to discover black Jews. Inspired by their exodus, Raboteau sought out other black communities that had left home in search of a promised land. Her question for them is the same she asks herself: Have you found the home you’re looking for? On her 10-year journey back in time and across the globe, through the Bush years and into the age of Obama, Raboteau wanders through Jamaica, Ethiopia, Ghana, and the Southern United States to explore the complex and contradictory perspectives of 'black Zionists'. She talks to Rastafarians and African Hebrew Israelites, Evangelicals and Ethiopian Jews, and Hurricane Katrina transplants from her own family - people who have risked everything in search of territory that is hard to define and harder to inhabit. In Searching for Zion, Raboteau overturns our ideas of place and patriotism, displacement and dispossession, citizenship and country in a disarmingly honest and refreshingly brave take on the pull of the story of exodus. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160930 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160930]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reviving Ophelia: Saving the Lives of Adolescent Girls Author: Mary Pipher Narrator: Mary Pipher Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 4, 2000 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Why are more American adolescent girls prey to depression, eating disorders, addictions, and suicide attempts than ever before? According to Dr. Mary Pipher, a clinical psychologist who has treated girls for more than twenty years, we live in a look-obsessed, media-saturated, "girl-poisoning" culture. Despite the advances of feminism, escalating levels of sexism and violence--from undervalued intelligence to sexual harassment in elementary school--cause girls to stifle their creative spirit and natural impulses, which, ultimately, destroys their self-esteem. Yet girls often blame themselves or their families for this "problem with no name" instead of looking at the world around them. Here, for the first time, are girls' unmuted voices from the front lines of adolescence, personal and painfully honest. By laying bare their harsh day-to-day reality, Reviving Ophelia issues a call to arms and offers parents compassion, strength, and strategies with which to revive these Ophelias' lost sense of self. Mary Pipher Tue, 04 Jul 2000 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160930 thebookvoice.com 3:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160930]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reviving Ophelia: Saving the Lives of Adolescent Girls Author: Mary Pipher Narrator: Mary Pipher Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 4, 2000 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Why are more American adolescent girls prey to depression, eating disorders, addictions, and suicide attempts than ever before? According to Dr. Mary Pipher, a clinical psychologist who has treated girls for more than twenty years, we live in a look-obsessed, media-saturated, "girl-poisoning" culture. Despite the advances of feminism, escalating levels of sexism and violence--from undervalued intelligence to sexual harassment in elementary school--cause girls to stifle their creative spirit and natural impulses, which, ultimately, destroys their self-esteem. Yet girls often blame themselves or their families for this "problem with no name" instead of looking at the world around them. Here, for the first time, are girls' unmuted voices from the front lines of adolescence, personal and painfully honest. By laying bare their harsh day-to-day reality, Reviving Ophelia issues a call to arms and offers parents compassion, strength, and strategies with which to revive these Ophelias' lost sense of self. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160930]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reviving Ophelia: Saving the Lives of Adolescent Girls Author: Mary Pipher Narrator: Mary Pipher Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 4, 2000 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Why are more American adolescent girls prey to depression, eating disorders, addictions, and suicide attempts than ever before? According to Dr. Mary Pipher, a clinical psychologist who has treated girls for more than twenty years, we live in a look-obsessed, media-saturated, "girl-poisoning" culture. Despite the advances of feminism, escalating levels of sexism and violence--from undervalued intelligence to sexual harassment in elementary school--cause girls to stifle their creative spirit and natural impulses, which, ultimately, destroys their self-esteem. Yet girls often blame themselves or their families for this "problem with no name" instead of looking at the world around them. Here, for the first time, are girls' unmuted voices from the front lines of adolescence, personal and painfully honest. By laying bare their harsh day-to-day reality, Reviving Ophelia issues a call to arms and offers parents compassion, strength, and strategies with which to revive these Ophelias' lost sense of self. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252436 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252436]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Death of Right and Wrong: Exposing the Left's Assault on Our Culture and Values Author: Tammy Bruce Narrator: Tammy Bruce Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 12 minutes Release date: February 9, 2004 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: If you believe children should be seduced into warped sexual behavior by the Gay Elite, if you think confessed murderers should be set free by defense attorneys who know how to wield the race card, if you feel promiscuous gay men should be empowered to spread AIDS and other sexually transmitted diseases, don’t read this book. But if you’ve always suspected that factions on the Left are trying to destroy the values that define our civilization, this book proves it. Through the pages of The Death of Right and Wrong, author, activist, and pundit Tammy Bruce takes you inside the chilling world of the Left—a place where morals and decency have been turned on their heads and the crisp distinction between Right and Wrong has been blurred into a mushy, gray mess. In this world, the Gay Elite exploit our children—under the guise of tolerance and education—to satisfy their sexual obsessions. In this world, the Black Elite laud convicted murderers as community heroes and award-winning “artists.” In this world, the Feminist Elite fawn over a woman who mercilessly killed all five of her children. And much more that will offend your sense of decency and threaten your basic values. Ms. Bruce smashes the facades of “Tolerance,” “Understanding,” and other Leftist slogans to reveal the ugly truth of their agenda. As a gay activist and former president of the Los Angeles chapter of the National Organization of Women, she witnessed firsthand the Left’s attempts to undermine our millennia-old code of morals and values, aided by politically biased media and academia. And if the news headlines of today are any indication, they’re winning the culture war. Unless we act now, we are doomed at the hands of special interest groups on the Left who want nothing more than to undermine our ability to judge right from wrong in order to foist their own selfish, anything-goes society on the rest of us. This book reveals what they’re doing, how they’re doing it, and what we can do to restore decency in our society. You’ll discover powerful tools in these pages to help you understand the psychology of the Left—what makes them tick and, more importantly, how to stop them from eroding our values completely. Full of controversial opinions and countless examples ripped from the headlines, The Death of Right and Wrong is a powerful, eye-opening book that you won’t want to be without. Tammy Bruce Mon, 09 Feb 2004 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252436 thebookvoice.com 11:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252436]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Death of Right and Wrong: Exposing the Left's Assault on Our Culture and Values Author: Tammy Bruce Narrator: Tammy Bruce Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 12 minutes Release date: February 9, 2004 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: If you believe children should be seduced into warped sexual behavior by the Gay Elite, if you think confessed murderers should be set free by defense attorneys who know how to wield the race card, if you feel promiscuous gay men should be empowered to spread AIDS and other sexually transmitted diseases, don’t read this book. But if you’ve always suspected that factions on the Left are trying to destroy the values that define our civilization, this book proves it. Through the pages of The Death of Right and Wrong, author, activist, and pundit Tammy Bruce takes you inside the chilling world of the Left—a place where morals and decency have been turned on their heads and the crisp distinction between Right and Wrong has been blurred into a mushy, gray mess. In this world, the Gay Elite exploit our children—under the guise of tolerance and education—to satisfy their sexual obsessions. In this world, the Black Elite laud convicted murderers as community heroes and award-winning “artists.” In this world, the Feminist Elite fawn over a woman who mercilessly killed all five of her children. And much more that will offend your sense of decency and threaten your basic values. Ms. Bruce smashes the facades of “Tolerance,” “Understanding,” and other Leftist slogans to reveal the ugly truth of their agenda. As a gay activist and former president of the Los Angeles chapter of the National Organization of Women, she witnessed firsthand the Left’s attempts to undermine our millennia-old code of morals and values, aided by politically biased media and academia. And if the news headlines of today are any indication, they’re winning the culture war. Unless we act now, we are doomed at the hands of special interest groups on the Left who want nothing more than to undermine our ability to judge right from wrong in order to foist their own selfish, anything-goes society on the rest of us. This book reveals what they’re doing, how they’re doing it, and what we can do to restore decency in our society. You’ll discover powerful tools in these pages to help you understand the psychology of the Left—what makes them tick and, more importantly, how to stop them from eroding our values completely. Full of controversial opinions and countless examples ripped from the headlines, The Death of Right and Wrong is a powerful, eye-opening book that you won’t want to be without. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252436]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Death of Right and Wrong: Exposing the Left's Assault on Our Culture and Values Author: Tammy Bruce Narrator: Tammy Bruce Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 12 minutes Release date: February 9, 2004 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: If you believe children should be seduced into warped sexual behavior by the Gay Elite, if you think confessed murderers should be set free by defense attorneys who know how to wield the race card, if you feel promiscuous gay men should be empowered to spread AIDS and other sexually transmitted diseases, don’t read this book. But if you’ve always suspected that factions on the Left are trying to destroy the values that define our civilization, this book proves it. Through the pages of The Death of Right and Wrong, author, activist, and pundit Tammy Bruce takes you inside the chilling world of the Left—a place where morals and decency have been turned on their heads and the crisp distinction between Right and Wrong has been blurred into a mushy, gray mess. In this world, the Gay Elite exploit our children—under the guise of tolerance and education—to satisfy their sexual obsessions. In this world, the Black Elite laud convicted murderers as community heroes and award-winning “artists.” In this world, the Feminist Elite fawn over a woman who mercilessly killed all five of her children. And much more that will offend your sense of decency and threaten your basic values. Ms. Bruce smashes the facades of “Tolerance,” “Understanding,” and other Leftist slogans to reveal the ugly truth of their agenda. As a gay activist and former president of the Los Angeles chapter of the National Organization of Women, she witnessed firsthand the Left’s attempts to undermine our millennia-old code of morals and values, aided by politically biased media and academia. And if the news headlines of today are any indication, they’re winning the culture war. Unless we act now, we are doomed at the hands of special interest groups on the Left who want nothing more than to undermine our ability to judge right from wrong in order to foist their own selfish, anything-goes society on the rest of us. This book reveals what they’re doing, how they’re doing it, and what we can do to restore decency in our society. You’ll discover powerful tools in these pages to help you understand the psychology of the Left—what makes them tick and, more importantly, how to stop them from eroding our values completely. Full of controversial opinions and countless examples ripped from the headlines, The Death of Right and Wrong is a powerful, eye-opening book that you won’t want to be without. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160843 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160843]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Flu Author: Gina Kolata Narrator: Gina Kolata Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: January 16, 2001 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A national bestseller, the fast-paced and gripping account of the Great Flu Epidemic of 1918 from acclaimed science journalist Gina Kolata, now featuring a new epilogue about avian flu. When we think of plagues, we think of AIDS, Ebola, anthrax spores, and, of course, the Black Death. But in 1918 the Great Flu Epidemic killed an estimated forty million people virtually overnight. If such a plague returned today, taking a comparable percentage of the US population with it, 1.5 million Americans would die. In Flu, Gina Kolata, an acclaimed reporter for The New York Times, unravels the mystery of this lethal virus with the high drama of a great adventure story. From Alaska to Norway, from the streets of Hong Kong to the corridors of the White House, Kolata tracks the race to recover the live pathogen and probes the fear that has impelled government policy. A gripping work of science writing, Flu addresses the prospects for a great epidemic’s recurrence and considers what can be done to prevent it. Gina Kolata Tue, 16 Jan 2001 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160843 thebookvoice.com 6:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160843]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Flu Author: Gina Kolata Narrator: Gina Kolata Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: January 16, 2001 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A national bestseller, the fast-paced and gripping account of the Great Flu Epidemic of 1918 from acclaimed science journalist Gina Kolata, now featuring a new epilogue about avian flu. When we think of plagues, we think of AIDS, Ebola, anthrax spores, and, of course, the Black Death. But in 1918 the Great Flu Epidemic killed an estimated forty million people virtually overnight. If such a plague returned today, taking a comparable percentage of the US population with it, 1.5 million Americans would die. In Flu, Gina Kolata, an acclaimed reporter for The New York Times, unravels the mystery of this lethal virus with the high drama of a great adventure story. From Alaska to Norway, from the streets of Hong Kong to the corridors of the White House, Kolata tracks the race to recover the live pathogen and probes the fear that has impelled government policy. A gripping work of science writing, Flu addresses the prospects for a great epidemic’s recurrence and considers what can be done to prevent it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160843]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Flu Author: Gina Kolata Narrator: Gina Kolata Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: January 16, 2001 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A national bestseller, the fast-paced and gripping account of the Great Flu Epidemic of 1918 from acclaimed science journalist Gina Kolata, now featuring a new epilogue about avian flu. When we think of plagues, we think of AIDS, Ebola, anthrax spores, and, of course, the Black Death. But in 1918 the Great Flu Epidemic killed an estimated forty million people virtually overnight. If such a plague returned today, taking a comparable percentage of the US population with it, 1.5 million Americans would die. In Flu, Gina Kolata, an acclaimed reporter for The New York Times, unravels the mystery of this lethal virus with the high drama of a great adventure story. From Alaska to Norway, from the streets of Hong Kong to the corridors of the White House, Kolata tracks the race to recover the live pathogen and probes the fear that has impelled government policy. A gripping work of science writing, Flu addresses the prospects for a great epidemic’s recurrence and considers what can be done to prevent it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160713 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160713]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Borderlands of Science: Where Sense Meets Nonsense Author: Michael Shermer Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 27, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: As author of the bestselling Why People Believe Weird Things and How We Believe, and Editor-in-Chief of Skeptic magazine, Michael Shermer has emerged as the nation's number one scourge of superstition and bad science. Now, in The Borderlands of Science, he takes us to the place where real science (such as the big bang theory), borderland science (superstring theory), and just plain nonsense (Big Foot) collide with one another. Shermer argues that science is the best lens through which to view the world, but he recognizes that it's often difficult for most of us to tell where valid science leaves off and borderland science begins. To help us, Shermer looks at a range of topics that put the boundary line in high relief. For instance, he discusses the many theories of everything that try to reduce the complexity of the world to a single principle, and shows how most fall into the category of pseudoscience. He examines the work of Darwin and Freud, explaining why one is among the great scientists in history, while the other has become nothing more than a historical curiosity. He also shows how Carl Sagan's life exemplified the struggle we all face to find a balance between being open-minded enough to recognize radical new ideas but not so open-minded that our brains fall out. And finally, he reveals how scientists themselves can be led astray, as seen in the infamous Piltdown Hoax. Michael Shermer's enlightening volume will be a valuable aid to anyone bewildered by the many scientific theories swirling about. It will help us stay grounded in common sense as we try to evaluate everything from SETI and acupuncture to hypnosis and cloning. Michael Shermer Wed, 27 Aug 2003 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160713 thebookvoice.com 13:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160713]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Borderlands of Science: Where Sense Meets Nonsense Author: Michael Shermer Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 27, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: As author of the bestselling Why People Believe Weird Things and How We Believe, and Editor-in-Chief of Skeptic magazine, Michael Shermer has emerged as the nation's number one scourge of superstition and bad science. Now, in The Borderlands of Science, he takes us to the place where real science (such as the big bang theory), borderland science (superstring theory), and just plain nonsense (Big Foot) collide with one another. Shermer argues that science is the best lens through which to view the world, but he recognizes that it's often difficult for most of us to tell where valid science leaves off and borderland science begins. To help us, Shermer looks at a range of topics that put the boundary line in high relief. For instance, he discusses the many theories of everything that try to reduce the complexity of the world to a single principle, and shows how most fall into the category of pseudoscience. He examines the work of Darwin and Freud, explaining why one is among the great scientists in history, while the other has become nothing more than a historical curiosity. He also shows how Carl Sagan's life exemplified the struggle we all face to find a balance between being open-minded enough to recognize radical new ideas but not so open-minded that our brains fall out. And finally, he reveals how scientists themselves can be led astray, as seen in the infamous Piltdown Hoax. Michael Shermer's enlightening volume will be a valuable aid to anyone bewildered by the many scientific theories swirling about. It will help us stay grounded in common sense as we try to evaluate everything from SETI and acupuncture to hypnosis and cloning. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160713]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Borderlands of Science: Where Sense Meets Nonsense Author: Michael Shermer Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 27, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: As author of the bestselling Why People Believe Weird Things and How We Believe, and Editor-in-Chief of Skeptic magazine, Michael Shermer has emerged as the nation's number one scourge of superstition and bad science. Now, in The Borderlands of Science, he takes us to the place where real science (such as the big bang theory), borderland science (superstring theory), and just plain nonsense (Big Foot) collide with one another. Shermer argues that science is the best lens through which to view the world, but he recognizes that it's often difficult for most of us to tell where valid science leaves off and borderland science begins. To help us, Shermer looks at a range of topics that put the boundary line in high relief. For instance, he discusses the many theories of everything that try to reduce the complexity of the world to a single principle, and shows how most fall into the category of pseudoscience. He examines the work of Darwin and Freud, explaining why one is among the great scientists in history, while the other has become nothing more than a historical curiosity. He also shows how Carl Sagan's life exemplified the struggle we all face to find a balance between being open-minded enough to recognize radical new ideas but not so open-minded that our brains fall out. And finally, he reveals how scientists themselves can be led astray, as seen in the infamous Piltdown Hoax. Michael Shermer's enlightening volume will be a valuable aid to anyone bewildered by the many scientific theories swirling about. It will help us stay grounded in common sense as we try to evaluate everything from SETI and acupuncture to hypnosis and cloning. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245979 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245979]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mountains Beyond Mountains: The Quest of Dr. Paul Farmer, a Man Who Would Cure the World Author: Tracy Kidder Narrator: Paul Michael Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 51 minutes Release date: June 3, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.98 of Total 47 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • “[A] masterpiece . . . an astonishing book that will leave you questioning your own life and political views.”—USA Today   “If any one person can be given credit for transforming the medical establishment’s thinking about health care for the destitute, it is Paul Farmer. . . . [Mountains Beyond Mountains] inspires, discomforts, and provokes.”—The New York Times (Best Books of the Year) In medical school, Paul Farmer found his life’s calling: to cure infectious diseases and to bring the lifesaving tools of modern medicine to those who need them most. Tracy Kidder’s magnificent account shows how one person can make a difference in solving global health problems through a clear-eyed understanding of the interaction of politics, wealth, social systems, and disease. Profound and powerful, Mountains Beyond Mountains takes us from Harvard to Haiti, Peru, Cuba, and Russia as Farmer changes people’s minds through his dedication to the philosophy that “the only real nation is humanity.” WINNER OF THE LETTRE ULYSSES AWARD FOR THE ART OF REPORTAGE Tracy Kidder Tue, 03 Jun 2003 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245979 thebookvoice.com 10:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245979]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mountains Beyond Mountains: The Quest of Dr. Paul Farmer, a Man Who Would Cure the World Author: Tracy Kidder Narrator: Paul Michael Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 51 minutes Release date: June 3, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.98 of Total 47 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • “[A] masterpiece . . . an astonishing book that will leave you questioning your own life and political views.”—USA Today   “If any one person can be given credit for transforming the medical establishment’s thinking about health care for the destitute, it is Paul Farmer. . . . [Mountains Beyond Mountains] inspires, discomforts, and provokes.”—The New York Times (Best Books of the Year) In medical school, Paul Farmer found his life’s calling: to cure infectious diseases and to bring the lifesaving tools of modern medicine to those who need them most. Tracy Kidder’s magnificent account shows how one person can make a difference in solving global health problems through a clear-eyed understanding of the interaction of politics, wealth, social systems, and disease. Profound and powerful, Mountains Beyond Mountains takes us from Harvard to Haiti, Peru, Cuba, and Russia as Farmer changes people’s minds through his dedication to the philosophy that “the only real nation is humanity.” WINNER OF THE LETTRE ULYSSES AWARD FOR THE ART OF REPORTAGE Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245979]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mountains Beyond Mountains: The Quest of Dr. Paul Farmer, a Man Who Would Cure the World Author: Tracy Kidder Narrator: Paul Michael Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 51 minutes Release date: June 3, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.98 of Total 47 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • “[A] masterpiece . . . an astonishing book that will leave you questioning your own life and political views.”—USA Today   “If any one person can be given credit for transforming the medical establishment’s thinking about health care for the destitute, it is Paul Farmer. . . . [Mountains Beyond Mountains] inspires, discomforts, and provokes.”—The New York Times (Best Books of the Year) In medical school, Paul Farmer found his life’s calling: to cure infectious diseases and to bring the lifesaving tools of modern medicine to those who need them most. Tracy Kidder’s magnificent account shows how one person can make a difference in solving global health problems through a clear-eyed understanding of the interaction of politics, wealth, social systems, and disease. Profound and powerful, Mountains Beyond Mountains takes us from Harvard to Haiti, Peru, Cuba, and Russia as Farmer changes people’s minds through his dedication to the philosophy that “the only real nation is humanity.” WINNER OF THE LETTRE ULYSSES AWARD FOR THE ART OF REPORTAGE https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160685 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160685]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Broken Hearth: Reversing the Moral Collapse of the American Family Author: William J. Bennett Narrator: Eric Park Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 25, 2001 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author William Bennett addresses the central social issue of our time—the deline of the family—in a book as intellectually provocative and politically controversial as his landmark The Death of Outrage. Our recent economic prosperity has masked the devastation of the American family, which is now under seige as never before. From the dramatic rise in illegitimacy, divorce, and single parenthood to the call for the recognition of gay marriages, the traditional nuclear family is being radically challenged and undermined, along with the moral and legal consensus that once supported it. Now in The Broken Hearth, William Bennett, America's foremost conservative spokesperson on matters of family values, presents a strong, well-reasoned, and informed defense of the traditional family. Interweaving history, anthropology, law, social science, and the teachings of Western religions, he argues that marriage between a man and a woman and the creation of a permanent, loving, and nurturing environment for children is a great historical achievement, one that should not be lightly abandoned in favor of more "progressive" arrangements. Bennett displays his ability to combine fearless conviction, acute insight, and respect for his adversaries in thorough, balanced, and enlightening discussions of single parenthood, cohabitation, gay marriage, and other trends that are undercuttingthe ideal of the family as the essential foundation of society. Looking closely at the concerns and questions that divide America, Bennett provides a powerful affirmation of family life and the values and benefits it bestows on individuals and on society as a whole. William J. Bennett Tue, 25 Sep 2001 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160685 thebookvoice.com 6:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160685]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Broken Hearth: Reversing the Moral Collapse of the American Family Author: William J. Bennett Narrator: Eric Park Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 25, 2001 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author William Bennett addresses the central social issue of our time—the deline of the family—in a book as intellectually provocative and politically controversial as his landmark The Death of Outrage. Our recent economic prosperity has masked the devastation of the American family, which is now under seige as never before. From the dramatic rise in illegitimacy, divorce, and single parenthood to the call for the recognition of gay marriages, the traditional nuclear family is being radically challenged and undermined, along with the moral and legal consensus that once supported it. Now in The Broken Hearth, William Bennett, America's foremost conservative spokesperson on matters of family values, presents a strong, well-reasoned, and informed defense of the traditional family. Interweaving history, anthropology, law, social science, and the teachings of Western religions, he argues that marriage between a man and a woman and the creation of a permanent, loving, and nurturing environment for children is a great historical achievement, one that should not be lightly abandoned in favor of more "progressive" arrangements. Bennett displays his ability to combine fearless conviction, acute insight, and respect for his adversaries in thorough, balanced, and enlightening discussions of single parenthood, cohabitation, gay marriage, and other trends that are undercuttingthe ideal of the family as the essential foundation of society. Looking closely at the concerns and questions that divide America, Bennett provides a powerful affirmation of family life and the values and benefits it bestows on individuals and on society as a whole. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160685]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Broken Hearth: Reversing the Moral Collapse of the American Family Author: William J. Bennett Narrator: Eric Park Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 25, 2001 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author William Bennett addresses the central social issue of our time—the deline of the family—in a book as intellectually provocative and politically controversial as his landmark The Death of Outrage. Our recent economic prosperity has masked the devastation of the American family, which is now under seige as never before. From the dramatic rise in illegitimacy, divorce, and single parenthood to the call for the recognition of gay marriages, the traditional nuclear family is being radically challenged and undermined, along with the moral and legal consensus that once supported it. Now in The Broken Hearth, William Bennett, America's foremost conservative spokesperson on matters of family values, presents a strong, well-reasoned, and informed defense of the traditional family. Interweaving history, anthropology, law, social science, and the teachings of Western religions, he argues that marriage between a man and a woman and the creation of a permanent, loving, and nurturing environment for children is a great historical achievement, one that should not be lightly abandoned in favor of more "progressive" arrangements. Bennett displays his ability to combine fearless conviction, acute insight, and respect for his adversaries in thorough, balanced, and enlightening discussions of single parenthood, cohabitation, gay marriage, and other trends that are undercuttingthe ideal of the family as the essential foundation of society. Looking closely at the concerns and questions that divide America, Bennett provides a powerful affirmation of family life and the values and benefits it bestows on individuals and on society as a whole. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160461 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160461]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: There Must Be a Pony In Here Somewhere: The AOL Time Warner Debacle and the Quest For the Digital Future Author: Lisa Dickey, Kara Swisher Narrator: Kara Swisher Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 14, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In her acclaimed AOL.COM, Kara Swisher chronicled the unlikely ascent of a group of underdog entrepreneurs and their influence on American net culture. This book picks up where the previous one left off, investigating AOL's merger with Time Warner and its aftermath. Journalists Swisher and Dickey have an ear for the comic and an appreciation for the larger-than-life personalities that propel the drama. After the merger, a troubled journey lies ahead both for AOL Time Warner and for its competitors. Microsoft, Yahoo, Disney, and AT&T all circle for position, hoping for the worst. But like the little boy who searches through a pile of horse manure looking for the pony, the companies are vigorously scooping their way forward - often without a clue. Lisa Dickey, Kara Swisher Tue, 14 Oct 2003 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160461 thebookvoice.com 6:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160461]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: There Must Be a Pony In Here Somewhere: The AOL Time Warner Debacle and the Quest For the Digital Future Author: Lisa Dickey, Kara Swisher Narrator: Kara Swisher Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 14, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In her acclaimed AOL.COM, Kara Swisher chronicled the unlikely ascent of a group of underdog entrepreneurs and their influence on American net culture. This book picks up where the previous one left off, investigating AOL's merger with Time Warner and its aftermath. Journalists Swisher and Dickey have an ear for the comic and an appreciation for the larger-than-life personalities that propel the drama. After the merger, a troubled journey lies ahead both for AOL Time Warner and for its competitors. Microsoft, Yahoo, Disney, and AT&T all circle for position, hoping for the worst. But like the little boy who searches through a pile of horse manure looking for the pony, the companies are vigorously scooping their way forward - often without a clue. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160461]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: There Must Be a Pony In Here Somewhere: The AOL Time Warner Debacle and the Quest For the Digital Future Author: Lisa Dickey, Kara Swisher Narrator: Kara Swisher Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 14, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In her acclaimed AOL.COM, Kara Swisher chronicled the unlikely ascent of a group of underdog entrepreneurs and their influence on American net culture. This book picks up where the previous one left off, investigating AOL's merger with Time Warner and its aftermath. Journalists Swisher and Dickey have an ear for the comic and an appreciation for the larger-than-life personalities that propel the drama. After the merger, a troubled journey lies ahead both for AOL Time Warner and for its competitors. Microsoft, Yahoo, Disney, and AT&T all circle for position, hoping for the worst. But like the little boy who searches through a pile of horse manure looking for the pony, the companies are vigorously scooping their way forward - often without a clue. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160798 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160798]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Preachers of Hate: Islam and the War on America Author: Kenneth R. Timmerman Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 14, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Like no book before it, Preachers of Hate uncovers an ancient hatred that threatens the life and livelihood of every American. The “new” anti-Semitism targets not only Jews, but Americans specifically and the West in general. It targets our values, our lifestyle, and our freedoms. It is the single most important issue we face when trying to make sense of the Arab world. Most Americans will be stunned to discover the depth and extent of anti-Semitic hatred in today’s Middle East and Europe, and that many Muslim leaders are not just encouraging it, but spending a great deal of money to spread the lies that spawned the terrorists responsible for the September 11 attack on America. In Preachers of Hate, bestselling author Kenneth R. Timmerman (who is not Jewish) contends that, besides Islam itself, the core unifying force in the Muslim world is a virulent strain of anti-Semitism that postulates the existence of a Jewish conspiracy to take over the world. From the pulpits of fiery Muslim clerics to the Arab street, and to the highest reaches of government and state-sponsored media, there is a belief that this thousand-year-old conspiracy has already taken hold in America and is now, especially after the war in Iraq, about to do the same in the Middle East and beyond. It is seen as no less than Muslims’ historical destiny to prevent such a takeover, and to do so by any means possible. To misunderstand the ferocity of that belief is to vastly underestimate the resolve of many Muslims to repel America, Israel, and all things Western. Timmerman explores the roots of this hatred, examining its history, the religious sources upon which it draws, and how it is being transmitted to young people growing up in Arab societies by their leaders, their teachers, and their mosques. He documents how U.S. and European Union money has been used to finance hatred in Palestinian schools. He exposes the double-talk of Arab leaders and their supporters in the West. As it so often was throughout history, this new strain of Jew hatred is really about much more than Jews. They get attacked first, when the enemies of America can’t attack Americans. However, what begins with the Jews never ends with the Jews. “Is there a conspiracy between America and the Jews?” asks Timmerman. “Indeed there is: A common heritage, a dedication to improving the human condition through compassion and tolerance of differences—a conspiracy of freedom. And that is why they hate us.” As with the Jews throughout history, America has been “unfairly successful.” As have the Jews, Americans have “profited” from the misery and poverty of others. If you hate Jews, you must also hate America. Such is the simple logic of the anti-Semite. Such, increasingly, is the logic of the Middle East. It is a message that is reinforced day in and day out by the official government-sanctioned Arab media, from the streets of Egypt, London, Lebanon, Saudi Arabia, Paris, and Gaza, and in the mosques where impassioned clerics quote verbatim texts like the Protocols of the Elders of Zion, a pillar of anti-Semitic hatred that originated in czarist Russia. As America reasserts her role in the Middle East and attempts to bring peace between Jews and Arabs, Preachers of Hate is an essential book that reframes a very complicated issue as a matter of life and death. Kenneth R. Timmerman Thu, 14 Aug 2003 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160798 thebookvoice.com 13:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160798]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Preachers of Hate: Islam and the War on America Author: Kenneth R. Timmerman Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 14, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Like no book before it, Preachers of Hate uncovers an ancient hatred that threatens the life and livelihood of every American. The “new” anti-Semitism targets not only Jews, but Americans specifically and the West in general. It targets our values, our lifestyle, and our freedoms. It is the single most important issue we face when trying to make sense of the Arab world. Most Americans will be stunned to discover the depth and extent of anti-Semitic hatred in today’s Middle East and Europe, and that many Muslim leaders are not just encouraging it, but spending a great deal of money to spread the lies that spawned the terrorists responsible for the September 11 attack on America. In Preachers of Hate, bestselling author Kenneth R. Timmerman (who is not Jewish) contends that, besides Islam itself, the core unifying force in the Muslim world is a virulent strain of anti-Semitism that postulates the existence of a Jewish conspiracy to take over the world. From the pulpits of fiery Muslim clerics to the Arab street, and to the highest reaches of government and state-sponsored media, there is a belief that this thousand-year-old conspiracy has already taken hold in America and is now, especially after the war in Iraq, about to do the same in the Middle East and beyond. It is seen as no less than Muslims’ historical destiny to prevent such a takeover, and to do so by any means possible. To misunderstand the ferocity of that belief is to vastly underestimate the resolve of many Muslims to repel America, Israel, and all things Western. Timmerman explores the roots of this hatred, examining its history, the religious sources upon which it draws, and how it is being transmitted to young people growing up in Arab societies by their leaders, their teachers, and their mosques. He documents how U.S. and European Union money has been used to finance hatred in Palestinian schools. He exposes the double-talk of Arab leaders and their supporters in the West. As it so often was throughout history, this new strain of Jew hatred is really about much more than Jews. They get attacked first, when the enemies of America can’t attack Americans. However, what begins with the Jews never ends with the Jews. “Is there a conspiracy between America and the Jews?” asks Timmerman. “Indeed there is: A common heritage, a dedication to improving the human condition through compassion and tolerance of differences—a conspiracy of freedom. And that is why they hate us.” As with the Jews throughout history, America has been “unfairly successful.” As have the Jews, Americans have “profited” from the misery and poverty of others. If you hate Jews, you must also hate America. Such is the simple logic of the anti-Semite. Such, increasingly, is the logic of the Middle East. It is a message that is reinforced day in and day out by the official government-sanctioned Arab media, from the streets of Egypt, London, Lebanon, Saudi Arabia, Paris, and Gaza, and in the mosques where impassioned clerics quote verbatim texts like the Protocols of the Elders of Zion, a pillar of anti-Semitic hatred that originated in czarist Russia. As America reasserts her role in the Middle East and attempts to bring peace between Jews and Arabs, Preachers of Hate is an essential book that reframes a very complicated issue as a matter of life and death. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160798]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Preachers of Hate: Islam and the War on America Author: Kenneth R. Timmerman Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 14, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Like no book before it, Preachers of Hate uncovers an ancient hatred that threatens the life and livelihood of every American. The “new” anti-Semitism targets not only Jews, but Americans specifically and the West in general. It targets our values, our lifestyle, and our freedoms. It is the single most important issue we face when trying to make sense of the Arab world. Most Americans will be stunned to discover the depth and extent of anti-Semitic hatred in today’s Middle East and Europe, and that many Muslim leaders are not just encouraging it, but spending a great deal of money to spread the lies that spawned the terrorists responsible for the September 11 attack on America. In Preachers of Hate, bestselling author Kenneth R. Timmerman (who is not Jewish) contends that, besides Islam itself, the core unifying force in the Muslim world is a virulent strain of anti-Semitism that postulates the existence of a Jewish conspiracy to take over the world. From the pulpits of fiery Muslim clerics to the Arab street, and to the highest reaches of government and state-sponsored media, there is a belief that this thousand-year-old conspiracy has already taken hold in America and is now, especially after the war in Iraq, about to do the same in the Middle East and beyond. It is seen as no less than Muslims’ historical destiny to prevent such a takeover, and to do so by any means possible. To misunderstand the ferocity of that belief is to vastly underestimate the resolve of many Muslims to repel America, Israel, and all things Western. Timmerman explores the roots of this hatred, examining its history, the religious sources upon which it draws, and how it is being transmitted to young people growing up in Arab societies by their leaders, their teachers, and their mosques. He documents how U.S. and European Union money has been used to finance hatred in Palestinian schools. He exposes the double-talk of Arab leaders and their supporters in the West. As it so often was throughout history, this new strain of Jew hatred is really about much more than Jews. They get attacked first, when the enemies of America can’t attack Americans. However, what begins with the Jews never ends with the Jews. “Is there a conspiracy between America and the Jews?” asks Timmerman. “Indeed there is: A common heritage, a dedication to improving the human condition through compassion and tolerance of differences—a conspiracy of freedom. And that is why they hate us.” As with the Jews throughout history, America has been “unfairly successful.” As have the Jews, Americans have “profited” from the misery and poverty of others. If you hate Jews, you must also hate America. Such is the simple logic of the anti-Semite. Such, increasingly, is the logic of the Middle East. It is a message that is reinforced day in and day out by the official government-sanctioned Arab media, from the streets of Egypt, London, Lebanon, Saudi Arabia, Paris, and Gaza, and in the mosques where impassioned clerics quote verbatim texts like the Protocols of the Elders of Zion, a pillar of anti-Semitic hatred that originated in czarist Russia. As America reasserts her role in the Middle East and attempts to bring peace between Jews and Arabs, Preachers of Hate is an essential book that reframes a very complicated issue as a matter of life and death. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160423 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160423]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Idyll Banter: Weekly Excursions to a Very Small Town Author: Chris Bohjalian Narrator: Chris Bohjalian Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: December 16, 2003 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In March 1986, while living in Brooklyn, Chris Bohjalian and his wife were cab-napped on a Saturday night and taken on a forty-five-minute joy ride in which the driver ignored all traffic lights and stop signs. Around midnight he deposited the young couple on a near-deserted street, where police officers were about to storm a crack house. Bohjalian and his wife were told to hit the ground for their own protection. While lying on the pavement, Bohjalian's wife suggested that perhaps it was time to move to New England. Months later they traded in their co-op in Brooklyn for a century-old Victorian house in Lincoln, Vermont (population 975), and Bohjalian began chronicling life in that town in a wide variety of magazine essays and in his newspaper column, "Idyll Banter." These pieces, written weekly for twelve years and collected here for the first time, serve as a diary of both this writer's life and how America has been transformed in the last decade. Rich with idiosyncratic universals that come with being a parent, a child, and a spouse, Chris Bohjalian's personal observations are a reflection of our own common experience. "Chris Bohjalian is a terrific columnist—thoughtful and thought-provoking. Just like me! No, really, this guy is good." —Dave Barry, author of Boogers Are My Beat “The best book I’ve ever read about life in a contemporary village. There’s no doubt that Chris Bohjalian has established himself as one of America’s finest, most thoughtful, and most humane writers.” —Howard Frank Mosher Chris Bohjalian Tue, 16 Dec 2003 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160423 thebookvoice.com 4:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160423]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Idyll Banter: Weekly Excursions to a Very Small Town Author: Chris Bohjalian Narrator: Chris Bohjalian Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: December 16, 2003 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In March 1986, while living in Brooklyn, Chris Bohjalian and his wife were cab-napped on a Saturday night and taken on a forty-five-minute joy ride in which the driver ignored all traffic lights and stop signs. Around midnight he deposited the young couple on a near-deserted street, where police officers were about to storm a crack house. Bohjalian and his wife were told to hit the ground for their own protection. While lying on the pavement, Bohjalian's wife suggested that perhaps it was time to move to New England. Months later they traded in their co-op in Brooklyn for a century-old Victorian house in Lincoln, Vermont (population 975), and Bohjalian began chronicling life in that town in a wide variety of magazine essays and in his newspaper column, "Idyll Banter." These pieces, written weekly for twelve years and collected here for the first time, serve as a diary of both this writer's life and how America has been transformed in the last decade. Rich with idiosyncratic universals that come with being a parent, a child, and a spouse, Chris Bohjalian's personal observations are a reflection of our own common experience. "Chris Bohjalian is a terrific columnist—thoughtful and thought-provoking. Just like me! No, really, this guy is good." —Dave Barry, author of Boogers Are My Beat “The best book I’ve ever read about life in a contemporary village. There’s no doubt that Chris Bohjalian has established himself as one of America’s finest, most thoughtful, and most humane writers.” —Howard Frank Mosher Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160423]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Idyll Banter: Weekly Excursions to a Very Small Town Author: Chris Bohjalian Narrator: Chris Bohjalian Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: December 16, 2003 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In March 1986, while living in Brooklyn, Chris Bohjalian and his wife were cab-napped on a Saturday night and taken on a forty-five-minute joy ride in which the driver ignored all traffic lights and stop signs. Around midnight he deposited the young couple on a near-deserted street, where police officers were about to storm a crack house. Bohjalian and his wife were told to hit the ground for their own protection. While lying on the pavement, Bohjalian's wife suggested that perhaps it was time to move to New England. Months later they traded in their co-op in Brooklyn for a century-old Victorian house in Lincoln, Vermont (population 975), and Bohjalian began chronicling life in that town in a wide variety of magazine essays and in his newspaper column, "Idyll Banter." These pieces, written weekly for twelve years and collected here for the first time, serve as a diary of both this writer's life and how America has been transformed in the last decade. Rich with idiosyncratic universals that come with being a parent, a child, and a spouse, Chris Bohjalian's personal observations are a reflection of our own common experience. "Chris Bohjalian is a terrific columnist—thoughtful and thought-provoking. Just like me! No, really, this guy is good." —Dave Barry, author of Boogers Are My Beat “The best book I’ve ever read about life in a contemporary village. There’s no doubt that Chris Bohjalian has established himself as one of America’s finest, most thoughtful, and most humane writers.” —Howard Frank Mosher https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160389 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160389]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Men's Health Playbook: All the Right Moves for Dating, Sex, and Marriage Author: Men's Health Narrator: Nicole Fonarow, Hank Jacobs Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 19 minutes Release date: June 4, 2002 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Witty and insightful, Men's Health writers Joe Kita, Lisa Jones, Hugh O'Neill, Ron Geraci and others share their personal and often comical experiences as they tackle the universal topics of love, life, and exactly how to find and keep that special someone. The Men's Health Playbook features selected articles from Men's Health including: • 50 Things She Wishes You Knew • Check into the Love Lab • Have You Met Your Match? • Get a Wife! • How to Impress a Woman • Make the Best of PMS • The Men's Health Charm School and much, much more... Whether you're looking for a new love, repairing a broken heart, or you're just stumped on the mystery of the opposite sex, The Men's Health Playbook is the all-inclusive guide to figuring it out - or at least getting a few laughs in trying. Men's Health Tue, 04 Jun 2002 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160389 thebookvoice.com 2:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160389]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Men's Health Playbook: All the Right Moves for Dating, Sex, and Marriage Author: Men's Health Narrator: Nicole Fonarow, Hank Jacobs Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 19 minutes Release date: June 4, 2002 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Witty and insightful, Men's Health writers Joe Kita, Lisa Jones, Hugh O'Neill, Ron Geraci and others share their personal and often comical experiences as they tackle the universal topics of love, life, and exactly how to find and keep that special someone. The Men's Health Playbook features selected articles from Men's Health including: • 50 Things She Wishes You Knew • Check into the Love Lab • Have You Met Your Match? • Get a Wife! • How to Impress a Woman • Make the Best of PMS • The Men's Health Charm School and much, much more... Whether you're looking for a new love, repairing a broken heart, or you're just stumped on the mystery of the opposite sex, The Men's Health Playbook is the all-inclusive guide to figuring it out - or at least getting a few laughs in trying. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160389]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Men's Health Playbook: All the Right Moves for Dating, Sex, and Marriage Author: Men's Health Narrator: Nicole Fonarow, Hank Jacobs Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 19 minutes Release date: June 4, 2002 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Witty and insightful, Men's Health writers Joe Kita, Lisa Jones, Hugh O'Neill, Ron Geraci and others share their personal and often comical experiences as they tackle the universal topics of love, life, and exactly how to find and keep that special someone. The Men's Health Playbook features selected articles from Men's Health including: • 50 Things She Wishes You Knew • Check into the Love Lab • Have You Met Your Match? • Get a Wife! • How to Impress a Woman • Make the Best of PMS • The Men's Health Charm School and much, much more... Whether you're looking for a new love, repairing a broken heart, or you're just stumped on the mystery of the opposite sex, The Men's Health Playbook is the all-inclusive guide to figuring it out - or at least getting a few laughs in trying. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160353 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160353]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Live Strong: Inspirational Stories from Cancer Survivors-from Diagnosis to Treatment and Beyond Author: The Lance Armstrong Foundation Narrator: Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 27, 2005 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Since the now ubiquitous LIVESTRONG™ wristbands became available in May 2004, the Lance Armstrong Foundation has raised more than $50 million for cancer survivorship programs, and the signature phrase has become a battle cry for those who fight the disease every day. Now, the Lance Armstrong Foundation has compiled, from hours of videotaped interviews, poignant and dramatic personal accounts from cancer survivors. Covering a wide range of subjects, from grief to spousal relationships, employment discrimination to coping with medical bills, infertility to fear of recurrence, survivors share their experiences and speak candidly about how cancer has impacted their lives. For twenty-four-year-old Amy it’s how her illness changed her relationship with her parents. Mike, a male survivor of breast cancer, talks about gender stereotypes and genetic testing. And Eric, the father of a five-year-old survivor of a brain tumor, recalls how friends and strangers helped his family with financial issues and how the experience brought him and his wife closer together. While heartbreaking at times, these powerfully honest stories are ultimately uplifting and extremely reassuring to patients and their families. They offer the wisdom and hope that only survivors can give. LiveStrong is a remarkable testament to the resilience of the human spirit. From the introduction by Lance Armstrong: My work with the LAF shows me daily that sharing our stories and learning from one another’s experiences helps us cancer survivors continue to survive. Some people think the cancer experience is only about the diagnosis and treatment of cancer, as if after the disease goes into remission, it no longer exists. But survivorship goes beyond remission. Survivorship is an evolution. The Lance Armstrong Foundation Tue, 27 Sep 2005 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160353 thebookvoice.com 8:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160353]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Live Strong: Inspirational Stories from Cancer Survivors-from Diagnosis to Treatment and Beyond Author: The Lance Armstrong Foundation Narrator: Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 27, 2005 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Since the now ubiquitous LIVESTRONG™ wristbands became available in May 2004, the Lance Armstrong Foundation has raised more than $50 million for cancer survivorship programs, and the signature phrase has become a battle cry for those who fight the disease every day. Now, the Lance Armstrong Foundation has compiled, from hours of videotaped interviews, poignant and dramatic personal accounts from cancer survivors. Covering a wide range of subjects, from grief to spousal relationships, employment discrimination to coping with medical bills, infertility to fear of recurrence, survivors share their experiences and speak candidly about how cancer has impacted their lives. For twenty-four-year-old Amy it’s how her illness changed her relationship with her parents. Mike, a male survivor of breast cancer, talks about gender stereotypes and genetic testing. And Eric, the father of a five-year-old survivor of a brain tumor, recalls how friends and strangers helped his family with financial issues and how the experience brought him and his wife closer together. While heartbreaking at times, these powerfully honest stories are ultimately uplifting and extremely reassuring to patients and their families. They offer the wisdom and hope that only survivors can give. LiveStrong is a remarkable testament to the resilience of the human spirit. From the introduction by Lance Armstrong: My work with the LAF shows me daily that sharing our stories and learning from one another’s experiences helps us cancer survivors continue to survive. Some people think the cancer experience is only about the diagnosis and treatment of cancer, as if after the disease goes into remission, it no longer exists. But survivorship goes beyond remission. Survivorship is an evolution. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160353]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Live Strong: Inspirational Stories from Cancer Survivors-from Diagnosis to Treatment and Beyond Author: The Lance Armstrong Foundation Narrator: Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 27, 2005 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Since the now ubiquitous LIVESTRONG™ wristbands became available in May 2004, the Lance Armstrong Foundation has raised more than $50 million for cancer survivorship programs, and the signature phrase has become a battle cry for those who fight the disease every day. Now, the Lance Armstrong Foundation has compiled, from hours of videotaped interviews, poignant and dramatic personal accounts from cancer survivors. Covering a wide range of subjects, from grief to spousal relationships, employment discrimination to coping with medical bills, infertility to fear of recurrence, survivors share their experiences and speak candidly about how cancer has impacted their lives. For twenty-four-year-old Amy it’s how her illness changed her relationship with her parents. Mike, a male survivor of breast cancer, talks about gender stereotypes and genetic testing. And Eric, the father of a five-year-old survivor of a brain tumor, recalls how friends and strangers helped his family with financial issues and how the experience brought him and his wife closer together. While heartbreaking at times, these powerfully honest stories are ultimately uplifting and extremely reassuring to patients and their families. They offer the wisdom and hope that only survivors can give. LiveStrong is a remarkable testament to the resilience of the human spirit. From the introduction by Lance Armstrong: My work with the LAF shows me daily that sharing our stories and learning from one another’s experiences helps us cancer survivors continue to survive. Some people think the cancer experience is only about the diagnosis and treatment of cancer, as if after the disease goes into remission, it no longer exists. But survivorship goes beyond remission. Survivorship is an evolution. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160343 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160343]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wisdom of Crowds: Why the Many Are Smarter Than the Few and How Collective Wisdom Shapes Business, Economies, Societies and Nations Author: James Surowiecki Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 31 minutes Release date: February 9, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this fascinating book, New Yorker business columnist James Surowiecki explores a deceptively simple idea: Large groups of people are smarter than an elite few, no matter how brilliant–better at solving problems, fostering innovation, coming to wise decisions, even predicting the future.  With boundless erudition and in delightfully clear prose, Surowiecki ranges across fields as diverse as popular culture, psychology, ant biology, behavioral economics, artificial intelligence, military history, and politics to show how this simple idea offers important lessons for how we live our lives, select our leaders, run our companies, and think about our world. James Surowiecki Mon, 09 Feb 2004 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160343 thebookvoice.com 9:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160343]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wisdom of Crowds: Why the Many Are Smarter Than the Few and How Collective Wisdom Shapes Business, Economies, Societies and Nations Author: James Surowiecki Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 31 minutes Release date: February 9, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this fascinating book, New Yorker business columnist James Surowiecki explores a deceptively simple idea: Large groups of people are smarter than an elite few, no matter how brilliant–better at solving problems, fostering innovation, coming to wise decisions, even predicting the future.  With boundless erudition and in delightfully clear prose, Surowiecki ranges across fields as diverse as popular culture, psychology, ant biology, behavioral economics, artificial intelligence, military history, and politics to show how this simple idea offers important lessons for how we live our lives, select our leaders, run our companies, and think about our world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160343]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wisdom of Crowds: Why the Many Are Smarter Than the Few and How Collective Wisdom Shapes Business, Economies, Societies and Nations Author: James Surowiecki Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 31 minutes Release date: February 9, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this fascinating book, New Yorker business columnist James Surowiecki explores a deceptively simple idea: Large groups of people are smarter than an elite few, no matter how brilliant–better at solving problems, fostering innovation, coming to wise decisions, even predicting the future.  With boundless erudition and in delightfully clear prose, Surowiecki ranges across fields as diverse as popular culture, psychology, ant biology, behavioral economics, artificial intelligence, military history, and politics to show how this simple idea offers important lessons for how we live our lives, select our leaders, run our companies, and think about our world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252409 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252409]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Loud and Clear Author: Anna Quindlen Narrator: Kathe Mazur Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 8 minutes Release date: January 8, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 8 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • Pulitzer Prize–winner Anna Quindlen offers wisdom, opinions, insights, and reflections about current events and modern life in this provocative and inspiring book. “A tour de force for our time, [Loud and Clear] is equally as compelling as a look at public events as it is a reflection on being a woman and on motherhood.”—The Sunday Oklahoman With her trademark insight and her special ability to convey the impact public events have on ordinary lives, Anna Quindlen here combines commentary on American society and the world at large with reflections on being a woman, a writer, and a mother.   In these pieces, first written for Newsweek and The New York Times, Loud and Clear takes on topics ranging from social change to raising children, from the political and emotional aftermath of September 11 to personal values, from the impact on individuals of global events to the growth that can be gained by spending summer days staring into the middle distance. Grounding the public in the private, connecting people to each other and to the greater world, Quindlen encourages us to develop authentic lives, even as she serves as a catalyst for political and social change. Anna Quindlen Thu, 08 Jan 2004 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252409 thebookvoice.com 8:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252409]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Loud and Clear Author: Anna Quindlen Narrator: Kathe Mazur Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 8 minutes Release date: January 8, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 8 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • Pulitzer Prize–winner Anna Quindlen offers wisdom, opinions, insights, and reflections about current events and modern life in this provocative and inspiring book. “A tour de force for our time, [Loud and Clear] is equally as compelling as a look at public events as it is a reflection on being a woman and on motherhood.”—The Sunday Oklahoman With her trademark insight and her special ability to convey the impact public events have on ordinary lives, Anna Quindlen here combines commentary on American society and the world at large with reflections on being a woman, a writer, and a mother.   In these pieces, first written for Newsweek and The New York Times, Loud and Clear takes on topics ranging from social change to raising children, from the political and emotional aftermath of September 11 to personal values, from the impact on individuals of global events to the growth that can be gained by spending summer days staring into the middle distance. Grounding the public in the private, connecting people to each other and to the greater world, Quindlen encourages us to develop authentic lives, even as she serves as a catalyst for political and social change. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252409]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Loud and Clear Author: Anna Quindlen Narrator: Kathe Mazur Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 8 minutes Release date: January 8, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 8 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • Pulitzer Prize–winner Anna Quindlen offers wisdom, opinions, insights, and reflections about current events and modern life in this provocative and inspiring book. “A tour de force for our time, [Loud and Clear] is equally as compelling as a look at public events as it is a reflection on being a woman and on motherhood.”—The Sunday Oklahoman With her trademark insight and her special ability to convey the impact public events have on ordinary lives, Anna Quindlen here combines commentary on American society and the world at large with reflections on being a woman, a writer, and a mother.   In these pieces, first written for Newsweek and The New York Times, Loud and Clear takes on topics ranging from social change to raising children, from the political and emotional aftermath of September 11 to personal values, from the impact on individuals of global events to the growth that can be gained by spending summer days staring into the middle distance. Grounding the public in the private, connecting people to each other and to the greater world, Quindlen encourages us to develop authentic lives, even as she serves as a catalyst for political and social change. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160270 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160270]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Know Much About Mythology: Everything You Need to Know About the Greatest Stories in Human History but Never Learned Author: Kenneth C. Davis Narrator: John Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 20 minutes Release date: November 8, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Employing the popular Don't Know Much About® style, with its familiar question-and-answer format, DON'T KNOW MUCH ABOUT MYTHOLOGY will explore the myths of the world, their impact on history, and their continuing role in our lives. It will offer listeners a wide-ranging, comprehensive, entertaining and listenable survey of the great myths of world civilizations, how they came to be, what they meant to the people who created them, how they influenced society, literature and art through history, and how they still speak to us today. Mythology is alive today in our art, literature, theatre, dreams, psychology--and certainly our language. "Pandora's Box," "Golden Fleece," "Labor of Hercules," and "Wheel of Fortune" are just a few of the words and phrases that come from a world of mythology and still color our speech. Using humor, contemporary references, and anecdotal material from mythology, extensive research based on recent archaeology which often reveals the history behind mythology and surprising information that breaks down conventional wisdom, DON'T KNOW MUCH ABOUT MYTHOLOGY will ultimately be about stories--the great and timeless tales that have fascinated people around the planet for several millennia. Kenneth C. Davis Tue, 08 Nov 2005 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160270 thebookvoice.com 20:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160270]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Know Much About Mythology: Everything You Need to Know About the Greatest Stories in Human History but Never Learned Author: Kenneth C. Davis Narrator: John Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 20 minutes Release date: November 8, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Employing the popular Don't Know Much About® style, with its familiar question-and-answer format, DON'T KNOW MUCH ABOUT MYTHOLOGY will explore the myths of the world, their impact on history, and their continuing role in our lives. It will offer listeners a wide-ranging, comprehensive, entertaining and listenable survey of the great myths of world civilizations, how they came to be, what they meant to the people who created them, how they influenced society, literature and art through history, and how they still speak to us today. Mythology is alive today in our art, literature, theatre, dreams, psychology--and certainly our language. "Pandora's Box," "Golden Fleece," "Labor of Hercules," and "Wheel of Fortune" are just a few of the words and phrases that come from a world of mythology and still color our speech. Using humor, contemporary references, and anecdotal material from mythology, extensive research based on recent archaeology which often reveals the history behind mythology and surprising information that breaks down conventional wisdom, DON'T KNOW MUCH ABOUT MYTHOLOGY will ultimately be about stories--the great and timeless tales that have fascinated people around the planet for several millennia. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160270]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Know Much About Mythology: Everything You Need to Know About the Greatest Stories in Human History but Never Learned Author: Kenneth C. Davis Narrator: John Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 20 minutes Release date: November 8, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Employing the popular Don't Know Much About® style, with its familiar question-and-answer format, DON'T KNOW MUCH ABOUT MYTHOLOGY will explore the myths of the world, their impact on history, and their continuing role in our lives. It will offer listeners a wide-ranging, comprehensive, entertaining and listenable survey of the great myths of world civilizations, how they came to be, what they meant to the people who created them, how they influenced society, literature and art through history, and how they still speak to us today. Mythology is alive today in our art, literature, theatre, dreams, psychology--and certainly our language. "Pandora's Box," "Golden Fleece," "Labor of Hercules," and "Wheel of Fortune" are just a few of the words and phrases that come from a world of mythology and still color our speech. Using humor, contemporary references, and anecdotal material from mythology, extensive research based on recent archaeology which often reveals the history behind mythology and surprising information that breaks down conventional wisdom, DON'T KNOW MUCH ABOUT MYTHOLOGY will ultimately be about stories--the great and timeless tales that have fascinated people around the planet for several millennia. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160214 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160214]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Michael Jackson Author: Margo Jefferson Narrator: Andrea Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 10, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Michael Jackson was once universally acclaimed as a song-and-dance man of genius; Wacko Jacko is now, more often than not, dismissed for his bizarre race and gender transformations and confounding antics, even as he is commonly reviled for the child molestation charges twice brought against him. Whence the weirdness and alleged criminality? How to account for Michael Jackson’s rise and fall? In On Michael Jackson—an at once passionate, incisive, and bracing work of cultural analysis—Pulitzer Prize–winning critic for The New York Times Margo Jefferson brilliantly unravels the complexities of one of the most enigmatic figures of our time. Who is Michael Jackson and what does it mean to call him a “What Is It”? What do P. T. Barnum, Peter Pan, and Edgar Allan Poe have to do with our fascination with Jackson? How did his curious Victorian upbringing and his tenure as a child prodigy on the “chitlin’ circuit” inform his character and multiplicity of selves? How is Michael Jackson’s celebrity related to the outrageous popularity of nineteenth-century minstrelsy? What is the perverse appeal of child stars for grown-ups and what is the price of such stardom for these children and for us? What uncanniness provoked Michael Jackson to become “Alone of All His Race, Alone of All Her Sex,” while establishing himself as an undeniably great performer with neo-Gothic, dandy proclivities and a producer of visionary music videos? What do we find so unnerving about Michael Jackson’s presumed monstrosity? In short, how are we all of us implicated? In her stunning first book, Margo Jefferson gives us the incontrovertible lowdown on call-him-what-you-wish; she offers a powerful reckoning with a quintessential, richly allusive signifier of American society and popular culture. Margo Jefferson Tue, 10 Jan 2006 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160214 thebookvoice.com 3:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160214]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Michael Jackson Author: Margo Jefferson Narrator: Andrea Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 10, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Michael Jackson was once universally acclaimed as a song-and-dance man of genius; Wacko Jacko is now, more often than not, dismissed for his bizarre race and gender transformations and confounding antics, even as he is commonly reviled for the child molestation charges twice brought against him. Whence the weirdness and alleged criminality? How to account for Michael Jackson’s rise and fall? In On Michael Jackson—an at once passionate, incisive, and bracing work of cultural analysis—Pulitzer Prize–winning critic for The New York Times Margo Jefferson brilliantly unravels the complexities of one of the most enigmatic figures of our time. Who is Michael Jackson and what does it mean to call him a “What Is It”? What do P. T. Barnum, Peter Pan, and Edgar Allan Poe have to do with our fascination with Jackson? How did his curious Victorian upbringing and his tenure as a child prodigy on the “chitlin’ circuit” inform his character and multiplicity of selves? How is Michael Jackson’s celebrity related to the outrageous popularity of nineteenth-century minstrelsy? What is the perverse appeal of child stars for grown-ups and what is the price of such stardom for these children and for us? What uncanniness provoked Michael Jackson to become “Alone of All His Race, Alone of All Her Sex,” while establishing himself as an undeniably great performer with neo-Gothic, dandy proclivities and a producer of visionary music videos? What do we find so unnerving about Michael Jackson’s presumed monstrosity? In short, how are we all of us implicated? In her stunning first book, Margo Jefferson gives us the incontrovertible lowdown on call-him-what-you-wish; she offers a powerful reckoning with a quintessential, richly allusive signifier of American society and popular culture. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160214]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Michael Jackson Author: Margo Jefferson Narrator: Andrea Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 10, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Michael Jackson was once universally acclaimed as a song-and-dance man of genius; Wacko Jacko is now, more often than not, dismissed for his bizarre race and gender transformations and confounding antics, even as he is commonly reviled for the child molestation charges twice brought against him. Whence the weirdness and alleged criminality? How to account for Michael Jackson’s rise and fall? In On Michael Jackson—an at once passionate, incisive, and bracing work of cultural analysis—Pulitzer Prize–winning critic for The New York Times Margo Jefferson brilliantly unravels the complexities of one of the most enigmatic figures of our time. Who is Michael Jackson and what does it mean to call him a “What Is It”? What do P. T. Barnum, Peter Pan, and Edgar Allan Poe have to do with our fascination with Jackson? How did his curious Victorian upbringing and his tenure as a child prodigy on the “chitlin’ circuit” inform his character and multiplicity of selves? How is Michael Jackson’s celebrity related to the outrageous popularity of nineteenth-century minstrelsy? What is the perverse appeal of child stars for grown-ups and what is the price of such stardom for these children and for us? What uncanniness provoked Michael Jackson to become “Alone of All His Race, Alone of All Her Sex,” while establishing himself as an undeniably great performer with neo-Gothic, dandy proclivities and a producer of visionary music videos? What do we find so unnerving about Michael Jackson’s presumed monstrosity? In short, how are we all of us implicated? In her stunning first book, Margo Jefferson gives us the incontrovertible lowdown on call-him-what-you-wish; she offers a powerful reckoning with a quintessential, richly allusive signifier of American society and popular culture. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160146 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160146]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Learning to Sing: Hearing the Music in Your Life Author: Allison Glock, Clay Aiken Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 58 minutes Release date: November 8, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “My mother prophesied years ago that my voice would take me places. She was certain that there was a reason I was able to sing. I am still discovering what that reason is, what it is that God wants to happen.” –CLAY AIKEN, from Learning to Sing When he was a kid singing in his church choir, Clay Aiken never dreamed of becoming a pop music star. His ambition was to be a teacher, maybe even a high school principal. But Clay’s mother was right, and the music that was Clay’s joy in life was destined to lead him to unexpected triumphs. In Learning to Sing, Clay details what his astonishing success has meant to him. He writes from the heart about his life before and since his instant stardom on American Idol, how he has changed, and how he struggles to adapt to life in the public eye. He speaks candidly about his lonely childhood: the father who abandoned him, the school bullies who tormented him, the mother who taught him to be strong, and the friends and teachers who–more than they ever knew–kept him going. He describes his new high-profile life in Los Angeles– the awards shows, the free clothes, the unfortunate presence of avocado on all the food. More significant, he reveals what he has discovered from diving into the white-hot center of pop culture: what it takes for him to stay true to himself and remember the lessons he learned growing up in Raleigh, North Carolina. Clay shares his struggle to remain a man his mother can be proud of, and writes about the faith that sustains him today just as it did when he was an awkward, unpopular outsider. “I believe God has a direction for me. He did not give me this life just so I could buy a big house and an SUV. My job is to give back and to be a decent human being no matter how many people cheer my name.” Clay’s friends–the old ones from North Carolina and the millions of new ones who love his voice–will hold this inspiring memoir as close to their hearts as they do his music. Learning to Sing reminds you that anything is possible. Like a perfect song, it will send your spirit soaring. Allison Glock, Clay Aiken Mon, 08 Nov 2004 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160146 thebookvoice.com 4:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160146]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Learning to Sing: Hearing the Music in Your Life Author: Allison Glock, Clay Aiken Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 58 minutes Release date: November 8, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “My mother prophesied years ago that my voice would take me places. She was certain that there was a reason I was able to sing. I am still discovering what that reason is, what it is that God wants to happen.” –CLAY AIKEN, from Learning to Sing When he was a kid singing in his church choir, Clay Aiken never dreamed of becoming a pop music star. His ambition was to be a teacher, maybe even a high school principal. But Clay’s mother was right, and the music that was Clay’s joy in life was destined to lead him to unexpected triumphs. In Learning to Sing, Clay details what his astonishing success has meant to him. He writes from the heart about his life before and since his instant stardom on American Idol, how he has changed, and how he struggles to adapt to life in the public eye. He speaks candidly about his lonely childhood: the father who abandoned him, the school bullies who tormented him, the mother who taught him to be strong, and the friends and teachers who–more than they ever knew–kept him going. He describes his new high-profile life in Los Angeles– the awards shows, the free clothes, the unfortunate presence of avocado on all the food. More significant, he reveals what he has discovered from diving into the white-hot center of pop culture: what it takes for him to stay true to himself and remember the lessons he learned growing up in Raleigh, North Carolina. Clay shares his struggle to remain a man his mother can be proud of, and writes about the faith that sustains him today just as it did when he was an awkward, unpopular outsider. “I believe God has a direction for me. He did not give me this life just so I could buy a big house and an SUV. My job is to give back and to be a decent human being no matter how many people cheer my name.” Clay’s friends–the old ones from North Carolina and the millions of new ones who love his voice–will hold this inspiring memoir as close to their hearts as they do his music. Learning to Sing reminds you that anything is possible. Like a perfect song, it will send your spirit soaring. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160146]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Learning to Sing: Hearing the Music in Your Life Author: Allison Glock, Clay Aiken Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 58 minutes Release date: November 8, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “My mother prophesied years ago that my voice would take me places. She was certain that there was a reason I was able to sing. I am still discovering what that reason is, what it is that God wants to happen.” –CLAY AIKEN, from Learning to Sing When he was a kid singing in his church choir, Clay Aiken never dreamed of becoming a pop music star. His ambition was to be a teacher, maybe even a high school principal. But Clay’s mother was right, and the music that was Clay’s joy in life was destined to lead him to unexpected triumphs. In Learning to Sing, Clay details what his astonishing success has meant to him. He writes from the heart about his life before and since his instant stardom on American Idol, how he has changed, and how he struggles to adapt to life in the public eye. He speaks candidly about his lonely childhood: the father who abandoned him, the school bullies who tormented him, the mother who taught him to be strong, and the friends and teachers who–more than they ever knew–kept him going. He describes his new high-profile life in Los Angeles– the awards shows, the free clothes, the unfortunate presence of avocado on all the food. More significant, he reveals what he has discovered from diving into the white-hot center of pop culture: what it takes for him to stay true to himself and remember the lessons he learned growing up in Raleigh, North Carolina. Clay shares his struggle to remain a man his mother can be proud of, and writes about the faith that sustains him today just as it did when he was an awkward, unpopular outsider. “I believe God has a direction for me. He did not give me this life just so I could buy a big house and an SUV. My job is to give back and to be a decent human being no matter how many people cheer my name.” Clay’s friends–the old ones from North Carolina and the millions of new ones who love his voice–will hold this inspiring memoir as close to their hearts as they do his music. Learning to Sing reminds you that anything is possible. Like a perfect song, it will send your spirit soaring. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160134 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160134]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Game of Shadows Author: Mark Fainaru-Wada, Lance Williams Narrator: Arnie Mazer Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 28, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.53 of Total 15 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The complete inside story of the shocking steroids scandal that turned the sports world upside down For years, in the shadowy reaches of the world of sports, there were rumors that some of our nation’s greatest athletes were using steroids, human growth hormone, and other drugs to run faster, jump higher, and hit harder. But as track stars blazed their way to Olympic medals and sluggers brought fans back to baseball, sports officials, the media, and fans looked past the rumors and cheered on the athletes to ever-higher levels of performance. Then, in December 2004, San Francisco Chronicle reporters Mark Fainaru-Wada and Lance Williams broke the story of the Bay Area Laboratory Co-Operative, a tiny nutritional supplement company that, according to sworn testimony, was supplying elite athletes with banned drugs. The stories shocked the nation and the exposés led to congressional hearings on baseball's drug problems and a revived effort to purge the U.S. Olympic movement of drug cheats. Now, in GAME OF SHADOWS, Fainaru-Wada and Williams tell the complete story of BALCO and the investigation that has shaken the foundations of the sporting world. And at the center of the story is the biggest star of them all, Barry Bonds, the muscle-bound MVP outfielder for the San Francisco Giants whose suspicious late-career renaissance has him threatening Hank Aaron’s all-time home run record. Shocking, revelatory, and riveting, GAME OF SHADOWS casts light into the shadows of American sports to reveal the dark truths at the heart of the game today. Mark Fainaru-Wada, Lance Williams Tue, 28 Mar 2006 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160134 thebookvoice.com 6:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160134]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Game of Shadows Author: Mark Fainaru-Wada, Lance Williams Narrator: Arnie Mazer Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 28, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.53 of Total 15 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The complete inside story of the shocking steroids scandal that turned the sports world upside down For years, in the shadowy reaches of the world of sports, there were rumors that some of our nation’s greatest athletes were using steroids, human growth hormone, and other drugs to run faster, jump higher, and hit harder. But as track stars blazed their way to Olympic medals and sluggers brought fans back to baseball, sports officials, the media, and fans looked past the rumors and cheered on the athletes to ever-higher levels of performance. Then, in December 2004, San Francisco Chronicle reporters Mark Fainaru-Wada and Lance Williams broke the story of the Bay Area Laboratory Co-Operative, a tiny nutritional supplement company that, according to sworn testimony, was supplying elite athletes with banned drugs. The stories shocked the nation and the exposés led to congressional hearings on baseball's drug problems and a revived effort to purge the U.S. Olympic movement of drug cheats. Now, in GAME OF SHADOWS, Fainaru-Wada and Williams tell the complete story of BALCO and the investigation that has shaken the foundations of the sporting world. And at the center of the story is the biggest star of them all, Barry Bonds, the muscle-bound MVP outfielder for the San Francisco Giants whose suspicious late-career renaissance has him threatening Hank Aaron’s all-time home run record. Shocking, revelatory, and riveting, GAME OF SHADOWS casts light into the shadows of American sports to reveal the dark truths at the heart of the game today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160134]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Game of Shadows Author: Mark Fainaru-Wada, Lance Williams Narrator: Arnie Mazer Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 28, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.53 of Total 15 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The complete inside story of the shocking steroids scandal that turned the sports world upside down For years, in the shadowy reaches of the world of sports, there were rumors that some of our nation’s greatest athletes were using steroids, human growth hormone, and other drugs to run faster, jump higher, and hit harder. But as track stars blazed their way to Olympic medals and sluggers brought fans back to baseball, sports officials, the media, and fans looked past the rumors and cheered on the athletes to ever-higher levels of performance. Then, in December 2004, San Francisco Chronicle reporters Mark Fainaru-Wada and Lance Williams broke the story of the Bay Area Laboratory Co-Operative, a tiny nutritional supplement company that, according to sworn testimony, was supplying elite athletes with banned drugs. The stories shocked the nation and the exposés led to congressional hearings on baseball's drug problems and a revived effort to purge the U.S. Olympic movement of drug cheats. Now, in GAME OF SHADOWS, Fainaru-Wada and Williams tell the complete story of BALCO and the investigation that has shaken the foundations of the sporting world. And at the center of the story is the biggest star of them all, Barry Bonds, the muscle-bound MVP outfielder for the San Francisco Giants whose suspicious late-career renaissance has him threatening Hank Aaron’s all-time home run record. Shocking, revelatory, and riveting, GAME OF SHADOWS casts light into the shadows of American sports to reveal the dark truths at the heart of the game today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285273 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285273]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Poe's Heart and the Mountain Climber: Exploring the Effect of Anxiety on Our Brains and Our Culture Author: Richard Restak, M.D. Narrator: Scott Brick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: July 30, 2004 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Are you bombarded by a constant media feed of global terrorism, war, and rising unemployment rates—and by a mind-numbing array of ads that urge you to “ask your doctor” about the newest anti-anxiety medications? If it sometimes feels as if this country is having a collective anxiety attack, then you won’t be surprised to learn that more than 19 million Americans suffer from some form of acute anxiety. Poe’s Heart and the Mountain Climber tackles this situation head-on, with a fresh perspective and a straightforward approach to exploring and understanding our anxiety before it paralyzes us. After interviewing many experts on anxiety, and reflecting on his own many years treating anxious patients (as well as experiencing more than a few anxious moments himself), Dr. Richard Restak has organized this book around one primary principal: the best way to manage anxiety in these anxious times is to learn about it and put that learning to practical use. His message is vital and empowering: anxiety is not a mental illness that must require medication, but often a normal, biological response to stress. Anxiety is part of our genetic makeup. We wouldn’t be alive today if our ancestors had lacked the ability to anticipate dangers and threats. Anxiety is as natural a part of our existence as breathing, eating, or sleeping, and it is closely linked to our powers of reasoning. Unlike any other species, only we are able to envision future possibilities. As a result, we aren’t tethered to the here and now, but can imaginatively anticipate the good things that might happen to us. But we can also envision the bad things and, as a result, experience anxiety. We can’t have one without the other. Anxiety, therefore, isn’t something to be eliminated but, rather, something to be understood. Anxiety is only undesirable when it becomes extreme. This groundbreaking book teaches us to view anxiety not as a burden, but as a stimulus for greater accomplishment and enhanced self-knowledge. We will function at our best when we stop working to deny our anxiety or trying to escape it and instead learn to accept its presence in our lives and transform it into the positive, creative energy from which it stems. Richard Restak, M.D. Fri, 30 Jul 2004 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285273 thebookvoice.com 6:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285273]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Poe's Heart and the Mountain Climber: Exploring the Effect of Anxiety on Our Brains and Our Culture Author: Richard Restak, M.D. Narrator: Scott Brick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: July 30, 2004 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Are you bombarded by a constant media feed of global terrorism, war, and rising unemployment rates—and by a mind-numbing array of ads that urge you to “ask your doctor” about the newest anti-anxiety medications? If it sometimes feels as if this country is having a collective anxiety attack, then you won’t be surprised to learn that more than 19 million Americans suffer from some form of acute anxiety. Poe’s Heart and the Mountain Climber tackles this situation head-on, with a fresh perspective and a straightforward approach to exploring and understanding our anxiety before it paralyzes us. After interviewing many experts on anxiety, and reflecting on his own many years treating anxious patients (as well as experiencing more than a few anxious moments himself), Dr. Richard Restak has organized this book around one primary principal: the best way to manage anxiety in these anxious times is to learn about it and put that learning to practical use. His message is vital and empowering: anxiety is not a mental illness that must require medication, but often a normal, biological response to stress. Anxiety is part of our genetic makeup. We wouldn’t be alive today if our ancestors had lacked the ability to anticipate dangers and threats. Anxiety is as natural a part of our existence as breathing, eating, or sleeping, and it is closely linked to our powers of reasoning. Unlike any other species, only we are able to envision future possibilities. As a result, we aren’t tethered to the here and now, but can imaginatively anticipate the good things that might happen to us. But we can also envision the bad things and, as a result, experience anxiety. We can’t have one without the other. Anxiety, therefore, isn’t something to be eliminated but, rather, something to be understood. Anxiety is only undesirable when it becomes extreme. This groundbreaking book teaches us to view anxiety not as a burden, but as a stimulus for greater accomplishment and enhanced self-knowledge. We will function at our best when we stop working to deny our anxiety or trying to escape it and instead learn to accept its presence in our lives and transform it into the positive, creative energy from which it stems. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285273]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Poe's Heart and the Mountain Climber: Exploring the Effect of Anxiety on Our Brains and Our Culture Author: Richard Restak, M.D. Narrator: Scott Brick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: July 30, 2004 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Are you bombarded by a constant media feed of global terrorism, war, and rising unemployment rates—and by a mind-numbing array of ads that urge you to “ask your doctor” about the newest anti-anxiety medications? If it sometimes feels as if this country is having a collective anxiety attack, then you won’t be surprised to learn that more than 19 million Americans suffer from some form of acute anxiety. Poe’s Heart and the Mountain Climber tackles this situation head-on, with a fresh perspective and a straightforward approach to exploring and understanding our anxiety before it paralyzes us. After interviewing many experts on anxiety, and reflecting on his own many years treating anxious patients (as well as experiencing more than a few anxious moments himself), Dr. Richard Restak has organized this book around one primary principal: the best way to manage anxiety in these anxious times is to learn about it and put that learning to practical use. His message is vital and empowering: anxiety is not a mental illness that must require medication, but often a normal, biological response to stress. Anxiety is part of our genetic makeup. We wouldn’t be alive today if our ancestors had lacked the ability to anticipate dangers and threats. Anxiety is as natural a part of our existence as breathing, eating, or sleeping, and it is closely linked to our powers of reasoning. Unlike any other species, only we are able to envision future possibilities. As a result, we aren’t tethered to the here and now, but can imaginatively anticipate the good things that might happen to us. But we can also envision the bad things and, as a result, experience anxiety. We can’t have one without the other. Anxiety, therefore, isn’t something to be eliminated but, rather, something to be understood. Anxiety is only undesirable when it becomes extreme. This groundbreaking book teaches us to view anxiety not as a burden, but as a stimulus for greater accomplishment and enhanced self-knowledge. We will function at our best when we stop working to deny our anxiety or trying to escape it and instead learn to accept its presence in our lives and transform it into the positive, creative energy from which it stems. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160060 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160060]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Desperate Networks Author: Bill Carter Narrator: Dean Olsher Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: May 2, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In the executive offices of the four major networks, sweeping changes are taking place and billions of dollars are at stake. Now Bill Carter, bestselling author of The Late Shift, goes behind the scenes to reveal the inner workings of the television industry, capturing the true portraits of the larger-than-life moguls and stars who make it such a cutthroat business. In a time of sweeping media change, the four major networks struggle for the attention of American viewers increasingly distracted by cable, video games, and the Internet. Behind boardroom doors, tempers flare in the search for hit shows, which often get on the air purely by accident. The fierce competition creates a pressure-cooker environment where anything can happen . . . NBC’s fall from grace—Once the undisputed king of prime time, NBC plunged from first place to last place in the ratings in the course of a single season. What will be the price of that collapse—and who will pay it? CBS’s slow and steady race to the top—Unlike NBC, CBS, under the leadership of CEO, Leslie Moonves, engineered one of the most spectacular turnarounds in television history. But in this ruthless world, you’re only as good as last week’s ratings . . . . ABC’s surprising resurrection—Lost and Desperate Housewives—have brought ABC the kind of success it could only dream of in the past. So why don’t the executives responsible for those hits work there any more? The End of the News As We Know It—In a stunningly short period of time, all three of the major network news anchors—Dan Rather, Tom Brokaw, and Peter Jennings—signed off, leaving executives scrambling for a way to keep network news relevant in an era of 24/7 information. Crazy Like Fox—They’re outrageous, unconventional, and occasionally off-putting, but more and more people are watching Fox shows. Most of all they keep watching American Idol. How did Simon Cowell snooker himself into a huge payday? Stay tuned . . . Bill Carter Tue, 02 May 2006 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160060 thebookvoice.com 5:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160060]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Desperate Networks Author: Bill Carter Narrator: Dean Olsher Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: May 2, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In the executive offices of the four major networks, sweeping changes are taking place and billions of dollars are at stake. Now Bill Carter, bestselling author of The Late Shift, goes behind the scenes to reveal the inner workings of the television industry, capturing the true portraits of the larger-than-life moguls and stars who make it such a cutthroat business. In a time of sweeping media change, the four major networks struggle for the attention of American viewers increasingly distracted by cable, video games, and the Internet. Behind boardroom doors, tempers flare in the search for hit shows, which often get on the air purely by accident. The fierce competition creates a pressure-cooker environment where anything can happen . . . NBC’s fall from grace—Once the undisputed king of prime time, NBC plunged from first place to last place in the ratings in the course of a single season. What will be the price of that collapse—and who will pay it? CBS’s slow and steady race to the top—Unlike NBC, CBS, under the leadership of CEO, Leslie Moonves, engineered one of the most spectacular turnarounds in television history. But in this ruthless world, you’re only as good as last week’s ratings . . . . ABC’s surprising resurrection—Lost and Desperate Housewives—have brought ABC the kind of success it could only dream of in the past. So why don’t the executives responsible for those hits work there any more? The End of the News As We Know It—In a stunningly short period of time, all three of the major network news anchors—Dan Rather, Tom Brokaw, and Peter Jennings—signed off, leaving executives scrambling for a way to keep network news relevant in an era of 24/7 information. Crazy Like Fox—They’re outrageous, unconventional, and occasionally off-putting, but more and more people are watching Fox shows. Most of all they keep watching American Idol. How did Simon Cowell snooker himself into a huge payday? Stay tuned . . . Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160060]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Desperate Networks Author: Bill Carter Narrator: Dean Olsher Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: May 2, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In the executive offices of the four major networks, sweeping changes are taking place and billions of dollars are at stake. Now Bill Carter, bestselling author of The Late Shift, goes behind the scenes to reveal the inner workings of the television industry, capturing the true portraits of the larger-than-life moguls and stars who make it such a cutthroat business. In a time of sweeping media change, the four major networks struggle for the attention of American viewers increasingly distracted by cable, video games, and the Internet. Behind boardroom doors, tempers flare in the search for hit shows, which often get on the air purely by accident. The fierce competition creates a pressure-cooker environment where anything can happen . . . NBC’s fall from grace—Once the undisputed king of prime time, NBC plunged from first place to last place in the ratings in the course of a single season. What will be the price of that collapse—and who will pay it? CBS’s slow and steady race to the top—Unlike NBC, CBS, under the leadership of CEO, Leslie Moonves, engineered one of the most spectacular turnarounds in television history. But in this ruthless world, you’re only as good as last week’s ratings . . . . ABC’s surprising resurrection—Lost and Desperate Housewives—have brought ABC the kind of success it could only dream of in the past. So why don’t the executives responsible for those hits work there any more? The End of the News As We Know It—In a stunningly short period of time, all three of the major network news anchors—Dan Rather, Tom Brokaw, and Peter Jennings—signed off, leaving executives scrambling for a way to keep network news relevant in an era of 24/7 information. Crazy Like Fox—They’re outrageous, unconventional, and occasionally off-putting, but more and more people are watching Fox shows. Most of all they keep watching American Idol. How did Simon Cowell snooker himself into a huge payday? Stay tuned . . . https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/286370 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/286370]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ten Lessons To Transform Your Marriage: America's Love Lab Experts Share Their Strategies for Strengthening Your Relationship Author: John Gottman Narrator: Susan Denaker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: May 16, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.92 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In Ten Lessons to Transform Your Marriage, marital psychologists John and Julie Gottman provide vital tools—scientifically based and empirically verified—that you can use to regain affection and romance lost through years of ineffective communication. In 1994, Dr. John Gottman and his colleagues at the University of Washington made a startling announcement: Through scientific observation and mathematical analysis, they could predict—with more than 90 percent accuracy—whether a marriage would succeed or fail. The only thing they did not yet know was how to turn a failing marriage into a successful one, so Gottman teamed up with his clinical psychologist wife, Dr. Julie Schwartz Gottman, to develop intervention methods. Now the Gottmans, together with the Love Lab research facility, have put these ideas into practice. What emerged from the Gottmans’ collaboration and decades of research is a body of advice that’s based on two surprisingly simple truths: Happily married couples behave like good friends, and they handle their conflicts in gentle, positive ways. The authors offer an intimate look at ten couples who have learned to work through potentially destructive problems—extramarital affairs, workaholism, parenthood adjustments, serious illnesses, lack of intimacy—and examine what they’ve done to improve communication and get their marriages back on track. Hundreds of thousands have seen their relationships improve thanks to the Gottmans’ work. Whether you want to make a strong relationship more fulfilling or rescue one that’s headed for disaster, Ten Lessons to Transform Your Marriage is essential reading. John Gottman Tue, 16 May 2006 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/286370 thebookvoice.com 9:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/286370]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ten Lessons To Transform Your Marriage: America's Love Lab Experts Share Their Strategies for Strengthening Your Relationship Author: John Gottman Narrator: Susan Denaker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: May 16, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.92 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In Ten Lessons to Transform Your Marriage, marital psychologists John and Julie Gottman provide vital tools—scientifically based and empirically verified—that you can use to regain affection and romance lost through years of ineffective communication. In 1994, Dr. John Gottman and his colleagues at the University of Washington made a startling announcement: Through scientific observation and mathematical analysis, they could predict—with more than 90 percent accuracy—whether a marriage would succeed or fail. The only thing they did not yet know was how to turn a failing marriage into a successful one, so Gottman teamed up with his clinical psychologist wife, Dr. Julie Schwartz Gottman, to develop intervention methods. Now the Gottmans, together with the Love Lab research facility, have put these ideas into practice. What emerged from the Gottmans’ collaboration and decades of research is a body of advice that’s based on two surprisingly simple truths: Happily married couples behave like good friends, and they handle their conflicts in gentle, positive ways. The authors offer an intimate look at ten couples who have learned to work through potentially destructive problems—extramarital affairs, workaholism, parenthood adjustments, serious illnesses, lack of intimacy—and examine what they’ve done to improve communication and get their marriages back on track. Hundreds of thousands have seen their relationships improve thanks to the Gottmans’ work. Whether you want to make a strong relationship more fulfilling or rescue one that’s headed for disaster, Ten Lessons to Transform Your Marriage is essential reading. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/286370]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ten Lessons To Transform Your Marriage: America's Love Lab Experts Share Their Strategies for Strengthening Your Relationship Author: John Gottman Narrator: Susan Denaker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: May 16, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.92 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In Ten Lessons to Transform Your Marriage, marital psychologists John and Julie Gottman provide vital tools—scientifically based and empirically verified—that you can use to regain affection and romance lost through years of ineffective communication. In 1994, Dr. John Gottman and his colleagues at the University of Washington made a startling announcement: Through scientific observation and mathematical analysis, they could predict—with more than 90 percent accuracy—whether a marriage would succeed or fail. The only thing they did not yet know was how to turn a failing marriage into a successful one, so Gottman teamed up with his clinical psychologist wife, Dr. Julie Schwartz Gottman, to develop intervention methods. Now the Gottmans, together with the Love Lab research facility, have put these ideas into practice. What emerged from the Gottmans’ collaboration and decades of research is a body of advice that’s based on two surprisingly simple truths: Happily married couples behave like good friends, and they handle their conflicts in gentle, positive ways. The authors offer an intimate look at ten couples who have learned to work through potentially destructive problems—extramarital affairs, workaholism, parenthood adjustments, serious illnesses, lack of intimacy—and examine what they’ve done to improve communication and get their marriages back on track. Hundreds of thousands have seen their relationships improve thanks to the Gottmans’ work. Whether you want to make a strong relationship more fulfilling or rescue one that’s headed for disaster, Ten Lessons to Transform Your Marriage is essential reading. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159682 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159682]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Christianity Changed the World Author: Alvin J. Schmidt Narrator: James Adams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 38 minutes Release date: July 7, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Western civilization is becoming increasingly pluralistic,secularized, and biblically illiterate. Many people todayhave little sense of how their lives have benefited fromChristianity’s influence, often viewing the church withhostility or resentment.How Christianity Changed the World is a topicallyarranged Christian history for Christians and non-Christians. Grounded in solid research and written in apopular style, this book is both a helpful apologetic toolin talking with unbelievers and a source of evidence forwhy Christianity deserves credit for many of thehumane, social, scientific, and cultural advances in theWestern world in the last two thousand years.Photographs, timelines, and charts enhance eachchapter.This edition features questions for reflection anddiscussion for each chapter. Alvin J. Schmidt Tue, 07 Jul 2009 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159682 thebookvoice.com 15:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159682]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Christianity Changed the World Author: Alvin J. Schmidt Narrator: James Adams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 38 minutes Release date: July 7, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Western civilization is becoming increasingly pluralistic,secularized, and biblically illiterate. Many people todayhave little sense of how their lives have benefited fromChristianity’s influence, often viewing the church withhostility or resentment.How Christianity Changed the World is a topicallyarranged Christian history for Christians and non-Christians. Grounded in solid research and written in apopular style, this book is both a helpful apologetic toolin talking with unbelievers and a source of evidence forwhy Christianity deserves credit for many of thehumane, social, scientific, and cultural advances in theWestern world in the last two thousand years.Photographs, timelines, and charts enhance eachchapter.This edition features questions for reflection anddiscussion for each chapter. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159682]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Christianity Changed the World Author: Alvin J. Schmidt Narrator: James Adams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 38 minutes Release date: July 7, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Western civilization is becoming increasingly pluralistic,secularized, and biblically illiterate. Many people todayhave little sense of how their lives have benefited fromChristianity’s influence, often viewing the church withhostility or resentment.How Christianity Changed the World is a topicallyarranged Christian history for Christians and non-Christians. Grounded in solid research and written in apopular style, this book is both a helpful apologetic toolin talking with unbelievers and a source of evidence forwhy Christianity deserves credit for many of thehumane, social, scientific, and cultural advances in theWestern world in the last two thousand years.Photographs, timelines, and charts enhance eachchapter.This edition features questions for reflection anddiscussion for each chapter. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159609 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159609]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feet on the Street: Rambles Around New Orleans Author: Roy Blount Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 45 minutes Release date: February 22, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Betcha I can tell ya / Where ya / Got them shoooes. / Betchadollar, / Betchadollar, / Where ya / Got them shoooes. / Got your shoes on your feet, / Got your feet on the street, / And the street’s in Noo / Awlins, Loo- / Eez-ee-anna. Where I, for my part, first ate a live oyster and first saw a naked woman with the lights on. . . . Every time I go to New Orleans I am startled by something.” So writes Roy Blount Jr. in this exuberant, character-filled saunter through a place he has loved almost his entire life—a city “like no other place in America, and yet (or therefore) the cradle of American culture.” Here we experience it all through his eyes, ears, and taste buds: the architecture, music, romance (yes, sex too), historical characters, and all that glorious food. The book is divided into eight Rambles through different parts of the city. Each closes with lagniappe—a little bit extra, a special treat for the reader: here a brief riff on Gennifer Flowers, there a meditation on naked dancing. Roy Blount knows New Orleans like the inside of an oyster shell and is only too glad to take us to both the famous and the infamous sights. He captures all the wonderful and rich history—culinary, literary, and political—of a city that figured prominently in the lives of Jefferson Davis (who died there), Truman Capote (who was conceived there), Zora Neale Hurston (who studied voodoo there), and countless others, including Andrew Jackson, Lee Harvey Oswald, William Faulkner, Tennessee Williams, Jelly Roll Morton, Napoléon, Walt Whitman, O. Henry, Thomas Wolfe, Earl Long, Randy Newman, Edgar Degas, Lillian Hellman, the Boswell Sisters, and the Dixie Cups. Above all, though, Feet on the Street is a celebration of friendship and joie de vivre in one of America’s greatest and most colorful cities, written by one of America’s most beloved humorists. Also available as a Random House AudioBook Roy Blount Tue, 22 Feb 2005 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159609 thebookvoice.com 3:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159609]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feet on the Street: Rambles Around New Orleans Author: Roy Blount Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 45 minutes Release date: February 22, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Betcha I can tell ya / Where ya / Got them shoooes. / Betchadollar, / Betchadollar, / Where ya / Got them shoooes. / Got your shoes on your feet, / Got your feet on the street, / And the street’s in Noo / Awlins, Loo- / Eez-ee-anna. Where I, for my part, first ate a live oyster and first saw a naked woman with the lights on. . . . Every time I go to New Orleans I am startled by something.” So writes Roy Blount Jr. in this exuberant, character-filled saunter through a place he has loved almost his entire life—a city “like no other place in America, and yet (or therefore) the cradle of American culture.” Here we experience it all through his eyes, ears, and taste buds: the architecture, music, romance (yes, sex too), historical characters, and all that glorious food. The book is divided into eight Rambles through different parts of the city. Each closes with lagniappe—a little bit extra, a special treat for the reader: here a brief riff on Gennifer Flowers, there a meditation on naked dancing. Roy Blount knows New Orleans like the inside of an oyster shell and is only too glad to take us to both the famous and the infamous sights. He captures all the wonderful and rich history—culinary, literary, and political—of a city that figured prominently in the lives of Jefferson Davis (who died there), Truman Capote (who was conceived there), Zora Neale Hurston (who studied voodoo there), and countless others, including Andrew Jackson, Lee Harvey Oswald, William Faulkner, Tennessee Williams, Jelly Roll Morton, Napoléon, Walt Whitman, O. Henry, Thomas Wolfe, Earl Long, Randy Newman, Edgar Degas, Lillian Hellman, the Boswell Sisters, and the Dixie Cups. Above all, though, Feet on the Street is a celebration of friendship and joie de vivre in one of America’s greatest and most colorful cities, written by one of America’s most beloved humorists. Also available as a Random House AudioBook Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159609]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feet on the Street: Rambles Around New Orleans Author: Roy Blount Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 45 minutes Release date: February 22, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Betcha I can tell ya / Where ya / Got them shoooes. / Betchadollar, / Betchadollar, / Where ya / Got them shoooes. / Got your shoes on your feet, / Got your feet on the street, / And the street’s in Noo / Awlins, Loo- / Eez-ee-anna. Where I, for my part, first ate a live oyster and first saw a naked woman with the lights on. . . . Every time I go to New Orleans I am startled by something.” So writes Roy Blount Jr. in this exuberant, character-filled saunter through a place he has loved almost his entire life—a city “like no other place in America, and yet (or therefore) the cradle of American culture.” Here we experience it all through his eyes, ears, and taste buds: the architecture, music, romance (yes, sex too), historical characters, and all that glorious food. The book is divided into eight Rambles through different parts of the city. Each closes with lagniappe—a little bit extra, a special treat for the reader: here a brief riff on Gennifer Flowers, there a meditation on naked dancing. Roy Blount knows New Orleans like the inside of an oyster shell and is only too glad to take us to both the famous and the infamous sights. He captures all the wonderful and rich history—culinary, literary, and political—of a city that figured prominently in the lives of Jefferson Davis (who died there), Truman Capote (who was conceived there), Zora Neale Hurston (who studied voodoo there), and countless others, including Andrew Jackson, Lee Harvey Oswald, William Faulkner, Tennessee Williams, Jelly Roll Morton, Napoléon, Walt Whitman, O. Henry, Thomas Wolfe, Earl Long, Randy Newman, Edgar Degas, Lillian Hellman, the Boswell Sisters, and the Dixie Cups. Above all, though, Feet on the Street is a celebration of friendship and joie de vivre in one of America’s greatest and most colorful cities, written by one of America’s most beloved humorists. Also available as a Random House AudioBook https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285276 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285276]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Space Between the Stars: My Journey to an Open Heart Author: Deborah Santana Narrator: Carrington MacDuffie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 15, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Deborah Santana is best known for her marriage to music icon Carlos Santana–a thirty-year bond that endures to this day. But as a girl growing up in San Francisco in the 1960s, daughter of a white mother and a black father–the legendary blues guitarist Saunders King–her life was charged with its own drama long before she married. In this beautiful, haunting memoir, Deborah Santana shares for the first time her early experiences with racial intolerance, her romantic involvement with musician Sly Stone and the suffering she endured in that relationship, and her adventures in the freewheeling 1960s. Yet it is her spiritual awakening that is the core of this story. The civil rights movement was the foundation of her growth, the Woodstock era the backdrop of her love with Carlos. The couple was drawn indelibly together by a search for truth and spirituality, but while yearning to be filled with God’s light, they were pulled dangerously toward a manipulative cult. They eventually disengage themselves from the guru and reclaim control of their lives, putting their love for each other before the cult’s increasingly strenuous demands. Space Between the Stars is a moving account of self-discovery, rendered in raw, beautiful prose, by a woman whose heart has remained pure even in times of despair. As Deborah Santana talks frankly about her lifelong fight against racial injustice and her deep-seated loyalty to her family, ultimately it is the struggle to remain a spiritual and artistic force in her own right, in the shadow of one of the world’s most revered musicians, that shines through as her most indomitable pursuit. Deborah Santana Tue, 15 Mar 2005 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285276 thebookvoice.com 11:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285276]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Space Between the Stars: My Journey to an Open Heart Author: Deborah Santana Narrator: Carrington MacDuffie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 15, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Deborah Santana is best known for her marriage to music icon Carlos Santana–a thirty-year bond that endures to this day. But as a girl growing up in San Francisco in the 1960s, daughter of a white mother and a black father–the legendary blues guitarist Saunders King–her life was charged with its own drama long before she married. In this beautiful, haunting memoir, Deborah Santana shares for the first time her early experiences with racial intolerance, her romantic involvement with musician Sly Stone and the suffering she endured in that relationship, and her adventures in the freewheeling 1960s. Yet it is her spiritual awakening that is the core of this story. The civil rights movement was the foundation of her growth, the Woodstock era the backdrop of her love with Carlos. The couple was drawn indelibly together by a search for truth and spirituality, but while yearning to be filled with God’s light, they were pulled dangerously toward a manipulative cult. They eventually disengage themselves from the guru and reclaim control of their lives, putting their love for each other before the cult’s increasingly strenuous demands. Space Between the Stars is a moving account of self-discovery, rendered in raw, beautiful prose, by a woman whose heart has remained pure even in times of despair. As Deborah Santana talks frankly about her lifelong fight against racial injustice and her deep-seated loyalty to her family, ultimately it is the struggle to remain a spiritual and artistic force in her own right, in the shadow of one of the world’s most revered musicians, that shines through as her most indomitable pursuit. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/285276]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Space Between the Stars: My Journey to an Open Heart Author: Deborah Santana Narrator: Carrington MacDuffie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 15, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Deborah Santana is best known for her marriage to music icon Carlos Santana–a thirty-year bond that endures to this day. But as a girl growing up in San Francisco in the 1960s, daughter of a white mother and a black father–the legendary blues guitarist Saunders King–her life was charged with its own drama long before she married. In this beautiful, haunting memoir, Deborah Santana shares for the first time her early experiences with racial intolerance, her romantic involvement with musician Sly Stone and the suffering she endured in that relationship, and her adventures in the freewheeling 1960s. Yet it is her spiritual awakening that is the core of this story. The civil rights movement was the foundation of her growth, the Woodstock era the backdrop of her love with Carlos. The couple was drawn indelibly together by a search for truth and spirituality, but while yearning to be filled with God’s light, they were pulled dangerously toward a manipulative cult. They eventually disengage themselves from the guru and reclaim control of their lives, putting their love for each other before the cult’s increasingly strenuous demands. Space Between the Stars is a moving account of self-discovery, rendered in raw, beautiful prose, by a woman whose heart has remained pure even in times of despair. As Deborah Santana talks frankly about her lifelong fight against racial injustice and her deep-seated loyalty to her family, ultimately it is the struggle to remain a spiritual and artistic force in her own right, in the shadow of one of the world’s most revered musicians, that shines through as her most indomitable pursuit. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159585 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159585]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emperors and Idiots: The Hundred Year Rivalry Between the Yankees and Red Sox, From the Very Beginning to the End of the Curse Author: Mike Vaccaro Narrator: Scott Brick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 40 minutes Release date: March 15, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The New York Yankees. The Boston Red Sox. For a hundred years, no two teams have locked horns as fiercely or as frequently – and no two seasons frame the colossal battle more perfectly than 2003 and 2004. Now, with incredible energy and access, leading sports columnist Mike Vaccaro chronicles the history of the greatest rivalry in sports, and the two stunning American League Championship Series that define a century of baseball. October 17, 2003: A night no Yankees or Red Sox fan will ever forget. At 12:15 am, bottom of the eleventh inning of game seven of the ALCS, New York third-baseman Aaron Boone launches a ball over Yankee Stadium’s left-field fence. The Yankees win their 39th pennant – and send the perennially vexed Boston Red Sox home . . . again . . . suffering another devastating loss to their longtime nemesis. October 20, 2004: A year later, an eerie reprise – but this time things are different. After losing three straight to the Yankees, Boston has charged back to win the next three, forcing a decisive game seven. From the start of the game Boston is in control, and by winning this game they march toward their first World Series victory since 1918. These two explosive years define an extraordinary, epic rivalry – from Mariano Rivera and Roger Clemens to Pedro Martinez and Curt Schilling, Derek Jeter and Aaron Boone to David Ortiz and Manny Ramirez, from nearly a century of Yankee domination to the undisputed breaking of “The Curse.” With the razor-sharp instincts that have made him a top sports journalist, Mike Vaccaro delves into the history of the rollicking rivalry: a vicious collision in 1903 (between the New York Highlanders and Boston Pilgrims) that draws first blood; the era of Babe Ruth and his legendary trade from the Red Sox to the Yankees, ushering in the notorious Curse; the golden age of DiMaggio and Williams; the unstoppable power of Mantle and Maris; the heart and soul of Fisk and Yastrzemski versus Pinella and Munson; and the modern era of dueling owners, skyrocketing payrolls, and a renewed rivalry that attracts sell-out crowds even to Yankees-Red Sox spring training games. EMPERORS AND IDIOTS is as lively, fascinating, and raucous as the teams themselves – a must-have volume for any Yankees or Red Sox fan. Mike Vaccaro Tue, 15 Mar 2005 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159585 thebookvoice.com 13:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159585]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emperors and Idiots: The Hundred Year Rivalry Between the Yankees and Red Sox, From the Very Beginning to the End of the Curse Author: Mike Vaccaro Narrator: Scott Brick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 40 minutes Release date: March 15, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The New York Yankees. The Boston Red Sox. For a hundred years, no two teams have locked horns as fiercely or as frequently – and no two seasons frame the colossal battle more perfectly than 2003 and 2004. Now, with incredible energy and access, leading sports columnist Mike Vaccaro chronicles the history of the greatest rivalry in sports, and the two stunning American League Championship Series that define a century of baseball. October 17, 2003: A night no Yankees or Red Sox fan will ever forget. At 12:15 am, bottom of the eleventh inning of game seven of the ALCS, New York third-baseman Aaron Boone launches a ball over Yankee Stadium’s left-field fence. The Yankees win their 39th pennant – and send the perennially vexed Boston Red Sox home . . . again . . . suffering another devastating loss to their longtime nemesis. October 20, 2004: A year later, an eerie reprise – but this time things are different. After losing three straight to the Yankees, Boston has charged back to win the next three, forcing a decisive game seven. From the start of the game Boston is in control, and by winning this game they march toward their first World Series victory since 1918. These two explosive years define an extraordinary, epic rivalry – from Mariano Rivera and Roger Clemens to Pedro Martinez and Curt Schilling, Derek Jeter and Aaron Boone to David Ortiz and Manny Ramirez, from nearly a century of Yankee domination to the undisputed breaking of “The Curse.” With the razor-sharp instincts that have made him a top sports journalist, Mike Vaccaro delves into the history of the rollicking rivalry: a vicious collision in 1903 (between the New York Highlanders and Boston Pilgrims) that draws first blood; the era of Babe Ruth and his legendary trade from the Red Sox to the Yankees, ushering in the notorious Curse; the golden age of DiMaggio and Williams; the unstoppable power of Mantle and Maris; the heart and soul of Fisk and Yastrzemski versus Pinella and Munson; and the modern era of dueling owners, skyrocketing payrolls, and a renewed rivalry that attracts sell-out crowds even to Yankees-Red Sox spring training games. EMPERORS AND IDIOTS is as lively, fascinating, and raucous as the teams themselves – a must-have volume for any Yankees or Red Sox fan. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159585]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emperors and Idiots: The Hundred Year Rivalry Between the Yankees and Red Sox, From the Very Beginning to the End of the Curse Author: Mike Vaccaro Narrator: Scott Brick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 40 minutes Release date: March 15, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The New York Yankees. The Boston Red Sox. For a hundred years, no two teams have locked horns as fiercely or as frequently – and no two seasons frame the colossal battle more perfectly than 2003 and 2004. Now, with incredible energy and access, leading sports columnist Mike Vaccaro chronicles the history of the greatest rivalry in sports, and the two stunning American League Championship Series that define a century of baseball. October 17, 2003: A night no Yankees or Red Sox fan will ever forget. At 12:15 am, bottom of the eleventh inning of game seven of the ALCS, New York third-baseman Aaron Boone launches a ball over Yankee Stadium’s left-field fence. The Yankees win their 39th pennant – and send the perennially vexed Boston Red Sox home . . . again . . . suffering another devastating loss to their longtime nemesis. October 20, 2004: A year later, an eerie reprise – but this time things are different. After losing three straight to the Yankees, Boston has charged back to win the next three, forcing a decisive game seven. From the start of the game Boston is in control, and by winning this game they march toward their first World Series victory since 1918. These two explosive years define an extraordinary, epic rivalry – from Mariano Rivera and Roger Clemens to Pedro Martinez and Curt Schilling, Derek Jeter and Aaron Boone to David Ortiz and Manny Ramirez, from nearly a century of Yankee domination to the undisputed breaking of “The Curse.” With the razor-sharp instincts that have made him a top sports journalist, Mike Vaccaro delves into the history of the rollicking rivalry: a vicious collision in 1903 (between the New York Highlanders and Boston Pilgrims) that draws first blood; the era of Babe Ruth and his legendary trade from the Red Sox to the Yankees, ushering in the notorious Curse; the golden age of DiMaggio and Williams; the unstoppable power of Mantle and Maris; the heart and soul of Fisk and Yastrzemski versus Pinella and Munson; and the modern era of dueling owners, skyrocketing payrolls, and a renewed rivalry that attracts sell-out crowds even to Yankees-Red Sox spring training games. EMPERORS AND IDIOTS is as lively, fascinating, and raucous as the teams themselves – a must-have volume for any Yankees or Red Sox fan. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159581 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159581]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Disappointment Artist: Selected Unabridged Essays Author: Jonathan Lethem Narrator: Jonathan Lethem Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 15, 2005 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In a volume he describes as “a series of covert and no-so-covert autobiographical pieces,” Jonathan Lethem explores the nature of cultural obsession—in his case, with examples as diverse as western films, comic books, the music of Talking Heads and Pink Floyd, and the New York City subway. Along the way, he shows how each of these “voyages out from himself” have led him home—home to his father's life as a painter, and to the source of his beginnings as a writer. THE DISAPPOINTMENT ARTIST is a series of windows onto the collisions of art, landscape, and personal history that formed Lethem’s richly imaginative, searingly honest perspective on life as a human creature in the jungle of culture at the end of the twentieth century. From a confession of the sadness of a “Star Wars nerd” to an investigation into the legacy of a would-be literary titan, Lethem illuminates the process by which a child invents himself as a writer, and as a human being, through a series of approaches to the culture around him. In “The Disappointment Artist,” a letter from his aunt, a children’s book author, spurs a meditation on the value of writing workshops, and the uncomfortable fraternity of writers. In “Defending The Searchers” Lethem explains how a passion for the classic John Wayne Western became occasion for a series of minor humiliations. In “Identifying with Your Parents,” an excavation of childhood love for superhero comics expands to cover a whole range of nostalgia for a previous generation’s cultural artifacts. And “13/1977/21,” which begins by recounting the summer he saw Star Wars twenty-one times, “slipping past ushers who’d begun to recognize me . . . occult as a porn customer,” becomes a meditation on the sorrow and solace of the solitary movie-goer. THE DISAPPOINTMENT ARTIST confirms Lethem's unique ability to illuminate the way life, his and ours, can be read between the lines of art and culture. Jonathan Lethem Tue, 15 Mar 2005 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159581 thebookvoice.com 3:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159581]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Disappointment Artist: Selected Unabridged Essays Author: Jonathan Lethem Narrator: Jonathan Lethem Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 15, 2005 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In a volume he describes as “a series of covert and no-so-covert autobiographical pieces,” Jonathan Lethem explores the nature of cultural obsession—in his case, with examples as diverse as western films, comic books, the music of Talking Heads and Pink Floyd, and the New York City subway. Along the way, he shows how each of these “voyages out from himself” have led him home—home to his father's life as a painter, and to the source of his beginnings as a writer. THE DISAPPOINTMENT ARTIST is a series of windows onto the collisions of art, landscape, and personal history that formed Lethem’s richly imaginative, searingly honest perspective on life as a human creature in the jungle of culture at the end of the twentieth century. From a confession of the sadness of a “Star Wars nerd” to an investigation into the legacy of a would-be literary titan, Lethem illuminates the process by which a child invents himself as a writer, and as a human being, through a series of approaches to the culture around him. In “The Disappointment Artist,” a letter from his aunt, a children’s book author, spurs a meditation on the value of writing workshops, and the uncomfortable fraternity of writers. In “Defending The Searchers” Lethem explains how a passion for the classic John Wayne Western became occasion for a series of minor humiliations. In “Identifying with Your Parents,” an excavation of childhood love for superhero comics expands to cover a whole range of nostalgia for a previous generation’s cultural artifacts. And “13/1977/21,” which begins by recounting the summer he saw Star Wars twenty-one times, “slipping past ushers who’d begun to recognize me . . . occult as a porn customer,” becomes a meditation on the sorrow and solace of the solitary movie-goer. THE DISAPPOINTMENT ARTIST confirms Lethem's unique ability to illuminate the way life, his and ours, can be read between the lines of art and culture. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159581]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Disappointment Artist: Selected Unabridged Essays Author: Jonathan Lethem Narrator: Jonathan Lethem Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 15, 2005 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In a volume he describes as “a series of covert and no-so-covert autobiographical pieces,” Jonathan Lethem explores the nature of cultural obsession—in his case, with examples as diverse as western films, comic books, the music of Talking Heads and Pink Floyd, and the New York City subway. Along the way, he shows how each of these “voyages out from himself” have led him home—home to his father's life as a painter, and to the source of his beginnings as a writer. THE DISAPPOINTMENT ARTIST is a series of windows onto the collisions of art, landscape, and personal history that formed Lethem’s richly imaginative, searingly honest perspective on life as a human creature in the jungle of culture at the end of the twentieth century. From a confession of the sadness of a “Star Wars nerd” to an investigation into the legacy of a would-be literary titan, Lethem illuminates the process by which a child invents himself as a writer, and as a human being, through a series of approaches to the culture around him. In “The Disappointment Artist,” a letter from his aunt, a children’s book author, spurs a meditation on the value of writing workshops, and the uncomfortable fraternity of writers. In “Defending The Searchers” Lethem explains how a passion for the classic John Wayne Western became occasion for a series of minor humiliations. In “Identifying with Your Parents,” an excavation of childhood love for superhero comics expands to cover a whole range of nostalgia for a previous generation’s cultural artifacts. And “13/1977/21,” which begins by recounting the summer he saw Star Wars twenty-one times, “slipping past ushers who’d begun to recognize me . . . occult as a porn customer,” becomes a meditation on the sorrow and solace of the solitary movie-goer. THE DISAPPOINTMENT ARTIST confirms Lethem's unique ability to illuminate the way life, his and ours, can be read between the lines of art and culture. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159209 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159209]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Utopian Frontiers: A Story of Hope Author: Drew Tapley Narrator: John Phillip Roach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 17 minutes Release date: December 18, 2012 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What if there was a secret city at work on finding answers to the survival of humanity? Technologies beyond your imagination. A city expanding, recruiting and evolving. There is no government, no money, no bosses, institutions, cars or roads; and age takes on new meaning. This “facity” is one big research product in and of itself, and nothing else quite like it exists on this Earth. This is the city that Erwin Sharp and his family are drawn into on the fringes of a national park. They fall headfirst down the rabbit hole into a world of space probes, cancer cures, and a core myth that defies belief. They soon realize that some doors are only meant to swing one way. This is a parable of trust and hope—a flashing beacon of hope in a world hell-bent on destroying itself. It is ultimately a story of ambition, of owning up to life, showing up and trading up. In a story that is as controversial as it is reassuring, sometimes it is possible to find something you always hoped existed, and in finding it, you confront our own truth as much as that of the world you live in. What is inside the mysterious Hall 8, and what does that have to do with Erwin? And how is water the mechanism of peace or destruction? Thick with adventure, revelations and twists, this story shows how what we accept is only that which we’ve been conditioned to accept, and why an ancient Mayan prophesy doesn’t actually mean what you think. Drew Tapley Tue, 18 Dec 2012 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159209 thebookvoice.com 7:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159209]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Utopian Frontiers: A Story of Hope Author: Drew Tapley Narrator: John Phillip Roach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 17 minutes Release date: December 18, 2012 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What if there was a secret city at work on finding answers to the survival of humanity? Technologies beyond your imagination. A city expanding, recruiting and evolving. There is no government, no money, no bosses, institutions, cars or roads; and age takes on new meaning. This “facity” is one big research product in and of itself, and nothing else quite like it exists on this Earth. This is the city that Erwin Sharp and his family are drawn into on the fringes of a national park. They fall headfirst down the rabbit hole into a world of space probes, cancer cures, and a core myth that defies belief. They soon realize that some doors are only meant to swing one way. This is a parable of trust and hope—a flashing beacon of hope in a world hell-bent on destroying itself. It is ultimately a story of ambition, of owning up to life, showing up and trading up. In a story that is as controversial as it is reassuring, sometimes it is possible to find something you always hoped existed, and in finding it, you confront our own truth as much as that of the world you live in. What is inside the mysterious Hall 8, and what does that have to do with Erwin? And how is water the mechanism of peace or destruction? Thick with adventure, revelations and twists, this story shows how what we accept is only that which we’ve been conditioned to accept, and why an ancient Mayan prophesy doesn’t actually mean what you think. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159209]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Utopian Frontiers: A Story of Hope Author: Drew Tapley Narrator: John Phillip Roach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 17 minutes Release date: December 18, 2012 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What if there was a secret city at work on finding answers to the survival of humanity? Technologies beyond your imagination. A city expanding, recruiting and evolving. There is no government, no money, no bosses, institutions, cars or roads; and age takes on new meaning. This “facity” is one big research product in and of itself, and nothing else quite like it exists on this Earth. This is the city that Erwin Sharp and his family are drawn into on the fringes of a national park. They fall headfirst down the rabbit hole into a world of space probes, cancer cures, and a core myth that defies belief. They soon realize that some doors are only meant to swing one way. This is a parable of trust and hope—a flashing beacon of hope in a world hell-bent on destroying itself. It is ultimately a story of ambition, of owning up to life, showing up and trading up. In a story that is as controversial as it is reassuring, sometimes it is possible to find something you always hoped existed, and in finding it, you confront our own truth as much as that of the world you live in. What is inside the mysterious Hall 8, and what does that have to do with Erwin? And how is water the mechanism of peace or destruction? Thick with adventure, revelations and twists, this story shows how what we accept is only that which we’ve been conditioned to accept, and why an ancient Mayan prophesy doesn’t actually mean what you think. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/158593 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/158593]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Feel Bad About My Neck: And Other Thoughts on Being a Woman Author: Nora Ephron Narrator: Nora Ephron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 24, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 35 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: With her disarming, intimate, completely accessible voice, and dry sense of humor, Nora Ephron shares with us her ups and downs in I Feel Bad About My Neck, a candid, hilarious look at women who are getting older and dealing with the tribulations of maintenance, menopause, empty nests, and life itself. The woman who brought us When Harry Met Sally . . . discusses everything–from how much she hates her purse to how much time she spends attempting to stop the clock: the hair dye, the treadmill, the lotions and creams that promise to slow the aging process but never do. Oh, and she can’t stand the way her neck looks. But her dermatologist tells her there’s no quick fix for that. Ephron chronicles her life, but mostly she speaks frankly and uproariously about life as a woman of a certain age. Utterly courageous, wickedly funny, and unexpectedly moving in its truth telling, I Feel Bad About My Neck is an audiobook of wisdom, advice, and laugh-out-loud moments, a scrumptious, irresistible treat. Nora Ephron Tue, 24 Oct 2006 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/158593 thebookvoice.com 4:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/158593]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Feel Bad About My Neck: And Other Thoughts on Being a Woman Author: Nora Ephron Narrator: Nora Ephron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 24, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 35 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: With her disarming, intimate, completely accessible voice, and dry sense of humor, Nora Ephron shares with us her ups and downs in I Feel Bad About My Neck, a candid, hilarious look at women who are getting older and dealing with the tribulations of maintenance, menopause, empty nests, and life itself. The woman who brought us When Harry Met Sally . . . discusses everything–from how much she hates her purse to how much time she spends attempting to stop the clock: the hair dye, the treadmill, the lotions and creams that promise to slow the aging process but never do. Oh, and she can’t stand the way her neck looks. But her dermatologist tells her there’s no quick fix for that. Ephron chronicles her life, but mostly she speaks frankly and uproariously about life as a woman of a certain age. Utterly courageous, wickedly funny, and unexpectedly moving in its truth telling, I Feel Bad About My Neck is an audiobook of wisdom, advice, and laugh-out-loud moments, a scrumptious, irresistible treat. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/158593]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Feel Bad About My Neck: And Other Thoughts on Being a Woman Author: Nora Ephron Narrator: Nora Ephron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 24, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 35 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: With her disarming, intimate, completely accessible voice, and dry sense of humor, Nora Ephron shares with us her ups and downs in I Feel Bad About My Neck, a candid, hilarious look at women who are getting older and dealing with the tribulations of maintenance, menopause, empty nests, and life itself. The woman who brought us When Harry Met Sally . . . discusses everything–from how much she hates her purse to how much time she spends attempting to stop the clock: the hair dye, the treadmill, the lotions and creams that promise to slow the aging process but never do. Oh, and she can’t stand the way her neck looks. But her dermatologist tells her there’s no quick fix for that. Ephron chronicles her life, but mostly she speaks frankly and uproariously about life as a woman of a certain age. Utterly courageous, wickedly funny, and unexpectedly moving in its truth telling, I Feel Bad About My Neck is an audiobook of wisdom, advice, and laugh-out-loud moments, a scrumptious, irresistible treat. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/158466 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/158466]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fresh Off the Boat: A Memoir Author: Eddie Huang Narrator: Eddie Huang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 56 minutes Release date: January 29, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 25 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 12 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NOW AN ORIGINAL SERIES ON ABC • “Just may be the best new comedy of [the year] . . . based on restaurateur Eddie Huang’s memoir of the same name . . . [a] classic fresh-out-of-water comedy.”—People   “Bawdy and frequently hilarious . . . a surprisingly sophisticated memoir about race and assimilation in America . . . as much James Baldwin and Jay-Z as Amy Tan . . . rowdy [and] vital . . . It’s a book about fitting in by not fitting in at all.”—Dwight Garner, The New York Times   NATIONAL BESTSELLER • NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY KIRKUS REVIEWS   Assimilating ain’t easy. Eddie Huang was raised by a wild family of FOB (“fresh off the boat”) immigrants—his father a cocksure restaurateur with a dark past back in Taiwan, his mother a fierce protector and constant threat. Young Eddie tried his hand at everything mainstream America threw his way, from white Jesus to macaroni and cheese, but finally found his home as leader of a rainbow coalition of lost boys up to no good: skate punks, dealers, hip-hop junkies, and sneaker freaks. This is the story of a Chinese-American kid in a could-be-anywhere cul-de-sac blazing his way through America’s deviant subcultures, trying to find himself, ten thousand miles from his legacy and anchored only by his conflicted love for his family and his passion for food. Funny, moving, and stylistically inventive, Fresh Off the Boat is more than a radical reimagining of the immigrant memoir—it’s the exhilarating story of every American outsider who finds his destiny in the margins.   Praise for Fresh Off the Boat   “Brash and funny . . . outrageous, courageous, moving, ironic and true.”—New York Times Book Review   “Mercilessly funny and provocative, Fresh Off the Boat is also a serious piece of work. Eddie Huang is hunting nothing less than Big Game here. He does everything with style.”—Anthony Bourdain   “Uproariously funny . . . emotionally honest.”—Chicago Tribune   “Huang is a fearless raconteur. [His] writing is at once hilarious and provocative; his incisive wit pulls through like a perfect plate of dan dan noodles.”—Interview   “Although writing a memoir is an audacious act for a thirty-year-old, it is not nearly as audacious as some of the things Huang did and survived even earlier. . . . Whatever he ends up doing, you can be sure it won’t look or sound like anything that’s come before. A single, kinetic passage from Fresh Off the Boat . . . is all you need to get that straight.”—Bookforum Eddie Huang Tue, 29 Jan 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/158466 thebookvoice.com 7:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/158466]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fresh Off the Boat: A Memoir Author: Eddie Huang Narrator: Eddie Huang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 56 minutes Release date: January 29, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 25 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 12 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NOW AN ORIGINAL SERIES ON ABC • “Just may be the best new comedy of [the year] . . . based on restaurateur Eddie Huang’s memoir of the same name . . . [a] classic fresh-out-of-water comedy.”—People   “Bawdy and frequently hilarious . . . a surprisingly sophisticated memoir about race and assimilation in America . . . as much James Baldwin and Jay-Z as Amy Tan . . . rowdy [and] vital . . . It’s a book about fitting in by not fitting in at all.”—Dwight Garner, The New York Times   NATIONAL BESTSELLER • NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY KIRKUS REVIEWS   Assimilating ain’t easy. Eddie Huang was raised by a wild family of FOB (“fresh off the boat”) immigrants—his father a cocksure restaurateur with a dark past back in Taiwan, his mother a fierce protector and constant threat. Young Eddie tried his hand at everything mainstream America threw his way, from white Jesus to macaroni and cheese, but finally found his home as leader of a rainbow coalition of lost boys up to no good: skate punks, dealers, hip-hop junkies, and sneaker freaks. This is the story of a Chinese-American kid in a could-be-anywhere cul-de-sac blazing his way through America’s deviant subcultures, trying to find himself, ten thousand miles from his legacy and anchored only by his conflicted love for his family and his passion for food. Funny, moving, and stylistically inventive, Fresh Off the Boat is more than a radical reimagining of the immigrant memoir—it’s the exhilarating story of every American outsider who finds his destiny in the margins.   Praise for Fresh Off the Boat   “Brash and funny . . . outrageous, courageous, moving, ironic and true.”—New York Times Book Review   “Mercilessly funny and provocative, Fresh Off the Boat is also a serious piece of work. Eddie Huang is hunting nothing less than Big Game here. He does everything with style.”—Anthony Bourdain   “Uproariously funny . . . emotionally honest.”—Chicago Tribune   “Huang is a fearless raconteur. [His] writing is at once hilarious and provocative; his incisive wit pulls through like a perfect plate of dan dan noodles.”—Interview   “Although writing a memoir is an audacious act for a thirty-year-old, it is not nearly as audacious as some of the things Huang did and survived even earlier. . . . Whatever he ends up doing, you can be sure it won’t look or sound like anything that’s come before. A single, kinetic passage from Fresh Off the Boat . . . is all you need to get that straight.”—Bookforum Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/158466]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fresh Off the Boat: A Memoir Author: Eddie Huang Narrator: Eddie Huang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 56 minutes Release date: January 29, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 25 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 12 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NOW AN ORIGINAL SERIES ON ABC • “Just may be the best new comedy of [the year] . . . based on restaurateur Eddie Huang’s memoir of the same name . . . [a] classic fresh-out-of-water comedy.”—People   “Bawdy and frequently hilarious . . . a surprisingly sophisticated memoir about race and assimilation in America . . . as much James Baldwin and Jay-Z as Amy Tan . . . rowdy [and] vital . . . It’s a book about fitting in by not fitting in at all.”—Dwight Garner, The New York Times   NATIONAL BESTSELLER • NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY KIRKUS REVIEWS   Assimilating ain’t easy. Eddie Huang was raised by a wild family of FOB (“fresh off the boat”) immigrants—his father a cocksure restaurateur with a dark past back in Taiwan, his mother a fierce protector and constant threat. Young Eddie tried his hand at everything mainstream America threw his way, from white Jesus to macaroni and cheese, but finally found his home as leader of a rainbow coalition of lost boys up to no good: skate punks, dealers, hip-hop junkies, and sneaker freaks. This is the story of a Chinese-American kid in a could-be-anywhere cul-de-sac blazing his way through America’s deviant subcultures, trying to find himself, ten thousand miles from his legacy and anchored only by his conflicted love for his family and his passion for food. Funny, moving, and stylistically inventive, Fresh Off the Boat is more than a radical reimagining of the immigrant memoir—it’s the exhilarating story of every American outsider who finds his destiny in the margins.   Praise for Fresh Off the Boat   “Brash and funny . . . outrageous, courageous, moving, ironic and true.”—New York Times Book Review   “Mercilessly funny and provocative, Fresh Off the Boat is also a serious piece of work. Eddie Huang is hunting nothing less than Big Game here. He does everything with style.”—Anthony Bourdain   “Uproariously funny . . . emotionally honest.”—Chicago Tribune   “Huang is a fearless raconteur. [His] writing is at once hilarious and provocative; his incisive wit pulls through like a perfect plate of dan dan noodles.”—Interview   “Although writing a memoir is an audacious act for a thirty-year-old, it is not nearly as audacious as some of the things Huang did and survived even earlier. . . . Whatever he ends up doing, you can be sure it won’t look or sound like anything that’s come before. A single, kinetic passage from Fresh Off the Boat . . . is all you need to get that straight.”—Bookforum https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/158178 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/158178]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Garlic and Sapphires: The Secret Life of a Critic in Disguise Author: Ruth Reichl Narrator: Bernadette Dunne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 57 minutes Release date: April 19, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.89 of Total 120 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: GARLIC AND SAPPHIRES is Ruth Reichl's riotous account of the many disguises she employs to dine anonymously. There is her stint as Molly Hollis, a frumpy blond with manicured nails and an off-beige Armani suit that Ruth takes on when reviewing Le Cirque. The result: her famous double review of the restaurant: first she ate there as Molly; and then as she was coddled and pampered on her visit there as Ruth, New York Times food critic. What is even more remarkable about Reichl's spy games is that as she takes on these various disguises, she finds herself changed not just superficially, but in character as well. She gives a remarkable account of how one's outer appearance can very much influence one's inner character, expectations, and appetites. As she writes, "Every restaurant is a theater . . . even the modest restaurants offer the opportunity to become someone else, at least for a little while." GARLIC AND SAPPHIRES is a reflection on personal identity and role playing in the decadent, epicurean theaters of the restaurant world. Ruth Reichl Tue, 19 Apr 2005 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/158178 thebookvoice.com 10:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/158178]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Garlic and Sapphires: The Secret Life of a Critic in Disguise Author: Ruth Reichl Narrator: Bernadette Dunne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 57 minutes Release date: April 19, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.89 of Total 120 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: GARLIC AND SAPPHIRES is Ruth Reichl's riotous account of the many disguises she employs to dine anonymously. There is her stint as Molly Hollis, a frumpy blond with manicured nails and an off-beige Armani suit that Ruth takes on when reviewing Le Cirque. The result: her famous double review of the restaurant: first she ate there as Molly; and then as she was coddled and pampered on her visit there as Ruth, New York Times food critic. What is even more remarkable about Reichl's spy games is that as she takes on these various disguises, she finds herself changed not just superficially, but in character as well. She gives a remarkable account of how one's outer appearance can very much influence one's inner character, expectations, and appetites. As she writes, "Every restaurant is a theater . . . even the modest restaurants offer the opportunity to become someone else, at least for a little while." GARLIC AND SAPPHIRES is a reflection on personal identity and role playing in the decadent, epicurean theaters of the restaurant world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/158178]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Garlic and Sapphires: The Secret Life of a Critic in Disguise Author: Ruth Reichl Narrator: Bernadette Dunne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 57 minutes Release date: April 19, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.89 of Total 120 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: GARLIC AND SAPPHIRES is Ruth Reichl's riotous account of the many disguises she employs to dine anonymously. There is her stint as Molly Hollis, a frumpy blond with manicured nails and an off-beige Armani suit that Ruth takes on when reviewing Le Cirque. The result: her famous double review of the restaurant: first she ate there as Molly; and then as she was coddled and pampered on her visit there as Ruth, New York Times food critic. What is even more remarkable about Reichl's spy games is that as she takes on these various disguises, she finds herself changed not just superficially, but in character as well. She gives a remarkable account of how one's outer appearance can very much influence one's inner character, expectations, and appetites. As she writes, "Every restaurant is a theater . . . even the modest restaurants offer the opportunity to become someone else, at least for a little while." GARLIC AND SAPPHIRES is a reflection on personal identity and role playing in the decadent, epicurean theaters of the restaurant world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346790 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346790]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Genius Factory: The Curious History of the Nobel Prize Sperm Bank Author: David Plotz Narrator: Stefan Rudnicki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 4 minutes Release date: June 28, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the former editor of Slate and CEO of Atlas Obscura comes the unbelievable story of “the Nobel Prize sperm bank” and the children it produced—“a superb book about the quest for genius and, ultimately, family” (Malcolm Gladwell, author of The Tipping Point and Talking to Strangers).   NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY ROCKY MOUNTAIN NEWS   It was the most radical human-breeding experiment in American history. The Repository for Germinal Choice—nicknamed “the Nobel Prize sperm bank”—opened to notorious fanfare in 1980, and for two decades women flocked to it from all over the country to choose a sperm donor from its roster of Nobel-laureate scientists, mathematical prodigies, successful businessmen, and star athletes. But the bank quietly closed its doors in 1999—its founder dead, its confidential records sealed, and the fate of its children and donors unknown. Crisscrossing the country and tracking down previously unknown family members, award-winning Slate columnist David Plotz unfolds the full and astonishing story of the Nobel Prize sperm bank and its founder’s radical scheme to change our world. Praise for The Genius Factory “[David] Plotz’s wonderful history of the Nobel sperm bank is filled with wit, pathos and insight. . . . [He acts] as narrator, ethnographer, historian, social critic and even go-between, brokering reunions between children and their genitors.”—Chicago Tribune   “Perfectly pitched—blithe, smart, skeptical, yet entranced by its subject.”—The New York Times   “By turns personal, confounding, creepy, defiant of expectations and touching . . .The Genius Factory isn’t merely curious, it’s useful.”—San Francisco Chronicle   “Tense, hilarious, and touching . . . wonderfully readable and eye-opening.”—The Wall Street Journal   “Terrific . . . [a] lively account.”—The Washington Post Book World David Plotz Tue, 28 Jun 2005 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346790 thebookvoice.com 10:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346790]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Genius Factory: The Curious History of the Nobel Prize Sperm Bank Author: David Plotz Narrator: Stefan Rudnicki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 4 minutes Release date: June 28, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the former editor of Slate and CEO of Atlas Obscura comes the unbelievable story of “the Nobel Prize sperm bank” and the children it produced—“a superb book about the quest for genius and, ultimately, family” (Malcolm Gladwell, author of The Tipping Point and Talking to Strangers).   NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY ROCKY MOUNTAIN NEWS   It was the most radical human-breeding experiment in American history. The Repository for Germinal Choice—nicknamed “the Nobel Prize sperm bank”—opened to notorious fanfare in 1980, and for two decades women flocked to it from all over the country to choose a sperm donor from its roster of Nobel-laureate scientists, mathematical prodigies, successful businessmen, and star athletes. But the bank quietly closed its doors in 1999—its founder dead, its confidential records sealed, and the fate of its children and donors unknown. Crisscrossing the country and tracking down previously unknown family members, award-winning Slate columnist David Plotz unfolds the full and astonishing story of the Nobel Prize sperm bank and its founder’s radical scheme to change our world. Praise for The Genius Factory “[David] Plotz’s wonderful history of the Nobel sperm bank is filled with wit, pathos and insight. . . . [He acts] as narrator, ethnographer, historian, social critic and even go-between, brokering reunions between children and their genitors.”—Chicago Tribune   “Perfectly pitched—blithe, smart, skeptical, yet entranced by its subject.”—The New York Times   “By turns personal, confounding, creepy, defiant of expectations and touching . . .The Genius Factory isn’t merely curious, it’s useful.”—San Francisco Chronicle   “Tense, hilarious, and touching . . . wonderfully readable and eye-opening.”—The Wall Street Journal   “Terrific . . . [a] lively account.”—The Washington Post Book World Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346790]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Genius Factory: The Curious History of the Nobel Prize Sperm Bank Author: David Plotz Narrator: Stefan Rudnicki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 4 minutes Release date: June 28, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the former editor of Slate and CEO of Atlas Obscura comes the unbelievable story of “the Nobel Prize sperm bank” and the children it produced—“a superb book about the quest for genius and, ultimately, family” (Malcolm Gladwell, author of The Tipping Point and Talking to Strangers).   NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY ROCKY MOUNTAIN NEWS   It was the most radical human-breeding experiment in American history. The Repository for Germinal Choice—nicknamed “the Nobel Prize sperm bank”—opened to notorious fanfare in 1980, and for two decades women flocked to it from all over the country to choose a sperm donor from its roster of Nobel-laureate scientists, mathematical prodigies, successful businessmen, and star athletes. But the bank quietly closed its doors in 1999—its founder dead, its confidential records sealed, and the fate of its children and donors unknown. Crisscrossing the country and tracking down previously unknown family members, award-winning Slate columnist David Plotz unfolds the full and astonishing story of the Nobel Prize sperm bank and its founder’s radical scheme to change our world. Praise for The Genius Factory “[David] Plotz’s wonderful history of the Nobel sperm bank is filled with wit, pathos and insight. . . . [He acts] as narrator, ethnographer, historian, social critic and even go-between, brokering reunions between children and their genitors.”—Chicago Tribune   “Perfectly pitched—blithe, smart, skeptical, yet entranced by its subject.”—The New York Times   “By turns personal, confounding, creepy, defiant of expectations and touching . . .The Genius Factory isn’t merely curious, it’s useful.”—San Francisco Chronicle   “Tense, hilarious, and touching . . . wonderfully readable and eye-opening.”—The Wall Street Journal   “Terrific . . . [a] lively account.”—The Washington Post Book World https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/157732 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/157732]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Saturday Night Widows: The Adventures of Six Friends Remaking Their Lives Author: Becky Aikman Narrator: Ann Marie Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 54 minutes Release date: January 22, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Six marriages, six heartbreaks, one shared beginning.    In her forties – a widow, too young, too modern to accept the role – Becky Aikman struggled to make sense of her place in an altered world.  In this transcendent and infectiously wise memoir, she explores surprising new discoveries about how people experience grief and transcend loss and, following her own remarriage, forms a group with five other young widows to test these unconventional ideas.  Together, these friends summon the humor, resilience, and striving spirit essential for anyone overcoming adversity.    Meet the Saturday Night Widows: ringleader Becky, an unsentimental journalist who lost her husband to cancer; Tara, a polished mother of two, whose husband died in the throes of alcoholism after she filed for divorce; Denise, a widow of just five months, now struggling to get by; Marcia, a hard-driving corporate lawyer; Dawn, an alluring self-made entrepreneur whose husband was killed in a sporting accident, leaving two small children behind; and Lesley, a housewife who returned home one day to find that her husband had committed suicide.    The women meet once a month, and over the course of a year, they strike out on ever more far-flung adventures, learning to live past the worst thing they thought could happen.  They share emotional peaks and valleys – dating, parenting, moving, finding meaningful work, and reinventing themselves – while turning traditional thinking about loss and recovery upside down.  Through it all runs the story of Aikman's own journey through grief and her love affair with a man who tempts her to marry again.  In a transporting story of what friends can achieve when they hold each other up, Saturday Night Widows is a rare book that will make you laugh, think, and remind yourself that despite the utter unpredictability and occasional tragedy of life, it is also precious, fragile, and often more joyous than we recognize. Look for Becky's new book, Off The Cliff: How the Making of Thelma & Louise Drove Hollywood to the Edge. Becky Aikman Tue, 22 Jan 2013 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/157732 thebookvoice.com 11:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/157732]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Saturday Night Widows: The Adventures of Six Friends Remaking Their Lives Author: Becky Aikman Narrator: Ann Marie Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 54 minutes Release date: January 22, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Six marriages, six heartbreaks, one shared beginning.    In her forties – a widow, too young, too modern to accept the role – Becky Aikman struggled to make sense of her place in an altered world.  In this transcendent and infectiously wise memoir, she explores surprising new discoveries about how people experience grief and transcend loss and, following her own remarriage, forms a group with five other young widows to test these unconventional ideas.  Together, these friends summon the humor, resilience, and striving spirit essential for anyone overcoming adversity.    Meet the Saturday Night Widows: ringleader Becky, an unsentimental journalist who lost her husband to cancer; Tara, a polished mother of two, whose husband died in the throes of alcoholism after she filed for divorce; Denise, a widow of just five months, now struggling to get by; Marcia, a hard-driving corporate lawyer; Dawn, an alluring self-made entrepreneur whose husband was killed in a sporting accident, leaving two small children behind; and Lesley, a housewife who returned home one day to find that her husband had committed suicide.    The women meet once a month, and over the course of a year, they strike out on ever more far-flung adventures, learning to live past the worst thing they thought could happen.  They share emotional peaks and valleys – dating, parenting, moving, finding meaningful work, and reinventing themselves – while turning traditional thinking about loss and recovery upside down.  Through it all runs the story of Aikman's own journey through grief and her love affair with a man who tempts her to marry again.  In a transporting story of what friends can achieve when they hold each other up, Saturday Night Widows is a rare book that will make you laugh, think, and remind yourself that despite the utter unpredictability and occasional tragedy of life, it is also precious, fragile, and often more joyous than we recognize. Look for Becky's new book, Off The Cliff: How the Making of Thelma & Louise Drove Hollywood to the Edge. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/157732]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Saturday Night Widows: The Adventures of Six Friends Remaking Their Lives Author: Becky Aikman Narrator: Ann Marie Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 54 minutes Release date: January 22, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Six marriages, six heartbreaks, one shared beginning.    In her forties – a widow, too young, too modern to accept the role – Becky Aikman struggled to make sense of her place in an altered world.  In this transcendent and infectiously wise memoir, she explores surprising new discoveries about how people experience grief and transcend loss and, following her own remarriage, forms a group with five other young widows to test these unconventional ideas.  Together, these friends summon the humor, resilience, and striving spirit essential for anyone overcoming adversity.    Meet the Saturday Night Widows: ringleader Becky, an unsentimental journalist who lost her husband to cancer; Tara, a polished mother of two, whose husband died in the throes of alcoholism after she filed for divorce; Denise, a widow of just five months, now struggling to get by; Marcia, a hard-driving corporate lawyer; Dawn, an alluring self-made entrepreneur whose husband was killed in a sporting accident, leaving two small children behind; and Lesley, a housewife who returned home one day to find that her husband had committed suicide.    The women meet once a month, and over the course of a year, they strike out on ever more far-flung adventures, learning to live past the worst thing they thought could happen.  They share emotional peaks and valleys – dating, parenting, moving, finding meaningful work, and reinventing themselves – while turning traditional thinking about loss and recovery upside down.  Through it all runs the story of Aikman's own journey through grief and her love affair with a man who tempts her to marry again.  In a transporting story of what friends can achieve when they hold each other up, Saturday Night Widows is a rare book that will make you laugh, think, and remind yourself that despite the utter unpredictability and occasional tragedy of life, it is also precious, fragile, and often more joyous than we recognize. Look for Becky's new book, Off The Cliff: How the Making of Thelma & Louise Drove Hollywood to the Edge. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/157586 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/157586]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Rules of Marriage: What You Need to Know to Make Love Work Author: Terrence Real Narrator: Marc Cashman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 30, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In his extraordinary new audiobook, Terrence Real, distinguished therapist and bestselling author, presents a long overdue message that women need to hear: You aren’t crazy–you’re right! Women have changed in the last twenty-five years–they have become powerful, independent, self-confident, and happy. Yet many men remain irresponsible and emotionally detached. They don’t know how to respond to frustrated partners who just want their mates to show up and grow up. Enter the good news: In this revolutionary audiobook, Real offers women a set of effective tools with which they can create the truly intimate relationship that they desire and deserve. He guides you through the process of relationship repair with exercises that you can do alone or with your partner. We have never wanted so much from our relationships as we do today. More than any other generation, we yearn for our mates to be lifelong friends and lovers. The New Rules of Marriage shows us how to fulfill this courageous and uncompromising new vision. Terrence Real Tue, 30 Jan 2007 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/157586 thebookvoice.com 10:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/157586]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Rules of Marriage: What You Need to Know to Make Love Work Author: Terrence Real Narrator: Marc Cashman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 30, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In his extraordinary new audiobook, Terrence Real, distinguished therapist and bestselling author, presents a long overdue message that women need to hear: You aren’t crazy–you’re right! Women have changed in the last twenty-five years–they have become powerful, independent, self-confident, and happy. Yet many men remain irresponsible and emotionally detached. They don’t know how to respond to frustrated partners who just want their mates to show up and grow up. Enter the good news: In this revolutionary audiobook, Real offers women a set of effective tools with which they can create the truly intimate relationship that they desire and deserve. He guides you through the process of relationship repair with exercises that you can do alone or with your partner. We have never wanted so much from our relationships as we do today. More than any other generation, we yearn for our mates to be lifelong friends and lovers. The New Rules of Marriage shows us how to fulfill this courageous and uncompromising new vision. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/157586]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Rules of Marriage: What You Need to Know to Make Love Work Author: Terrence Real Narrator: Marc Cashman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 30, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In his extraordinary new audiobook, Terrence Real, distinguished therapist and bestselling author, presents a long overdue message that women need to hear: You aren’t crazy–you’re right! Women have changed in the last twenty-five years–they have become powerful, independent, self-confident, and happy. Yet many men remain irresponsible and emotionally detached. They don’t know how to respond to frustrated partners who just want their mates to show up and grow up. Enter the good news: In this revolutionary audiobook, Real offers women a set of effective tools with which they can create the truly intimate relationship that they desire and deserve. He guides you through the process of relationship repair with exercises that you can do alone or with your partner. We have never wanted so much from our relationships as we do today. More than any other generation, we yearn for our mates to be lifelong friends and lovers. The New Rules of Marriage shows us how to fulfill this courageous and uncompromising new vision. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/157151 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/157151]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Start a Conversation Author: Don Gabor Narrator: Don Gabor Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 10, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: "You'll be amazed at how fast you can learn how to start a conversation just by listening to this audiobook and by practicing the skills with everyone you meet! Just think how much more confident, poised, and successful you'll feel when you can walk into a roomful of strangers and strike up a conversation with anyone there." - Don Gabor Tired of being tongue-tied? This program is guaranteed to teach you how to strike up a conversation with anyone, in almost any situation. With a little practice and six simple techniques you'll be able to overcome your shyness, make new friends, and become more confident and successful. Don Gabor Tue, 10 Apr 2007 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/157151 thebookvoice.com 0:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/157151]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Start a Conversation Author: Don Gabor Narrator: Don Gabor Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 10, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: "You'll be amazed at how fast you can learn how to start a conversation just by listening to this audiobook and by practicing the skills with everyone you meet! Just think how much more confident, poised, and successful you'll feel when you can walk into a roomful of strangers and strike up a conversation with anyone there." - Don Gabor Tired of being tongue-tied? This program is guaranteed to teach you how to strike up a conversation with anyone, in almost any situation. With a little practice and six simple techniques you'll be able to overcome your shyness, make new friends, and become more confident and successful. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/157151]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Start a Conversation Author: Don Gabor Narrator: Don Gabor Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 10, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: "You'll be amazed at how fast you can learn how to start a conversation just by listening to this audiobook and by practicing the skills with everyone you meet! Just think how much more confident, poised, and successful you'll feel when you can walk into a roomful of strangers and strike up a conversation with anyone there." - Don Gabor Tired of being tongue-tied? This program is guaranteed to teach you how to strike up a conversation with anyone, in almost any situation. With a little practice and six simple techniques you'll be able to overcome your shyness, make new friends, and become more confident and successful. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/156705 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/156705]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Newjack: Guarding Sing Sing Author: Ted Conover Narrator: Ted Conover Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 20 minutes Release date: April 25, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Newjack: Guarding Sing Sing is the story of Conover's rookie year as a guard at Sing Sing. It is a nerve-jangling account of his passage into the storied prison and the culture of its guards—both fresh-faced 'newjacks' like Conover and brutally hardened veterans. As he struggles to be a good officer, Conover angers inmates, dodges blows, works to balance decency with toughness, and participates in prison rituals—strip frisks, cell searches, cell 'extractions'—that exact a toll on inmates and officers alike.The tale begins with the corrections academy and ends with the flames and smoke of New Year's Eve on Conover's floor of the notorious B-Block. Along the way, Conover also recounts the history of Sing Sing, from draconian early punishment, to fame as the citadel of capital punishment, to its present status as New York State's 'bottom of the barrel' prison.This audiobook will become a landmark of American journalism—the definitive presentation of the impasse between the need to imprison criminals and the dehumanization of inmates and guards—that almost inevitably takes place behind bars.'Newjack is an astonishing work by a gifted—and dedicated—journalist. Ted Conover takes us into the dangerous, sad, amusing and instructive soul of one of America's best known prisons.' —Tom Brokaw Ted Conover Mon, 25 Apr 2005 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/156705 thebookvoice.com 11:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/156705]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Newjack: Guarding Sing Sing Author: Ted Conover Narrator: Ted Conover Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 20 minutes Release date: April 25, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Newjack: Guarding Sing Sing is the story of Conover's rookie year as a guard at Sing Sing. It is a nerve-jangling account of his passage into the storied prison and the culture of its guards—both fresh-faced 'newjacks' like Conover and brutally hardened veterans. As he struggles to be a good officer, Conover angers inmates, dodges blows, works to balance decency with toughness, and participates in prison rituals—strip frisks, cell searches, cell 'extractions'—that exact a toll on inmates and officers alike.The tale begins with the corrections academy and ends with the flames and smoke of New Year's Eve on Conover's floor of the notorious B-Block. Along the way, Conover also recounts the history of Sing Sing, from draconian early punishment, to fame as the citadel of capital punishment, to its present status as New York State's 'bottom of the barrel' prison.This audiobook will become a landmark of American journalism—the definitive presentation of the impasse between the need to imprison criminals and the dehumanization of inmates and guards—that almost inevitably takes place behind bars.'Newjack is an astonishing work by a gifted—and dedicated—journalist. Ted Conover takes us into the dangerous, sad, amusing and instructive soul of one of America's best known prisons.' —Tom Brokaw Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/156705]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Newjack: Guarding Sing Sing Author: Ted Conover Narrator: Ted Conover Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 20 minutes Release date: April 25, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Newjack: Guarding Sing Sing is the story of Conover's rookie year as a guard at Sing Sing. It is a nerve-jangling account of his passage into the storied prison and the culture of its guards—both fresh-faced 'newjacks' like Conover and brutally hardened veterans. As he struggles to be a good officer, Conover angers inmates, dodges blows, works to balance decency with toughness, and participates in prison rituals—strip frisks, cell searches, cell 'extractions'—that exact a toll on inmates and officers alike.The tale begins with the corrections academy and ends with the flames and smoke of New Year's Eve on Conover's floor of the notorious B-Block. Along the way, Conover also recounts the history of Sing Sing, from draconian early punishment, to fame as the citadel of capital punishment, to its present status as New York State's 'bottom of the barrel' prison.This audiobook will become a landmark of American journalism—the definitive presentation of the impasse between the need to imprison criminals and the dehumanization of inmates and guards—that almost inevitably takes place behind bars.'Newjack is an astonishing work by a gifted—and dedicated—journalist. Ted Conover takes us into the dangerous, sad, amusing and instructive soul of one of America's best known prisons.' —Tom Brokaw https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/156277 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/156277]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: AND: The Gathered and Scattered Church Series: Part of Exponential Series Author: Matt Smay, Hugh Halter Narrator: Don/richard Leslie/brewer, Richard Brewer, Don Leslie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: April 17, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: It's time to stop asking the old questions about how to do church better and instead ask how churches can more effectively participate in and grow God's kingdom. AND helps Christian leaders recognize the best in different church models and see how to incorporate these values into a cohesive church movement. By the numbers, the American church enjoys the resources to profoundly impact the Kingdom. But despite the rapid growth of these evangelical movements, the church in the West is in decline. A growing schism has emerged between the movement with a strong emphasis on attracting people and the more missional communities that focus on releasing people into ministry. Church resource specialists Hugh Halter and Matt Smay have been observing these different church models, and they challenge the idea that churches have to choose between them—between the attractional and missional approaches to ministry. With professional insight and practical advice, Halter and Smay dial in on how to bring together the very best of the attractional AND missional models for church ministry by exploring: - The balance between gathering a community together AND scattering them into the world. - The harmony between centralization AND decentralization in church structure. - The mindset necessary to invest in both the traditional AND the innovative. - The drive to maintain both a vision for the future AND a depth of community for the present. As churches begin to develop these ANDs, they will be better positioned to influence the world according to the design of God instead of the whims of the people or the pride associated with production. Matt Smay, Hugh Halter Sat, 17 Apr 2010 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/156277 thebookvoice.com 6:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/156277]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: AND: The Gathered and Scattered Church Series: Part of Exponential Series Author: Matt Smay, Hugh Halter Narrator: Don/richard Leslie/brewer, Richard Brewer, Don Leslie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: April 17, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: It's time to stop asking the old questions about how to do church better and instead ask how churches can more effectively participate in and grow God's kingdom. AND helps Christian leaders recognize the best in different church models and see how to incorporate these values into a cohesive church movement. By the numbers, the American church enjoys the resources to profoundly impact the Kingdom. But despite the rapid growth of these evangelical movements, the church in the West is in decline. A growing schism has emerged between the movement with a strong emphasis on attracting people and the more missional communities that focus on releasing people into ministry. Church resource specialists Hugh Halter and Matt Smay have been observing these different church models, and they challenge the idea that churches have to choose between them—between the attractional and missional approaches to ministry. With professional insight and practical advice, Halter and Smay dial in on how to bring together the very best of the attractional AND missional models for church ministry by exploring: - The balance between gathering a community together AND scattering them into the world. - The harmony between centralization AND decentralization in church structure. - The mindset necessary to invest in both the traditional AND the innovative. - The drive to maintain both a vision for the future AND a depth of community for the present. As churches begin to develop these ANDs, they will be better positioned to influence the world according to the design of God instead of the whims of the people or the pride associated with production. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/156277]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: AND: The Gathered and Scattered Church Series: Part of Exponential Series Author: Matt Smay, Hugh Halter Narrator: Don/richard Leslie/brewer, Richard Brewer, Don Leslie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: April 17, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: It's time to stop asking the old questions about how to do church better and instead ask how churches can more effectively participate in and grow God's kingdom. AND helps Christian leaders recognize the best in different church models and see how to incorporate these values into a cohesive church movement. By the numbers, the American church enjoys the resources to profoundly impact the Kingdom. But despite the rapid growth of these evangelical movements, the church in the West is in decline. A growing schism has emerged between the movement with a strong emphasis on attracting people and the more missional communities that focus on releasing people into ministry. Church resource specialists Hugh Halter and Matt Smay have been observing these different church models, and they challenge the idea that churches have to choose between them—between the attractional and missional approaches to ministry. With professional insight and practical advice, Halter and Smay dial in on how to bring together the very best of the attractional AND missional models for church ministry by exploring: - The balance between gathering a community together AND scattering them into the world. - The harmony between centralization AND decentralization in church structure. - The mindset necessary to invest in both the traditional AND the innovative. - The drive to maintain both a vision for the future AND a depth of community for the present. As churches begin to develop these ANDs, they will be better positioned to influence the world according to the design of God instead of the whims of the people or the pride associated with production. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/156215 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/156215]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Media: Journalism in Crisis Author: Neal Cortell Narrator: Morton Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 7 minutes Release date: March 15, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Veteran television reporter Neal Cortell tackles the subject of in The Media, Journalism in Crisis. With the help of renowned journalists, academics, regulators, and activists, The Media discusses the state of news that America awoke to each day included clearly delineated separation of reporting and editorial opinion, compared to the internet and numerous TV news outlets that frequently blur that line critical to true journalistic integrity. The elder generation might long for old fashion journalism. The younger 'Instant access generation' may be wholly unfamiliar with it and the critical distinction between quantity and quality. Are we better off now then in days past and how did we get here? Neal Cortell Mon, 15 Mar 2010 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/156215 thebookvoice.com 3:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/156215]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Media: Journalism in Crisis Author: Neal Cortell Narrator: Morton Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 7 minutes Release date: March 15, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Veteran television reporter Neal Cortell tackles the subject of in The Media, Journalism in Crisis. With the help of renowned journalists, academics, regulators, and activists, The Media discusses the state of news that America awoke to each day included clearly delineated separation of reporting and editorial opinion, compared to the internet and numerous TV news outlets that frequently blur that line critical to true journalistic integrity. The elder generation might long for old fashion journalism. The younger 'Instant access generation' may be wholly unfamiliar with it and the critical distinction between quantity and quality. Are we better off now then in days past and how did we get here? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/156215]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Media: Journalism in Crisis Author: Neal Cortell Narrator: Morton Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 7 minutes Release date: March 15, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Veteran television reporter Neal Cortell tackles the subject of in The Media, Journalism in Crisis. With the help of renowned journalists, academics, regulators, and activists, The Media discusses the state of news that America awoke to each day included clearly delineated separation of reporting and editorial opinion, compared to the internet and numerous TV news outlets that frequently blur that line critical to true journalistic integrity. The elder generation might long for old fashion journalism. The younger 'Instant access generation' may be wholly unfamiliar with it and the critical distinction between quantity and quality. Are we better off now then in days past and how did we get here? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/155737 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/155737]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drinking Water: A History Author: James Salzman Narrator: Lee Hahn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 57 minutes Release date: November 27, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: When you turn on the tap or twist the cap, you might not give a second thought to where your drinking water comes from. But how it gets from the ground to your glass is far more complex than you might think. Is it safe to drink tap water? Should you feel guilty buying bottled water? Is your water vulnerable to terrorist attacks? With springs running dry and reservoirs emptying, where is your water going to come from in the future? In Drinking Water, Duke professor James Salzman shows how drinking water highlights the most pressing issues of our time—from globalization and social justice to terrorism and climate change—and how humans have been wrestling with these problems for centuries. Bloody conflicts over control of water sources stretch as far back as the Bible yet are featured in front page headlines even today. Only fifty years ago, selling bottled water sounded as ludicrous as selling bottled air. Salzman weaves all of these issues together to show just how complex a simple glass of water can be. James Salzman Tue, 27 Nov 2012 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/155737 thebookvoice.com 7:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/155737]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drinking Water: A History Author: James Salzman Narrator: Lee Hahn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 57 minutes Release date: November 27, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: When you turn on the tap or twist the cap, you might not give a second thought to where your drinking water comes from. But how it gets from the ground to your glass is far more complex than you might think. Is it safe to drink tap water? Should you feel guilty buying bottled water? Is your water vulnerable to terrorist attacks? With springs running dry and reservoirs emptying, where is your water going to come from in the future? In Drinking Water, Duke professor James Salzman shows how drinking water highlights the most pressing issues of our time—from globalization and social justice to terrorism and climate change—and how humans have been wrestling with these problems for centuries. Bloody conflicts over control of water sources stretch as far back as the Bible yet are featured in front page headlines even today. Only fifty years ago, selling bottled water sounded as ludicrous as selling bottled air. Salzman weaves all of these issues together to show just how complex a simple glass of water can be. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/155737]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drinking Water: A History Author: James Salzman Narrator: Lee Hahn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 57 minutes Release date: November 27, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: When you turn on the tap or twist the cap, you might not give a second thought to where your drinking water comes from. But how it gets from the ground to your glass is far more complex than you might think. Is it safe to drink tap water? Should you feel guilty buying bottled water? Is your water vulnerable to terrorist attacks? With springs running dry and reservoirs emptying, where is your water going to come from in the future? In Drinking Water, Duke professor James Salzman shows how drinking water highlights the most pressing issues of our time—from globalization and social justice to terrorism and climate change—and how humans have been wrestling with these problems for centuries. Bloody conflicts over control of water sources stretch as far back as the Bible yet are featured in front page headlines even today. Only fifty years ago, selling bottled water sounded as ludicrous as selling bottled air. Salzman weaves all of these issues together to show just how complex a simple glass of water can be. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/155346 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/155346]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Elite: Inside the Minds of the Truly Wealthy Author: Stephen Kraus, Jim Taylor, Doug Harrison Narrator: Jim Bond Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: September 18, 2008 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: We are all fascinated by them - that enigmatic class of people often referred to as the rich. With all the emphasis on the rich and famous in America, we would think we know everything about them. In reality, very few of us truly understand those who make up the very wealthiest Americans - those with liquid assets of $5 million or more. What is this new class of people and how did they get that way? In The New Elite, the authors reveal what motivates our country’s most powerful and influential class, what they want, where they shop, and how they really spend their money. With candor and unique insight, they reveal that the people who drive our economy are not Ivy league-educated, luxury-seeking socialites. While they include luminaries like Bill Gates, David Geffen, Ralph Lauren, and Donald Trump, they also include the small business owner next door. Based on unprecedented research with hundreds of interviews with members of this unique group, The New Elite uncovers the five classes of America’s newly wealthy - including those who struggle with its implications, those who refuse to let it change them, and those who give it away, and how each of them is changing our culture and economy. This is an entertaining and enlightening look at America’s ruling class, the profound ways they have redefined what it means to be rich, and how we court them. Stephen Kraus, Jim Taylor, Doug Harrison Thu, 18 Sep 2008 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/155346 thebookvoice.com 7:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/155346]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Elite: Inside the Minds of the Truly Wealthy Author: Stephen Kraus, Jim Taylor, Doug Harrison Narrator: Jim Bond Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: September 18, 2008 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: We are all fascinated by them - that enigmatic class of people often referred to as the rich. With all the emphasis on the rich and famous in America, we would think we know everything about them. In reality, very few of us truly understand those who make up the very wealthiest Americans - those with liquid assets of $5 million or more. What is this new class of people and how did they get that way? In The New Elite, the authors reveal what motivates our country’s most powerful and influential class, what they want, where they shop, and how they really spend their money. With candor and unique insight, they reveal that the people who drive our economy are not Ivy league-educated, luxury-seeking socialites. While they include luminaries like Bill Gates, David Geffen, Ralph Lauren, and Donald Trump, they also include the small business owner next door. Based on unprecedented research with hundreds of interviews with members of this unique group, The New Elite uncovers the five classes of America’s newly wealthy - including those who struggle with its implications, those who refuse to let it change them, and those who give it away, and how each of them is changing our culture and economy. This is an entertaining and enlightening look at America’s ruling class, the profound ways they have redefined what it means to be rich, and how we court them. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/155346]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Elite: Inside the Minds of the Truly Wealthy Author: Stephen Kraus, Jim Taylor, Doug Harrison Narrator: Jim Bond Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: September 18, 2008 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: We are all fascinated by them - that enigmatic class of people often referred to as the rich. With all the emphasis on the rich and famous in America, we would think we know everything about them. In reality, very few of us truly understand those who make up the very wealthiest Americans - those with liquid assets of $5 million or more. What is this new class of people and how did they get that way? In The New Elite, the authors reveal what motivates our country’s most powerful and influential class, what they want, where they shop, and how they really spend their money. With candor and unique insight, they reveal that the people who drive our economy are not Ivy league-educated, luxury-seeking socialites. While they include luminaries like Bill Gates, David Geffen, Ralph Lauren, and Donald Trump, they also include the small business owner next door. Based on unprecedented research with hundreds of interviews with members of this unique group, The New Elite uncovers the five classes of America’s newly wealthy - including those who struggle with its implications, those who refuse to let it change them, and those who give it away, and how each of them is changing our culture and economy. This is an entertaining and enlightening look at America’s ruling class, the profound ways they have redefined what it means to be rich, and how we court them. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153983 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153983]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Popcorn Report Author: Faith Popcorn Narrator: Faith Popcorn Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 30 minutes Release date: October 1, 1991 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Future Is In Your Hands Faith Popcorn has seen it coming -- and now she tells you how to profit from the enormous transformation that will sweep mainstream America in the coming years. The founder of BrainReserve, the top-dollar trend-spotter for the nation's biggest blue-chip companies, Popcorn now shares her vision of the future for anyone who wants an early look at the products we'll buy (and sell), the careers we'll choose and the lives we'll lead in the coming years. Popcorn, who predicted the fall of New Coke, the rise of cocooning and the return to decency, sees the 1990s as 'the shakeup decade' -- a time when we will act upon a growing desire to fix our lives and the world. She offers ten trends that will characterize this change, including: Down-Aging: A second adolescence for our aging population Cashing Out: The move away from the rate race and back to ourselves S.O.S.: Saving our Society -- and our world. The future is a serious business -- for your company, your family, and your own sense of well being -- and it's scarier than ever before. Don't worry: The Popcorn Report, an upbeat, inspiring, insider's guide to the future, will help you transform your fear into hope, and show you how to turn the uncertainties of today into the opportunities of tomorrow. Faith Popcorn Tue, 01 Oct 1991 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153983 thebookvoice.com 1:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153983]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Popcorn Report Author: Faith Popcorn Narrator: Faith Popcorn Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 30 minutes Release date: October 1, 1991 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Future Is In Your Hands Faith Popcorn has seen it coming -- and now she tells you how to profit from the enormous transformation that will sweep mainstream America in the coming years. The founder of BrainReserve, the top-dollar trend-spotter for the nation's biggest blue-chip companies, Popcorn now shares her vision of the future for anyone who wants an early look at the products we'll buy (and sell), the careers we'll choose and the lives we'll lead in the coming years. Popcorn, who predicted the fall of New Coke, the rise of cocooning and the return to decency, sees the 1990s as 'the shakeup decade' -- a time when we will act upon a growing desire to fix our lives and the world. She offers ten trends that will characterize this change, including: Down-Aging: A second adolescence for our aging population Cashing Out: The move away from the rate race and back to ourselves S.O.S.: Saving our Society -- and our world. The future is a serious business -- for your company, your family, and your own sense of well being -- and it's scarier than ever before. Don't worry: The Popcorn Report, an upbeat, inspiring, insider's guide to the future, will help you transform your fear into hope, and show you how to turn the uncertainties of today into the opportunities of tomorrow. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153983]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Popcorn Report Author: Faith Popcorn Narrator: Faith Popcorn Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 30 minutes Release date: October 1, 1991 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Future Is In Your Hands Faith Popcorn has seen it coming -- and now she tells you how to profit from the enormous transformation that will sweep mainstream America in the coming years. The founder of BrainReserve, the top-dollar trend-spotter for the nation's biggest blue-chip companies, Popcorn now shares her vision of the future for anyone who wants an early look at the products we'll buy (and sell), the careers we'll choose and the lives we'll lead in the coming years. Popcorn, who predicted the fall of New Coke, the rise of cocooning and the return to decency, sees the 1990s as 'the shakeup decade' -- a time when we will act upon a growing desire to fix our lives and the world. She offers ten trends that will characterize this change, including: Down-Aging: A second adolescence for our aging population Cashing Out: The move away from the rate race and back to ourselves S.O.S.: Saving our Society -- and our world. The future is a serious business -- for your company, your family, and your own sense of well being -- and it's scarier than ever before. Don't worry: The Popcorn Report, an upbeat, inspiring, insider's guide to the future, will help you transform your fear into hope, and show you how to turn the uncertainties of today into the opportunities of tomorrow. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153982 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153982]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Perfect Thing: How the iPod Shuffles Commerce, Culture, and Coolness Author: Steven Levy Narrator: Anthony Rapp Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 23, 2006 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The iPod has become a full-blown cultural phenomenon, giving us a new vocabulary (we shuffle our iTunes on our nanos), revolutionizing the way we experience music and radio through the invention of podcasting, opening up new outlets for video, and challenging the traditional music industry as never before. The design itself has become iconic: there is even a shade of white now called iPod White. Steven Levy has had rare access to everyone at Apple who was involved in creating the iPod -- including Steve Jobs, Apple's charismatic cofounder and CEO, whom he has known for over twenty years. In telling the story behind the iPod, Levy explains how it went from the drawing board to global sensation. He also examines how this deceptively diminutive gadget raises a host of new technical, legal, social, and musical questions (including the all-important use of one's playlist as an indicator of coolness), and writes about where the iPhenomenon might go next in his new Afterword. Sharp and insightful, The Perfect Thing is part history and part homage to the device that we can't live without. Steven Levy Mon, 23 Oct 2006 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153982 thebookvoice.com 6:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153982]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Perfect Thing: How the iPod Shuffles Commerce, Culture, and Coolness Author: Steven Levy Narrator: Anthony Rapp Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 23, 2006 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The iPod has become a full-blown cultural phenomenon, giving us a new vocabulary (we shuffle our iTunes on our nanos), revolutionizing the way we experience music and radio through the invention of podcasting, opening up new outlets for video, and challenging the traditional music industry as never before. The design itself has become iconic: there is even a shade of white now called iPod White. Steven Levy has had rare access to everyone at Apple who was involved in creating the iPod -- including Steve Jobs, Apple's charismatic cofounder and CEO, whom he has known for over twenty years. In telling the story behind the iPod, Levy explains how it went from the drawing board to global sensation. He also examines how this deceptively diminutive gadget raises a host of new technical, legal, social, and musical questions (including the all-important use of one's playlist as an indicator of coolness), and writes about where the iPhenomenon might go next in his new Afterword. Sharp and insightful, The Perfect Thing is part history and part homage to the device that we can't live without. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153982]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Perfect Thing: How the iPod Shuffles Commerce, Culture, and Coolness Author: Steven Levy Narrator: Anthony Rapp Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 23, 2006 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The iPod has become a full-blown cultural phenomenon, giving us a new vocabulary (we shuffle our iTunes on our nanos), revolutionizing the way we experience music and radio through the invention of podcasting, opening up new outlets for video, and challenging the traditional music industry as never before. The design itself has become iconic: there is even a shade of white now called iPod White. Steven Levy has had rare access to everyone at Apple who was involved in creating the iPod -- including Steve Jobs, Apple's charismatic cofounder and CEO, whom he has known for over twenty years. In telling the story behind the iPod, Levy explains how it went from the drawing board to global sensation. He also examines how this deceptively diminutive gadget raises a host of new technical, legal, social, and musical questions (including the all-important use of one's playlist as an indicator of coolness), and writes about where the iPhenomenon might go next in his new Afterword. Sharp and insightful, The Perfect Thing is part history and part homage to the device that we can't live without. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153877 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153877]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gold of Exodus: The Discovery of the Real Mount Sinai Author: Howard Blum Narrator: Boyd Gaines Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 1, 1998 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Mount Sinai, for many, it is the most sacred place on Earth - the site where God descended to give Moses the Ten Commandments. Yet for centuries, mankind has not known its exact location. In this heart-pounding adventure, award-winning journalist and bestselling author Howard Blum tells the enthralling story of two modern-day adventurers - Larry Williams, a self-made millionaire and published author from Montana, and his friend Bob Cornuke, a retired policeman and former SWAT team member. Lured by the prospect of finding a fortune in gold, the two men set out to find the true site of Mount Sinai - with the Old Testament as a guide. The stunning discoveries made at the mountain in Saudi Arabia known as Jabal al Lawz will astonish the world - and change the way we view it. What Williams and Cornuke found was compelling evidence of the stone altar at which the Golden Calf was worshipped, the twelve pillars that Moses ordered to be erected, and, most sensationally, the unnaturally scorched spot on the mountaintop where God gave Moses the two stone tablets. This action-packed tale - part high-tech treasure hunt, part modern-day spy thriller, and part biblical detective story - is riveting. And it is all true. Howard Blum Sun, 01 Feb 1998 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153877 thebookvoice.com 4:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153877]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gold of Exodus: The Discovery of the Real Mount Sinai Author: Howard Blum Narrator: Boyd Gaines Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 1, 1998 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Mount Sinai, for many, it is the most sacred place on Earth - the site where God descended to give Moses the Ten Commandments. Yet for centuries, mankind has not known its exact location. In this heart-pounding adventure, award-winning journalist and bestselling author Howard Blum tells the enthralling story of two modern-day adventurers - Larry Williams, a self-made millionaire and published author from Montana, and his friend Bob Cornuke, a retired policeman and former SWAT team member. Lured by the prospect of finding a fortune in gold, the two men set out to find the true site of Mount Sinai - with the Old Testament as a guide. The stunning discoveries made at the mountain in Saudi Arabia known as Jabal al Lawz will astonish the world - and change the way we view it. What Williams and Cornuke found was compelling evidence of the stone altar at which the Golden Calf was worshipped, the twelve pillars that Moses ordered to be erected, and, most sensationally, the unnaturally scorched spot on the mountaintop where God gave Moses the two stone tablets. This action-packed tale - part high-tech treasure hunt, part modern-day spy thriller, and part biblical detective story - is riveting. And it is all true. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153877]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gold of Exodus: The Discovery of the Real Mount Sinai Author: Howard Blum Narrator: Boyd Gaines Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 1, 1998 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Mount Sinai, for many, it is the most sacred place on Earth - the site where God descended to give Moses the Ten Commandments. Yet for centuries, mankind has not known its exact location. In this heart-pounding adventure, award-winning journalist and bestselling author Howard Blum tells the enthralling story of two modern-day adventurers - Larry Williams, a self-made millionaire and published author from Montana, and his friend Bob Cornuke, a retired policeman and former SWAT team member. Lured by the prospect of finding a fortune in gold, the two men set out to find the true site of Mount Sinai - with the Old Testament as a guide. The stunning discoveries made at the mountain in Saudi Arabia known as Jabal al Lawz will astonish the world - and change the way we view it. What Williams and Cornuke found was compelling evidence of the stone altar at which the Golden Calf was worshipped, the twelve pillars that Moses ordered to be erected, and, most sensationally, the unnaturally scorched spot on the mountaintop where God gave Moses the two stone tablets. This action-packed tale - part high-tech treasure hunt, part modern-day spy thriller, and part biblical detective story - is riveting. And it is all true. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153588 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153588]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Different Drum Author: M. Scott Peck Narrator: M. Scott Peck Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 1, 1987 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: For a World in Conflict... New Hope for Wholeness in the Modern Age! - A society of rugged individualists and economic competitors - A world of nuclear politics and uncontrollable forces - For many, modern living means loneliness, disaffection, apathy and isolation. Is there an escape? In a startling, life-affirming work by one of America's foremost thinkers, Dr. M. Scott Peck examines the concept of community, its roots, its development and most importantly, it's rewards for contemporary America. In this program which features segments from a live lecture and narration by the author, Dr. Peck draws on his first-hand experiences and studies, and leads the way on a journey from isolation to togetherness, towards peace in our society and in the world - for the true fulfillmen of all individuals! M. Scott Peck Tue, 01 Sep 1987 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153588 thebookvoice.com 2:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153588]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Different Drum Author: M. Scott Peck Narrator: M. Scott Peck Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 1, 1987 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: For a World in Conflict... New Hope for Wholeness in the Modern Age! - A society of rugged individualists and economic competitors - A world of nuclear politics and uncontrollable forces - For many, modern living means loneliness, disaffection, apathy and isolation. Is there an escape? In a startling, life-affirming work by one of America's foremost thinkers, Dr. M. Scott Peck examines the concept of community, its roots, its development and most importantly, it's rewards for contemporary America. In this program which features segments from a live lecture and narration by the author, Dr. Peck draws on his first-hand experiences and studies, and leads the way on a journey from isolation to togetherness, towards peace in our society and in the world - for the true fulfillmen of all individuals! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153588]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Different Drum Author: M. Scott Peck Narrator: M. Scott Peck Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 1, 1987 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: For a World in Conflict... New Hope for Wholeness in the Modern Age! - A society of rugged individualists and economic competitors - A world of nuclear politics and uncontrollable forces - For many, modern living means loneliness, disaffection, apathy and isolation. Is there an escape? In a startling, life-affirming work by one of America's foremost thinkers, Dr. M. Scott Peck examines the concept of community, its roots, its development and most importantly, it's rewards for contemporary America. In this program which features segments from a live lecture and narration by the author, Dr. Peck draws on his first-hand experiences and studies, and leads the way on a journey from isolation to togetherness, towards peace in our society and in the world - for the true fulfillmen of all individuals! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153489 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153489]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Two Lives, One Russia Author: Nicholas Daniloff Narrator: Tom Casaletto Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: July 4, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Nicholas Daniloff's arrest by the KGB in the fall of 1986 made headlines around the world, but the roots of that story ran deeper than anyone knew. Daniloff's imprisonment was in fact an echo of his family's past, for his great-great grandfather, Alexander Frolov, was also a prisoner of the Russian state. In this rich and absorbing book, Daniloff weaves a double narrative that vividly brings two worlds to life. Nicholas Daniloff offers a unique and deeply personal book, and its twin stories are true, revealing, and always compelling. Nicholas Daniloff Fri, 04 Jul 2008 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153489 thebookvoice.com 8:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153489]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Two Lives, One Russia Author: Nicholas Daniloff Narrator: Tom Casaletto Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: July 4, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Nicholas Daniloff's arrest by the KGB in the fall of 1986 made headlines around the world, but the roots of that story ran deeper than anyone knew. Daniloff's imprisonment was in fact an echo of his family's past, for his great-great grandfather, Alexander Frolov, was also a prisoner of the Russian state. In this rich and absorbing book, Daniloff weaves a double narrative that vividly brings two worlds to life. Nicholas Daniloff offers a unique and deeply personal book, and its twin stories are true, revealing, and always compelling. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153489]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Two Lives, One Russia Author: Nicholas Daniloff Narrator: Tom Casaletto Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: July 4, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Nicholas Daniloff's arrest by the KGB in the fall of 1986 made headlines around the world, but the roots of that story ran deeper than anyone knew. Daniloff's imprisonment was in fact an echo of his family's past, for his great-great grandfather, Alexander Frolov, was also a prisoner of the Russian state. In this rich and absorbing book, Daniloff weaves a double narrative that vividly brings two worlds to life. Nicholas Daniloff offers a unique and deeply personal book, and its twin stories are true, revealing, and always compelling. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153293 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153293]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Far From the Tree: Parents, Children and the Search for Identity Author: Andrew Solomon Narrator: Andrew Solomon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 40 hours 37 minutes Release date: November 13, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 8 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: * Selected as One of the Best Books of the 21st Century by The New York Times * * WINNER of the National Book Critics Circle Award * Books for a Better Life Award * The New York Times Book Review’s 10 Best Books of the Year * This masterpiece by the National Book Award–winning author of The Noonday Demon features stories of parents who not only learn to deal with their exceptional children, but also find profound meaning in doing so—“a brave, beautiful book that will expand your humanity” (People). Solomon’s startling proposition in Far from the Tree is that being exceptional is at the core of the human condition—that difference is what unites us. He writes about families coping with deafness, dwarfism, Down syndrome, autism, schizophrenia, or multiple severe disabilities; with children who are prodigies, who are conceived in rape, who become criminals, who are transgender. While each of these characteristics is potentially isolating, the experience of difference within families is universal, and Solomon documents triumphs of love over prejudice in every chapter. All parenting turns on a crucial question: to what extent should parents accept their children for who they are, and to what extent they should help them become their best selves. Drawing on ten years of research and interviews with more than three hundred families, Solomon mines the eloquence of ordinary people facing extreme challenges. Elegantly reported by a spectacularly original and compassionate thinker, Far from the Tree explores how people who love each other must struggle to accept each other—a theme in every family’s life. Andrew Solomon Tue, 13 Nov 2012 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153293 thebookvoice.com 40:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153293]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Far From the Tree: Parents, Children and the Search for Identity Author: Andrew Solomon Narrator: Andrew Solomon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 40 hours 37 minutes Release date: November 13, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 8 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: * Selected as One of the Best Books of the 21st Century by The New York Times * * WINNER of the National Book Critics Circle Award * Books for a Better Life Award * The New York Times Book Review’s 10 Best Books of the Year * This masterpiece by the National Book Award–winning author of The Noonday Demon features stories of parents who not only learn to deal with their exceptional children, but also find profound meaning in doing so—“a brave, beautiful book that will expand your humanity” (People). Solomon’s startling proposition in Far from the Tree is that being exceptional is at the core of the human condition—that difference is what unites us. He writes about families coping with deafness, dwarfism, Down syndrome, autism, schizophrenia, or multiple severe disabilities; with children who are prodigies, who are conceived in rape, who become criminals, who are transgender. While each of these characteristics is potentially isolating, the experience of difference within families is universal, and Solomon documents triumphs of love over prejudice in every chapter. All parenting turns on a crucial question: to what extent should parents accept their children for who they are, and to what extent they should help them become their best selves. Drawing on ten years of research and interviews with more than three hundred families, Solomon mines the eloquence of ordinary people facing extreme challenges. Elegantly reported by a spectacularly original and compassionate thinker, Far from the Tree explores how people who love each other must struggle to accept each other—a theme in every family’s life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153293]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Far From the Tree: Parents, Children and the Search for Identity Author: Andrew Solomon Narrator: Andrew Solomon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 40 hours 37 minutes Release date: November 13, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 8 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: * Selected as One of the Best Books of the 21st Century by The New York Times * * WINNER of the National Book Critics Circle Award * Books for a Better Life Award * The New York Times Book Review’s 10 Best Books of the Year * This masterpiece by the National Book Award–winning author of The Noonday Demon features stories of parents who not only learn to deal with their exceptional children, but also find profound meaning in doing so—“a brave, beautiful book that will expand your humanity” (People). Solomon’s startling proposition in Far from the Tree is that being exceptional is at the core of the human condition—that difference is what unites us. He writes about families coping with deafness, dwarfism, Down syndrome, autism, schizophrenia, or multiple severe disabilities; with children who are prodigies, who are conceived in rape, who become criminals, who are transgender. While each of these characteristics is potentially isolating, the experience of difference within families is universal, and Solomon documents triumphs of love over prejudice in every chapter. All parenting turns on a crucial question: to what extent should parents accept their children for who they are, and to what extent they should help them become their best selves. Drawing on ten years of research and interviews with more than three hundred families, Solomon mines the eloquence of ordinary people facing extreme challenges. Elegantly reported by a spectacularly original and compassionate thinker, Far from the Tree explores how people who love each other must struggle to accept each other—a theme in every family’s life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151817 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151817]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Argument Culture: Moving from Debate to Dialogue Author: Deborah Tannen Narrator: Deborah Tannen Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 1, 1998 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A Simon & Schuster audiobook. Simon & Schuster has a great book for every listener. Deborah Tannen Sun, 01 Mar 1998 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151817 thebookvoice.com 3:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151817]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Argument Culture: Moving from Debate to Dialogue Author: Deborah Tannen Narrator: Deborah Tannen Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 1, 1998 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A Simon & Schuster audiobook. Simon & Schuster has a great book for every listener. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151817]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Argument Culture: Moving from Debate to Dialogue Author: Deborah Tannen Narrator: Deborah Tannen Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 1, 1998 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A Simon & Schuster audiobook. Simon & Schuster has a great book for every listener. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151699 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151699]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Squandering Aimlessly: My Adventures in the American Marketplace Author: David Brancaccio Narrator: David Brancaccio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 1, 2000 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What would you do if you received a sudden financial windfall? David Brancaccio, whose ability to clarify economic matters has made public radio's Marketplace a hit, set out to discover where, why, and how people are spending their riches -- whether it's proceeds from stock options, profits from the sale of a house, or an unexpected inheritance or bonus. His journey takes readers from Minnesota's Mall of America to the financial caverns of Wall Street, to a college set among the oil wells of West Texas. He gathers wisdom on money and its uses from California entrepreneurs, a drifter in the desert, a U.S. treasury secretary, and many others from all walks of life. The result is at once a delightful adventure and an eye-opening report on America's attitudes about spending, saving, and investing. David Brancaccio Tue, 01 Feb 2000 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151699 thebookvoice.com 3:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151699]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Squandering Aimlessly: My Adventures in the American Marketplace Author: David Brancaccio Narrator: David Brancaccio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 1, 2000 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What would you do if you received a sudden financial windfall? David Brancaccio, whose ability to clarify economic matters has made public radio's Marketplace a hit, set out to discover where, why, and how people are spending their riches -- whether it's proceeds from stock options, profits from the sale of a house, or an unexpected inheritance or bonus. His journey takes readers from Minnesota's Mall of America to the financial caverns of Wall Street, to a college set among the oil wells of West Texas. He gathers wisdom on money and its uses from California entrepreneurs, a drifter in the desert, a U.S. treasury secretary, and many others from all walks of life. The result is at once a delightful adventure and an eye-opening report on America's attitudes about spending, saving, and investing. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151699]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Squandering Aimlessly: My Adventures in the American Marketplace Author: David Brancaccio Narrator: David Brancaccio Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 1, 2000 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What would you do if you received a sudden financial windfall? David Brancaccio, whose ability to clarify economic matters has made public radio's Marketplace a hit, set out to discover where, why, and how people are spending their riches -- whether it's proceeds from stock options, profits from the sale of a house, or an unexpected inheritance or bonus. His journey takes readers from Minnesota's Mall of America to the financial caverns of Wall Street, to a college set among the oil wells of West Texas. He gathers wisdom on money and its uses from California entrepreneurs, a drifter in the desert, a U.S. treasury secretary, and many others from all walks of life. The result is at once a delightful adventure and an eye-opening report on America's attitudes about spending, saving, and investing. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151634 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151634]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rising Tide: The Great Mississippi Flood of 1927 and How It Changed America Author: John M. Barry Narrator: George Grizzard Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 1, 1998 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.62 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A New York Times Notable Book of the Year, winner of the Southern Book Critics Circle Award and the Lillian Smith Award. An American epic of science, politics, race, honor, high society, and the Mississippi River, Rising Tide tells the riveting and nearly forgotten story of the Great Mississippi Flood of 1927. The river inundated the homes of almost one million people, helped elect Huey Long governor and made Herbert Hoover president, drove hundreds of thousands of African Americans north, and transformed American society and politics forever. The flood brought with it a human storm: white and black collided, honor and money collided, regional and national powers collided. New Orleans’s elite used their power to divert the flood to those without political connections, power, or wealth, while causing Black sharecroppers to abandon their land to flee up north. The states were unprepared for this disaster and failed to support the Black community. The racial divides only widened when a white officer killed a Black man for refusing to return to work on levee repairs after a sleepless night of work. In the powerful prose of Rising Tide, John M. Barry removes any remaining veil that there had been equality in the South. This flood not only left millions of people ruined, but further emphasized the racial inequality that have continued even to this day. John M. Barry Fri, 01 May 1998 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151634 thebookvoice.com 5:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151634]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rising Tide: The Great Mississippi Flood of 1927 and How It Changed America Author: John M. Barry Narrator: George Grizzard Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 1, 1998 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.62 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A New York Times Notable Book of the Year, winner of the Southern Book Critics Circle Award and the Lillian Smith Award. An American epic of science, politics, race, honor, high society, and the Mississippi River, Rising Tide tells the riveting and nearly forgotten story of the Great Mississippi Flood of 1927. The river inundated the homes of almost one million people, helped elect Huey Long governor and made Herbert Hoover president, drove hundreds of thousands of African Americans north, and transformed American society and politics forever. The flood brought with it a human storm: white and black collided, honor and money collided, regional and national powers collided. New Orleans’s elite used their power to divert the flood to those without political connections, power, or wealth, while causing Black sharecroppers to abandon their land to flee up north. The states were unprepared for this disaster and failed to support the Black community. The racial divides only widened when a white officer killed a Black man for refusing to return to work on levee repairs after a sleepless night of work. In the powerful prose of Rising Tide, John M. Barry removes any remaining veil that there had been equality in the South. This flood not only left millions of people ruined, but further emphasized the racial inequality that have continued even to this day. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151634]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rising Tide: The Great Mississippi Flood of 1927 and How It Changed America Author: John M. Barry Narrator: George Grizzard Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 1, 1998 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.62 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A New York Times Notable Book of the Year, winner of the Southern Book Critics Circle Award and the Lillian Smith Award. An American epic of science, politics, race, honor, high society, and the Mississippi River, Rising Tide tells the riveting and nearly forgotten story of the Great Mississippi Flood of 1927. The river inundated the homes of almost one million people, helped elect Huey Long governor and made Herbert Hoover president, drove hundreds of thousands of African Americans north, and transformed American society and politics forever. The flood brought with it a human storm: white and black collided, honor and money collided, regional and national powers collided. New Orleans’s elite used their power to divert the flood to those without political connections, power, or wealth, while causing Black sharecroppers to abandon their land to flee up north. The states were unprepared for this disaster and failed to support the Black community. The racial divides only widened when a white officer killed a Black man for refusing to return to work on levee repairs after a sleepless night of work. In the powerful prose of Rising Tide, John M. Barry removes any remaining veil that there had been equality in the South. This flood not only left millions of people ruined, but further emphasized the racial inequality that have continued even to this day. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151523 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151523]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Sacred Honor: Stories Letters Songs Poems Speeches Hymns Birth Nation Author: William J. Bennett Narrator: Barry Bostwick, William J. Bennett, Philip Bosco Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 1, 1997 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Millions of American families have turned to The Book of Virtues and The Moral Compass by William J. Bennett for moral guidance in troubled times. Our Sacred Honor offers inspiration and instruction as well -- this time of a particularly American sort. In Our Sacred Honor, Bennett has collected the best that has been thought and said by and about the men and women who founded America. The stories, songs, letters and speeches collected in Our Sacred Honor are an inspiring celebration of American exceptionalism. William J. Bennett Wed, 01 Oct 1997 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151523 thebookvoice.com 4:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151523]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Sacred Honor: Stories Letters Songs Poems Speeches Hymns Birth Nation Author: William J. Bennett Narrator: Barry Bostwick, William J. Bennett, Philip Bosco Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 1, 1997 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Millions of American families have turned to The Book of Virtues and The Moral Compass by William J. Bennett for moral guidance in troubled times. Our Sacred Honor offers inspiration and instruction as well -- this time of a particularly American sort. In Our Sacred Honor, Bennett has collected the best that has been thought and said by and about the men and women who founded America. The stories, songs, letters and speeches collected in Our Sacred Honor are an inspiring celebration of American exceptionalism. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151523]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Sacred Honor: Stories Letters Songs Poems Speeches Hymns Birth Nation Author: William J. Bennett Narrator: Barry Bostwick, William J. Bennett, Philip Bosco Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 1, 1997 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Millions of American families have turned to The Book of Virtues and The Moral Compass by William J. Bennett for moral guidance in troubled times. Our Sacred Honor offers inspiration and instruction as well -- this time of a particularly American sort. In Our Sacred Honor, Bennett has collected the best that has been thought and said by and about the men and women who founded America. The stories, songs, letters and speeches collected in Our Sacred Honor are an inspiring celebration of American exceptionalism. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151384 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151384]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bro Code Author: Barney Stinson Narrator: Neil Patrick Harris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 30 minutes Release date: October 14, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the hit TV show How I Met Your Mother comes Barney Stinson’s words of wit, wisdom, and awesomeness, The Bro Code—the New York Times bestseller (really!) with more than a million copies in print all around the world. Everyone’s life is governed by an internal code of conduct. Some call it morality. Others call it religion. But Bros in the know call this Holy Grail The Bro Code. The Bro Code is a living document, much like the Constitution. Except instead of outlining a government, or the Bill of Rights, or anything even resembling laws, The Bro Code provides men with all the rules they need to know in order to become a “bro” and behave properly among other bros. Historically a spoken tradition passed from one generation to the next and dating back to the American Revolution, the official code of conduct for Bros appears here in its published form for the first time ever. By upholding the tenets of this sacred and legendary document, any dude can learn to achieve Bro-dom. Containing approximately 150 “unspoken” rules, this code of conduct for bros can range from the simple (bros before hos) to the complex (the hot-to-crazy ratio, complete with bar graphs and charts). With helpful sidebros The Bro Code will help any ordinary guy become the best bro he can be. Let ultimate bro and coauthor Barney Stinson and his book, The Bro Code share their wisdom, lest you be caught making eye contact in a devil’s three-way (two dudes, duh). Barney Stinson Tue, 14 Oct 2008 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151384 thebookvoice.com 1:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151384]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bro Code Author: Barney Stinson Narrator: Neil Patrick Harris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 30 minutes Release date: October 14, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the hit TV show How I Met Your Mother comes Barney Stinson’s words of wit, wisdom, and awesomeness, The Bro Code—the New York Times bestseller (really!) with more than a million copies in print all around the world. Everyone’s life is governed by an internal code of conduct. Some call it morality. Others call it religion. But Bros in the know call this Holy Grail The Bro Code. The Bro Code is a living document, much like the Constitution. Except instead of outlining a government, or the Bill of Rights, or anything even resembling laws, The Bro Code provides men with all the rules they need to know in order to become a “bro” and behave properly among other bros. Historically a spoken tradition passed from one generation to the next and dating back to the American Revolution, the official code of conduct for Bros appears here in its published form for the first time ever. By upholding the tenets of this sacred and legendary document, any dude can learn to achieve Bro-dom. Containing approximately 150 “unspoken” rules, this code of conduct for bros can range from the simple (bros before hos) to the complex (the hot-to-crazy ratio, complete with bar graphs and charts). With helpful sidebros The Bro Code will help any ordinary guy become the best bro he can be. Let ultimate bro and coauthor Barney Stinson and his book, The Bro Code share their wisdom, lest you be caught making eye contact in a devil’s three-way (two dudes, duh). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151384]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bro Code Author: Barney Stinson Narrator: Neil Patrick Harris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 30 minutes Release date: October 14, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the hit TV show How I Met Your Mother comes Barney Stinson’s words of wit, wisdom, and awesomeness, The Bro Code—the New York Times bestseller (really!) with more than a million copies in print all around the world. Everyone’s life is governed by an internal code of conduct. Some call it morality. Others call it religion. But Bros in the know call this Holy Grail The Bro Code. The Bro Code is a living document, much like the Constitution. Except instead of outlining a government, or the Bill of Rights, or anything even resembling laws, The Bro Code provides men with all the rules they need to know in order to become a “bro” and behave properly among other bros. Historically a spoken tradition passed from one generation to the next and dating back to the American Revolution, the official code of conduct for Bros appears here in its published form for the first time ever. By upholding the tenets of this sacred and legendary document, any dude can learn to achieve Bro-dom. Containing approximately 150 “unspoken” rules, this code of conduct for bros can range from the simple (bros before hos) to the complex (the hot-to-crazy ratio, complete with bar graphs and charts). With helpful sidebros The Bro Code will help any ordinary guy become the best bro he can be. Let ultimate bro and coauthor Barney Stinson and his book, The Bro Code share their wisdom, lest you be caught making eye contact in a devil’s three-way (two dudes, duh). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150975 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150975]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Me to We: Finding Meaning in a Material World Author: Marc Kielburger, Craig Kielburger Narrator: Marc Kielburger, Craig Kielburger Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 11 minutes Release date: November 28, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestseller from the founders of WE Charity—a human rights organization that has lifted over 1 million people from poverty globally—Me to We is an uplifting and actionable guide for personal and social change and a call to action to helping others, featuring a new introduction by Academy Award­–winning actress and activist Natalie Portman. Me to We is an approach to life that leads us to recognize what is truly valuable, make different decisions about the way we want to live, and redefine the goals we set for ourselves and the legacy we want to leave. Both a manifesto and a manual, Me to We includes tales to inspire, studies and statistics to persuade, and practical advice to motivate and guide. Weaving together dynamic lessons and stories from the world’s top contributors to human rights and social involvement, the Kielburger brothers show us that the best way to grow and develop as human beings is by helping others. Their philosophy, along with cutting-edge research on the nature of personal and social change, embraces the idea that we can all build a better life—and an ideal world—through reaching out to others. By redirecting our energies and focusing from “me” to the “we” of our communities, each individual can make an impact on our nation, and our world as a whole. Supporters such as Oprah Winfrey, Richard Gere, Archbishop Desmond Tutu, and Dr. Jane Goodall also share their original stories that inspire us to believe that a better world can exist for all of us. The Kielburgers teach us how to go about living our lives as socially conscious and responsible people, engaging in daily acts of kindness, building meaningful relationships through community, and focusing on the impact of “we” decision making. Both modern in its fresh way of looking at the world and traditional in its return to the simplest, purest, and most basic impulse of humanity to reach out and help each other, this philosophy represents a dynamic shift in focus, and a new definition of success, happiness, and community. Marc Kielburger, Craig Kielburger Tue, 28 Nov 2006 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150975 thebookvoice.com 6:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150975]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Me to We: Finding Meaning in a Material World Author: Marc Kielburger, Craig Kielburger Narrator: Marc Kielburger, Craig Kielburger Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 11 minutes Release date: November 28, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestseller from the founders of WE Charity—a human rights organization that has lifted over 1 million people from poverty globally—Me to We is an uplifting and actionable guide for personal and social change and a call to action to helping others, featuring a new introduction by Academy Award­–winning actress and activist Natalie Portman. Me to We is an approach to life that leads us to recognize what is truly valuable, make different decisions about the way we want to live, and redefine the goals we set for ourselves and the legacy we want to leave. Both a manifesto and a manual, Me to We includes tales to inspire, studies and statistics to persuade, and practical advice to motivate and guide. Weaving together dynamic lessons and stories from the world’s top contributors to human rights and social involvement, the Kielburger brothers show us that the best way to grow and develop as human beings is by helping others. Their philosophy, along with cutting-edge research on the nature of personal and social change, embraces the idea that we can all build a better life—and an ideal world—through reaching out to others. By redirecting our energies and focusing from “me” to the “we” of our communities, each individual can make an impact on our nation, and our world as a whole. Supporters such as Oprah Winfrey, Richard Gere, Archbishop Desmond Tutu, and Dr. Jane Goodall also share their original stories that inspire us to believe that a better world can exist for all of us. The Kielburgers teach us how to go about living our lives as socially conscious and responsible people, engaging in daily acts of kindness, building meaningful relationships through community, and focusing on the impact of “we” decision making. Both modern in its fresh way of looking at the world and traditional in its return to the simplest, purest, and most basic impulse of humanity to reach out and help each other, this philosophy represents a dynamic shift in focus, and a new definition of success, happiness, and community. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150975]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Me to We: Finding Meaning in a Material World Author: Marc Kielburger, Craig Kielburger Narrator: Marc Kielburger, Craig Kielburger Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 11 minutes Release date: November 28, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestseller from the founders of WE Charity—a human rights organization that has lifted over 1 million people from poverty globally—Me to We is an uplifting and actionable guide for personal and social change and a call to action to helping others, featuring a new introduction by Academy Award­–winning actress and activist Natalie Portman. Me to We is an approach to life that leads us to recognize what is truly valuable, make different decisions about the way we want to live, and redefine the goals we set for ourselves and the legacy we want to leave. Both a manifesto and a manual, Me to We includes tales to inspire, studies and statistics to persuade, and practical advice to motivate and guide. Weaving together dynamic lessons and stories from the world’s top contributors to human rights and social involvement, the Kielburger brothers show us that the best way to grow and develop as human beings is by helping others. Their philosophy, along with cutting-edge research on the nature of personal and social change, embraces the idea that we can all build a better life—and an ideal world—through reaching out to others. By redirecting our energies and focusing from “me” to the “we” of our communities, each individual can make an impact on our nation, and our world as a whole. Supporters such as Oprah Winfrey, Richard Gere, Archbishop Desmond Tutu, and Dr. Jane Goodall also share their original stories that inspire us to believe that a better world can exist for all of us. The Kielburgers teach us how to go about living our lives as socially conscious and responsible people, engaging in daily acts of kindness, building meaningful relationships through community, and focusing on the impact of “we” decision making. Both modern in its fresh way of looking at the world and traditional in its return to the simplest, purest, and most basic impulse of humanity to reach out and help each other, this philosophy represents a dynamic shift in focus, and a new definition of success, happiness, and community. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150969 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150969]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Living History Author: Hillary Rodham Clinton Narrator: Hillary Rodham Clinton Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 9, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.08 of Total 131 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Author of the Instant #1 New York Times Bestseller What Happened The Phenomenal #1 Worldwide Bestseller—With a New Afterword​​ Hillary Rodham Clinton is known to hundreds of millions of people around the world. Yet few beyond her close friends and family have ever heard her account of her extraordinary journey. She writes with candor, humor and passion about her upbringing in suburban, middle-class America in the 1950s and her transformation from Goldwater Girl to student activist to controversial First Lady. Living History is her revealing memoir of life through the White House years. It is also her chronicle of living history with Bill Clinton, a thirty-year adventure in love and politics that survives personal betrayal, relentless partisan investigations and constant public scrutiny. Hillary Rodham Clinton came of age during a time of tumultuous social and political change in America. Like many women of her generation, she grew up with choices and opportunities unknown to her mother or grandmother. She charted her own course through unexplored terrain -- responding to the changing times and her own internal compass -- and became an emblem for some and a lightning rod for others. Wife, mother, lawyer, advocate and international icon, she has lived through America's great political wars, from Watergate to Whitewater. The only First Lady to play a major role in shaping domestic legislation, Hillary Rodham Clinton traveled tirelessly around the country to champion health care, expand economic and educational opportunity and promote the needs of children and families, and she crisscrossed the globe on behalf of women's rights, human rights and democracy. She redefined the position of First Lady and helped save the presidency from an unconstitutional, politically motivated impeachment. Intimate, powerful and inspiring, Living History captures the essence of one of the most remarkable women of our time and the challenging process by which she came to define herself and find her own voice -- as a woman and as a formidable figure in American politics. Hillary Rodham Clinton Mon, 09 Jun 2003 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150969 thebookvoice.com 7:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150969]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Living History Author: Hillary Rodham Clinton Narrator: Hillary Rodham Clinton Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 9, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.08 of Total 131 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Author of the Instant #1 New York Times Bestseller What Happened The Phenomenal #1 Worldwide Bestseller—With a New Afterword​​ Hillary Rodham Clinton is known to hundreds of millions of people around the world. Yet few beyond her close friends and family have ever heard her account of her extraordinary journey. She writes with candor, humor and passion about her upbringing in suburban, middle-class America in the 1950s and her transformation from Goldwater Girl to student activist to controversial First Lady. Living History is her revealing memoir of life through the White House years. It is also her chronicle of living history with Bill Clinton, a thirty-year adventure in love and politics that survives personal betrayal, relentless partisan investigations and constant public scrutiny. Hillary Rodham Clinton came of age during a time of tumultuous social and political change in America. Like many women of her generation, she grew up with choices and opportunities unknown to her mother or grandmother. She charted her own course through unexplored terrain -- responding to the changing times and her own internal compass -- and became an emblem for some and a lightning rod for others. Wife, mother, lawyer, advocate and international icon, she has lived through America's great political wars, from Watergate to Whitewater. The only First Lady to play a major role in shaping domestic legislation, Hillary Rodham Clinton traveled tirelessly around the country to champion health care, expand economic and educational opportunity and promote the needs of children and families, and she crisscrossed the globe on behalf of women's rights, human rights and democracy. She redefined the position of First Lady and helped save the presidency from an unconstitutional, politically motivated impeachment. Intimate, powerful and inspiring, Living History captures the essence of one of the most remarkable women of our time and the challenging process by which she came to define herself and find her own voice -- as a woman and as a formidable figure in American politics. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150969]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Living History Author: Hillary Rodham Clinton Narrator: Hillary Rodham Clinton Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 9, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.08 of Total 131 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Author of the Instant #1 New York Times Bestseller What Happened The Phenomenal #1 Worldwide Bestseller—With a New Afterword​​ Hillary Rodham Clinton is known to hundreds of millions of people around the world. Yet few beyond her close friends and family have ever heard her account of her extraordinary journey. She writes with candor, humor and passion about her upbringing in suburban, middle-class America in the 1950s and her transformation from Goldwater Girl to student activist to controversial First Lady. Living History is her revealing memoir of life through the White House years. It is also her chronicle of living history with Bill Clinton, a thirty-year adventure in love and politics that survives personal betrayal, relentless partisan investigations and constant public scrutiny. Hillary Rodham Clinton came of age during a time of tumultuous social and political change in America. Like many women of her generation, she grew up with choices and opportunities unknown to her mother or grandmother. She charted her own course through unexplored terrain -- responding to the changing times and her own internal compass -- and became an emblem for some and a lightning rod for others. Wife, mother, lawyer, advocate and international icon, she has lived through America's great political wars, from Watergate to Whitewater. The only First Lady to play a major role in shaping domestic legislation, Hillary Rodham Clinton traveled tirelessly around the country to champion health care, expand economic and educational opportunity and promote the needs of children and families, and she crisscrossed the globe on behalf of women's rights, human rights and democracy. She redefined the position of First Lady and helped save the presidency from an unconstitutional, politically motivated impeachment. Intimate, powerful and inspiring, Living History captures the essence of one of the most remarkable women of our time and the challenging process by which she came to define herself and find her own voice -- as a woman and as a formidable figure in American politics. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150827 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150827]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heaven on Earth: 15-Minute Miracles to Change the World Author: Danny Seo Narrator: Danny Seo Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 1, 1999 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Danny Seo is the remarkable young entrepreneur of altruism, the twenty-one-year-old recently honored with the 1998 'Oprah's Angel Network™ Award.' In Heaven On Earth, he offers inspiration and practical advice for anyone who wants to join him in finding personal fulfillment by committing oneself to making a postive difference in the lives of others. By focusing on activities that we can tackle after work, on weekends, or in just fifteen minutes a day, Heaven On Earth is a blueprint that anyone can follow to benefit their communities in the greatest way possible. At the heart of Seo's approach are his 10 Rules of Angel Power. Among them are: - One plus one equals three. A pool of talents can add up to an ocean of good. - Double your pleasure, double your funds. The most effective ways of raising money are usually the most creative ways -- and the most fun. - U.B.U. (You Be You). If your instincts tell you that a particular project or idea is wrong for you, go with your Out and search out something more inspiring. Everyone will benefit. Danny Seo is an extraordinary young man, but the irony is that just about all of his achievements, taken individually, are within our power to accomplish, too. Heaven On Earth is a motivational audiobook that enables us to feel good about ourselves by encouraging us to do good for others. Danny Seo Sat, 01 May 1999 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150827 thebookvoice.com 3:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150827]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heaven on Earth: 15-Minute Miracles to Change the World Author: Danny Seo Narrator: Danny Seo Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 1, 1999 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Danny Seo is the remarkable young entrepreneur of altruism, the twenty-one-year-old recently honored with the 1998 'Oprah's Angel Network™ Award.' In Heaven On Earth, he offers inspiration and practical advice for anyone who wants to join him in finding personal fulfillment by committing oneself to making a postive difference in the lives of others. By focusing on activities that we can tackle after work, on weekends, or in just fifteen minutes a day, Heaven On Earth is a blueprint that anyone can follow to benefit their communities in the greatest way possible. At the heart of Seo's approach are his 10 Rules of Angel Power. Among them are: - One plus one equals three. A pool of talents can add up to an ocean of good. - Double your pleasure, double your funds. The most effective ways of raising money are usually the most creative ways -- and the most fun. - U.B.U. (You Be You). If your instincts tell you that a particular project or idea is wrong for you, go with your Out and search out something more inspiring. Everyone will benefit. Danny Seo is an extraordinary young man, but the irony is that just about all of his achievements, taken individually, are within our power to accomplish, too. Heaven On Earth is a motivational audiobook that enables us to feel good about ourselves by encouraging us to do good for others. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150827]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heaven on Earth: 15-Minute Miracles to Change the World Author: Danny Seo Narrator: Danny Seo Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 1, 1999 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Danny Seo is the remarkable young entrepreneur of altruism, the twenty-one-year-old recently honored with the 1998 'Oprah's Angel Network™ Award.' In Heaven On Earth, he offers inspiration and practical advice for anyone who wants to join him in finding personal fulfillment by committing oneself to making a postive difference in the lives of others. By focusing on activities that we can tackle after work, on weekends, or in just fifteen minutes a day, Heaven On Earth is a blueprint that anyone can follow to benefit their communities in the greatest way possible. At the heart of Seo's approach are his 10 Rules of Angel Power. Among them are: - One plus one equals three. A pool of talents can add up to an ocean of good. - Double your pleasure, double your funds. The most effective ways of raising money are usually the most creative ways -- and the most fun. - U.B.U. (You Be You). If your instincts tell you that a particular project or idea is wrong for you, go with your Out and search out something more inspiring. Everyone will benefit. Danny Seo is an extraordinary young man, but the irony is that just about all of his achievements, taken individually, are within our power to accomplish, too. Heaven On Earth is a motivational audiobook that enables us to feel good about ourselves by encouraging us to do good for others. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150678 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150678]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fatal Deception: The Untold Story of Asbestos: Why it is still legal and killing us Author: Michael Bowker Narrator: John Slattery Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 1, 2003 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: At first glance, the events in this audiobook may seem equal parts science fiction and legal thriller. Unfortunately, this is a true story of blinding greed, cruel deceit, unfortunate circumstance, and powerful human tragedy. It has villains and heroes, but it does not yet have a good ending. Something's wrong in Libby, Montana. Residents are dying at a rate sixty times higher than the national average from a battery of insidious diseases, and they will continue to suffer for decades to come. The cause: a so-called miracle mineral that generations of families felt thankful for, until they discovered that the 'miracle' was too good to be true -- and that the town's disturbing mortality rate was hardly an accident. The scope of the treachery goes far beyond Libby. Even before the dust had settled following the September 11 terrorist attacks, those who live and work in lower Manhattan were voicing well-founded concerns about air quality around Ground Zero. Tests conducted at the site yielded conflicting results -- and possibly evidence of a continuing corporate and governmental cover-up that mirrors a pattern of deception threatening not only the physical health of millions of Americans but the financial stability of our economy. In 1989, the EPA banned the manufacture, importation, processing, and distribution of commercial asbestos -- but the ban didn't hold. Asbestos is big business, rivaling tobacco in its profitability. By 1991, powerful corporate lobbyists succeeded in having the ban overturned. Today, asbestos remains an ingredient in more than three thousand products on sale in the United States and many more that are exported to developing nations around the globe. Michael Bowker Wed, 01 Jan 2003 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150678 thebookvoice.com 6:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150678]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fatal Deception: The Untold Story of Asbestos: Why it is still legal and killing us Author: Michael Bowker Narrator: John Slattery Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 1, 2003 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: At first glance, the events in this audiobook may seem equal parts science fiction and legal thriller. Unfortunately, this is a true story of blinding greed, cruel deceit, unfortunate circumstance, and powerful human tragedy. It has villains and heroes, but it does not yet have a good ending. Something's wrong in Libby, Montana. Residents are dying at a rate sixty times higher than the national average from a battery of insidious diseases, and they will continue to suffer for decades to come. The cause: a so-called miracle mineral that generations of families felt thankful for, until they discovered that the 'miracle' was too good to be true -- and that the town's disturbing mortality rate was hardly an accident. The scope of the treachery goes far beyond Libby. Even before the dust had settled following the September 11 terrorist attacks, those who live and work in lower Manhattan were voicing well-founded concerns about air quality around Ground Zero. Tests conducted at the site yielded conflicting results -- and possibly evidence of a continuing corporate and governmental cover-up that mirrors a pattern of deception threatening not only the physical health of millions of Americans but the financial stability of our economy. In 1989, the EPA banned the manufacture, importation, processing, and distribution of commercial asbestos -- but the ban didn't hold. Asbestos is big business, rivaling tobacco in its profitability. By 1991, powerful corporate lobbyists succeeded in having the ban overturned. Today, asbestos remains an ingredient in more than three thousand products on sale in the United States and many more that are exported to developing nations around the globe. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150678]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fatal Deception: The Untold Story of Asbestos: Why it is still legal and killing us Author: Michael Bowker Narrator: John Slattery Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 1, 2003 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: At first glance, the events in this audiobook may seem equal parts science fiction and legal thriller. Unfortunately, this is a true story of blinding greed, cruel deceit, unfortunate circumstance, and powerful human tragedy. It has villains and heroes, but it does not yet have a good ending. Something's wrong in Libby, Montana. Residents are dying at a rate sixty times higher than the national average from a battery of insidious diseases, and they will continue to suffer for decades to come. The cause: a so-called miracle mineral that generations of families felt thankful for, until they discovered that the 'miracle' was too good to be true -- and that the town's disturbing mortality rate was hardly an accident. The scope of the treachery goes far beyond Libby. Even before the dust had settled following the September 11 terrorist attacks, those who live and work in lower Manhattan were voicing well-founded concerns about air quality around Ground Zero. Tests conducted at the site yielded conflicting results -- and possibly evidence of a continuing corporate and governmental cover-up that mirrors a pattern of deception threatening not only the physical health of millions of Americans but the financial stability of our economy. In 1989, the EPA banned the manufacture, importation, processing, and distribution of commercial asbestos -- but the ban didn't hold. Asbestos is big business, rivaling tobacco in its profitability. By 1991, powerful corporate lobbyists succeeded in having the ban overturned. Today, asbestos remains an ingredient in more than three thousand products on sale in the United States and many more that are exported to developing nations around the globe. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150495 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150495]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eating the Dinosaur Author: Chuck Klosterman Narrator: Chuck Klosterman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 20, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: After a bestselling and acclaimed diversion into fiction, Chuck Klosterman, author of Sex, Drugs, and Cocoa Puffs, returns to the form in which he’s been spectacularly successful with a collection of essays about our consumption of pop culture and sports. Q: What is this book about? A: Well, that’s difficult to say. I haven’t read it yet—I’ve just picked it up and casually glanced at the back cover. There clearly isn’t a plot. I’ve heard there’s a lot of stuff about time travel in this book, and quite a bit about violence and Garth Brooks and why Germans don’t laugh when they’re inside grocery stores. Ralph Nader and Ralph Sampson play significant roles. I think there are several pages about Rear Window and college football and Mad Men and why Rivers Cuomo prefers having sex with Asian women. Supposedly there’s a chapter outlining all the things the Unabomber was right about, but perhaps I’m misinformed. Q: Is there a larger theme? A: Oh, something about reality. “What is reality,” maybe? No, that’s not it. Not exactly. I get the sense that most of the core questions dwell on the way media perception constructs a fake reality that ends up becoming more meaningful than whatever actually happened. Also, Lady Gaga. Q: Should I read this book? A: Probably. Do you see a clear relationship between the Branch Davidian disaster and the recording of Nirvana’s In Utero? Does Barack Obama make you want to drink Pepsi? Does ABBA remind you of AC/DC? If so, you probably don’t need to read this book. You probably wrote this book. But I suspect everybody else will totally love it, except for the ones who totally hate it. Chuck Klosterman Tue, 20 Oct 2009 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150495 thebookvoice.com 7:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150495]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eating the Dinosaur Author: Chuck Klosterman Narrator: Chuck Klosterman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 20, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: After a bestselling and acclaimed diversion into fiction, Chuck Klosterman, author of Sex, Drugs, and Cocoa Puffs, returns to the form in which he’s been spectacularly successful with a collection of essays about our consumption of pop culture and sports. Q: What is this book about? A: Well, that’s difficult to say. I haven’t read it yet—I’ve just picked it up and casually glanced at the back cover. There clearly isn’t a plot. I’ve heard there’s a lot of stuff about time travel in this book, and quite a bit about violence and Garth Brooks and why Germans don’t laugh when they’re inside grocery stores. Ralph Nader and Ralph Sampson play significant roles. I think there are several pages about Rear Window and college football and Mad Men and why Rivers Cuomo prefers having sex with Asian women. Supposedly there’s a chapter outlining all the things the Unabomber was right about, but perhaps I’m misinformed. Q: Is there a larger theme? A: Oh, something about reality. “What is reality,” maybe? No, that’s not it. Not exactly. I get the sense that most of the core questions dwell on the way media perception constructs a fake reality that ends up becoming more meaningful than whatever actually happened. Also, Lady Gaga. Q: Should I read this book? A: Probably. Do you see a clear relationship between the Branch Davidian disaster and the recording of Nirvana’s In Utero? Does Barack Obama make you want to drink Pepsi? Does ABBA remind you of AC/DC? If so, you probably don’t need to read this book. You probably wrote this book. But I suspect everybody else will totally love it, except for the ones who totally hate it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150495]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eating the Dinosaur Author: Chuck Klosterman Narrator: Chuck Klosterman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 20, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: After a bestselling and acclaimed diversion into fiction, Chuck Klosterman, author of Sex, Drugs, and Cocoa Puffs, returns to the form in which he’s been spectacularly successful with a collection of essays about our consumption of pop culture and sports. Q: What is this book about? A: Well, that’s difficult to say. I haven’t read it yet—I’ve just picked it up and casually glanced at the back cover. There clearly isn’t a plot. I’ve heard there’s a lot of stuff about time travel in this book, and quite a bit about violence and Garth Brooks and why Germans don’t laugh when they’re inside grocery stores. Ralph Nader and Ralph Sampson play significant roles. I think there are several pages about Rear Window and college football and Mad Men and why Rivers Cuomo prefers having sex with Asian women. Supposedly there’s a chapter outlining all the things the Unabomber was right about, but perhaps I’m misinformed. Q: Is there a larger theme? A: Oh, something about reality. “What is reality,” maybe? No, that’s not it. Not exactly. I get the sense that most of the core questions dwell on the way media perception constructs a fake reality that ends up becoming more meaningful than whatever actually happened. Also, Lady Gaga. Q: Should I read this book? A: Probably. Do you see a clear relationship between the Branch Davidian disaster and the recording of Nirvana’s In Utero? Does Barack Obama make you want to drink Pepsi? Does ABBA remind you of AC/DC? If so, you probably don’t need to read this book. You probably wrote this book. But I suspect everybody else will totally love it, except for the ones who totally hate it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150472 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150472]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Casino: Love and Honor in Las Vegas Author: Nicholas Pileggi Narrator: Ken Weitzman, Fred Neumann, Ron Leibman Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 1, 1995 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Love, greed and betrayal in the Las Vegas mob. From Nicholas Pileggi, author of the bestselling Wiseguy -- the #1 bestseller that later became the hit movie Goodfellas -- comes this brilliantly told tale of love, marriage, adultery, murder and revenge Mafia-style, the true story of how the mob finally lost its stranglehold over the multi-billion-dollar casino gambling industry of Las Vegas. No one knew more about casinos than Frank 'Lefty' Rosenthal, the gambling mastermind who, with his best friend and partner Anthony Spilotro virtually ran Las Vegas for the mob. For years it was the perfect arrangement -- Lefty provided the smarts and obsessive attention to detail, while Tony made sure the bosses stayed happy with their weekly suitcases filled with millions of dollars in skimmed cash. It was so sweet it should have lasted forever, but Lefty's obsession with running the town -- and Tony's obsession with Lefty's beautiful showgirl wife Geri -- eventually led to the betrayals and investigations that exploded into one of the greatest debacles in the mob's history. A real-life story of love and betrayal set in America's favorite playground, Casino is a Mafia tragedy of Shakespearean dimensions, as well as the inside account of just how the mob lost control of the neon money-making machine it created. Nicholas Pileggi Wed, 01 Nov 1995 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150472 thebookvoice.com 3:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150472]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Casino: Love and Honor in Las Vegas Author: Nicholas Pileggi Narrator: Ken Weitzman, Fred Neumann, Ron Leibman Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 1, 1995 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Love, greed and betrayal in the Las Vegas mob. From Nicholas Pileggi, author of the bestselling Wiseguy -- the #1 bestseller that later became the hit movie Goodfellas -- comes this brilliantly told tale of love, marriage, adultery, murder and revenge Mafia-style, the true story of how the mob finally lost its stranglehold over the multi-billion-dollar casino gambling industry of Las Vegas. No one knew more about casinos than Frank 'Lefty' Rosenthal, the gambling mastermind who, with his best friend and partner Anthony Spilotro virtually ran Las Vegas for the mob. For years it was the perfect arrangement -- Lefty provided the smarts and obsessive attention to detail, while Tony made sure the bosses stayed happy with their weekly suitcases filled with millions of dollars in skimmed cash. It was so sweet it should have lasted forever, but Lefty's obsession with running the town -- and Tony's obsession with Lefty's beautiful showgirl wife Geri -- eventually led to the betrayals and investigations that exploded into one of the greatest debacles in the mob's history. A real-life story of love and betrayal set in America's favorite playground, Casino is a Mafia tragedy of Shakespearean dimensions, as well as the inside account of just how the mob lost control of the neon money-making machine it created. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150472]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Casino: Love and Honor in Las Vegas Author: Nicholas Pileggi Narrator: Ken Weitzman, Fred Neumann, Ron Leibman Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 1, 1995 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Love, greed and betrayal in the Las Vegas mob. From Nicholas Pileggi, author of the bestselling Wiseguy -- the #1 bestseller that later became the hit movie Goodfellas -- comes this brilliantly told tale of love, marriage, adultery, murder and revenge Mafia-style, the true story of how the mob finally lost its stranglehold over the multi-billion-dollar casino gambling industry of Las Vegas. No one knew more about casinos than Frank 'Lefty' Rosenthal, the gambling mastermind who, with his best friend and partner Anthony Spilotro virtually ran Las Vegas for the mob. For years it was the perfect arrangement -- Lefty provided the smarts and obsessive attention to detail, while Tony made sure the bosses stayed happy with their weekly suitcases filled with millions of dollars in skimmed cash. It was so sweet it should have lasted forever, but Lefty's obsession with running the town -- and Tony's obsession with Lefty's beautiful showgirl wife Geri -- eventually led to the betrayals and investigations that exploded into one of the greatest debacles in the mob's history. A real-life story of love and betrayal set in America's favorite playground, Casino is a Mafia tragedy of Shakespearean dimensions, as well as the inside account of just how the mob lost control of the neon money-making machine it created. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150413 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150413]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Alchemy of Love and Lust: Discover Our Sex Hormones & Determine Who We Love Author: Theresa L. Crenshaw Narrator: Theresa L. Crenshaw Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 30 minutes Release date: April 1, 1996 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From Simon & Schuster, The Alchemy of Love and Lust is Theresa L. Crenshaw's guide to how our sex hormones influence our relationships. The Alchemy of Love and Lust identifies the role our hormones play in the different sexual stages, exploring the age-old concept of chemistry between the sexes and how hormones can determine the course of human relationships. Theresa L. Crenshaw Mon, 01 Apr 1996 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150413 thebookvoice.com 1:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150413]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Alchemy of Love and Lust: Discover Our Sex Hormones & Determine Who We Love Author: Theresa L. Crenshaw Narrator: Theresa L. Crenshaw Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 30 minutes Release date: April 1, 1996 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From Simon & Schuster, The Alchemy of Love and Lust is Theresa L. Crenshaw's guide to how our sex hormones influence our relationships. The Alchemy of Love and Lust identifies the role our hormones play in the different sexual stages, exploring the age-old concept of chemistry between the sexes and how hormones can determine the course of human relationships. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150413]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Alchemy of Love and Lust: Discover Our Sex Hormones & Determine Who We Love Author: Theresa L. Crenshaw Narrator: Theresa L. Crenshaw Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 30 minutes Release date: April 1, 1996 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From Simon & Schuster, The Alchemy of Love and Lust is Theresa L. Crenshaw's guide to how our sex hormones influence our relationships. The Alchemy of Love and Lust identifies the role our hormones play in the different sexual stages, exploring the age-old concept of chemistry between the sexes and how hormones can determine the course of human relationships. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150411 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150411]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: After: How America Confronted the September 12 Era Author: Steven Brill Narrator: Dennis Boutsikaris Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 1, 2003 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: After is an astounding, inspiring, and exciting account of America in the first year of the September 12th era. Based on 347 on-the-record interviews and revelations from memos of government meetings, court filings and other documents, award winning journalist Steven Brill takes us inside the critical dramas of the year after the September 11 attacks -- from the Justice Department's drive to find terror cells, to Congress's decision to bail out the airline industry, to a Ground Zero real estate mogul's audacious plan to litigate his way to an extra $3.5 billion in insurance proceeds. In After we go inside the late night audiences that lobbyists get with congressional leaders like Tom DeLay. We're in the White House sub-basement as the mammoth Department of Homeland Security is patched together, agency by agency. And we're in a young widow's living room as she struggles to hold her family together and make sense of the various charities and government funds that may be available to her. But beyond being a masterpiece of reporting, After is a riveting narrative of people -- some well known, others not known at all -- facing the defining challenge of their lives. As their paths cross in a series of surprising alliances and confrontations, Brill finds in their stories the answer to how America changed and prevailed. After is an indelible picture of America and Americans battling their way through a time of crisis. And we see that Americans and their country were anything but soft when it came to standing up the morning after. Steven Brill Tue, 01 Apr 2003 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150411 thebookvoice.com 9:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150411]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: After: How America Confronted the September 12 Era Author: Steven Brill Narrator: Dennis Boutsikaris Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 1, 2003 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: After is an astounding, inspiring, and exciting account of America in the first year of the September 12th era. Based on 347 on-the-record interviews and revelations from memos of government meetings, court filings and other documents, award winning journalist Steven Brill takes us inside the critical dramas of the year after the September 11 attacks -- from the Justice Department's drive to find terror cells, to Congress's decision to bail out the airline industry, to a Ground Zero real estate mogul's audacious plan to litigate his way to an extra $3.5 billion in insurance proceeds. In After we go inside the late night audiences that lobbyists get with congressional leaders like Tom DeLay. We're in the White House sub-basement as the mammoth Department of Homeland Security is patched together, agency by agency. And we're in a young widow's living room as she struggles to hold her family together and make sense of the various charities and government funds that may be available to her. But beyond being a masterpiece of reporting, After is a riveting narrative of people -- some well known, others not known at all -- facing the defining challenge of their lives. As their paths cross in a series of surprising alliances and confrontations, Brill finds in their stories the answer to how America changed and prevailed. After is an indelible picture of America and Americans battling their way through a time of crisis. And we see that Americans and their country were anything but soft when it came to standing up the morning after. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150411]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: After: How America Confronted the September 12 Era Author: Steven Brill Narrator: Dennis Boutsikaris Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 1, 2003 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: After is an astounding, inspiring, and exciting account of America in the first year of the September 12th era. Based on 347 on-the-record interviews and revelations from memos of government meetings, court filings and other documents, award winning journalist Steven Brill takes us inside the critical dramas of the year after the September 11 attacks -- from the Justice Department's drive to find terror cells, to Congress's decision to bail out the airline industry, to a Ground Zero real estate mogul's audacious plan to litigate his way to an extra $3.5 billion in insurance proceeds. In After we go inside the late night audiences that lobbyists get with congressional leaders like Tom DeLay. We're in the White House sub-basement as the mammoth Department of Homeland Security is patched together, agency by agency. And we're in a young widow's living room as she struggles to hold her family together and make sense of the various charities and government funds that may be available to her. But beyond being a masterpiece of reporting, After is a riveting narrative of people -- some well known, others not known at all -- facing the defining challenge of their lives. As their paths cross in a series of surprising alliances and confrontations, Brill finds in their stories the answer to how America changed and prevailed. After is an indelible picture of America and Americans battling their way through a time of crisis. And we see that Americans and their country were anything but soft when it came to standing up the morning after. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150301 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150301]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Man's Journey to Simple Abundance Author: Sarah Ban Breathnach Narrator: Murphy Guyer Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 1, 2000 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Authentic Journey Continues -- for Women to Understand Men, and for Men to Understand Themselves. Sarah Ban Breathnach Wed, 01 Nov 2000 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150301 thebookvoice.com 4:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150301]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Man's Journey to Simple Abundance Author: Sarah Ban Breathnach Narrator: Murphy Guyer Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 1, 2000 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Authentic Journey Continues -- for Women to Understand Men, and for Men to Understand Themselves. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/150301]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Man's Journey to Simple Abundance Author: Sarah Ban Breathnach Narrator: Murphy Guyer Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 1, 2000 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Authentic Journey Continues -- for Women to Understand Men, and for Men to Understand Themselves. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/149308 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/149308]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pot Psychology's How to Be: Lowbrow Advice from High People Author: Tracie Egan Morrissey, Rich Juzwiak Narrator: Lindsay Mound, Rich Juzwiak, Tracie Egan Morrissey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 42 minutes Release date: November 13, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Do you love stylish, sexy advice? Do you love marijuana? Get the best of both worlds with Pot Psychology's How to Be, the hot, new, easy-to-use book from the creators of the Jezebel.com video advice sensation, Pot Psychology. We're Tracie and Rich, and our system guarantees results. We'll tell you how to be, and we'll do so quickly to cater to the attention spans of stoners and busy moms on the go. Want to be around hookers without the sticky, smelly mess? We can help. Need to know how to be about your underwhelming haircut or online relationships? We've got you covered. We've got advice for power bottoms, sideline hoes, bitches, female dogs, and so much more. You could spend hundreds of dollars on advice books, but only How To Be spans the human experience in one personal, versatile volume. But wait, there's more! We also have 101 pictures of animals acting like people. Tracie Egan Morrissey, Rich Juzwiak Tue, 13 Nov 2012 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/149308 thebookvoice.com 4:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/149308]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pot Psychology's How to Be: Lowbrow Advice from High People Author: Tracie Egan Morrissey, Rich Juzwiak Narrator: Lindsay Mound, Rich Juzwiak, Tracie Egan Morrissey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 42 minutes Release date: November 13, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Do you love stylish, sexy advice? Do you love marijuana? Get the best of both worlds with Pot Psychology's How to Be, the hot, new, easy-to-use book from the creators of the Jezebel.com video advice sensation, Pot Psychology. We're Tracie and Rich, and our system guarantees results. We'll tell you how to be, and we'll do so quickly to cater to the attention spans of stoners and busy moms on the go. Want to be around hookers without the sticky, smelly mess? We can help. Need to know how to be about your underwhelming haircut or online relationships? We've got you covered. We've got advice for power bottoms, sideline hoes, bitches, female dogs, and so much more. You could spend hundreds of dollars on advice books, but only How To Be spans the human experience in one personal, versatile volume. But wait, there's more! We also have 101 pictures of animals acting like people. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/149308]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pot Psychology's How to Be: Lowbrow Advice from High People Author: Tracie Egan Morrissey, Rich Juzwiak Narrator: Lindsay Mound, Rich Juzwiak, Tracie Egan Morrissey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 42 minutes Release date: November 13, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Do you love stylish, sexy advice? Do you love marijuana? Get the best of both worlds with Pot Psychology's How to Be, the hot, new, easy-to-use book from the creators of the Jezebel.com video advice sensation, Pot Psychology. We're Tracie and Rich, and our system guarantees results. We'll tell you how to be, and we'll do so quickly to cater to the attention spans of stoners and busy moms on the go. Want to be around hookers without the sticky, smelly mess? We can help. Need to know how to be about your underwhelming haircut or online relationships? We've got you covered. We've got advice for power bottoms, sideline hoes, bitches, female dogs, and so much more. You could spend hundreds of dollars on advice books, but only How To Be spans the human experience in one personal, versatile volume. But wait, there's more! We also have 101 pictures of animals acting like people. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/148232 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/148232]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Keep the Change: A Clueless Tipper's Quest to Become the Guru of the Gratuity Author: Steve Dublanica Narrator: Dan John Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 51 minutes Release date: November 2, 2010 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In the irreverent spirit of A.J. Jacobs and Michael Moore, Keep the Change by Steve Dublanica is a pavement-pounding exploration of tipping, a huge but neglected part of the American economy—the hilarious and eye-opening follow-up to his smash-hit New York Times bestseller Waiter Rant. Subtitled 'A Clueless Tipper's Quest to Become the Guru of the Gratuity,' Keep the Change follows the popular blogger known as 'the Waiter' from restaurant to casino to strip club and beyond as he explores what to tip and how tipping truly plays out in practice in a series of candid, funny, and sometimes uproariously cringe-inducing adventures. Steve Dublanica Tue, 02 Nov 2010 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/148232 thebookvoice.com 9:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/148232]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Keep the Change: A Clueless Tipper's Quest to Become the Guru of the Gratuity Author: Steve Dublanica Narrator: Dan John Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 51 minutes Release date: November 2, 2010 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In the irreverent spirit of A.J. Jacobs and Michael Moore, Keep the Change by Steve Dublanica is a pavement-pounding exploration of tipping, a huge but neglected part of the American economy—the hilarious and eye-opening follow-up to his smash-hit New York Times bestseller Waiter Rant. Subtitled 'A Clueless Tipper's Quest to Become the Guru of the Gratuity,' Keep the Change follows the popular blogger known as 'the Waiter' from restaurant to casino to strip club and beyond as he explores what to tip and how tipping truly plays out in practice in a series of candid, funny, and sometimes uproariously cringe-inducing adventures. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/148232]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Keep the Change: A Clueless Tipper's Quest to Become the Guru of the Gratuity Author: Steve Dublanica Narrator: Dan John Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 51 minutes Release date: November 2, 2010 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In the irreverent spirit of A.J. Jacobs and Michael Moore, Keep the Change by Steve Dublanica is a pavement-pounding exploration of tipping, a huge but neglected part of the American economy—the hilarious and eye-opening follow-up to his smash-hit New York Times bestseller Waiter Rant. Subtitled 'A Clueless Tipper's Quest to Become the Guru of the Gratuity,' Keep the Change follows the popular blogger known as 'the Waiter' from restaurant to casino to strip club and beyond as he explores what to tip and how tipping truly plays out in practice in a series of candid, funny, and sometimes uproariously cringe-inducing adventures. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/148173 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/148173]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Silver Like Dust: One Family’s Story of America's Japanese Internment Author: Kimi Cunningham Grant Narrator: Emily Woo Zeller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: January 12, 2012 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The poignant story of a Japanese American woman's journey through one of the most shameful chapters in American history. Sipping tea by the fire, preparing sushi for the family, or indulgently listening to her husband tell the same story for the hundredth time, Kimi Grant's grandmother, Obaachan, was a missing link to Kimi's Japanese heritage, something she had had a mixed relationship with all her life. Growing up in rural Pennsylvania, all Kimi ever wanted to do was fit in, spurning traditional Japanese cuisine and her grandfather's attempts to teach her the language. But there was one part of Obaachan's life that had fascinated and haunted Kimi ever since the age of eleven—her gentle yet proud Obaachan had once been a prisoner, along with 112,000 Japanese Americans, for more than five years of her life. Obaachan never spoke of those years, and Kimi's own mother only spoke of it in whispers. It was a source of haji, or shame. But what had really happened to Obaachan, then a young woman, and the thousands of other men, women, and children like her? Obaachan would meet her husband in the camps and watch her mother die there, too. From the turmoil, racism, and paranoia that sprang up after the bombing of Pearl Harbor and the terrifying train ride to Heart Mountain, to the false promise of V-J Day, Silver Like Dust captures a vital chapter of the Japanese American experience through the journey of one remarkable woman. Her story is one of thousands, yet it is a powerful testament to the enduring bonds of family and an unusual look at the American dream. Kimi Cunningham Grant Thu, 12 Jan 2012 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/148173 thebookvoice.com 7:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/148173]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Silver Like Dust: One Family’s Story of America's Japanese Internment Author: Kimi Cunningham Grant Narrator: Emily Woo Zeller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: January 12, 2012 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The poignant story of a Japanese American woman's journey through one of the most shameful chapters in American history. Sipping tea by the fire, preparing sushi for the family, or indulgently listening to her husband tell the same story for the hundredth time, Kimi Grant's grandmother, Obaachan, was a missing link to Kimi's Japanese heritage, something she had had a mixed relationship with all her life. Growing up in rural Pennsylvania, all Kimi ever wanted to do was fit in, spurning traditional Japanese cuisine and her grandfather's attempts to teach her the language. But there was one part of Obaachan's life that had fascinated and haunted Kimi ever since the age of eleven—her gentle yet proud Obaachan had once been a prisoner, along with 112,000 Japanese Americans, for more than five years of her life. Obaachan never spoke of those years, and Kimi's own mother only spoke of it in whispers. It was a source of haji, or shame. But what had really happened to Obaachan, then a young woman, and the thousands of other men, women, and children like her? Obaachan would meet her husband in the camps and watch her mother die there, too. From the turmoil, racism, and paranoia that sprang up after the bombing of Pearl Harbor and the terrifying train ride to Heart Mountain, to the false promise of V-J Day, Silver Like Dust captures a vital chapter of the Japanese American experience through the journey of one remarkable woman. Her story is one of thousands, yet it is a powerful testament to the enduring bonds of family and an unusual look at the American dream. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/148173]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Silver Like Dust: One Family’s Story of America's Japanese Internment Author: Kimi Cunningham Grant Narrator: Emily Woo Zeller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: January 12, 2012 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The poignant story of a Japanese American woman's journey through one of the most shameful chapters in American history. Sipping tea by the fire, preparing sushi for the family, or indulgently listening to her husband tell the same story for the hundredth time, Kimi Grant's grandmother, Obaachan, was a missing link to Kimi's Japanese heritage, something she had had a mixed relationship with all her life. Growing up in rural Pennsylvania, all Kimi ever wanted to do was fit in, spurning traditional Japanese cuisine and her grandfather's attempts to teach her the language. But there was one part of Obaachan's life that had fascinated and haunted Kimi ever since the age of eleven—her gentle yet proud Obaachan had once been a prisoner, along with 112,000 Japanese Americans, for more than five years of her life. Obaachan never spoke of those years, and Kimi's own mother only spoke of it in whispers. It was a source of haji, or shame. But what had really happened to Obaachan, then a young woman, and the thousands of other men, women, and children like her? Obaachan would meet her husband in the camps and watch her mother die there, too. From the turmoil, racism, and paranoia that sprang up after the bombing of Pearl Harbor and the terrifying train ride to Heart Mountain, to the false promise of V-J Day, Silver Like Dust captures a vital chapter of the Japanese American experience through the journey of one remarkable woman. Her story is one of thousands, yet it is a powerful testament to the enduring bonds of family and an unusual look at the American dream. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/148025 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/148025]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Assholes: A Theory Author: Aaron James Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 16 minutes Release date: October 30, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In the spirit of the mega-selling On Bullshit, philosopher Aaron James presents a theory of the asshole that is both intellectually provocative and existentially necessary. What does it mean for someone to be an asshole? The answer is not obvious, despite the fact that we are often personally stuck dealing with people for whom there is no better name. Try as we might to avoid them, assholes are found everywhere—at work, at home, on the road, and in the public sphere. Encountering one causes great difficulty and personal strain, especially because we often cannot understand why exactly someone should be acting like that. Asshole management begins with asshole understanding. Much as Machiavelli illuminated political strategy for princes, this book finally gives us the concepts to think or say why assholes disturb us so, and explains why such people seem part of the human social condition, especially in an age of raging narcissism and unbridled capitalism. These concepts are also practically useful, as understanding the asshole we are stuck with helps us think constructively about how to handle problems he (and they are mostly all men) presents. We get a better sense of when the asshole is best resisted, and when he is best ignored—a better sense of what is, and what is not, worth fighting for. Aaron James Tue, 30 Oct 2012 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/148025 thebookvoice.com 6:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/148025]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Assholes: A Theory Author: Aaron James Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 16 minutes Release date: October 30, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In the spirit of the mega-selling On Bullshit, philosopher Aaron James presents a theory of the asshole that is both intellectually provocative and existentially necessary. What does it mean for someone to be an asshole? The answer is not obvious, despite the fact that we are often personally stuck dealing with people for whom there is no better name. Try as we might to avoid them, assholes are found everywhere—at work, at home, on the road, and in the public sphere. Encountering one causes great difficulty and personal strain, especially because we often cannot understand why exactly someone should be acting like that. Asshole management begins with asshole understanding. Much as Machiavelli illuminated political strategy for princes, this book finally gives us the concepts to think or say why assholes disturb us so, and explains why such people seem part of the human social condition, especially in an age of raging narcissism and unbridled capitalism. These concepts are also practically useful, as understanding the asshole we are stuck with helps us think constructively about how to handle problems he (and they are mostly all men) presents. We get a better sense of when the asshole is best resisted, and when he is best ignored—a better sense of what is, and what is not, worth fighting for. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/148025]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Assholes: A Theory Author: Aaron James Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 16 minutes Release date: October 30, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In the spirit of the mega-selling On Bullshit, philosopher Aaron James presents a theory of the asshole that is both intellectually provocative and existentially necessary. What does it mean for someone to be an asshole? The answer is not obvious, despite the fact that we are often personally stuck dealing with people for whom there is no better name. Try as we might to avoid them, assholes are found everywhere—at work, at home, on the road, and in the public sphere. Encountering one causes great difficulty and personal strain, especially because we often cannot understand why exactly someone should be acting like that. Asshole management begins with asshole understanding. Much as Machiavelli illuminated political strategy for princes, this book finally gives us the concepts to think or say why assholes disturb us so, and explains why such people seem part of the human social condition, especially in an age of raging narcissism and unbridled capitalism. These concepts are also practically useful, as understanding the asshole we are stuck with helps us think constructively about how to handle problems he (and they are mostly all men) presents. We get a better sense of when the asshole is best resisted, and when he is best ignored—a better sense of what is, and what is not, worth fighting for. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/147322 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/147322]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Never Had It Made Author: Jackie Robinson Narrator: Ossie Davis Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 4, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The bestselling autobiography of American baseball and civil rights legend Jackie Robinson Before Barry Bonds, before Reggie Jackson, before Hank Aaron, baseball's stars had one undeniable trait in common: they were all white. In 1947, Jackie Robinson broke that barrier, striking a crucial blow for racial equality and changing the world of sports forever. I Never Had It Made is Robinson's own candid, hard-hitting account of what it took to become the first black man in history to play in the major leagues. I Never Had It Made recalls Robinson's early years and influences: his time at UCLA, where he became the school's first four-letter athlete; his army stint during World War II, when he challenged Jim Crow laws and narrowly escaped court martial; his years of frustration, on and off the field, with the Negro Leagues; and finally that fateful day when Branch Rickey of the Brooklyn Dodgers proposed what became known as the 'Noble Experiment'—Robinson would step up to bat to integrate and revolutionize baseball. More than a baseball story, I Never Had It Made also reveals the highs and lows of Robinson's life after baseball. He recounts his political aspirations and civil rights activism; his friendships with Martin Luther King, Jr., Malcolm X, William Buckley, Jr., and Nelson Rockefeller; and his troubled relationship with his son, Jackie, Jr. I Never Had It Made endures as an inspiring story of a man whose heroism extended well beyond the playing field. Jackie Robinson Fri, 04 Jul 2008 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/147322 thebookvoice.com 3:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/147322]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Never Had It Made Author: Jackie Robinson Narrator: Ossie Davis Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 4, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The bestselling autobiography of American baseball and civil rights legend Jackie Robinson Before Barry Bonds, before Reggie Jackson, before Hank Aaron, baseball's stars had one undeniable trait in common: they were all white. In 1947, Jackie Robinson broke that barrier, striking a crucial blow for racial equality and changing the world of sports forever. I Never Had It Made is Robinson's own candid, hard-hitting account of what it took to become the first black man in history to play in the major leagues. I Never Had It Made recalls Robinson's early years and influences: his time at UCLA, where he became the school's first four-letter athlete; his army stint during World War II, when he challenged Jim Crow laws and narrowly escaped court martial; his years of frustration, on and off the field, with the Negro Leagues; and finally that fateful day when Branch Rickey of the Brooklyn Dodgers proposed what became known as the 'Noble Experiment'—Robinson would step up to bat to integrate and revolutionize baseball. More than a baseball story, I Never Had It Made also reveals the highs and lows of Robinson's life after baseball. He recounts his political aspirations and civil rights activism; his friendships with Martin Luther King, Jr., Malcolm X, William Buckley, Jr., and Nelson Rockefeller; and his troubled relationship with his son, Jackie, Jr. I Never Had It Made endures as an inspiring story of a man whose heroism extended well beyond the playing field. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/147322]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Never Had It Made Author: Jackie Robinson Narrator: Ossie Davis Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 4, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The bestselling autobiography of American baseball and civil rights legend Jackie Robinson Before Barry Bonds, before Reggie Jackson, before Hank Aaron, baseball's stars had one undeniable trait in common: they were all white. In 1947, Jackie Robinson broke that barrier, striking a crucial blow for racial equality and changing the world of sports forever. I Never Had It Made is Robinson's own candid, hard-hitting account of what it took to become the first black man in history to play in the major leagues. I Never Had It Made recalls Robinson's early years and influences: his time at UCLA, where he became the school's first four-letter athlete; his army stint during World War II, when he challenged Jim Crow laws and narrowly escaped court martial; his years of frustration, on and off the field, with the Negro Leagues; and finally that fateful day when Branch Rickey of the Brooklyn Dodgers proposed what became known as the 'Noble Experiment'—Robinson would step up to bat to integrate and revolutionize baseball. More than a baseball story, I Never Had It Made also reveals the highs and lows of Robinson's life after baseball. He recounts his political aspirations and civil rights activism; his friendships with Martin Luther King, Jr., Malcolm X, William Buckley, Jr., and Nelson Rockefeller; and his troubled relationship with his son, Jackie, Jr. I Never Had It Made endures as an inspiring story of a man whose heroism extended well beyond the playing field. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/145442 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/145442]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bully: An Action Plan for Teachers, Parents, and Communities to Combat the Bullying Crisis Author: Cynthia Lowen, Lee Hirsch Narrator: Mel Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 38 minutes Release date: September 24, 2012 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: PRAISE FOR THE FILM: “An insightful and moving documentary.” —USA Today“Moving and touching…Bully forces you to confront…the extent to which cruelty is embedded in our schools and therefore in our society as a whole.” —New York Times, Critics’ PickABOUT THIS AUDIOBOOK: A companion to the acclaimed film Bully, this audiobook brings the story of the documentary beyond the closing credits, continuing the national conversation inspired by the film. Personal anecdotes from prominent antibullying activists and celebrities alongside essays from renowned experts, authors, government officials, and educators offer powerful insights, resources, and concrete steps to combat the bullying epidemic. An essential part of any campaign to decrease bullying and increase empathy, the audiobook also follows the stories of the families featured in the film beyond the big screen, who contribute valuable advice on the timely topic of bullying in our nation. This guide is crucial for parents, educators, school administrators, and anyone who is committed to the 13 million schoolchildren who will face bullying this year.CONTRIBUTORS INCLUDE: Mike Honda, U.S. congressperson (D-Calif.), whose memories of World War II Japanese internment camps inspired a life of public service and a commitment to combat bullyingAmy McCready, founder of Positive Parenting Solutions, whose life’s work has been dedicated to helping parents and familiesDr. Robyn Silverman, child and teen development specialist, frequent expert appearing on national television shows including The Today Show, Good Morning America, and AndersonMarlo Thomas, actress and spokesperson for children, whose landmark Free to Be You and Me inspired a generationJames Wendorf, executive director of the National Center for Learning Disabilities (NCLD)Randi Weingarten, head of the American Federation of Teachers, who is making her union a major force for change in the effort to stamp out bullying Cynthia Lowen, Lee Hirsch Mon, 24 Sep 2012 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/145442 thebookvoice.com 8:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/145442]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bully: An Action Plan for Teachers, Parents, and Communities to Combat the Bullying Crisis Author: Cynthia Lowen, Lee Hirsch Narrator: Mel Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 38 minutes Release date: September 24, 2012 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: PRAISE FOR THE FILM: “An insightful and moving documentary.” —USA Today“Moving and touching…Bully forces you to confront…the extent to which cruelty is embedded in our schools and therefore in our society as a whole.” —New York Times, Critics’ PickABOUT THIS AUDIOBOOK: A companion to the acclaimed film Bully, this audiobook brings the story of the documentary beyond the closing credits, continuing the national conversation inspired by the film. Personal anecdotes from prominent antibullying activists and celebrities alongside essays from renowned experts, authors, government officials, and educators offer powerful insights, resources, and concrete steps to combat the bullying epidemic. An essential part of any campaign to decrease bullying and increase empathy, the audiobook also follows the stories of the families featured in the film beyond the big screen, who contribute valuable advice on the timely topic of bullying in our nation. This guide is crucial for parents, educators, school administrators, and anyone who is committed to the 13 million schoolchildren who will face bullying this year.CONTRIBUTORS INCLUDE: Mike Honda, U.S. congressperson (D-Calif.), whose memories of World War II Japanese internment camps inspired a life of public service and a commitment to combat bullyingAmy McCready, founder of Positive Parenting Solutions, whose life’s work has been dedicated to helping parents and familiesDr. Robyn Silverman, child and teen development specialist, frequent expert appearing on national television shows including The Today Show, Good Morning America, and AndersonMarlo Thomas, actress and spokesperson for children, whose landmark Free to Be You and Me inspired a generationJames Wendorf, executive director of the National Center for Learning Disabilities (NCLD)Randi Weingarten, head of the American Federation of Teachers, who is making her union a major force for change in the effort to stamp out bullying Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/145442]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bully: An Action Plan for Teachers, Parents, and Communities to Combat the Bullying Crisis Author: Cynthia Lowen, Lee Hirsch Narrator: Mel Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 38 minutes Release date: September 24, 2012 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: PRAISE FOR THE FILM: “An insightful and moving documentary.” —USA Today“Moving and touching…Bully forces you to confront…the extent to which cruelty is embedded in our schools and therefore in our society as a whole.” —New York Times, Critics’ PickABOUT THIS AUDIOBOOK: A companion to the acclaimed film Bully, this audiobook brings the story of the documentary beyond the closing credits, continuing the national conversation inspired by the film. Personal anecdotes from prominent antibullying activists and celebrities alongside essays from renowned experts, authors, government officials, and educators offer powerful insights, resources, and concrete steps to combat the bullying epidemic. An essential part of any campaign to decrease bullying and increase empathy, the audiobook also follows the stories of the families featured in the film beyond the big screen, who contribute valuable advice on the timely topic of bullying in our nation. This guide is crucial for parents, educators, school administrators, and anyone who is committed to the 13 million schoolchildren who will face bullying this year.CONTRIBUTORS INCLUDE: Mike Honda, U.S. congressperson (D-Calif.), whose memories of World War II Japanese internment camps inspired a life of public service and a commitment to combat bullyingAmy McCready, founder of Positive Parenting Solutions, whose life’s work has been dedicated to helping parents and familiesDr. Robyn Silverman, child and teen development specialist, frequent expert appearing on national television shows including The Today Show, Good Morning America, and AndersonMarlo Thomas, actress and spokesperson for children, whose landmark Free to Be You and Me inspired a generationJames Wendorf, executive director of the National Center for Learning Disabilities (NCLD)Randi Weingarten, head of the American Federation of Teachers, who is making her union a major force for change in the effort to stamp out bullying https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/143967 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/143967]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Elsewhere, U.S.A.: How We Got From the Company Man, Family Dinners, and the Affluent Society to the Home Office, BlackBerry Moms, and Economic Anxiety Author: Dalton Conley Narrator: Christopher Lane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 13, 2009 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Over the past three decades, our daily lives have changed slowly but dramatically. Boundaries between leisure and work, public space and private space, and home and office have blurred and become permeable. How many of us now work from home, our wireless economy allowing and encouraging us to work 24/7? How many of us talk to our children while scrolling through e-mails on our BlackBerrys? How many of us feel overextended, as we are challenged to play multiple roles—worker, boss, parent, spouse, friend, and client—all in the same instant?Dalton Conley, social scientist and writer, provides us with an X-ray view of our new social reality. In Elsewhere, U.S.A., Conley connects our daily experience with occasionally overlooked sociological changes: women’s increasing participation in the labor force; rising economic inequality generating anxiety among successful professionals; the individualism of the modern era—the belief in self-actualization and expression—being replaced by the need to play different roles in the various realms of one’s existence.In this groundbreaking audiobook, Conley offers an essential understanding of how the technological, social, and economic changes that have reshaped our world are also reshaping our individual lives.“This brilliant new book makes sense of how changes in the ways people work are affecting the ways families work. Conley writes with the grace of a novelist and the insight of a rigorous scholar.” –Richard Sennett, author of The Craftsman Dalton Conley Tue, 13 Jan 2009 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/143967 thebookvoice.com 6:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/143967]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Elsewhere, U.S.A.: How We Got From the Company Man, Family Dinners, and the Affluent Society to the Home Office, BlackBerry Moms, and Economic Anxiety Author: Dalton Conley Narrator: Christopher Lane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 13, 2009 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Over the past three decades, our daily lives have changed slowly but dramatically. Boundaries between leisure and work, public space and private space, and home and office have blurred and become permeable. How many of us now work from home, our wireless economy allowing and encouraging us to work 24/7? How many of us talk to our children while scrolling through e-mails on our BlackBerrys? How many of us feel overextended, as we are challenged to play multiple roles—worker, boss, parent, spouse, friend, and client—all in the same instant?Dalton Conley, social scientist and writer, provides us with an X-ray view of our new social reality. In Elsewhere, U.S.A., Conley connects our daily experience with occasionally overlooked sociological changes: women’s increasing participation in the labor force; rising economic inequality generating anxiety among successful professionals; the individualism of the modern era—the belief in self-actualization and expression—being replaced by the need to play different roles in the various realms of one’s existence.In this groundbreaking audiobook, Conley offers an essential understanding of how the technological, social, and economic changes that have reshaped our world are also reshaping our individual lives.“This brilliant new book makes sense of how changes in the ways people work are affecting the ways families work. Conley writes with the grace of a novelist and the insight of a rigorous scholar.” –Richard Sennett, author of The Craftsman Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/143967]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Elsewhere, U.S.A.: How We Got From the Company Man, Family Dinners, and the Affluent Society to the Home Office, BlackBerry Moms, and Economic Anxiety Author: Dalton Conley Narrator: Christopher Lane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 13, 2009 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Over the past three decades, our daily lives have changed slowly but dramatically. Boundaries between leisure and work, public space and private space, and home and office have blurred and become permeable. How many of us now work from home, our wireless economy allowing and encouraging us to work 24/7? How many of us talk to our children while scrolling through e-mails on our BlackBerrys? How many of us feel overextended, as we are challenged to play multiple roles—worker, boss, parent, spouse, friend, and client—all in the same instant?Dalton Conley, social scientist and writer, provides us with an X-ray view of our new social reality. In Elsewhere, U.S.A., Conley connects our daily experience with occasionally overlooked sociological changes: women’s increasing participation in the labor force; rising economic inequality generating anxiety among successful professionals; the individualism of the modern era—the belief in self-actualization and expression—being replaced by the need to play different roles in the various realms of one’s existence.In this groundbreaking audiobook, Conley offers an essential understanding of how the technological, social, and economic changes that have reshaped our world are also reshaping our individual lives.“This brilliant new book makes sense of how changes in the ways people work are affecting the ways families work. Conley writes with the grace of a novelist and the insight of a rigorous scholar.” –Richard Sennett, author of The Craftsman https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/143946 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/143946]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Chalice and the Blade: Our History, Our Future Author: Riane Eisler Narrator: Riane Eisler Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 1 minute Release date: July 17, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Riane Eisler reads this new, accessible adaptation of her ground-breaking classic The Chalice and the Blade, in which she combined original theory with noted scholarship to tell a new story of our cultural origins. Drawing evidence from literature, art, sociology, archeology, politics, and economics, she eloquently reconstructs a prehistoric culture based on partnership rather than domination. She then traces the roots of the global shift to patriarchy, showing that was and the 'war of the sexes' are neither divinely nor biologically ordained. Finally, and most significantly, she provides new scripts for living, proving that a better future is possible, and is in fact rooted in the drama of our past. Riane Eisler Tue, 17 Jul 2012 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/143946 thebookvoice.com 3:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/143946]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Chalice and the Blade: Our History, Our Future Author: Riane Eisler Narrator: Riane Eisler Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 1 minute Release date: July 17, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Riane Eisler reads this new, accessible adaptation of her ground-breaking classic The Chalice and the Blade, in which she combined original theory with noted scholarship to tell a new story of our cultural origins. Drawing evidence from literature, art, sociology, archeology, politics, and economics, she eloquently reconstructs a prehistoric culture based on partnership rather than domination. She then traces the roots of the global shift to patriarchy, showing that was and the 'war of the sexes' are neither divinely nor biologically ordained. Finally, and most significantly, she provides new scripts for living, proving that a better future is possible, and is in fact rooted in the drama of our past. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/143946]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Chalice and the Blade: Our History, Our Future Author: Riane Eisler Narrator: Riane Eisler Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 1 minute Release date: July 17, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Riane Eisler reads this new, accessible adaptation of her ground-breaking classic The Chalice and the Blade, in which she combined original theory with noted scholarship to tell a new story of our cultural origins. Drawing evidence from literature, art, sociology, archeology, politics, and economics, she eloquently reconstructs a prehistoric culture based on partnership rather than domination. She then traces the roots of the global shift to patriarchy, showing that was and the 'war of the sexes' are neither divinely nor biologically ordained. Finally, and most significantly, she provides new scripts for living, proving that a better future is possible, and is in fact rooted in the drama of our past. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/143945 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/143945]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Native American Wisdom Author: Louise Mengelkock, Kent Nerburn Narrator: Kent Nerburn, Marc Allen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 23 minutes Release date: July 17, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Joseph, Sitting Bull, Red Cloud, Black Elk, Ohiyesa, and many others share their insights on Native American ways of living, learning, and dying. There is something archetypal about the philosophy of the original Americans, especially to the sensibilities of modern European Americans. We recognize it as coming from the earth we walk on, from those who preceded us. As we read the wisdom of these peoples, it is possible to feel a reconnection with our land and ourselves. Taken from orations, recorded observations of life and social affairs, and other first-person testimonies, this book selects the best of Native American wisdom and distills it to its essence in short, digestible quotes that are meaningful and timeless — perhaps even more timely now than when they were written. Louise Mengelkock, Kent Nerburn Tue, 17 Jul 2012 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/143945 thebookvoice.com 1:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/143945]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Native American Wisdom Author: Louise Mengelkock, Kent Nerburn Narrator: Kent Nerburn, Marc Allen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 23 minutes Release date: July 17, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Joseph, Sitting Bull, Red Cloud, Black Elk, Ohiyesa, and many others share their insights on Native American ways of living, learning, and dying. There is something archetypal about the philosophy of the original Americans, especially to the sensibilities of modern European Americans. We recognize it as coming from the earth we walk on, from those who preceded us. As we read the wisdom of these peoples, it is possible to feel a reconnection with our land and ourselves. Taken from orations, recorded observations of life and social affairs, and other first-person testimonies, this book selects the best of Native American wisdom and distills it to its essence in short, digestible quotes that are meaningful and timeless — perhaps even more timely now than when they were written. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/143945]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Native American Wisdom Author: Louise Mengelkock, Kent Nerburn Narrator: Kent Nerburn, Marc Allen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 23 minutes Release date: July 17, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Joseph, Sitting Bull, Red Cloud, Black Elk, Ohiyesa, and many others share their insights on Native American ways of living, learning, and dying. There is something archetypal about the philosophy of the original Americans, especially to the sensibilities of modern European Americans. We recognize it as coming from the earth we walk on, from those who preceded us. As we read the wisdom of these peoples, it is possible to feel a reconnection with our land and ourselves. Taken from orations, recorded observations of life and social affairs, and other first-person testimonies, this book selects the best of Native American wisdom and distills it to its essence in short, digestible quotes that are meaningful and timeless — perhaps even more timely now than when they were written. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/143091 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/143091]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secret Race: Inside the Hidden World of the Tour de France: Doping, Cover-ups, and Winning at All Costs Author: Daniel Coyle, Tyler Hamilton Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 23 minutes Release date: September 5, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.59 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Secret Race is a definitive look at the world of professional cycling—and the doping issue surrounding this sport and its most iconic rider, Lance Armstrong—by former Olympic gold medalist Tyler Hamilton and New York Times bestselling author Daniel Coyle.   Over the course of two years, Coyle conducted more than two hundred hours of interviews with Hamilton and spoke candidly with numerous teammates, rivals, and friends. The result is an explosive book that takes us, for the first time, deep inside a shadowy, fascinating, and surreal world of unscrupulous doctors, anything-goes team directors, and athletes so relentlessly driven to succeed that they would do anything—and take any risk, physical, mental, or moral—to gain the edge they need to win.   Tyler Hamilton was once one of the world’s best-liked and top-ranked cyclists—a fierce competitor renowned among his peers for his uncanny endurance and epic tolerance for pain. In the 2003 Tour de France, he finished fourth despite breaking his collarbone in the early stages—and grinding eleven of his teeth down to the nerves along the way. He started his career with the U.S. Postal Service team in the 1990s and quickly rose to become Lance Armstrong’s most trusted lieutenant, and a member of his inner circle. For the first three of Armstrong’s record seven Tour de France victories, Hamilton was by Armstrong’s side, clearing his way. But just weeks after Hamilton reached his own personal pinnacle—winning the gold medal at the 2004 Olympics—his career came to a sudden, ignominious end: He was found guilty of doping and exiled from the sport.   From the exhilaration of his early, naïve days in the peloton, Hamilton chronicles his ascent to the uppermost reaches of this unforgiving sport. In the mid-1990s, the advent of a powerful new blood-boosting drug called EPO reshaped the world of cycling, and a relentless, win-at-any-cost ethos took root. Its psychological toll would drive many of the sport’s top performers to substance abuse, depression, even suicide. For the first time ever, Hamilton recounts his own battle with clinical depression, speaks frankly about the agonizing choices that go along with the decision to compete at a world-class level, and tells the story of his complicated relationship with Lance Armstrong.   A journey into the heart of a never-before-seen world, The Secret Race is a riveting, courageous act of witness from a man who is as determined to reveal the hard truth about his sport as he once was to win the Tour de France. Includes an audio exclusive introduction from Tyler Hamilton. Daniel Coyle, Tyler Hamilton Wed, 05 Sep 2012 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/143091 thebookvoice.com 11:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/143091]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secret Race: Inside the Hidden World of the Tour de France: Doping, Cover-ups, and Winning at All Costs Author: Daniel Coyle, Tyler Hamilton Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 23 minutes Release date: September 5, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.59 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Secret Race is a definitive look at the world of professional cycling—and the doping issue surrounding this sport and its most iconic rider, Lance Armstrong—by former Olympic gold medalist Tyler Hamilton and New York Times bestselling author Daniel Coyle.   Over the course of two years, Coyle conducted more than two hundred hours of interviews with Hamilton and spoke candidly with numerous teammates, rivals, and friends. The result is an explosive book that takes us, for the first time, deep inside a shadowy, fascinating, and surreal world of unscrupulous doctors, anything-goes team directors, and athletes so relentlessly driven to succeed that they would do anything—and take any risk, physical, mental, or moral—to gain the edge they need to win.   Tyler Hamilton was once one of the world’s best-liked and top-ranked cyclists—a fierce competitor renowned among his peers for his uncanny endurance and epic tolerance for pain. In the 2003 Tour de France, he finished fourth despite breaking his collarbone in the early stages—and grinding eleven of his teeth down to the nerves along the way. He started his career with the U.S. Postal Service team in the 1990s and quickly rose to become Lance Armstrong’s most trusted lieutenant, and a member of his inner circle. For the first three of Armstrong’s record seven Tour de France victories, Hamilton was by Armstrong’s side, clearing his way. But just weeks after Hamilton reached his own personal pinnacle—winning the gold medal at the 2004 Olympics—his career came to a sudden, ignominious end: He was found guilty of doping and exiled from the sport.   From the exhilaration of his early, naïve days in the peloton, Hamilton chronicles his ascent to the uppermost reaches of this unforgiving sport. In the mid-1990s, the advent of a powerful new blood-boosting drug called EPO reshaped the world of cycling, and a relentless, win-at-any-cost ethos took root. Its psychological toll would drive many of the sport’s top performers to substance abuse, depression, even suicide. For the first time ever, Hamilton recounts his own battle with clinical depression, speaks frankly about the agonizing choices that go along with the decision to compete at a world-class level, and tells the story of his complicated relationship with Lance Armstrong.   A journey into the heart of a never-before-seen world, The Secret Race is a riveting, courageous act of witness from a man who is as determined to reveal the hard truth about his sport as he once was to win the Tour de France. Includes an audio exclusive introduction from Tyler Hamilton. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/143091]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secret Race: Inside the Hidden World of the Tour de France: Doping, Cover-ups, and Winning at All Costs Author: Daniel Coyle, Tyler Hamilton Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 23 minutes Release date: September 5, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.59 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Secret Race is a definitive look at the world of professional cycling—and the doping issue surrounding this sport and its most iconic rider, Lance Armstrong—by former Olympic gold medalist Tyler Hamilton and New York Times bestselling author Daniel Coyle.   Over the course of two years, Coyle conducted more than two hundred hours of interviews with Hamilton and spoke candidly with numerous teammates, rivals, and friends. The result is an explosive book that takes us, for the first time, deep inside a shadowy, fascinating, and surreal world of unscrupulous doctors, anything-goes team directors, and athletes so relentlessly driven to succeed that they would do anything—and take any risk, physical, mental, or moral—to gain the edge they need to win.   Tyler Hamilton was once one of the world’s best-liked and top-ranked cyclists—a fierce competitor renowned among his peers for his uncanny endurance and epic tolerance for pain. In the 2003 Tour de France, he finished fourth despite breaking his collarbone in the early stages—and grinding eleven of his teeth down to the nerves along the way. He started his career with the U.S. Postal Service team in the 1990s and quickly rose to become Lance Armstrong’s most trusted lieutenant, and a member of his inner circle. For the first three of Armstrong’s record seven Tour de France victories, Hamilton was by Armstrong’s side, clearing his way. But just weeks after Hamilton reached his own personal pinnacle—winning the gold medal at the 2004 Olympics—his career came to a sudden, ignominious end: He was found guilty of doping and exiled from the sport.   From the exhilaration of his early, naïve days in the peloton, Hamilton chronicles his ascent to the uppermost reaches of this unforgiving sport. In the mid-1990s, the advent of a powerful new blood-boosting drug called EPO reshaped the world of cycling, and a relentless, win-at-any-cost ethos took root. Its psychological toll would drive many of the sport’s top performers to substance abuse, depression, even suicide. For the first time ever, Hamilton recounts his own battle with clinical depression, speaks frankly about the agonizing choices that go along with the decision to compete at a world-class level, and tells the story of his complicated relationship with Lance Armstrong.   A journey into the heart of a never-before-seen world, The Secret Race is a riveting, courageous act of witness from a man who is as determined to reveal the hard truth about his sport as he once was to win the Tour de France. Includes an audio exclusive introduction from Tyler Hamilton. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/142849 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/142849]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Have Kids?: A New Mom Explores the Truth About Parenting and Happiness Author: Jessica Valenti Narrator: Emily Beresford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 4, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A provocative and intimate exploration of modern parenthood from a writer named “a gutsy young third-wave feminist” by the New York Times. If parenting is making Americans unhappy, if it’s impossible to “have it all,” if people don’t have the economic, social, or political structures needed to support parenting, then why do it? In Why Have Kids?, Valenti explores these controversial questions through on-the-ground reporting, startling new research, and her own unique experiences as a mom. She moves beyond the black and white “mommy wars” over natural parenting, discipline, and work-life balance to explore a more nuanced reality: one filled with ambivalence, joy, guilt, and exhaustion. A must-read for parents as well as those considering starting a family, Why Have Kids? is an explosive addition to the conversation about modern parenthood. Jessica Valenti Tue, 04 Sep 2012 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/142849 thebookvoice.com 5:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/142849]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Have Kids?: A New Mom Explores the Truth About Parenting and Happiness Author: Jessica Valenti Narrator: Emily Beresford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 4, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A provocative and intimate exploration of modern parenthood from a writer named “a gutsy young third-wave feminist” by the New York Times. If parenting is making Americans unhappy, if it’s impossible to “have it all,” if people don’t have the economic, social, or political structures needed to support parenting, then why do it? In Why Have Kids?, Valenti explores these controversial questions through on-the-ground reporting, startling new research, and her own unique experiences as a mom. She moves beyond the black and white “mommy wars” over natural parenting, discipline, and work-life balance to explore a more nuanced reality: one filled with ambivalence, joy, guilt, and exhaustion. A must-read for parents as well as those considering starting a family, Why Have Kids? is an explosive addition to the conversation about modern parenthood. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/142849]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Have Kids?: A New Mom Explores the Truth About Parenting and Happiness Author: Jessica Valenti Narrator: Emily Beresford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 4, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A provocative and intimate exploration of modern parenthood from a writer named “a gutsy young third-wave feminist” by the New York Times. If parenting is making Americans unhappy, if it’s impossible to “have it all,” if people don’t have the economic, social, or political structures needed to support parenting, then why do it? In Why Have Kids?, Valenti explores these controversial questions through on-the-ground reporting, startling new research, and her own unique experiences as a mom. She moves beyond the black and white “mommy wars” over natural parenting, discipline, and work-life balance to explore a more nuanced reality: one filled with ambivalence, joy, guilt, and exhaustion. A must-read for parents as well as those considering starting a family, Why Have Kids? is an explosive addition to the conversation about modern parenthood. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/140048 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/140048]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Whatever It Takes: Illegal Immigration, Border Security, and the War on Terror Author: Congressman J. D. Hayworth, Joseph J. Eule Narrator: J.D. Hayworth Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 26 minutes Release date: January 1, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What should we do to solve America's border crisis? Whatever it takes! That's the no-nonsense approach of Arizona congressman J. D. Hayworth, one of America's most outspoken and eloquent conservative spokesmen. J. D. has walked the border and seen firsthand the devastation that illegal immigration inflicts on law-abiding Americans. He's read the intelligence reports, talked to the Border Patrol and the Marines, and knows how intolerable illegal immigration is in a post-9/11 world. In Whatever It Takes, you'll learn how illegal immigration steals jobs from American workers and reduces their pay, how illegal immigrants often take advantage of health and education benefits at the expense of American citizens, how illegal immigrants are hastening the downfall of Social Security, and how can we prevent the next 9/11. Congressman J. D. Hayworth, Joseph J. Eule Sun, 01 Jan 2006 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/140048 thebookvoice.com 6:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/140048]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Whatever It Takes: Illegal Immigration, Border Security, and the War on Terror Author: Congressman J. D. Hayworth, Joseph J. Eule Narrator: J.D. Hayworth Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 26 minutes Release date: January 1, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What should we do to solve America's border crisis? Whatever it takes! That's the no-nonsense approach of Arizona congressman J. D. Hayworth, one of America's most outspoken and eloquent conservative spokesmen. J. D. has walked the border and seen firsthand the devastation that illegal immigration inflicts on law-abiding Americans. He's read the intelligence reports, talked to the Border Patrol and the Marines, and knows how intolerable illegal immigration is in a post-9/11 world. In Whatever It Takes, you'll learn how illegal immigration steals jobs from American workers and reduces their pay, how illegal immigrants often take advantage of health and education benefits at the expense of American citizens, how illegal immigrants are hastening the downfall of Social Security, and how can we prevent the next 9/11. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/140048]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Whatever It Takes: Illegal Immigration, Border Security, and the War on Terror Author: Congressman J. D. Hayworth, Joseph J. Eule Narrator: J.D. Hayworth Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 26 minutes Release date: January 1, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What should we do to solve America's border crisis? Whatever it takes! That's the no-nonsense approach of Arizona congressman J. D. Hayworth, one of America's most outspoken and eloquent conservative spokesmen. J. D. has walked the border and seen firsthand the devastation that illegal immigration inflicts on law-abiding Americans. He's read the intelligence reports, talked to the Border Patrol and the Marines, and knows how intolerable illegal immigration is in a post-9/11 world. In Whatever It Takes, you'll learn how illegal immigration steals jobs from American workers and reduces their pay, how illegal immigrants often take advantage of health and education benefits at the expense of American citizens, how illegal immigrants are hastening the downfall of Social Security, and how can we prevent the next 9/11. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/139567 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/139567]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Better Angels of Our Nature: Why Violence Has Declined Author: Steven Pinker Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 37 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 4, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 40 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 12 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “If I could give each of you a graduation present, it would be this—the most inspiring book I've ever read.' —Bill Gates (May, 2017) Selected by The New York Times Book Review as a Notable Book of the Year The author of Enlightenment Now and The New York Times bestseller The Stuff of Thought offers a controversial history of violence. Faced with the ceaseless stream of news about war, crime, and terrorism, one could easily think we live in the most violent age ever seen. Yet as New York Times bestselling author Steven Pinker shows in this startling and engaging new work, just the opposite is true: violence has been diminishing for millennia and we may be living in the most peaceful time in our species's existence. For most of history, war, slavery, infanticide, child abuse, assassinations, programs, gruesome punishments, deadly quarrels, and genocide were ordinary features of life. But today, Pinker shows (with the help of more than a hundred graphs and maps) all these forms of violence have dwindled and are widely condemned. How has this happened? This groundbreaking book continues Pinker's exploration of the essence of human nature, mixing psychology and history to provide a remarkable picture of an increasingly nonviolent world. The key, he explains, is to understand our intrinsic motives--the inner demons that incline us toward violence and the better angels that steer us away--and how changing circumstances have allowed our better angels to prevail. Exploding fatalist myths about humankind's inherent violence and the curse of modernity, this ambitious and provocative book is sure to be hotly debated in living rooms and the Pentagon alike, and will challenge and change the way we think about our society. Steven Pinker Tue, 04 Oct 2011 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/139567 thebookvoice.com 37:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/139567]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Better Angels of Our Nature: Why Violence Has Declined Author: Steven Pinker Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 37 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 4, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 40 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 12 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “If I could give each of you a graduation present, it would be this—the most inspiring book I've ever read.' —Bill Gates (May, 2017) Selected by The New York Times Book Review as a Notable Book of the Year The author of Enlightenment Now and The New York Times bestseller The Stuff of Thought offers a controversial history of violence. Faced with the ceaseless stream of news about war, crime, and terrorism, one could easily think we live in the most violent age ever seen. Yet as New York Times bestselling author Steven Pinker shows in this startling and engaging new work, just the opposite is true: violence has been diminishing for millennia and we may be living in the most peaceful time in our species's existence. For most of history, war, slavery, infanticide, child abuse, assassinations, programs, gruesome punishments, deadly quarrels, and genocide were ordinary features of life. But today, Pinker shows (with the help of more than a hundred graphs and maps) all these forms of violence have dwindled and are widely condemned. How has this happened? This groundbreaking book continues Pinker's exploration of the essence of human nature, mixing psychology and history to provide a remarkable picture of an increasingly nonviolent world. The key, he explains, is to understand our intrinsic motives--the inner demons that incline us toward violence and the better angels that steer us away--and how changing circumstances have allowed our better angels to prevail. Exploding fatalist myths about humankind's inherent violence and the curse of modernity, this ambitious and provocative book is sure to be hotly debated in living rooms and the Pentagon alike, and will challenge and change the way we think about our society. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/139567]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Better Angels of Our Nature: Why Violence Has Declined Author: Steven Pinker Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 37 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 4, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 40 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 12 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “If I could give each of you a graduation present, it would be this—the most inspiring book I've ever read.' —Bill Gates (May, 2017) Selected by The New York Times Book Review as a Notable Book of the Year The author of Enlightenment Now and The New York Times bestseller The Stuff of Thought offers a controversial history of violence. Faced with the ceaseless stream of news about war, crime, and terrorism, one could easily think we live in the most violent age ever seen. Yet as New York Times bestselling author Steven Pinker shows in this startling and engaging new work, just the opposite is true: violence has been diminishing for millennia and we may be living in the most peaceful time in our species's existence. For most of history, war, slavery, infanticide, child abuse, assassinations, programs, gruesome punishments, deadly quarrels, and genocide were ordinary features of life. But today, Pinker shows (with the help of more than a hundred graphs and maps) all these forms of violence have dwindled and are widely condemned. How has this happened? This groundbreaking book continues Pinker's exploration of the essence of human nature, mixing psychology and history to provide a remarkable picture of an increasingly nonviolent world. The key, he explains, is to understand our intrinsic motives--the inner demons that incline us toward violence and the better angels that steer us away--and how changing circumstances have allowed our better angels to prevail. Exploding fatalist myths about humankind's inherent violence and the curse of modernity, this ambitious and provocative book is sure to be hotly debated in living rooms and the Pentagon alike, and will challenge and change the way we think about our society. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/139284 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/139284]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Soul of the Indian and Seven Native American Tales Author: Charles Alexander Eastman Narrator: Scott Peterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 24, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.32 of Total 19 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Charles Alexander Eastman, an educated and well-known Sioux, saw both sides of the great divide between Indians and whites, and he wrote eleven books attempting to reconcile the two cultures. Although he was a convert to Christianity, Eastman never lost his sense of the wholeness and beauty of the Indian's relation to his existence and to the natural world. These six essays on the Indian's spiritual beliefs and cultural habits, told in very personal terms and coupled with seven folk tales, illuminate the high ethics and morality of a culture that few people know about. The six essays are: 'The Great Mystery,' 'The Family Altar,' 'Ceremonial and Symbolic Worship,' 'Barbarism and the Moral Code,' 'The Unwritten Scriptures,' and 'On the Borderland of Spirits.' The seven Native American tales are: 'The Buffalo and the Field Mouse,' 'The Frogs and the Crane,' 'The Falcon and the Duck,' 'The Raccoon and the Bee Tree,' 'The Comrades,' 'The Runaways,' and 'The Magic Arrows.' Charles Alexander Eastman Fri, 24 Jun 2005 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/139284 thebookvoice.com 2:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/139284]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Soul of the Indian and Seven Native American Tales Author: Charles Alexander Eastman Narrator: Scott Peterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 24, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.32 of Total 19 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Charles Alexander Eastman, an educated and well-known Sioux, saw both sides of the great divide between Indians and whites, and he wrote eleven books attempting to reconcile the two cultures. Although he was a convert to Christianity, Eastman never lost his sense of the wholeness and beauty of the Indian's relation to his existence and to the natural world. These six essays on the Indian's spiritual beliefs and cultural habits, told in very personal terms and coupled with seven folk tales, illuminate the high ethics and morality of a culture that few people know about. The six essays are: 'The Great Mystery,' 'The Family Altar,' 'Ceremonial and Symbolic Worship,' 'Barbarism and the Moral Code,' 'The Unwritten Scriptures,' and 'On the Borderland of Spirits.' The seven Native American tales are: 'The Buffalo and the Field Mouse,' 'The Frogs and the Crane,' 'The Falcon and the Duck,' 'The Raccoon and the Bee Tree,' 'The Comrades,' 'The Runaways,' and 'The Magic Arrows.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/139284]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Soul of the Indian and Seven Native American Tales Author: Charles Alexander Eastman Narrator: Scott Peterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 24, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.32 of Total 19 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Charles Alexander Eastman, an educated and well-known Sioux, saw both sides of the great divide between Indians and whites, and he wrote eleven books attempting to reconcile the two cultures. Although he was a convert to Christianity, Eastman never lost his sense of the wholeness and beauty of the Indian's relation to his existence and to the natural world. These six essays on the Indian's spiritual beliefs and cultural habits, told in very personal terms and coupled with seven folk tales, illuminate the high ethics and morality of a culture that few people know about. The six essays are: 'The Great Mystery,' 'The Family Altar,' 'Ceremonial and Symbolic Worship,' 'Barbarism and the Moral Code,' 'The Unwritten Scriptures,' and 'On the Borderland of Spirits.' The seven Native American tales are: 'The Buffalo and the Field Mouse,' 'The Frogs and the Crane,' 'The Falcon and the Duck,' 'The Raccoon and the Bee Tree,' 'The Comrades,' 'The Runaways,' and 'The Magic Arrows.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/139209 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/139209]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fran Lebowitz Reader Author: Fran Lebowitz Narrator: Fran Lebowitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: September 4, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.89 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In the vein of Lebowitz's acclaimed Netflix limited series, Pretend It's a City—The Fran Lebowitz Reader brings together two of the famed author's bestsellers, Metropolitan Life and Social Studies. In 'elegant, finely honed prose' (The Washington Post Book World), Lebowitz limns the vicissitudes of contemporary urban life—its fads, trends, crazes, morals, and fashions. By turns ironic, facetious, deadpan, sarcastic, wry, wisecracking, and waggish, Fran Lebowitz is always wickedly entertaining. Fran Lebowitz Tue, 04 Sep 2012 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/139209 thebookvoice.com 7:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/139209]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fran Lebowitz Reader Author: Fran Lebowitz Narrator: Fran Lebowitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: September 4, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.89 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In the vein of Lebowitz's acclaimed Netflix limited series, Pretend It's a City—The Fran Lebowitz Reader brings together two of the famed author's bestsellers, Metropolitan Life and Social Studies. In 'elegant, finely honed prose' (The Washington Post Book World), Lebowitz limns the vicissitudes of contemporary urban life—its fads, trends, crazes, morals, and fashions. By turns ironic, facetious, deadpan, sarcastic, wry, wisecracking, and waggish, Fran Lebowitz is always wickedly entertaining. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/139209]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fran Lebowitz Reader Author: Fran Lebowitz Narrator: Fran Lebowitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: September 4, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.89 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In the vein of Lebowitz's acclaimed Netflix limited series, Pretend It's a City—The Fran Lebowitz Reader brings together two of the famed author's bestsellers, Metropolitan Life and Social Studies. In 'elegant, finely honed prose' (The Washington Post Book World), Lebowitz limns the vicissitudes of contemporary urban life—its fads, trends, crazes, morals, and fashions. By turns ironic, facetious, deadpan, sarcastic, wry, wisecracking, and waggish, Fran Lebowitz is always wickedly entertaining. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/138784 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/138784]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Politically Incorrect Guide to Women, Sex, and Feminism Series: Part of The Politically Incorrect Guides Author: Carrie L. Lukas Narrator: Dianna Dorman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 8 minutes Release date: January 1, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: We’ve been duped. We were raised to think we could have it all. In college we were told that men weren’t necessary. Pop culture told us that career, not family, came first. The idea of being a stay-at-home mom was for losers. And yet, are we happier than our mothers or grandmothers, who grew up before women were “liberated” by the sexual revolution? For many women, the answer is no. In The Politically Incorrect Guide to Women, Sex, and Feminism, Carrie Lukas, a young career woman and new mother, sets the record straight: correcting the lies women have been told and slamming the door on the screaming harpies of NOW, feminist professors, and the rest of the bra-burners who have done so much to wreck women’s lives. Carrie L. Lukas Sun, 01 Jan 2006 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/138784 thebookvoice.com 7:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/138784]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Politically Incorrect Guide to Women, Sex, and Feminism Series: Part of The Politically Incorrect Guides Author: Carrie L. Lukas Narrator: Dianna Dorman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 8 minutes Release date: January 1, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: We’ve been duped. We were raised to think we could have it all. In college we were told that men weren’t necessary. Pop culture told us that career, not family, came first. The idea of being a stay-at-home mom was for losers. And yet, are we happier than our mothers or grandmothers, who grew up before women were “liberated” by the sexual revolution? For many women, the answer is no. In The Politically Incorrect Guide to Women, Sex, and Feminism, Carrie Lukas, a young career woman and new mother, sets the record straight: correcting the lies women have been told and slamming the door on the screaming harpies of NOW, feminist professors, and the rest of the bra-burners who have done so much to wreck women’s lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/138784]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Politically Incorrect Guide to Women, Sex, and Feminism Series: Part of The Politically Incorrect Guides Author: Carrie L. Lukas Narrator: Dianna Dorman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 8 minutes Release date: January 1, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: We’ve been duped. We were raised to think we could have it all. In college we were told that men weren’t necessary. Pop culture told us that career, not family, came first. The idea of being a stay-at-home mom was for losers. And yet, are we happier than our mothers or grandmothers, who grew up before women were “liberated” by the sexual revolution? For many women, the answer is no. In The Politically Incorrect Guide to Women, Sex, and Feminism, Carrie Lukas, a young career woman and new mother, sets the record straight: correcting the lies women have been told and slamming the door on the screaming harpies of NOW, feminist professors, and the rest of the bra-burners who have done so much to wreck women’s lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/138664 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/138664]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fire in the Ashes: Twenty-Five Years Among the Poorest Children in America Author: Jonathan Kozol Narrator: Keythe Farley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 57 minutes Release date: August 28, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this powerful and culminating work about a group of inner-city children he has known for many years, Jonathan Kozol returns to the scene of his prize-winning books Rachel and Her Children and Amazing Grace, and to the children he has vividly portrayed, to share with us their fascinating journeys and unexpected victories as they grow into adulthood.    For nearly fifty years Jonathan has pricked the conscience of his readers by laying bare the savage inequalities inflicted upon children for no reason but the accident of being born to poverty within a wealthy nation. A winner of the National Book Award, the Robert F. Kennedy Book Award, and countless other honors, he has persistently crossed the lines of class and race, first as a teacher, then as the author of tender and heart-breaking books about the children he has called “the outcasts of our nation’s ingenuity.” But Jonathan is not a distant and detached reporter. His own life has been radically transformed by the children who have trusted and befriended him.    Never has this intimate acquaintance with his subjects been more apparent, or more stirring, than in Fire in the Ashes, as Jonathan tells the stories of young men and women who have come of age in one of the most destitute communities of the United States. Some of them never do recover from the battering they undergo in their early years, but many more battle back with fierce and, often, jubilant determination to overcome the formidable obstacles they face. As we watch these glorious children grow into the fullness of a healthy and contributive maturity, they ignite a flame of hope, not only for themselves, but for our society.      The urgent issues that confront our urban schools – a devastating race-gap, a pathological regime of obsessive testing and drilling students for exams instead of giving them the rich curriculum that excites a love of learning – are interwoven through these stories. Why certain children rise above it all, graduate from high school and do well in college, while others are defeated by the time they enter adolescence, lies at the essence of this work.    Jonathan Kozol is the author of Death at an Early Age, Savage Inequalities, and other books on children and their education. He has been called “today’s most eloquent spokesman for America’s disenfranchised.” But he believes young people speak most eloquently for themselves; and in this book, so full of the vitality and spontaneity of youth, we hear their testimony. Jonathan Kozol Tue, 28 Aug 2012 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/138664 thebookvoice.com 10:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/138664]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fire in the Ashes: Twenty-Five Years Among the Poorest Children in America Author: Jonathan Kozol Narrator: Keythe Farley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 57 minutes Release date: August 28, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this powerful and culminating work about a group of inner-city children he has known for many years, Jonathan Kozol returns to the scene of his prize-winning books Rachel and Her Children and Amazing Grace, and to the children he has vividly portrayed, to share with us their fascinating journeys and unexpected victories as they grow into adulthood.    For nearly fifty years Jonathan has pricked the conscience of his readers by laying bare the savage inequalities inflicted upon children for no reason but the accident of being born to poverty within a wealthy nation. A winner of the National Book Award, the Robert F. Kennedy Book Award, and countless other honors, he has persistently crossed the lines of class and race, first as a teacher, then as the author of tender and heart-breaking books about the children he has called “the outcasts of our nation’s ingenuity.” But Jonathan is not a distant and detached reporter. His own life has been radically transformed by the children who have trusted and befriended him.    Never has this intimate acquaintance with his subjects been more apparent, or more stirring, than in Fire in the Ashes, as Jonathan tells the stories of young men and women who have come of age in one of the most destitute communities of the United States. Some of them never do recover from the battering they undergo in their early years, but many more battle back with fierce and, often, jubilant determination to overcome the formidable obstacles they face. As we watch these glorious children grow into the fullness of a healthy and contributive maturity, they ignite a flame of hope, not only for themselves, but for our society.      The urgent issues that confront our urban schools – a devastating race-gap, a pathological regime of obsessive testing and drilling students for exams instead of giving them the rich curriculum that excites a love of learning – are interwoven through these stories. Why certain children rise above it all, graduate from high school and do well in college, while others are defeated by the time they enter adolescence, lies at the essence of this work.    Jonathan Kozol is the author of Death at an Early Age, Savage Inequalities, and other books on children and their education. He has been called “today’s most eloquent spokesman for America’s disenfranchised.” But he believes young people speak most eloquently for themselves; and in this book, so full of the vitality and spontaneity of youth, we hear their testimony. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/138664]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fire in the Ashes: Twenty-Five Years Among the Poorest Children in America Author: Jonathan Kozol Narrator: Keythe Farley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 57 minutes Release date: August 28, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this powerful and culminating work about a group of inner-city children he has known for many years, Jonathan Kozol returns to the scene of his prize-winning books Rachel and Her Children and Amazing Grace, and to the children he has vividly portrayed, to share with us their fascinating journeys and unexpected victories as they grow into adulthood.    For nearly fifty years Jonathan has pricked the conscience of his readers by laying bare the savage inequalities inflicted upon children for no reason but the accident of being born to poverty within a wealthy nation. A winner of the National Book Award, the Robert F. Kennedy Book Award, and countless other honors, he has persistently crossed the lines of class and race, first as a teacher, then as the author of tender and heart-breaking books about the children he has called “the outcasts of our nation’s ingenuity.” But Jonathan is not a distant and detached reporter. His own life has been radically transformed by the children who have trusted and befriended him.    Never has this intimate acquaintance with his subjects been more apparent, or more stirring, than in Fire in the Ashes, as Jonathan tells the stories of young men and women who have come of age in one of the most destitute communities of the United States. Some of them never do recover from the battering they undergo in their early years, but many more battle back with fierce and, often, jubilant determination to overcome the formidable obstacles they face. As we watch these glorious children grow into the fullness of a healthy and contributive maturity, they ignite a flame of hope, not only for themselves, but for our society.      The urgent issues that confront our urban schools – a devastating race-gap, a pathological regime of obsessive testing and drilling students for exams instead of giving them the rich curriculum that excites a love of learning – are interwoven through these stories. Why certain children rise above it all, graduate from high school and do well in college, while others are defeated by the time they enter adolescence, lies at the essence of this work.    Jonathan Kozol is the author of Death at an Early Age, Savage Inequalities, and other books on children and their education. He has been called “today’s most eloquent spokesman for America’s disenfranchised.” But he believes young people speak most eloquently for themselves; and in this book, so full of the vitality and spontaneity of youth, we hear their testimony. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/137522 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/137522]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Jihad Next Door: The Lackawanna Six and Rough Justice in the Age of Terror Author: Dina Temple-Raston Narrator: Marguerite Gavin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: January 1, 2006 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Dina Temple-Raston uncovers a strange corner of the war on terror in Lackawanna, New York, home of the first homegrown al-Qaeda terrorist cell in America. Or was it? The “Lackawanna Six” were young men, born of Yemeni families long settled in upstate New York, who took a trip to Pakistan and Afghanistan and spent time in an al-Qaeda training camp—long before the specter of 9/11, before most people had even heard of Osama bin Laden, and before the existence of the Homeland Security Act. This is a story of preemptive imprisonment for an act of terrorism never committed, a terrorist cell that may not even have been a cell, and a mysterious al-Qaeda contact who was supposedly killed but whose remains were never found. The Jihad Next Door is a book that forces a reevaluation of the casualties of the war on terror. Dina Temple-Raston Sun, 01 Jan 2006 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/137522 thebookvoice.com 7:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/137522]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Jihad Next Door: The Lackawanna Six and Rough Justice in the Age of Terror Author: Dina Temple-Raston Narrator: Marguerite Gavin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: January 1, 2006 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Dina Temple-Raston uncovers a strange corner of the war on terror in Lackawanna, New York, home of the first homegrown al-Qaeda terrorist cell in America. Or was it? The “Lackawanna Six” were young men, born of Yemeni families long settled in upstate New York, who took a trip to Pakistan and Afghanistan and spent time in an al-Qaeda training camp—long before the specter of 9/11, before most people had even heard of Osama bin Laden, and before the existence of the Homeland Security Act. This is a story of preemptive imprisonment for an act of terrorism never committed, a terrorist cell that may not even have been a cell, and a mysterious al-Qaeda contact who was supposedly killed but whose remains were never found. The Jihad Next Door is a book that forces a reevaluation of the casualties of the war on terror. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/137522]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Jihad Next Door: The Lackawanna Six and Rough Justice in the Age of Terror Author: Dina Temple-Raston Narrator: Marguerite Gavin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: January 1, 2006 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Dina Temple-Raston uncovers a strange corner of the war on terror in Lackawanna, New York, home of the first homegrown al-Qaeda terrorist cell in America. Or was it? The “Lackawanna Six” were young men, born of Yemeni families long settled in upstate New York, who took a trip to Pakistan and Afghanistan and spent time in an al-Qaeda training camp—long before the specter of 9/11, before most people had even heard of Osama bin Laden, and before the existence of the Homeland Security Act. This is a story of preemptive imprisonment for an act of terrorism never committed, a terrorist cell that may not even have been a cell, and a mysterious al-Qaeda contact who was supposedly killed but whose remains were never found. The Jihad Next Door is a book that forces a reevaluation of the casualties of the war on terror. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/137340 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/137340]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Righteous Mind: Why Good People Are Divided by Politics and Religion Series: Part of Your Coach in a Box Author: Jonathan Haidt Narrator: Jonathan Haidt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 17, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 121 Ratings of Narrator: 4.69 of Total 29 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Why can't our political leaders work together as threats loom and problems mount? Why do people so readily assume the worst about the motives of their fellow citizens? In The Righteous Mind, social psychologist Jonathan Haidt explores the origins of our divisions and points the way forward to mutual understanding. His starting point is moral intuition-the nearly instantaneous perceptions we all have about other people and the things they do. These intuitions feel like self-evident truths, making us righteously certain that those who see things differently are wrong. Haidt shows us how these intuitions differ across cultures, including the cultures of the political left and right. He blends his own research findings with those of anthropologists, historians, and other psychologists to draw a map of the moral domain, and he explains why conservatives can navigate that map more skillfully than can liberals. He then examines the origins of morality, overturning the view that evolution made us fundamentally selfish creatures. But rather than arguing that we are innately altruistic, he makes a more subtle claim-that we are fundamentally groupish. It is our groupishness, he explains, that leads to our greatest joys, our religious divisions, and our political affiliations. In a stunning final chapter on ideology and civility, Haidt shows what each side is right about, and why we need the insights of liberals, conservatives, and libertarians to flourish as a nation. Jonathan Haidt Tue, 17 Jul 2012 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/137340 thebookvoice.com 11:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/137340]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Righteous Mind: Why Good People Are Divided by Politics and Religion Series: Part of Your Coach in a Box Author: Jonathan Haidt Narrator: Jonathan Haidt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 17, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 121 Ratings of Narrator: 4.69 of Total 29 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Why can't our political leaders work together as threats loom and problems mount? Why do people so readily assume the worst about the motives of their fellow citizens? In The Righteous Mind, social psychologist Jonathan Haidt explores the origins of our divisions and points the way forward to mutual understanding. His starting point is moral intuition-the nearly instantaneous perceptions we all have about other people and the things they do. These intuitions feel like self-evident truths, making us righteously certain that those who see things differently are wrong. Haidt shows us how these intuitions differ across cultures, including the cultures of the political left and right. He blends his own research findings with those of anthropologists, historians, and other psychologists to draw a map of the moral domain, and he explains why conservatives can navigate that map more skillfully than can liberals. He then examines the origins of morality, overturning the view that evolution made us fundamentally selfish creatures. But rather than arguing that we are innately altruistic, he makes a more subtle claim-that we are fundamentally groupish. It is our groupishness, he explains, that leads to our greatest joys, our religious divisions, and our political affiliations. In a stunning final chapter on ideology and civility, Haidt shows what each side is right about, and why we need the insights of liberals, conservatives, and libertarians to flourish as a nation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/137340]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Righteous Mind: Why Good People Are Divided by Politics and Religion Series: Part of Your Coach in a Box Author: Jonathan Haidt Narrator: Jonathan Haidt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 17, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 121 Ratings of Narrator: 4.69 of Total 29 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Why can't our political leaders work together as threats loom and problems mount? Why do people so readily assume the worst about the motives of their fellow citizens? In The Righteous Mind, social psychologist Jonathan Haidt explores the origins of our divisions and points the way forward to mutual understanding. His starting point is moral intuition-the nearly instantaneous perceptions we all have about other people and the things they do. These intuitions feel like self-evident truths, making us righteously certain that those who see things differently are wrong. Haidt shows us how these intuitions differ across cultures, including the cultures of the political left and right. He blends his own research findings with those of anthropologists, historians, and other psychologists to draw a map of the moral domain, and he explains why conservatives can navigate that map more skillfully than can liberals. He then examines the origins of morality, overturning the view that evolution made us fundamentally selfish creatures. But rather than arguing that we are innately altruistic, he makes a more subtle claim-that we are fundamentally groupish. It is our groupishness, he explains, that leads to our greatest joys, our religious divisions, and our political affiliations. In a stunning final chapter on ideology and civility, Haidt shows what each side is right about, and why we need the insights of liberals, conservatives, and libertarians to flourish as a nation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/137302 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/137302]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unfinished People: Eastern European Jews Encounter America Author: Ruth Gay Narrator: Anna Fields Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 23 minutes Release date: June 22, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Nearly three million Jews came to America from Eastern Europe between 1880 and the outbreak of World War I, filled with the hope of life in a new land. Most were young, single, uneducated, and unskilled; many were children or teens. They were, in a sense, unfinished citizens of either the old or the new world. Within two generations, these newcomers settled and prospered in the densely populated Yiddish-speaking neighborhoods of New York City. Against this backdrop, Ruth Gay narrates their rarely told story, bringing alive the vitality of the streets, markets, schools, synagogues, and tenement halls where a new version of America was invented in the 1920s and 30s. An intimate, unforgettable account, Unfinished People is a unique and vibrant portrait of a resilient people in their daily trials and rituals. Ruth Gay Wed, 22 Jun 2005 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/137302 thebookvoice.com 10:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/137302]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unfinished People: Eastern European Jews Encounter America Author: Ruth Gay Narrator: Anna Fields Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 23 minutes Release date: June 22, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Nearly three million Jews came to America from Eastern Europe between 1880 and the outbreak of World War I, filled with the hope of life in a new land. Most were young, single, uneducated, and unskilled; many were children or teens. They were, in a sense, unfinished citizens of either the old or the new world. Within two generations, these newcomers settled and prospered in the densely populated Yiddish-speaking neighborhoods of New York City. Against this backdrop, Ruth Gay narrates their rarely told story, bringing alive the vitality of the streets, markets, schools, synagogues, and tenement halls where a new version of America was invented in the 1920s and 30s. An intimate, unforgettable account, Unfinished People is a unique and vibrant portrait of a resilient people in their daily trials and rituals. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/137302]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unfinished People: Eastern European Jews Encounter America Author: Ruth Gay Narrator: Anna Fields Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 23 minutes Release date: June 22, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Nearly three million Jews came to America from Eastern Europe between 1880 and the outbreak of World War I, filled with the hope of life in a new land. Most were young, single, uneducated, and unskilled; many were children or teens. They were, in a sense, unfinished citizens of either the old or the new world. Within two generations, these newcomers settled and prospered in the densely populated Yiddish-speaking neighborhoods of New York City. Against this backdrop, Ruth Gay narrates their rarely told story, bringing alive the vitality of the streets, markets, schools, synagogues, and tenement halls where a new version of America was invented in the 1920s and 30s. An intimate, unforgettable account, Unfinished People is a unique and vibrant portrait of a resilient people in their daily trials and rituals. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/137047 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/137047]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Golden Mountain: Beyond the American Dream Author: Irene Kai Narrator: Anna Fields Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 6 minutes Release date: June 26, 2005 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A journey back in time, The Golden Mountain is the gripping story of four generations of Chinese women who live and die under the restrictions of their culture—except for one, the author. Her story tells of growing up in Hong Kong and of her transition to New York City, where she struggled to meld the American dream with her ethnic background. Finally, at age fifty she dares to move into the present and understand the true nature of dreams and what it means to live. Spanning continents, generations, immigrations, cultural changes, and social movements, The Golden Mountain is the deeply inspiring tale of a woman claiming her power. Irene Kai Sun, 26 Jun 2005 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/137047 thebookvoice.com 11:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/137047]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Golden Mountain: Beyond the American Dream Author: Irene Kai Narrator: Anna Fields Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 6 minutes Release date: June 26, 2005 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A journey back in time, The Golden Mountain is the gripping story of four generations of Chinese women who live and die under the restrictions of their culture—except for one, the author. Her story tells of growing up in Hong Kong and of her transition to New York City, where she struggled to meld the American dream with her ethnic background. Finally, at age fifty she dares to move into the present and understand the true nature of dreams and what it means to live. Spanning continents, generations, immigrations, cultural changes, and social movements, The Golden Mountain is the deeply inspiring tale of a woman claiming her power. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/137047]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Golden Mountain: Beyond the American Dream Author: Irene Kai Narrator: Anna Fields Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 6 minutes Release date: June 26, 2005 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A journey back in time, The Golden Mountain is the gripping story of four generations of Chinese women who live and die under the restrictions of their culture—except for one, the author. Her story tells of growing up in Hong Kong and of her transition to New York City, where she struggled to meld the American dream with her ethnic background. Finally, at age fifty she dares to move into the present and understand the true nature of dreams and what it means to live. Spanning continents, generations, immigrations, cultural changes, and social movements, The Golden Mountain is the deeply inspiring tale of a woman claiming her power. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/136576 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/136576]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mortality Author: Christopher Hitchens Narrator: Simon Prebble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 4, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: On June 8, 2010, while on a book tour for his bestselling memoir, Hitch-22, Christopher Hitchens was stricken in his New York hotel room with excruciating pain in his chest and thorax. As he would later write in the first of a series of award-winning columns for Vanity Fair, he suddenly found himself being deported 'from the country of the well across the stark frontier that marks off the land of malady.' Over the next eighteen months, until his death in Houston on December 15, 2011, he wrote constantly and brilliantly on politics and culture, astonishing readers with his capacity for superior work even in extremis. Throughout the course of his ordeal battling esophageal cancer, Hitchens adamantly and bravely refused the solace of religion, preferring to confront death with both eyes open. In this riveting account of his affliction, Hitchens poignantly describes the torments of illness, discusses its taboos, and explores how disease transforms experience and changes our relationship to the world around us. By turns personal and philosophical, Hitchens embraces the full panoply of human emotions as cancer invades his body and compels him to grapple with the enigma of death. Mortality is the exemplary story of one man's refusal to cower in the face of the unknown, as well as a searching look at the human predicament. Crisp and vivid, veined throughout with penetrating intelligence, Hitchens's testament is a courageous and lucid work of literature, an affirmation of the dignity and worth of man. Christopher Hitchens Tue, 04 Sep 2012 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/136576 thebookvoice.com 2:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/136576]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mortality Author: Christopher Hitchens Narrator: Simon Prebble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 4, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: On June 8, 2010, while on a book tour for his bestselling memoir, Hitch-22, Christopher Hitchens was stricken in his New York hotel room with excruciating pain in his chest and thorax. As he would later write in the first of a series of award-winning columns for Vanity Fair, he suddenly found himself being deported 'from the country of the well across the stark frontier that marks off the land of malady.' Over the next eighteen months, until his death in Houston on December 15, 2011, he wrote constantly and brilliantly on politics and culture, astonishing readers with his capacity for superior work even in extremis. Throughout the course of his ordeal battling esophageal cancer, Hitchens adamantly and bravely refused the solace of religion, preferring to confront death with both eyes open. In this riveting account of his affliction, Hitchens poignantly describes the torments of illness, discusses its taboos, and explores how disease transforms experience and changes our relationship to the world around us. By turns personal and philosophical, Hitchens embraces the full panoply of human emotions as cancer invades his body and compels him to grapple with the enigma of death. Mortality is the exemplary story of one man's refusal to cower in the face of the unknown, as well as a searching look at the human predicament. Crisp and vivid, veined throughout with penetrating intelligence, Hitchens's testament is a courageous and lucid work of literature, an affirmation of the dignity and worth of man. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/136576]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mortality Author: Christopher Hitchens Narrator: Simon Prebble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 4, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: On June 8, 2010, while on a book tour for his bestselling memoir, Hitch-22, Christopher Hitchens was stricken in his New York hotel room with excruciating pain in his chest and thorax. As he would later write in the first of a series of award-winning columns for Vanity Fair, he suddenly found himself being deported 'from the country of the well across the stark frontier that marks off the land of malady.' Over the next eighteen months, until his death in Houston on December 15, 2011, he wrote constantly and brilliantly on politics and culture, astonishing readers with his capacity for superior work even in extremis. Throughout the course of his ordeal battling esophageal cancer, Hitchens adamantly and bravely refused the solace of religion, preferring to confront death with both eyes open. In this riveting account of his affliction, Hitchens poignantly describes the torments of illness, discusses its taboos, and explores how disease transforms experience and changes our relationship to the world around us. By turns personal and philosophical, Hitchens embraces the full panoply of human emotions as cancer invades his body and compels him to grapple with the enigma of death. Mortality is the exemplary story of one man's refusal to cower in the face of the unknown, as well as a searching look at the human predicament. Crisp and vivid, veined throughout with penetrating intelligence, Hitchens's testament is a courageous and lucid work of literature, an affirmation of the dignity and worth of man. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/135586 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/135586]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Disappearance of Childhood Author: Neil Postman Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 1, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the vogue for nubile models to the explosion in the juvenile crime rate, this modern classic of social history and media traces the precipitous decline of childhood in America today—and the corresponding threat to the notion of adulthood. Deftly marshaling a vast array of historical and demographic research, Neil Postman suggests that childhood is a relatively recent invention, which came into being as the new medium of print imposed divisions between children and adults. But now these divisions are eroding under the barrage of television, which turns the adult secrets of sex and violence into popular entertainment and pitches both news and advertising at the intellectual level of ten-year olds. Informative, alarming, and aphoristic, The Disappearance of Childhood is a triumph of history and prophecy. Neil Postman Mon, 01 Jan 2007 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/135586 thebookvoice.com 5:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/135586]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Disappearance of Childhood Author: Neil Postman Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 1, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the vogue for nubile models to the explosion in the juvenile crime rate, this modern classic of social history and media traces the precipitous decline of childhood in America today—and the corresponding threat to the notion of adulthood. Deftly marshaling a vast array of historical and demographic research, Neil Postman suggests that childhood is a relatively recent invention, which came into being as the new medium of print imposed divisions between children and adults. But now these divisions are eroding under the barrage of television, which turns the adult secrets of sex and violence into popular entertainment and pitches both news and advertising at the intellectual level of ten-year olds. Informative, alarming, and aphoristic, The Disappearance of Childhood is a triumph of history and prophecy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/135586]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Disappearance of Childhood Author: Neil Postman Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 1, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the vogue for nubile models to the explosion in the juvenile crime rate, this modern classic of social history and media traces the precipitous decline of childhood in America today—and the corresponding threat to the notion of adulthood. Deftly marshaling a vast array of historical and demographic research, Neil Postman suggests that childhood is a relatively recent invention, which came into being as the new medium of print imposed divisions between children and adults. But now these divisions are eroding under the barrage of television, which turns the adult secrets of sex and violence into popular entertainment and pitches both news and advertising at the intellectual level of ten-year olds. Informative, alarming, and aphoristic, The Disappearance of Childhood is a triumph of history and prophecy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/135441 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/135441]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secrets, Plots, and Hidden Agendas: What You Don’t Know about Conspiracy Theories Author: Paul T. Coughlin Narrator: Paul T. Coughlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: April 23, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Were the government actions at Ruby Ridge and Waco 'planned executions?' Has the national debt been deliberately increased to give international bankers control over the country? Is there a secret organization of top political, economic, military, and religious leaders whose goal is to control the entire planet? The people who answer 'yes' to such questions are not just extremists; they number in the millions, wear suits, and pay their taxes. News of conspiracies has spread broadly by the Internet, by declassified government reports, by prominent leaders who publicly favor global government, and by interpretations of Bible prophecy. But what is the truth? In this book, Paul Coughlin uncovers the facts about prevalent conspiracy theories and discusses the reasons that so many people believe them to be true. Paul T. Coughlin Thu, 23 Apr 2009 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/135441 thebookvoice.com 7:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/135441]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secrets, Plots, and Hidden Agendas: What You Don’t Know about Conspiracy Theories Author: Paul T. Coughlin Narrator: Paul T. Coughlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: April 23, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Were the government actions at Ruby Ridge and Waco 'planned executions?' Has the national debt been deliberately increased to give international bankers control over the country? Is there a secret organization of top political, economic, military, and religious leaders whose goal is to control the entire planet? The people who answer 'yes' to such questions are not just extremists; they number in the millions, wear suits, and pay their taxes. News of conspiracies has spread broadly by the Internet, by declassified government reports, by prominent leaders who publicly favor global government, and by interpretations of Bible prophecy. But what is the truth? In this book, Paul Coughlin uncovers the facts about prevalent conspiracy theories and discusses the reasons that so many people believe them to be true. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/135441]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secrets, Plots, and Hidden Agendas: What You Don’t Know about Conspiracy Theories Author: Paul T. Coughlin Narrator: Paul T. Coughlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: April 23, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Were the government actions at Ruby Ridge and Waco 'planned executions?' Has the national debt been deliberately increased to give international bankers control over the country? Is there a secret organization of top political, economic, military, and religious leaders whose goal is to control the entire planet? The people who answer 'yes' to such questions are not just extremists; they number in the millions, wear suits, and pay their taxes. News of conspiracies has spread broadly by the Internet, by declassified government reports, by prominent leaders who publicly favor global government, and by interpretations of Bible prophecy. But what is the truth? In this book, Paul Coughlin uncovers the facts about prevalent conspiracy theories and discusses the reasons that so many people believe them to be true. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/135416 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/135416]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sabotage: America’s Enemies within the CIA Author: Rowan Scarborough Narrator: Tom Weiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 1, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this groundbreaking new book, bestselling author Rowan Scarborough reveals how CIA bureaucrats are undermining President Bush and the War on Terror through disinformation, incompetence, and outright sabotage. Using first-rate sources in all levels of national security, from field officers to high ranking analysts to former intelligence heads, Scarborough paints a disturbing picture of partisan politics endangering the success of our campaigns abroad and the very lives of our soldiers and agents. Rowan Scarborough Sun, 01 Jan 2006 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/135416 thebookvoice.com 6:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/135416]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sabotage: America’s Enemies within the CIA Author: Rowan Scarborough Narrator: Tom Weiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 1, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this groundbreaking new book, bestselling author Rowan Scarborough reveals how CIA bureaucrats are undermining President Bush and the War on Terror through disinformation, incompetence, and outright sabotage. Using first-rate sources in all levels of national security, from field officers to high ranking analysts to former intelligence heads, Scarborough paints a disturbing picture of partisan politics endangering the success of our campaigns abroad and the very lives of our soldiers and agents. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/135416]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sabotage: America’s Enemies within the CIA Author: Rowan Scarborough Narrator: Tom Weiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 1, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this groundbreaking new book, bestselling author Rowan Scarborough reveals how CIA bureaucrats are undermining President Bush and the War on Terror through disinformation, incompetence, and outright sabotage. Using first-rate sources in all levels of national security, from field officers to high ranking analysts to former intelligence heads, Scarborough paints a disturbing picture of partisan politics endangering the success of our campaigns abroad and the very lives of our soldiers and agents. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/132773 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/132773]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Snow-Storm in August: Washington City, Francis Scott Key, and the Forgotten Race Riot of 1835 Author: Jefferson Morley Narrator: Peter J. Fernandez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 3, 2012 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Editor and investigative reporter Jefferson Morley has been widely published in national periodicals and is the author of the critically acclaimed nonfiction work Our Man in Mexico. An eye-opening look at Washington's first race riot, Snow-Storm in August also offers revealing profiles of Arthur Bowen, the slave blamed for the riot, and ''Star Spangled Banner'' lyricist Francis Scott Key, a defender of slavery who sought capital punishment for Bowen. Jefferson Morley Tue, 03 Jul 2012 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/132773 thebookvoice.com 9:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/132773]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Snow-Storm in August: Washington City, Francis Scott Key, and the Forgotten Race Riot of 1835 Author: Jefferson Morley Narrator: Peter J. Fernandez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 3, 2012 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Editor and investigative reporter Jefferson Morley has been widely published in national periodicals and is the author of the critically acclaimed nonfiction work Our Man in Mexico. An eye-opening look at Washington's first race riot, Snow-Storm in August also offers revealing profiles of Arthur Bowen, the slave blamed for the riot, and ''Star Spangled Banner'' lyricist Francis Scott Key, a defender of slavery who sought capital punishment for Bowen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/132773]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Snow-Storm in August: Washington City, Francis Scott Key, and the Forgotten Race Riot of 1835 Author: Jefferson Morley Narrator: Peter J. Fernandez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 3, 2012 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Editor and investigative reporter Jefferson Morley has been widely published in national periodicals and is the author of the critically acclaimed nonfiction work Our Man in Mexico. An eye-opening look at Washington's first race riot, Snow-Storm in August also offers revealing profiles of Arthur Bowen, the slave blamed for the riot, and ''Star Spangled Banner'' lyricist Francis Scott Key, a defender of slavery who sought capital punishment for Bowen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/132588 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/132588]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Amusing Ourselves to Death: Public Discourse in the Age of Show Business Author: Neil Postman Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 49 minutes Release date: January 1, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.94 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 3.1 of Total 10 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this eloquent and persuasive book, Neil Postman examines the deep and broad effects of television culture on the manner in which we conduct our public affairs, and how “entertainment values” have corrupted the very way we think. As politics, news, religion, education, and commerce are given less and less expression in the form of the printed word, they are rapidly being reshaped to suit the requirements of television. And because television is a visual medium, whose images are most pleasurably apprehended when they are fast-moving and dynamic, discourse on television has little tolerance for argument, hypothesis, or explanation. Postman argues that public discourse—the advancing of arguments in logical order for the public good, once a hallmark of American culture—is being converted from exposition and explanation to entertainment. Neil Postman Mon, 01 Jan 2007 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/132588 thebookvoice.com 4:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/132588]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Amusing Ourselves to Death: Public Discourse in the Age of Show Business Author: Neil Postman Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 49 minutes Release date: January 1, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.94 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 3.1 of Total 10 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this eloquent and persuasive book, Neil Postman examines the deep and broad effects of television culture on the manner in which we conduct our public affairs, and how “entertainment values” have corrupted the very way we think. As politics, news, religion, education, and commerce are given less and less expression in the form of the printed word, they are rapidly being reshaped to suit the requirements of television. And because television is a visual medium, whose images are most pleasurably apprehended when they are fast-moving and dynamic, discourse on television has little tolerance for argument, hypothesis, or explanation. Postman argues that public discourse—the advancing of arguments in logical order for the public good, once a hallmark of American culture—is being converted from exposition and explanation to entertainment. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/132588]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Amusing Ourselves to Death: Public Discourse in the Age of Show Business Author: Neil Postman Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 49 minutes Release date: January 1, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.94 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 3.1 of Total 10 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this eloquent and persuasive book, Neil Postman examines the deep and broad effects of television culture on the manner in which we conduct our public affairs, and how “entertainment values” have corrupted the very way we think. As politics, news, religion, education, and commerce are given less and less expression in the form of the printed word, they are rapidly being reshaped to suit the requirements of television. And because television is a visual medium, whose images are most pleasurably apprehended when they are fast-moving and dynamic, discourse on television has little tolerance for argument, hypothesis, or explanation. Postman argues that public discourse—the advancing of arguments in logical order for the public good, once a hallmark of American culture—is being converted from exposition and explanation to entertainment. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/130419 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/130419]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Power, Inc.: The Epic Rivalry between Big Business and Government—and the Reckoning That Lies Ahead Author: David Rothkopf Narrator: William Hughes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 33 minutes Release date: February 28, 2012 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The world’s largest company, Wal-Mart Stores, has revenues higher than the gross domestic product of all but twenty-five of the world’s countries. Its employees outnumber the populations of almost one hundred nations. The world’s largest asset manager, a New York company called BlackRock, controls assets greater than the national reserves of any country on the planet. A private philanthropy, the Gates Foundation, spends as much worldwide on health care as the World Health Organization. The rise of private power may be the most important and least understood trend of our time. Power, Inc. provides a fresh, timely look at how we have reached a point where thousands of companies have greater power than all but a handful of states. Beginning with the story of an inquisitive Swedish goat wandering off from his master and inadvertently triggering the birth of the oldest company still in existence, Power, Inc. follows the rise and fall of kings and empires, the making of great fortunes, and the chaos of bloody revolutions. A fast-paced tale in which champions of liberty are revealed to be paid pamphleteers of moneyed interests and greedy scoundrels trigger changes that have lifted billions from deprivation, Power, Inc. traces the bruising jockeying for influence right up to today’s financial crises, growing inequality, broken international system, and battles over the proper role of government and markets. Rothkopf argues that these recent developments, coupled with the rise of powers like China and India, may not lead to the triumph of American capitalism that was celebrated just a few years ago. Instead, he considers an unexpected scenario, a contest among competing capitalisms offering different visions for how the world should work, a global ideological struggle in which European and Asian models may have important advantages. An important look at the power struggle that is defining our times, Power, Inc. also offers critical insights into how to succeed in the years ahead. David Rothkopf Tue, 28 Feb 2012 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/130419 thebookvoice.com 16:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/130419]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Power, Inc.: The Epic Rivalry between Big Business and Government—and the Reckoning That Lies Ahead Author: David Rothkopf Narrator: William Hughes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 33 minutes Release date: February 28, 2012 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The world’s largest company, Wal-Mart Stores, has revenues higher than the gross domestic product of all but twenty-five of the world’s countries. Its employees outnumber the populations of almost one hundred nations. The world’s largest asset manager, a New York company called BlackRock, controls assets greater than the national reserves of any country on the planet. A private philanthropy, the Gates Foundation, spends as much worldwide on health care as the World Health Organization. The rise of private power may be the most important and least understood trend of our time. Power, Inc. provides a fresh, timely look at how we have reached a point where thousands of companies have greater power than all but a handful of states. Beginning with the story of an inquisitive Swedish goat wandering off from his master and inadvertently triggering the birth of the oldest company still in existence, Power, Inc. follows the rise and fall of kings and empires, the making of great fortunes, and the chaos of bloody revolutions. A fast-paced tale in which champions of liberty are revealed to be paid pamphleteers of moneyed interests and greedy scoundrels trigger changes that have lifted billions from deprivation, Power, Inc. traces the bruising jockeying for influence right up to today’s financial crises, growing inequality, broken international system, and battles over the proper role of government and markets. Rothkopf argues that these recent developments, coupled with the rise of powers like China and India, may not lead to the triumph of American capitalism that was celebrated just a few years ago. Instead, he considers an unexpected scenario, a contest among competing capitalisms offering different visions for how the world should work, a global ideological struggle in which European and Asian models may have important advantages. An important look at the power struggle that is defining our times, Power, Inc. also offers critical insights into how to succeed in the years ahead. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/130419]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Power, Inc.: The Epic Rivalry between Big Business and Government—and the Reckoning That Lies Ahead Author: David Rothkopf Narrator: William Hughes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 33 minutes Release date: February 28, 2012 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The world’s largest company, Wal-Mart Stores, has revenues higher than the gross domestic product of all but twenty-five of the world’s countries. Its employees outnumber the populations of almost one hundred nations. The world’s largest asset manager, a New York company called BlackRock, controls assets greater than the national reserves of any country on the planet. A private philanthropy, the Gates Foundation, spends as much worldwide on health care as the World Health Organization. The rise of private power may be the most important and least understood trend of our time. Power, Inc. provides a fresh, timely look at how we have reached a point where thousands of companies have greater power than all but a handful of states. Beginning with the story of an inquisitive Swedish goat wandering off from his master and inadvertently triggering the birth of the oldest company still in existence, Power, Inc. follows the rise and fall of kings and empires, the making of great fortunes, and the chaos of bloody revolutions. A fast-paced tale in which champions of liberty are revealed to be paid pamphleteers of moneyed interests and greedy scoundrels trigger changes that have lifted billions from deprivation, Power, Inc. traces the bruising jockeying for influence right up to today’s financial crises, growing inequality, broken international system, and battles over the proper role of government and markets. Rothkopf argues that these recent developments, coupled with the rise of powers like China and India, may not lead to the triumph of American capitalism that was celebrated just a few years ago. Instead, he considers an unexpected scenario, a contest among competing capitalisms offering different visions for how the world should work, a global ideological struggle in which European and Asian models may have important advantages. An important look at the power struggle that is defining our times, Power, Inc. also offers critical insights into how to succeed in the years ahead. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/129683 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/129683]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Darwin's Ghosts: The Secret History of Evolution Author: Rebecca Stott Narrator: Jean Gilpin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 42 minutes Release date: June 12, 2012 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK “[An] extraordinarily wide-ranging and engaging book [about] the men who shaped the work of Charles Darwin . . . a book that enriches our understanding of how the struggle to think new thoughts is shared across time and space and people.”—The Sunday Telegraph (London) Christmas, 1859. Just one month after the publication of On the Origin of Species, Charles Darwin received an unsettling letter. He had expected criticism; in fact, letters were arriving daily, most expressing outrage and accusations of heresy. But this letter was different. It accused him of failing to acknowledge his predecessors, of taking credit for a theory that had already been discovered by others. Darwin realized that he had made an error in omitting from Origin of Species any mention of his intellectual forebears. Yet when he tried to trace all of the natural philosophers who had laid the groundwork for his theory, he found that history had already forgotten many of them.   Darwin’s Ghosts tells the story of the collective discovery of evolution, from Aristotle, walking the shores of Lesbos with his pupils, to Al-Jahiz, an Arab writer in the first century, from Leonardo da Vinci, searching for fossils in the mine shafts of the Tuscan hills, to Denis Diderot in Paris, exploring the origins of species while under the surveillance of the secret police, and the brilliant naturalists of the Jardin de Plantes, finding evidence for evolutionary change in the natural history collections stolen during the Napoleonic wars. Evolution was not discovered single-handedly, Rebecca Stott argues, contrary to what has become standard lore, but is an idea that emerged over many centuries, advanced by daring individuals across the globe who had the imagination to speculate on nature’s extraordinary ways, and who had the courage to articulate such speculations at a time when to do so was often considered heresy. With each chapter focusing on an early evolutionary thinker, Darwin’s Ghosts is a fascinating account of a diverse group of individuals who, despite the very real dangers of challenging a system in which everything was presumed to have been created perfectly by God, felt compelled to understand where we came from. Ultimately, Stott demonstrates, ideas—including evolution itself—evolve just as animals and plants do, by intermingling, toppling weaker notions, and developing over stretches of time. Darwin’s Ghosts presents a groundbreaking new theory of an idea that has changed our very understanding of who we are. Praise for Darwin’s Ghosts “Absorbing . . . Stott captures the breathless excitement of an investigation on the cusp of the unknown. . . . A lively, original book.”—The New York Times Book Review “Stott’s research is broad and unerring; her book is wonderful. . . . An exhilarating romp through 2,000 years of fascinating scientific history.”—Nature “Stott brings Darwin himself to life. . . . [She] writes with a novelist’s flair. . . . Darwin and the ‘ghosts’ so richly described in Ms. Stott’s enjoyable book are the descendants of Aristotle and Bacon and the ancestors of today’s scientists.”—The Wall Street Journal “Riveting . . . Stott has done a wonderful job in showing just how many extraordinary people had speculated on where we came from before the great theorist dispelled all doubts.”—The Guardian (U.K.) Rebecca Stott Tue, 12 Jun 2012 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/129683 thebookvoice.com 13:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/129683]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Darwin's Ghosts: The Secret History of Evolution Author: Rebecca Stott Narrator: Jean Gilpin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 42 minutes Release date: June 12, 2012 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK “[An] extraordinarily wide-ranging and engaging book [about] the men who shaped the work of Charles Darwin . . . a book that enriches our understanding of how the struggle to think new thoughts is shared across time and space and people.”—The Sunday Telegraph (London) Christmas, 1859. Just one month after the publication of On the Origin of Species, Charles Darwin received an unsettling letter. He had expected criticism; in fact, letters were arriving daily, most expressing outrage and accusations of heresy. But this letter was different. It accused him of failing to acknowledge his predecessors, of taking credit for a theory that had already been discovered by others. Darwin realized that he had made an error in omitting from Origin of Species any mention of his intellectual forebears. Yet when he tried to trace all of the natural philosophers who had laid the groundwork for his theory, he found that history had already forgotten many of them.   Darwin’s Ghosts tells the story of the collective discovery of evolution, from Aristotle, walking the shores of Lesbos with his pupils, to Al-Jahiz, an Arab writer in the first century, from Leonardo da Vinci, searching for fossils in the mine shafts of the Tuscan hills, to Denis Diderot in Paris, exploring the origins of species while under the surveillance of the secret police, and the brilliant naturalists of the Jardin de Plantes, finding evidence for evolutionary change in the natural history collections stolen during the Napoleonic wars. Evolution was not discovered single-handedly, Rebecca Stott argues, contrary to what has become standard lore, but is an idea that emerged over many centuries, advanced by daring individuals across the globe who had the imagination to speculate on nature’s extraordinary ways, and who had the courage to articulate such speculations at a time when to do so was often considered heresy. With each chapter focusing on an early evolutionary thinker, Darwin’s Ghosts is a fascinating account of a diverse group of individuals who, despite the very real dangers of challenging a system in which everything was presumed to have been created perfectly by God, felt compelled to understand where we came from. Ultimately, Stott demonstrates, ideas—including evolution itself—evolve just as animals and plants do, by intermingling, toppling weaker notions, and developing over stretches of time. Darwin’s Ghosts presents a groundbreaking new theory of an idea that has changed our very understanding of who we are. Praise for Darwin’s Ghosts “Absorbing . . . Stott captures the breathless excitement of an investigation on the cusp of the unknown. . . . A lively, original book.”—The New York Times Book Review “Stott’s research is broad and unerring; her book is wonderful. . . . An exhilarating romp through 2,000 years of fascinating scientific history.”—Nature “Stott brings Darwin himself to life. . . . [She] writes with a novelist’s flair. . . . Darwin and the ‘ghosts’ so richly described in Ms. Stott’s enjoyable book are the descendants of Aristotle and Bacon and the ancestors of today’s scientists.”—The Wall Street Journal “Riveting . . . Stott has done a wonderful job in showing just how many extraordinary people had speculated on where we came from before the great theorist dispelled all doubts.”—The Guardian (U.K.) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/129683]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Darwin's Ghosts: The Secret History of Evolution Author: Rebecca Stott Narrator: Jean Gilpin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 42 minutes Release date: June 12, 2012 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A NEW YORK TIMES NOTABLE BOOK “[An] extraordinarily wide-ranging and engaging book [about] the men who shaped the work of Charles Darwin . . . a book that enriches our understanding of how the struggle to think new thoughts is shared across time and space and people.”—The Sunday Telegraph (London) Christmas, 1859. Just one month after the publication of On the Origin of Species, Charles Darwin received an unsettling letter. He had expected criticism; in fact, letters were arriving daily, most expressing outrage and accusations of heresy. But this letter was different. It accused him of failing to acknowledge his predecessors, of taking credit for a theory that had already been discovered by others. Darwin realized that he had made an error in omitting from Origin of Species any mention of his intellectual forebears. Yet when he tried to trace all of the natural philosophers who had laid the groundwork for his theory, he found that history had already forgotten many of them.   Darwin’s Ghosts tells the story of the collective discovery of evolution, from Aristotle, walking the shores of Lesbos with his pupils, to Al-Jahiz, an Arab writer in the first century, from Leonardo da Vinci, searching for fossils in the mine shafts of the Tuscan hills, to Denis Diderot in Paris, exploring the origins of species while under the surveillance of the secret police, and the brilliant naturalists of the Jardin de Plantes, finding evidence for evolutionary change in the natural history collections stolen during the Napoleonic wars. Evolution was not discovered single-handedly, Rebecca Stott argues, contrary to what has become standard lore, but is an idea that emerged over many centuries, advanced by daring individuals across the globe who had the imagination to speculate on nature’s extraordinary ways, and who had the courage to articulate such speculations at a time when to do so was often considered heresy. With each chapter focusing on an early evolutionary thinker, Darwin’s Ghosts is a fascinating account of a diverse group of individuals who, despite the very real dangers of challenging a system in which everything was presumed to have been created perfectly by God, felt compelled to understand where we came from. Ultimately, Stott demonstrates, ideas—including evolution itself—evolve just as animals and plants do, by intermingling, toppling weaker notions, and developing over stretches of time. Darwin’s Ghosts presents a groundbreaking new theory of an idea that has changed our very understanding of who we are. Praise for Darwin’s Ghosts “Absorbing . . . Stott captures the breathless excitement of an investigation on the cusp of the unknown. . . . A lively, original book.”—The New York Times Book Review “Stott’s research is broad and unerring; her book is wonderful. . . . An exhilarating romp through 2,000 years of fascinating scientific history.”—Nature “Stott brings Darwin himself to life. . . . [She] writes with a novelist’s flair. . . . Darwin and the ‘ghosts’ so richly described in Ms. Stott’s enjoyable book are the descendants of Aristotle and Bacon and the ancestors of today’s scientists.”—The Wall Street Journal “Riveting . . . Stott has done a wonderful job in showing just how many extraordinary people had speculated on where we came from before the great theorist dispelled all doubts.”—The Guardian (U.K.) https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/129343 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/129343]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twelve Years a Slave Author: Solomon Northup Narrator: Sean Crisden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 26, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.49 of Total 39 Ratings of Narrator: 3.4 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Twelve Years a Slave is the autobiographical account of Solomon Northup, an African American who was born free in New York in the early 1800s. In 1841, Solomon Northup was captured and forced into slavery for a period of twelve years. Northup's account is detailed in its account of life on a cotton and sugar plantation and the daily routine of slave life during the first part of the 19th century. The book describes the daily life of slaves in Bayou Beof, their diet, the relationship between master and slave, the means that slave catchers used to recapture them, and the ugly realities that slaves suffered. Comparable to the accounts of Frederick Douglass, Harriet Ann Jacobs, and William Wells Brown, Twelve Years a Slave is a captivating narrative of the life of freedom and slavery experienced by one African American man prior to the American Civil War. Solomon Northup Mon, 26 Mar 2012 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/129343 thebookvoice.com 7:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/129343]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twelve Years a Slave Author: Solomon Northup Narrator: Sean Crisden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 26, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.49 of Total 39 Ratings of Narrator: 3.4 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Twelve Years a Slave is the autobiographical account of Solomon Northup, an African American who was born free in New York in the early 1800s. In 1841, Solomon Northup was captured and forced into slavery for a period of twelve years. Northup's account is detailed in its account of life on a cotton and sugar plantation and the daily routine of slave life during the first part of the 19th century. The book describes the daily life of slaves in Bayou Beof, their diet, the relationship between master and slave, the means that slave catchers used to recapture them, and the ugly realities that slaves suffered. Comparable to the accounts of Frederick Douglass, Harriet Ann Jacobs, and William Wells Brown, Twelve Years a Slave is a captivating narrative of the life of freedom and slavery experienced by one African American man prior to the American Civil War. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/129343]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twelve Years a Slave Author: Solomon Northup Narrator: Sean Crisden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 26, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.49 of Total 39 Ratings of Narrator: 3.4 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Twelve Years a Slave is the autobiographical account of Solomon Northup, an African American who was born free in New York in the early 1800s. In 1841, Solomon Northup was captured and forced into slavery for a period of twelve years. Northup's account is detailed in its account of life on a cotton and sugar plantation and the daily routine of slave life during the first part of the 19th century. The book describes the daily life of slaves in Bayou Beof, their diet, the relationship between master and slave, the means that slave catchers used to recapture them, and the ugly realities that slaves suffered. Comparable to the accounts of Frederick Douglass, Harriet Ann Jacobs, and William Wells Brown, Twelve Years a Slave is a captivating narrative of the life of freedom and slavery experienced by one African American man prior to the American Civil War. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/128388 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/128388]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Britain Etc. Author: Mark Easton Narrator: Mark Easton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 1, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Mark Easton's Britain Etc.looks at the UK through its relationship to 26 subjects - one for each letter of the alphabet. From Alcohol, Beat Bobbies, Cheese and Dogs through Immigration, Justice, Knives and Murder to the Queen, Umbrellas, Vegetables and the Zzzz of a well-deserved rest, the book's meticulously researched but accessible essays map the back-story of contemporary Britain. With each lettered chapter, the reader is invited to look at the United Kingdom in a new way: standing back to see our small islands in a global or historical context, and then diving down to scrutinise vital details that may be overlooked. Taken together, the essays reveal a Britain that cannot be seen through the prism of daily news or current affairs. A park, a wedding, a beggar and a carrot all take on new significance once you have read Britain Etc. As the UK welcomes millions of visitors to its shores for the Olympics and the Diamond Jubilee celebrations, this is a book that offers insight into the psyche of Britain; a nation's obsessions, prejudices, values and idiosyncrasies. What sort of place is it, what are the natives like, and how did we get to where we are? Mark Easton Thu, 01 Mar 2012 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/128388 thebookvoice.com 10:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/128388]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Britain Etc. Author: Mark Easton Narrator: Mark Easton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 1, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Mark Easton's Britain Etc.looks at the UK through its relationship to 26 subjects - one for each letter of the alphabet. From Alcohol, Beat Bobbies, Cheese and Dogs through Immigration, Justice, Knives and Murder to the Queen, Umbrellas, Vegetables and the Zzzz of a well-deserved rest, the book's meticulously researched but accessible essays map the back-story of contemporary Britain. With each lettered chapter, the reader is invited to look at the United Kingdom in a new way: standing back to see our small islands in a global or historical context, and then diving down to scrutinise vital details that may be overlooked. Taken together, the essays reveal a Britain that cannot be seen through the prism of daily news or current affairs. A park, a wedding, a beggar and a carrot all take on new significance once you have read Britain Etc. As the UK welcomes millions of visitors to its shores for the Olympics and the Diamond Jubilee celebrations, this is a book that offers insight into the psyche of Britain; a nation's obsessions, prejudices, values and idiosyncrasies. What sort of place is it, what are the natives like, and how did we get to where we are? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/128388]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Britain Etc. Author: Mark Easton Narrator: Mark Easton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 1, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Mark Easton's Britain Etc.looks at the UK through its relationship to 26 subjects - one for each letter of the alphabet. From Alcohol, Beat Bobbies, Cheese and Dogs through Immigration, Justice, Knives and Murder to the Queen, Umbrellas, Vegetables and the Zzzz of a well-deserved rest, the book's meticulously researched but accessible essays map the back-story of contemporary Britain. With each lettered chapter, the reader is invited to look at the United Kingdom in a new way: standing back to see our small islands in a global or historical context, and then diving down to scrutinise vital details that may be overlooked. Taken together, the essays reveal a Britain that cannot be seen through the prism of daily news or current affairs. A park, a wedding, a beggar and a carrot all take on new significance once you have read Britain Etc. As the UK welcomes millions of visitors to its shores for the Olympics and the Diamond Jubilee celebrations, this is a book that offers insight into the psyche of Britain; a nation's obsessions, prejudices, values and idiosyncrasies. What sort of place is it, what are the natives like, and how did we get to where we are? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/128349 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/128349]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: China in Ten Words Author: Yu Hua Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: April 9, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From one of China’s most acclaimed writers, his first work of nonfiction to appear in English: a unique, intimate look at the Chinese experience over the last several decades, told through personal stories and astute analysis that sharply illuminate the country’s meteoric economic and social transformation. Framed by ten phrases common in the Chinese vernacular—“people,” “leader,” “reading,” “writing,” “Lu Xun” (one of the most influential Chinese writers of the twentieth century), “disparity,” “revolution,” “grassroots,” “copycat,” and “bamboozle”—China in Ten Words reveals as never before the world’s most populous yet oft-misunderstood nation. In “Disparity,” for example, Yu Hua illustrates the mind-boggling economic gaps that separate citizens of the country. In “Copycat,” he depicts the escalating trend of piracy and imitation as a creative new form of revolutionary action. And in “Bamboozle,” he describes the increasingly brazen practices of trickery, fraud, and chicanery that are, he suggests, becoming a way of life at every level of society. Characterized by Yu Hua’s trademark wit, insight, and courage, China in Ten Words is a refreshingly candid vision of the “Chinese miracle” and all its consequences, from the singularly invaluable perspective of a writer living in China today. Yu Hua Mon, 09 Apr 2012 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/128349 thebookvoice.com 7:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/128349]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: China in Ten Words Author: Yu Hua Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: April 9, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From one of China’s most acclaimed writers, his first work of nonfiction to appear in English: a unique, intimate look at the Chinese experience over the last several decades, told through personal stories and astute analysis that sharply illuminate the country’s meteoric economic and social transformation. Framed by ten phrases common in the Chinese vernacular—“people,” “leader,” “reading,” “writing,” “Lu Xun” (one of the most influential Chinese writers of the twentieth century), “disparity,” “revolution,” “grassroots,” “copycat,” and “bamboozle”—China in Ten Words reveals as never before the world’s most populous yet oft-misunderstood nation. In “Disparity,” for example, Yu Hua illustrates the mind-boggling economic gaps that separate citizens of the country. In “Copycat,” he depicts the escalating trend of piracy and imitation as a creative new form of revolutionary action. And in “Bamboozle,” he describes the increasingly brazen practices of trickery, fraud, and chicanery that are, he suggests, becoming a way of life at every level of society. Characterized by Yu Hua’s trademark wit, insight, and courage, China in Ten Words is a refreshingly candid vision of the “Chinese miracle” and all its consequences, from the singularly invaluable perspective of a writer living in China today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/128349]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: China in Ten Words Author: Yu Hua Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: April 9, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From one of China’s most acclaimed writers, his first work of nonfiction to appear in English: a unique, intimate look at the Chinese experience over the last several decades, told through personal stories and astute analysis that sharply illuminate the country’s meteoric economic and social transformation. Framed by ten phrases common in the Chinese vernacular—“people,” “leader,” “reading,” “writing,” “Lu Xun” (one of the most influential Chinese writers of the twentieth century), “disparity,” “revolution,” “grassroots,” “copycat,” and “bamboozle”—China in Ten Words reveals as never before the world’s most populous yet oft-misunderstood nation. In “Disparity,” for example, Yu Hua illustrates the mind-boggling economic gaps that separate citizens of the country. In “Copycat,” he depicts the escalating trend of piracy and imitation as a creative new form of revolutionary action. And in “Bamboozle,” he describes the increasingly brazen practices of trickery, fraud, and chicanery that are, he suggests, becoming a way of life at every level of society. Characterized by Yu Hua’s trademark wit, insight, and courage, China in Ten Words is a refreshingly candid vision of the “Chinese miracle” and all its consequences, from the singularly invaluable perspective of a writer living in China today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/128309 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/128309]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Endangered Values: America's Moral Crisis Author: Jimmy Carter Narrator: Jimmy Carter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 1, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: GRAMMY AWARD-WINNER FOR BEST SPOKEN WORD ALBUM! President Jimmy Carter offers a passionate defense of separation of church and state, warning that fundamentalists are deliberately blurring the lines between politics and religion. In Our Endangered Values, Jimmy Carter offers a personal consideration of 'moral values' as they relate to the important issues of the day. He puts forward a passionate defense of separation of church and state, and a strong warning about where the country is heading as the lines between politics and rigid religious fundamentalism are blurred. Carter describes his reactions to recent disturbing societal trends that involve both religious and political worlds as they increasingly intertwine and include some of the most crucial and controversial issues of the day. Many of these matters are under fierce debate. They include preemptive war, women's rights, terrorism, civil liberties, homosexuality, abortion, the death penalty, science and religion, environmental degradation, nuclear arsenals, America's global image, fundamentalism, and the melding of religion and politics. Sustained by his lifelong faith, Jimmy Carter assesses these issues in a balanced and courageous way. Jimmy Carter Tue, 01 Nov 2005 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/128309 thebookvoice.com 4:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/128309]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Endangered Values: America's Moral Crisis Author: Jimmy Carter Narrator: Jimmy Carter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 1, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: GRAMMY AWARD-WINNER FOR BEST SPOKEN WORD ALBUM! President Jimmy Carter offers a passionate defense of separation of church and state, warning that fundamentalists are deliberately blurring the lines between politics and religion. In Our Endangered Values, Jimmy Carter offers a personal consideration of 'moral values' as they relate to the important issues of the day. He puts forward a passionate defense of separation of church and state, and a strong warning about where the country is heading as the lines between politics and rigid religious fundamentalism are blurred. Carter describes his reactions to recent disturbing societal trends that involve both religious and political worlds as they increasingly intertwine and include some of the most crucial and controversial issues of the day. Many of these matters are under fierce debate. They include preemptive war, women's rights, terrorism, civil liberties, homosexuality, abortion, the death penalty, science and religion, environmental degradation, nuclear arsenals, America's global image, fundamentalism, and the melding of religion and politics. Sustained by his lifelong faith, Jimmy Carter assesses these issues in a balanced and courageous way. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/128309]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Endangered Values: America's Moral Crisis Author: Jimmy Carter Narrator: Jimmy Carter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 1, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: GRAMMY AWARD-WINNER FOR BEST SPOKEN WORD ALBUM! President Jimmy Carter offers a passionate defense of separation of church and state, warning that fundamentalists are deliberately blurring the lines between politics and religion. In Our Endangered Values, Jimmy Carter offers a personal consideration of 'moral values' as they relate to the important issues of the day. He puts forward a passionate defense of separation of church and state, and a strong warning about where the country is heading as the lines between politics and rigid religious fundamentalism are blurred. Carter describes his reactions to recent disturbing societal trends that involve both religious and political worlds as they increasingly intertwine and include some of the most crucial and controversial issues of the day. Many of these matters are under fierce debate. They include preemptive war, women's rights, terrorism, civil liberties, homosexuality, abortion, the death penalty, science and religion, environmental degradation, nuclear arsenals, America's global image, fundamentalism, and the melding of religion and politics. Sustained by his lifelong faith, Jimmy Carter assesses these issues in a balanced and courageous way. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/128227 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/128227]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sister Citizen: Shame, Stereotypes, and Black Women in America Author: Melissa V. Harris-Perry Narrator: Lisa Reneé Pitts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 16 minutes Release date: March 19, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Jezebel's sexual lasciviousness, Mammy's devotion, and Sapphire's outspoken anger—these are among the most persistent stereotypes that black women encounter in contemporary American life. Hurtful and dishonest, such representations force African American women to navigate a virtual crooked room that shames them and shapes their experiences as citizens. Many respond by assuming a mantle of strength that may convince others, and even themselves, that they do not need help. But as a result, the unique political issues of black women are often ignored and marginalized. In this groundbreaking book, Melissa V. Harris-Perry uses multiple methods of inquiry, including literary analysis, political theory, focus groups, surveys, and experimental research, to understand more deeply black women's political and emotional responses to pervasive negative race and gender images. Not a traditional political science work concerned with office-seeking, voting, or ideology, Sister Citizen is an examination of how African American women understand themselves as citizens and what they expect from political organizing. Harris-Perry shows that the shared struggle to preserve an authentic self and secure recognition as citizens links together black women in America, from the anonymous survivors of Hurricane Katrina to the current First Lady of the United States. Melissa V. Harris-Perry Mon, 19 Mar 2012 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/128227 thebookvoice.com 11:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/128227]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sister Citizen: Shame, Stereotypes, and Black Women in America Author: Melissa V. Harris-Perry Narrator: Lisa Reneé Pitts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 16 minutes Release date: March 19, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Jezebel's sexual lasciviousness, Mammy's devotion, and Sapphire's outspoken anger—these are among the most persistent stereotypes that black women encounter in contemporary American life. Hurtful and dishonest, such representations force African American women to navigate a virtual crooked room that shames them and shapes their experiences as citizens. Many respond by assuming a mantle of strength that may convince others, and even themselves, that they do not need help. But as a result, the unique political issues of black women are often ignored and marginalized. In this groundbreaking book, Melissa V. Harris-Perry uses multiple methods of inquiry, including literary analysis, political theory, focus groups, surveys, and experimental research, to understand more deeply black women's political and emotional responses to pervasive negative race and gender images. Not a traditional political science work concerned with office-seeking, voting, or ideology, Sister Citizen is an examination of how African American women understand themselves as citizens and what they expect from political organizing. Harris-Perry shows that the shared struggle to preserve an authentic self and secure recognition as citizens links together black women in America, from the anonymous survivors of Hurricane Katrina to the current First Lady of the United States. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/128227]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sister Citizen: Shame, Stereotypes, and Black Women in America Author: Melissa V. Harris-Perry Narrator: Lisa Reneé Pitts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 16 minutes Release date: March 19, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Jezebel's sexual lasciviousness, Mammy's devotion, and Sapphire's outspoken anger—these are among the most persistent stereotypes that black women encounter in contemporary American life. Hurtful and dishonest, such representations force African American women to navigate a virtual crooked room that shames them and shapes their experiences as citizens. Many respond by assuming a mantle of strength that may convince others, and even themselves, that they do not need help. But as a result, the unique political issues of black women are often ignored and marginalized. In this groundbreaking book, Melissa V. Harris-Perry uses multiple methods of inquiry, including literary analysis, political theory, focus groups, surveys, and experimental research, to understand more deeply black women's political and emotional responses to pervasive negative race and gender images. Not a traditional political science work concerned with office-seeking, voting, or ideology, Sister Citizen is an examination of how African American women understand themselves as citizens and what they expect from political organizing. Harris-Perry shows that the shared struggle to preserve an authentic self and secure recognition as citizens links together black women in America, from the anonymous survivors of Hurricane Katrina to the current First Lady of the United States. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127976 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127976]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Better Parents, Better Spouses, Better People Author: Daniel J. Siegel, Daniel Goleman Narrator: Daniel J. Siegel, Daniel Goleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 6 minutes Release date: January 1, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this insightful exploration, Siegel and Goleman explain how our relationships shape our emotional habits - and the brain itself. The neural patterns formed in childhood have immense importance in our lives as parents, lovers, and people. Siegel and Goleman explain how we can free ourselves from the hold of our past to create richer, more balanced relationships. Daniel J. Siegel, Daniel Goleman Mon, 01 Jan 2007 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127976 thebookvoice.com 1:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127976]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Better Parents, Better Spouses, Better People Author: Daniel J. Siegel, Daniel Goleman Narrator: Daniel J. Siegel, Daniel Goleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 6 minutes Release date: January 1, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this insightful exploration, Siegel and Goleman explain how our relationships shape our emotional habits - and the brain itself. The neural patterns formed in childhood have immense importance in our lives as parents, lovers, and people. Siegel and Goleman explain how we can free ourselves from the hold of our past to create richer, more balanced relationships. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127976]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Better Parents, Better Spouses, Better People Author: Daniel J. Siegel, Daniel Goleman Narrator: Daniel J. Siegel, Daniel Goleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 6 minutes Release date: January 1, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this insightful exploration, Siegel and Goleman explain how our relationships shape our emotional habits - and the brain itself. The neural patterns formed in childhood have immense importance in our lives as parents, lovers, and people. Siegel and Goleman explain how we can free ourselves from the hold of our past to create richer, more balanced relationships. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127974 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127974]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Knowing Our Emotions, Improving Our World Author: Paul Ekman, Daniel Goleman Narrator: Paul Ekman, Daniel Goleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 8 minutes Release date: January 1, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: All emotions, including hidden ones, have their own distinct facial marker With practice we can discern other's truthfulness and intent We can free ourselves from the grip of regrettable emotional episodes Research into facial expression and emotion reveals two startling facts: people cannot conceal their emotions, nor can they fabricate genuine emotions. Minute facial movements and gestures reveal true feelings and intent - regardless of efforts to conceal them. Goleman and Ekman discuss the fascinating science of the Facial Action Coding System, and how we can use it to better our lives. Paul Ekman, Daniel Goleman Mon, 01 Jan 2007 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127974 thebookvoice.com 1:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127974]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Knowing Our Emotions, Improving Our World Author: Paul Ekman, Daniel Goleman Narrator: Paul Ekman, Daniel Goleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 8 minutes Release date: January 1, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: All emotions, including hidden ones, have their own distinct facial marker With practice we can discern other's truthfulness and intent We can free ourselves from the grip of regrettable emotional episodes Research into facial expression and emotion reveals two startling facts: people cannot conceal their emotions, nor can they fabricate genuine emotions. Minute facial movements and gestures reveal true feelings and intent - regardless of efforts to conceal them. Goleman and Ekman discuss the fascinating science of the Facial Action Coding System, and how we can use it to better our lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127974]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Knowing Our Emotions, Improving Our World Author: Paul Ekman, Daniel Goleman Narrator: Paul Ekman, Daniel Goleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 8 minutes Release date: January 1, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: All emotions, including hidden ones, have their own distinct facial marker With practice we can discern other's truthfulness and intent We can free ourselves from the grip of regrettable emotional episodes Research into facial expression and emotion reveals two startling facts: people cannot conceal their emotions, nor can they fabricate genuine emotions. Minute facial movements and gestures reveal true feelings and intent - regardless of efforts to conceal them. Goleman and Ekman discuss the fascinating science of the Facial Action Coding System, and how we can use it to better our lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127973 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127973]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Training the Brain: Cultivating Emotional Skills Author: Richard M. Davidson, Richard Davidson, Daniel Goleman Narrator: Richard M. Davidson, Daniel Goleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 1 minute Release date: January 1, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Understand the brain systems involved in: self-awareness, motivation, and emotional recovery The brain can be trained for a happier, less stressful life Brains are highly variable, changing systems that shift in response to our experience. Contemplative neuroscience proves that we have the power to guide our brain's ongoing development - to cultivate happiness and motivation. In this accessible dialogue, Goleman and Davidson explain the science behind our emotions, showing how we can activate our brains to recover from stress and anxiety, and conquer fear. Goleman and Davidson offer a new vision for emotional education at any age. Richard M. Davidson, Richard Davidson, Daniel Goleman Mon, 01 Jan 2007 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127973 thebookvoice.com 1:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127973]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Training the Brain: Cultivating Emotional Skills Author: Richard M. Davidson, Richard Davidson, Daniel Goleman Narrator: Richard M. Davidson, Daniel Goleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 1 minute Release date: January 1, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Understand the brain systems involved in: self-awareness, motivation, and emotional recovery The brain can be trained for a happier, less stressful life Brains are highly variable, changing systems that shift in response to our experience. Contemplative neuroscience proves that we have the power to guide our brain's ongoing development - to cultivate happiness and motivation. In this accessible dialogue, Goleman and Davidson explain the science behind our emotions, showing how we can activate our brains to recover from stress and anxiety, and conquer fear. Goleman and Davidson offer a new vision for emotional education at any age. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127973]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Training the Brain: Cultivating Emotional Skills Author: Richard M. Davidson, Richard Davidson, Daniel Goleman Narrator: Richard M. Davidson, Daniel Goleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 1 minute Release date: January 1, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Understand the brain systems involved in: self-awareness, motivation, and emotional recovery The brain can be trained for a happier, less stressful life Brains are highly variable, changing systems that shift in response to our experience. Contemplative neuroscience proves that we have the power to guide our brain's ongoing development - to cultivate happiness and motivation. In this accessible dialogue, Goleman and Davidson explain the science behind our emotions, showing how we can activate our brains to recover from stress and anxiety, and conquer fear. Goleman and Davidson offer a new vision for emotional education at any age. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127970 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127970]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Socially Intelligent Computing Author: Clay Shirky, Daniel Goleman Narrator: Clay Shirky, Daniel Goleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 13 minutes Release date: January 1, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Learn models to maximize group effectiveness online Avoid fragmentation and polarization in social and business networks Strengthen relationships to build online unification and consensus The internet was built for data transfer, yet we have long been trying to use it as a substitute for face-to-face interaction - with catastrophic results. Online business and social networks have been plagued by flaming (unregulated emotional outbursts), major misunderstandings, lack of cohesion, poor decision making, and loss of functionality. This is because emotional connection is vital for effective communication. Yet the channels for sending and receiving emotion are absent from the basic framework of virtual exchanges. In this dialogue, renowned internet theorist Clay Shirky describes how online business groups function best, how the internet can be utilized to improve work quality, and how social intelligence is changing the face of group interaction online. Clay Shirky, Daniel Goleman Mon, 01 Jan 2007 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127970 thebookvoice.com 1:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127970]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Socially Intelligent Computing Author: Clay Shirky, Daniel Goleman Narrator: Clay Shirky, Daniel Goleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 13 minutes Release date: January 1, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Learn models to maximize group effectiveness online Avoid fragmentation and polarization in social and business networks Strengthen relationships to build online unification and consensus The internet was built for data transfer, yet we have long been trying to use it as a substitute for face-to-face interaction - with catastrophic results. Online business and social networks have been plagued by flaming (unregulated emotional outbursts), major misunderstandings, lack of cohesion, poor decision making, and loss of functionality. This is because emotional connection is vital for effective communication. Yet the channels for sending and receiving emotion are absent from the basic framework of virtual exchanges. In this dialogue, renowned internet theorist Clay Shirky describes how online business groups function best, how the internet can be utilized to improve work quality, and how social intelligence is changing the face of group interaction online. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127970]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Socially Intelligent Computing Author: Clay Shirky, Daniel Goleman Narrator: Clay Shirky, Daniel Goleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 13 minutes Release date: January 1, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Learn models to maximize group effectiveness online Avoid fragmentation and polarization in social and business networks Strengthen relationships to build online unification and consensus The internet was built for data transfer, yet we have long been trying to use it as a substitute for face-to-face interaction - with catastrophic results. Online business and social networks have been plagued by flaming (unregulated emotional outbursts), major misunderstandings, lack of cohesion, poor decision making, and loss of functionality. This is because emotional connection is vital for effective communication. Yet the channels for sending and receiving emotion are absent from the basic framework of virtual exchanges. In this dialogue, renowned internet theorist Clay Shirky describes how online business groups function best, how the internet can be utilized to improve work quality, and how social intelligence is changing the face of group interaction online. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127963 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127963]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Brain and Emotional Intelligence: New Insights Author: Daniel Goleman Narrator: Daniel Goleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 45 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.68 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Over the last decade and a half there has been a steady stream of new insights that further illuminate the dynamics of emotional intelligence. In this book, Daniel Goleman explains what we now know about the brain basis of emotional intelligence, in clear and simple terms. This book will deepen your understanding of emotional intelligence and enhance your ability for its application. Daniel Goleman Sat, 01 Jan 2011 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127963 thebookvoice.com 1:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127963]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Brain and Emotional Intelligence: New Insights Author: Daniel Goleman Narrator: Daniel Goleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 45 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.68 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Over the last decade and a half there has been a steady stream of new insights that further illuminate the dynamics of emotional intelligence. In this book, Daniel Goleman explains what we now know about the brain basis of emotional intelligence, in clear and simple terms. This book will deepen your understanding of emotional intelligence and enhance your ability for its application. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127963]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Brain and Emotional Intelligence: New Insights Author: Daniel Goleman Narrator: Daniel Goleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 45 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.68 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Over the last decade and a half there has been a steady stream of new insights that further illuminate the dynamics of emotional intelligence. In this book, Daniel Goleman explains what we now know about the brain basis of emotional intelligence, in clear and simple terms. This book will deepen your understanding of emotional intelligence and enhance your ability for its application. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127820 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127820]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Paradigm Shift: Consciousness, Meditation and Quantum Physics: A Conversation with Samuel Avery Author: Samuel Avery Narrator: Samuel Avery Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 16 minutes Release date: January 12, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this engaging conversation, Samuel Avery explores the compelling ideas in his new audiobook The Buddha and the Quantum. He takes us on a brief journey through the 100 year history of quantum physics and the 3,000 year history of Buddhist meditation to show us that the discoveries of the Buddha and physicist Max Planck were one and the same. Samuel Avery Wed, 12 Jan 2011 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127820 thebookvoice.com 1:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127820]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Paradigm Shift: Consciousness, Meditation and Quantum Physics: A Conversation with Samuel Avery Author: Samuel Avery Narrator: Samuel Avery Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 16 minutes Release date: January 12, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this engaging conversation, Samuel Avery explores the compelling ideas in his new audiobook The Buddha and the Quantum. He takes us on a brief journey through the 100 year history of quantum physics and the 3,000 year history of Buddhist meditation to show us that the discoveries of the Buddha and physicist Max Planck were one and the same. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127820]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Paradigm Shift: Consciousness, Meditation and Quantum Physics: A Conversation with Samuel Avery Author: Samuel Avery Narrator: Samuel Avery Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 16 minutes Release date: January 12, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this engaging conversation, Samuel Avery explores the compelling ideas in his new audiobook The Buddha and the Quantum. He takes us on a brief journey through the 100 year history of quantum physics and the 3,000 year history of Buddhist meditation to show us that the discoveries of the Buddha and physicist Max Planck were one and the same. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127767 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127767]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superman: The High-Flying History of America's Most Enduring Hero Author: Larry Tye Narrator: Scott Brick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 12, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The first full-fledged history not just of the Man of Steel but of the creators, designers, owners, and performers who made him the icon he is today, from the New York Times bestselling author of Satchel and Bobby Kennedy “A story as American as Superman himself.”—The Washington Post   Legions of fans from Boston to Buenos Aires can recite the story of the child born Kal-El, scion of the doomed planet Krypton, who was rocketed to Earth as an infant, raised by humble Kansas farmers, and rechristened Clark Kent. Known to law-abiders and evildoers alike as Superman, he was destined to become the invincible champion of all that is good and just—and a star in every medium from comic books and comic strips to radio, TV, and film.   But behind the high-flying legend lies a true-to-life saga every bit as compelling, one that begins not in the far reaches of outer space but in the middle of America’s heartland. During the depths of the Great Depression, Jerry Siegel was a shy, awkward teenager in Cleveland. Raised on adventure tales and robbed of his father at a young age, Jerry dreamed of a hero for a boy and a world that desperately needed one. Together with neighborhood chum and kindred spirit Joe Shuster, young Siegel conjured a human-sized god who was everything his creators yearned to be: handsome, stalwart, and brave, able to protect the innocent, punish the wicked, save the day, and win the girl. It was on Superman’s muscle-bound back that the comic book and the very idea of the superhero took flight.   Tye chronicles the adventures of the men and women who kept Siegel and Shuster’s “Man of Tomorrow” aloft and vitally alive through seven decades and counting. Here are the savvy publishers and visionary writers and artists of comics’ Golden Age who ushered the red-and-blue-clad titan through changing eras and evolving incarnations; and the actors—including George Reeves and Christopher Reeve—who brought the Man of Steel to life on screen, only to succumb themselves to all-too-human tragedy in the mortal world. Here too is the poignant and compelling history of Siegel and Shuster’s lifelong struggle for the recognition and rewards rightly due to the architects of a genuine cultural phenomenon.   From two-fisted crimebuster to über-patriot, social crusader to spiritual savior, Superman—perhaps like no other mythical character before or since—has evolved in a way that offers a Rorschach test of his times and our aspirations. In this deftly realized appreciation, Larry Tye reveals a portrait of America over seventy years through the lens of that otherworldly hero who continues to embody our best selves. Larry Tye Tue, 12 Jun 2012 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127767 thebookvoice.com 13:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127767]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superman: The High-Flying History of America's Most Enduring Hero Author: Larry Tye Narrator: Scott Brick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 12, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The first full-fledged history not just of the Man of Steel but of the creators, designers, owners, and performers who made him the icon he is today, from the New York Times bestselling author of Satchel and Bobby Kennedy “A story as American as Superman himself.”—The Washington Post   Legions of fans from Boston to Buenos Aires can recite the story of the child born Kal-El, scion of the doomed planet Krypton, who was rocketed to Earth as an infant, raised by humble Kansas farmers, and rechristened Clark Kent. Known to law-abiders and evildoers alike as Superman, he was destined to become the invincible champion of all that is good and just—and a star in every medium from comic books and comic strips to radio, TV, and film.   But behind the high-flying legend lies a true-to-life saga every bit as compelling, one that begins not in the far reaches of outer space but in the middle of America’s heartland. During the depths of the Great Depression, Jerry Siegel was a shy, awkward teenager in Cleveland. Raised on adventure tales and robbed of his father at a young age, Jerry dreamed of a hero for a boy and a world that desperately needed one. Together with neighborhood chum and kindred spirit Joe Shuster, young Siegel conjured a human-sized god who was everything his creators yearned to be: handsome, stalwart, and brave, able to protect the innocent, punish the wicked, save the day, and win the girl. It was on Superman’s muscle-bound back that the comic book and the very idea of the superhero took flight.   Tye chronicles the adventures of the men and women who kept Siegel and Shuster’s “Man of Tomorrow” aloft and vitally alive through seven decades and counting. Here are the savvy publishers and visionary writers and artists of comics’ Golden Age who ushered the red-and-blue-clad titan through changing eras and evolving incarnations; and the actors—including George Reeves and Christopher Reeve—who brought the Man of Steel to life on screen, only to succumb themselves to all-too-human tragedy in the mortal world. Here too is the poignant and compelling history of Siegel and Shuster’s lifelong struggle for the recognition and rewards rightly due to the architects of a genuine cultural phenomenon.   From two-fisted crimebuster to über-patriot, social crusader to spiritual savior, Superman—perhaps like no other mythical character before or since—has evolved in a way that offers a Rorschach test of his times and our aspirations. In this deftly realized appreciation, Larry Tye reveals a portrait of America over seventy years through the lens of that otherworldly hero who continues to embody our best selves. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127767]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superman: The High-Flying History of America's Most Enduring Hero Author: Larry Tye Narrator: Scott Brick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 12, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The first full-fledged history not just of the Man of Steel but of the creators, designers, owners, and performers who made him the icon he is today, from the New York Times bestselling author of Satchel and Bobby Kennedy “A story as American as Superman himself.”—The Washington Post   Legions of fans from Boston to Buenos Aires can recite the story of the child born Kal-El, scion of the doomed planet Krypton, who was rocketed to Earth as an infant, raised by humble Kansas farmers, and rechristened Clark Kent. Known to law-abiders and evildoers alike as Superman, he was destined to become the invincible champion of all that is good and just—and a star in every medium from comic books and comic strips to radio, TV, and film.   But behind the high-flying legend lies a true-to-life saga every bit as compelling, one that begins not in the far reaches of outer space but in the middle of America’s heartland. During the depths of the Great Depression, Jerry Siegel was a shy, awkward teenager in Cleveland. Raised on adventure tales and robbed of his father at a young age, Jerry dreamed of a hero for a boy and a world that desperately needed one. Together with neighborhood chum and kindred spirit Joe Shuster, young Siegel conjured a human-sized god who was everything his creators yearned to be: handsome, stalwart, and brave, able to protect the innocent, punish the wicked, save the day, and win the girl. It was on Superman’s muscle-bound back that the comic book and the very idea of the superhero took flight.   Tye chronicles the adventures of the men and women who kept Siegel and Shuster’s “Man of Tomorrow” aloft and vitally alive through seven decades and counting. Here are the savvy publishers and visionary writers and artists of comics’ Golden Age who ushered the red-and-blue-clad titan through changing eras and evolving incarnations; and the actors—including George Reeves and Christopher Reeve—who brought the Man of Steel to life on screen, only to succumb themselves to all-too-human tragedy in the mortal world. Here too is the poignant and compelling history of Siegel and Shuster’s lifelong struggle for the recognition and rewards rightly due to the architects of a genuine cultural phenomenon.   From two-fisted crimebuster to über-patriot, social crusader to spiritual savior, Superman—perhaps like no other mythical character before or since—has evolved in a way that offers a Rorschach test of his times and our aspirations. In this deftly realized appreciation, Larry Tye reveals a portrait of America over seventy years through the lens of that otherworldly hero who continues to embody our best selves. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127679 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127679]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: DNA USA: A Genetic Portrait of America Author: Bryan Sykes Narrator: John Curless Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 23 minutes Release date: May 14, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Having worked on numerous high-profile genetic investigations, including one focused on the famed Iceman of the Italian Alps, Bryan Sykes has become a premier authority on human genetics. In DNA USA, Sykes examines the unique fabric of the U.S. population-one of the world's most genetically variegated countries. His fascinating discoveries offer new insights into the biological profile of the great melting pot. Bryan Sykes Mon, 14 May 2012 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127679 thebookvoice.com 13:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127679]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: DNA USA: A Genetic Portrait of America Author: Bryan Sykes Narrator: John Curless Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 23 minutes Release date: May 14, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Having worked on numerous high-profile genetic investigations, including one focused on the famed Iceman of the Italian Alps, Bryan Sykes has become a premier authority on human genetics. In DNA USA, Sykes examines the unique fabric of the U.S. population-one of the world's most genetically variegated countries. His fascinating discoveries offer new insights into the biological profile of the great melting pot. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127679]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: DNA USA: A Genetic Portrait of America Author: Bryan Sykes Narrator: John Curless Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 23 minutes Release date: May 14, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Having worked on numerous high-profile genetic investigations, including one focused on the famed Iceman of the Italian Alps, Bryan Sykes has become a premier authority on human genetics. In DNA USA, Sykes examines the unique fabric of the U.S. population-one of the world's most genetically variegated countries. His fascinating discoveries offer new insights into the biological profile of the great melting pot. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127523 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127523]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twilight of the Elites: America After Meritocracy Author: Chris Hayes Narrator: Chris Hayes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: June 12, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A powerful and original argument that traces the roots of our present crisis of authority to an unlikely source: the meritocracy. Over the past decade, Americans watched in bafflement and rage as one institution after another –  from Wall Street to Congress, the Catholic Church to corporate America, even Major League Baseball – imploded under the weight of corruption and incompetence. In the wake of the Fail Decade, Americans have historically low levels of trust in their institutions; the social contract between ordinary citizens and elites lies in tatters. How did we get here? With Twilight of the Elites, Christopher Hayes offers a radically novel answer. Since the 1960s, as the meritocracy elevated a more diverse group of men and women into power, they learned to embrace the accelerating inequality that had placed them near the very top. Their ascension heightened social distance and spawned a new American elite--one more prone to failure and corruption than any that came before it. Mixing deft political analysis, timely social commentary, and deep historical understanding, Twilight of the Elites describes how the society we have come to inhabit – utterly forgiving at the top and relentlessly punitive at the bottom – produces leaders who are out of touch with the people they have been trusted to govern. Hayes argues that the public's failure to trust the federal government, corporate America, and the media has led to a crisis of authority that threatens to engulf not just our politics but our day-to-day lives. Upending well-worn ideological and partisan categories, Hayes entirely reorients our perspective on our times. Twilight of the Elites is the defining work of social criticism for the post-bailout age. Chris Hayes Tue, 12 Jun 2012 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127523 thebookvoice.com 7:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127523]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twilight of the Elites: America After Meritocracy Author: Chris Hayes Narrator: Chris Hayes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: June 12, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A powerful and original argument that traces the roots of our present crisis of authority to an unlikely source: the meritocracy. Over the past decade, Americans watched in bafflement and rage as one institution after another –  from Wall Street to Congress, the Catholic Church to corporate America, even Major League Baseball – imploded under the weight of corruption and incompetence. In the wake of the Fail Decade, Americans have historically low levels of trust in their institutions; the social contract between ordinary citizens and elites lies in tatters. How did we get here? With Twilight of the Elites, Christopher Hayes offers a radically novel answer. Since the 1960s, as the meritocracy elevated a more diverse group of men and women into power, they learned to embrace the accelerating inequality that had placed them near the very top. Their ascension heightened social distance and spawned a new American elite--one more prone to failure and corruption than any that came before it. Mixing deft political analysis, timely social commentary, and deep historical understanding, Twilight of the Elites describes how the society we have come to inhabit – utterly forgiving at the top and relentlessly punitive at the bottom – produces leaders who are out of touch with the people they have been trusted to govern. Hayes argues that the public's failure to trust the federal government, corporate America, and the media has led to a crisis of authority that threatens to engulf not just our politics but our day-to-day lives. Upending well-worn ideological and partisan categories, Hayes entirely reorients our perspective on our times. Twilight of the Elites is the defining work of social criticism for the post-bailout age. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127523]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twilight of the Elites: America After Meritocracy Author: Chris Hayes Narrator: Chris Hayes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: June 12, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A powerful and original argument that traces the roots of our present crisis of authority to an unlikely source: the meritocracy. Over the past decade, Americans watched in bafflement and rage as one institution after another –  from Wall Street to Congress, the Catholic Church to corporate America, even Major League Baseball – imploded under the weight of corruption and incompetence. In the wake of the Fail Decade, Americans have historically low levels of trust in their institutions; the social contract between ordinary citizens and elites lies in tatters. How did we get here? With Twilight of the Elites, Christopher Hayes offers a radically novel answer. Since the 1960s, as the meritocracy elevated a more diverse group of men and women into power, they learned to embrace the accelerating inequality that had placed them near the very top. Their ascension heightened social distance and spawned a new American elite--one more prone to failure and corruption than any that came before it. Mixing deft political analysis, timely social commentary, and deep historical understanding, Twilight of the Elites describes how the society we have come to inhabit – utterly forgiving at the top and relentlessly punitive at the bottom – produces leaders who are out of touch with the people they have been trusted to govern. Hayes argues that the public's failure to trust the federal government, corporate America, and the media has led to a crisis of authority that threatens to engulf not just our politics but our day-to-day lives. Upending well-worn ideological and partisan categories, Hayes entirely reorients our perspective on our times. Twilight of the Elites is the defining work of social criticism for the post-bailout age. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127306 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127306]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ending the War on Drugs: A Solution for America Author: Dirk Chase Eldredge Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 54 minutes Release date: January 1, 2007 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this outstanding examination of the country’s most troubling problem, a conservative Republican shows how and why America is losing the war on drugs and makes an important contribution to the debate on alternative policies. Author Dirk Eldredge demonstrates how the drug war has led only to overcrowded courts and prisons, rising crime, official corruption, eroded civil rights and race relations, and new public health crises. He makes the case for an alternative strategy: tightly controlled legalization accompanied by expanded drug education, prevention, research, and treatment programs. Dirk Chase Eldredge Mon, 01 Jan 2007 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127306 thebookvoice.com 6:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127306]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ending the War on Drugs: A Solution for America Author: Dirk Chase Eldredge Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 54 minutes Release date: January 1, 2007 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this outstanding examination of the country’s most troubling problem, a conservative Republican shows how and why America is losing the war on drugs and makes an important contribution to the debate on alternative policies. Author Dirk Eldredge demonstrates how the drug war has led only to overcrowded courts and prisons, rising crime, official corruption, eroded civil rights and race relations, and new public health crises. He makes the case for an alternative strategy: tightly controlled legalization accompanied by expanded drug education, prevention, research, and treatment programs. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127306]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ending the War on Drugs: A Solution for America Author: Dirk Chase Eldredge Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 54 minutes Release date: January 1, 2007 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this outstanding examination of the country’s most troubling problem, a conservative Republican shows how and why America is losing the war on drugs and makes an important contribution to the debate on alternative policies. Author Dirk Eldredge demonstrates how the drug war has led only to overcrowded courts and prisons, rising crime, official corruption, eroded civil rights and race relations, and new public health crises. He makes the case for an alternative strategy: tightly controlled legalization accompanied by expanded drug education, prevention, research, and treatment programs. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127296 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127296]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Full Body Burden: Growing Up in the Nuclear Shadow of Rocky Flats Author: Kristen Iversen Narrator: Kristen Iversen, Kirsten Potter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 53 minutes Release date: June 5, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “An intimate and deeply human memoir that shows why we should all be concerned about nuclear safety, and the dangers of ignoring science in the name of national security.”—Rebecca Skloot, #1 New York Times bestselling author of The Immortal Life of Henrietta Lacks   A shocking account of the government’s attempt to conceal the effects of the toxic waste released by a secret nuclear weapons plant in Colorado and a community’s vain search for justice—soon to be a feature documentary Kristen Iversen grew up in a small Colorado town close to Rocky Flats, a secret nuclear weapons plant once designated 'the most contaminated site in America.' Full Body Burden is the story of a childhood and adolescence in the shadow of the Cold War, in a landscape at once startlingly beautiful and--unknown to those who lived there--tainted with invisible yet deadly particles of plutonium. It's also a book about the destructive power of secrets--both family and government. Her father's hidden liquor bottles, the strange cancers in children in the neighborhood, the truth about what was made at Rocky Flats--best not to inquire too deeply into any of it. But as Iversen grew older, she began to ask questions and discovered some disturbing realities. Based on extensive interviews, FBI and EPA documents, and class-action testimony, this taut, beautifully written book is both captivating and unnerving. Kristen Iversen Tue, 05 Jun 2012 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127296 thebookvoice.com 13:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127296]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Full Body Burden: Growing Up in the Nuclear Shadow of Rocky Flats Author: Kristen Iversen Narrator: Kristen Iversen, Kirsten Potter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 53 minutes Release date: June 5, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “An intimate and deeply human memoir that shows why we should all be concerned about nuclear safety, and the dangers of ignoring science in the name of national security.”—Rebecca Skloot, #1 New York Times bestselling author of The Immortal Life of Henrietta Lacks   A shocking account of the government’s attempt to conceal the effects of the toxic waste released by a secret nuclear weapons plant in Colorado and a community’s vain search for justice—soon to be a feature documentary Kristen Iversen grew up in a small Colorado town close to Rocky Flats, a secret nuclear weapons plant once designated 'the most contaminated site in America.' Full Body Burden is the story of a childhood and adolescence in the shadow of the Cold War, in a landscape at once startlingly beautiful and--unknown to those who lived there--tainted with invisible yet deadly particles of plutonium. It's also a book about the destructive power of secrets--both family and government. Her father's hidden liquor bottles, the strange cancers in children in the neighborhood, the truth about what was made at Rocky Flats--best not to inquire too deeply into any of it. But as Iversen grew older, she began to ask questions and discovered some disturbing realities. Based on extensive interviews, FBI and EPA documents, and class-action testimony, this taut, beautifully written book is both captivating and unnerving. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127296]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Full Body Burden: Growing Up in the Nuclear Shadow of Rocky Flats Author: Kristen Iversen Narrator: Kristen Iversen, Kirsten Potter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 53 minutes Release date: June 5, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “An intimate and deeply human memoir that shows why we should all be concerned about nuclear safety, and the dangers of ignoring science in the name of national security.”—Rebecca Skloot, #1 New York Times bestselling author of The Immortal Life of Henrietta Lacks   A shocking account of the government’s attempt to conceal the effects of the toxic waste released by a secret nuclear weapons plant in Colorado and a community’s vain search for justice—soon to be a feature documentary Kristen Iversen grew up in a small Colorado town close to Rocky Flats, a secret nuclear weapons plant once designated 'the most contaminated site in America.' Full Body Burden is the story of a childhood and adolescence in the shadow of the Cold War, in a landscape at once startlingly beautiful and--unknown to those who lived there--tainted with invisible yet deadly particles of plutonium. It's also a book about the destructive power of secrets--both family and government. Her father's hidden liquor bottles, the strange cancers in children in the neighborhood, the truth about what was made at Rocky Flats--best not to inquire too deeply into any of it. But as Iversen grew older, she began to ask questions and discovered some disturbing realities. Based on extensive interviews, FBI and EPA documents, and class-action testimony, this taut, beautifully written book is both captivating and unnerving. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127267 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127267]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Running with the Kenyans: Passion, Adventure, and the Secrets of the Fastest People on Earth Author: Adharanand Finn Narrator: John Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 8 minutes Release date: May 15, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A dusty road stretches into the distance like a pencil line across the arid landscape. Lions, rhino, and buffalo roam the plains on either side. But I haven’t come to Kenya to spot wildlife. I’ve come to run.”   Whether running is your recreation, your religion, or just a spectator sport, Adharanand Finn’s incredible journey to the elite training camps of Kenya will captivate and inspire you. Part travelogue, part memoir, this mesmerizing quest to uncover the secrets of the world’s greatest runners—and put them to the test—combines practical advice, a fresh look at barefoot running, and hard-won spiritual insights.   As a boy growing up in the English countryside, Adharanand Finn was a natural runner. While other kids struggled, he breezed through schoolyard races, imagining he was one of his heroes: the Kenyan long-distance runners exploding into prominence as Olympic and world champions. But as he grew up, pursued a career in journalism, married and had children, those childhood dreams slipped away—until suddenly, in his mid-thirties, Finn realized he might have only one chance left to see how far his talents could take him.   Uprooting his family of five, including three small children, Finn traveled to Iten, a small, chaotic town in the Rift Valley province of Kenya—a mecca for long-distance runners thanks to its high altitude, endless running paths, and some of the top training schools in the world. Finn would run side by side with Olympic champions, young hopefuls, and barefoot schoolchildren . . . not to mention the exotic—and sometimes dangerous—wildlife for which Kenya is famous.   Here, too, he would meet a cast of colorful characters, including his unflappable guide, Godfrey Kiprotich, a former half marathon champion; Christopher Cheboiboch, one of the fastest men ever to run the New York City Marathon; and Japhet, a poor, bucktoothed boy with unsuspected reservoirs of courage and raw speed. Amid the daily challenges of training and of raising a family abroad, Finn would learn invaluable lessons about running—and about life.   Running with the Kenyans is more than one man’s pursuit of a lifelong dream. It’s a fascinating portrait of a magical country—and an extraordinary people seemingly born to run. Adharanand Finn Tue, 15 May 2012 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127267 thebookvoice.com 8:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127267]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Running with the Kenyans: Passion, Adventure, and the Secrets of the Fastest People on Earth Author: Adharanand Finn Narrator: John Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 8 minutes Release date: May 15, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A dusty road stretches into the distance like a pencil line across the arid landscape. Lions, rhino, and buffalo roam the plains on either side. But I haven’t come to Kenya to spot wildlife. I’ve come to run.”   Whether running is your recreation, your religion, or just a spectator sport, Adharanand Finn’s incredible journey to the elite training camps of Kenya will captivate and inspire you. Part travelogue, part memoir, this mesmerizing quest to uncover the secrets of the world’s greatest runners—and put them to the test—combines practical advice, a fresh look at barefoot running, and hard-won spiritual insights.   As a boy growing up in the English countryside, Adharanand Finn was a natural runner. While other kids struggled, he breezed through schoolyard races, imagining he was one of his heroes: the Kenyan long-distance runners exploding into prominence as Olympic and world champions. But as he grew up, pursued a career in journalism, married and had children, those childhood dreams slipped away—until suddenly, in his mid-thirties, Finn realized he might have only one chance left to see how far his talents could take him.   Uprooting his family of five, including three small children, Finn traveled to Iten, a small, chaotic town in the Rift Valley province of Kenya—a mecca for long-distance runners thanks to its high altitude, endless running paths, and some of the top training schools in the world. Finn would run side by side with Olympic champions, young hopefuls, and barefoot schoolchildren . . . not to mention the exotic—and sometimes dangerous—wildlife for which Kenya is famous.   Here, too, he would meet a cast of colorful characters, including his unflappable guide, Godfrey Kiprotich, a former half marathon champion; Christopher Cheboiboch, one of the fastest men ever to run the New York City Marathon; and Japhet, a poor, bucktoothed boy with unsuspected reservoirs of courage and raw speed. Amid the daily challenges of training and of raising a family abroad, Finn would learn invaluable lessons about running—and about life.   Running with the Kenyans is more than one man’s pursuit of a lifelong dream. It’s a fascinating portrait of a magical country—and an extraordinary people seemingly born to run. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/127267]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Running with the Kenyans: Passion, Adventure, and the Secrets of the Fastest People on Earth Author: Adharanand Finn Narrator: John Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 8 minutes Release date: May 15, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A dusty road stretches into the distance like a pencil line across the arid landscape. Lions, rhino, and buffalo roam the plains on either side. But I haven’t come to Kenya to spot wildlife. I’ve come to run.”   Whether running is your recreation, your religion, or just a spectator sport, Adharanand Finn’s incredible journey to the elite training camps of Kenya will captivate and inspire you. Part travelogue, part memoir, this mesmerizing quest to uncover the secrets of the world’s greatest runners—and put them to the test—combines practical advice, a fresh look at barefoot running, and hard-won spiritual insights.   As a boy growing up in the English countryside, Adharanand Finn was a natural runner. While other kids struggled, he breezed through schoolyard races, imagining he was one of his heroes: the Kenyan long-distance runners exploding into prominence as Olympic and world champions. But as he grew up, pursued a career in journalism, married and had children, those childhood dreams slipped away—until suddenly, in his mid-thirties, Finn realized he might have only one chance left to see how far his talents could take him.   Uprooting his family of five, including three small children, Finn traveled to Iten, a small, chaotic town in the Rift Valley province of Kenya—a mecca for long-distance runners thanks to its high altitude, endless running paths, and some of the top training schools in the world. Finn would run side by side with Olympic champions, young hopefuls, and barefoot schoolchildren . . . not to mention the exotic—and sometimes dangerous—wildlife for which Kenya is famous.   Here, too, he would meet a cast of colorful characters, including his unflappable guide, Godfrey Kiprotich, a former half marathon champion; Christopher Cheboiboch, one of the fastest men ever to run the New York City Marathon; and Japhet, a poor, bucktoothed boy with unsuspected reservoirs of courage and raw speed. Amid the daily challenges of training and of raising a family abroad, Finn would learn invaluable lessons about running—and about life.   Running with the Kenyans is more than one man’s pursuit of a lifelong dream. It’s a fascinating portrait of a magical country—and an extraordinary people seemingly born to run. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125700 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125700]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Commander Of The Exodus Author: Yoram Kaniuk Narrator: William Sutherland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 24, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Hailed by the New York Times as “one of the most inventive, brilliant novelists in the Western world,” Yoram Kaniuk turns his hand to nonfiction to bring us his most important work yet. It is the story of Yossi Harel, a modern-day Moses who defied the blockade of the British Mandate to deliver more than 24,000 displaced Holocaust survivors to Palestine, while the rest of the world—including the United States—closed its doors. Kaniuk pays homage to the young Israeli who was motivated not by politics or personal glory, but by the pleading eyes of the orphaned children languishing on the shores of Europe. Commander of the Exodus is both an unforgettable tribute to the heroism of the dispossessed, and a rich evocation of the vision and daring of a man who took it upon himself to reverse the course of history. Yoram Kaniuk Fri, 24 Jun 2005 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125700 thebookvoice.com 8:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125700]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Commander Of The Exodus Author: Yoram Kaniuk Narrator: William Sutherland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 24, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Hailed by the New York Times as “one of the most inventive, brilliant novelists in the Western world,” Yoram Kaniuk turns his hand to nonfiction to bring us his most important work yet. It is the story of Yossi Harel, a modern-day Moses who defied the blockade of the British Mandate to deliver more than 24,000 displaced Holocaust survivors to Palestine, while the rest of the world—including the United States—closed its doors. Kaniuk pays homage to the young Israeli who was motivated not by politics or personal glory, but by the pleading eyes of the orphaned children languishing on the shores of Europe. Commander of the Exodus is both an unforgettable tribute to the heroism of the dispossessed, and a rich evocation of the vision and daring of a man who took it upon himself to reverse the course of history. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125700]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Commander Of The Exodus Author: Yoram Kaniuk Narrator: William Sutherland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 24, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Hailed by the New York Times as “one of the most inventive, brilliant novelists in the Western world,” Yoram Kaniuk turns his hand to nonfiction to bring us his most important work yet. It is the story of Yossi Harel, a modern-day Moses who defied the blockade of the British Mandate to deliver more than 24,000 displaced Holocaust survivors to Palestine, while the rest of the world—including the United States—closed its doors. Kaniuk pays homage to the young Israeli who was motivated not by politics or personal glory, but by the pleading eyes of the orphaned children languishing on the shores of Europe. Commander of the Exodus is both an unforgettable tribute to the heroism of the dispossessed, and a rich evocation of the vision and daring of a man who took it upon himself to reverse the course of history. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125642 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125642]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: City of Scoundrels: The 12 Days of Disaster That Gave Birth to Modern Chicago Author: Gary Krist Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 34 minutes Release date: April 17, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: When 1919 began, the city of Chicago seemed on the verge of transformation. Modernizers had an audacious, expensive plan to turn the city from a brawling, unglamorous place into “the Metropolis of the World.” But just as the dream seemed within reach, pandemonium broke loose and the city’s highest ambitions were suddenly under attack by the same unbridled energies that had given birth to them in the first place.    It began on a balmy Monday afternoon when a blimp in flames crashed through the roof of a busy downtown bank, incinerating those inside. Within days, a racial incident at a hot, crowded South Side beach spiraled into one of the worst urban riots in American history, followed by a transit strike that paralyzed the city. Then, when it seemed as if things could get no worse, police searching for a six-year-old girl discovered her body in a dark North Side basement.   City of Scoundrels captures the tumultuous birth of the modern American city, with all of its light and dark aspects in vivid relief. Gary Krist Tue, 17 Apr 2012 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125642 thebookvoice.com 9:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125642]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: City of Scoundrels: The 12 Days of Disaster That Gave Birth to Modern Chicago Author: Gary Krist Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 34 minutes Release date: April 17, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: When 1919 began, the city of Chicago seemed on the verge of transformation. Modernizers had an audacious, expensive plan to turn the city from a brawling, unglamorous place into “the Metropolis of the World.” But just as the dream seemed within reach, pandemonium broke loose and the city’s highest ambitions were suddenly under attack by the same unbridled energies that had given birth to them in the first place.    It began on a balmy Monday afternoon when a blimp in flames crashed through the roof of a busy downtown bank, incinerating those inside. Within days, a racial incident at a hot, crowded South Side beach spiraled into one of the worst urban riots in American history, followed by a transit strike that paralyzed the city. Then, when it seemed as if things could get no worse, police searching for a six-year-old girl discovered her body in a dark North Side basement.   City of Scoundrels captures the tumultuous birth of the modern American city, with all of its light and dark aspects in vivid relief. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125642]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: City of Scoundrels: The 12 Days of Disaster That Gave Birth to Modern Chicago Author: Gary Krist Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 34 minutes Release date: April 17, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: When 1919 began, the city of Chicago seemed on the verge of transformation. Modernizers had an audacious, expensive plan to turn the city from a brawling, unglamorous place into “the Metropolis of the World.” But just as the dream seemed within reach, pandemonium broke loose and the city’s highest ambitions were suddenly under attack by the same unbridled energies that had given birth to them in the first place.    It began on a balmy Monday afternoon when a blimp in flames crashed through the roof of a busy downtown bank, incinerating those inside. Within days, a racial incident at a hot, crowded South Side beach spiraled into one of the worst urban riots in American history, followed by a transit strike that paralyzed the city. Then, when it seemed as if things could get no worse, police searching for a six-year-old girl discovered her body in a dark North Side basement.   City of Scoundrels captures the tumultuous birth of the modern American city, with all of its light and dark aspects in vivid relief. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125269 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125269]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Simpleology: The Simple Science of Getting What You Want Author: Mark Joyner Narrator: Mark Joyner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 19 minutes Release date: August 8, 2011 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The simple way to achieve personal and business success! Simpleo.logy is that cutting edge speed-learning psychology which governs success or failure in every endeavor. It provides the explanation for those who succeed in life…because consciously or unconsciously they have been following these 5 laws, and those who face failure have been breaking at least one of these laws on a regular basis. Now you can and gain financial prosperity, discover a new level of focus on your goals, and truly unlock your potential by following these simple laws: The Law of Straight Lines The Law of Clear Vision The Law of Focused Attention The Law of Focused Energy The Inevitability of Action/Reaction Accomplish 3 times as much in 1/3 the time as you attain total mastery of Time, Energy, and Money! Mark Joyner Mon, 08 Aug 2011 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125269 thebookvoice.com 3:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125269]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Simpleology: The Simple Science of Getting What You Want Author: Mark Joyner Narrator: Mark Joyner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 19 minutes Release date: August 8, 2011 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The simple way to achieve personal and business success! Simpleo.logy is that cutting edge speed-learning psychology which governs success or failure in every endeavor. It provides the explanation for those who succeed in life…because consciously or unconsciously they have been following these 5 laws, and those who face failure have been breaking at least one of these laws on a regular basis. Now you can and gain financial prosperity, discover a new level of focus on your goals, and truly unlock your potential by following these simple laws: The Law of Straight Lines The Law of Clear Vision The Law of Focused Attention The Law of Focused Energy The Inevitability of Action/Reaction Accomplish 3 times as much in 1/3 the time as you attain total mastery of Time, Energy, and Money! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/125269]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Simpleology: The Simple Science of Getting What You Want Author: Mark Joyner Narrator: Mark Joyner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 19 minutes Release date: August 8, 2011 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The simple way to achieve personal and business success! Simpleo.logy is that cutting edge speed-learning psychology which governs success or failure in every endeavor. It provides the explanation for those who succeed in life…because consciously or unconsciously they have been following these 5 laws, and those who face failure have been breaking at least one of these laws on a regular basis. Now you can and gain financial prosperity, discover a new level of focus on your goals, and truly unlock your potential by following these simple laws: The Law of Straight Lines The Law of Clear Vision The Law of Focused Attention The Law of Focused Energy The Inevitability of Action/Reaction Accomplish 3 times as much in 1/3 the time as you attain total mastery of Time, Energy, and Money! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124800 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124800]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Report on Unidentified Flying Objects Author: Captain Edward J. Ruppelt Narrator: Roger Melin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 5 minutes Release date: October 13, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: "The report has been difficult to write because it involves something that doesn't officially exist. It is well known that ever since the first flying saucer was reported in June 1947 the Air Force has officially said that there is no proof that such a thing as an interplanetary spaceship exists. But what is not well known is that this conclusion is far from being unanimous among the military and their scientific advisers because of the one word, "'proof'; so the UFO investigations continue." -Captain Edward J. Ruppelt, Former Head of the Air Force Project Blue Book, July 1955. Captain Edward J. Ruppelt Mon, 13 Oct 2008 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124800 thebookvoice.com 16:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124800]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Report on Unidentified Flying Objects Author: Captain Edward J. Ruppelt Narrator: Roger Melin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 5 minutes Release date: October 13, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: "The report has been difficult to write because it involves something that doesn't officially exist. It is well known that ever since the first flying saucer was reported in June 1947 the Air Force has officially said that there is no proof that such a thing as an interplanetary spaceship exists. But what is not well known is that this conclusion is far from being unanimous among the military and their scientific advisers because of the one word, "'proof'; so the UFO investigations continue." -Captain Edward J. Ruppelt, Former Head of the Air Force Project Blue Book, July 1955. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124800]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Report on Unidentified Flying Objects Author: Captain Edward J. Ruppelt Narrator: Roger Melin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 5 minutes Release date: October 13, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: "The report has been difficult to write because it involves something that doesn't officially exist. It is well known that ever since the first flying saucer was reported in June 1947 the Air Force has officially said that there is no proof that such a thing as an interplanetary spaceship exists. But what is not well known is that this conclusion is far from being unanimous among the military and their scientific advisers because of the one word, "'proof'; so the UFO investigations continue." -Captain Edward J. Ruppelt, Former Head of the Air Force Project Blue Book, July 1955. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124461 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124461]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No, They Can't: Why Government Fails-But Individuals Succeed Author: John Stossel Narrator: John Stossel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 10, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling journalist John Stossel shows how the expansion of government control is destructive for American society. Politicians—and we voters—can dream of guaranteed incomes or green energy. But the mature response to cries of “Yes, we can!” should be “No, we can’t”—not when “we” means government. There is nothing that government can do that we cannot do better as free individuals. —John Stossel in No, They Can’t John Stossel debunks the most revered of society’s sacred cows in this spirited New York Times bestseller: our belief that government can solve our problems. Stossel insists that we discard the myth of the “perfect” government—left or right—and retrain our brain to rethink our lives as independent individuals in light of such topics as HEALTH CARE • DEFENSE SPENDING JOB CREATION • GUN CONTROL PUBLIC EDUCATION • ENERGY MINIMUM-WAGE LAWS • CLIMATE CHANGE THE NATIONAL DEBT • POLITICAL CORRECTNESS THE ASSAULT ON FOOD . . . and much more! John Stossel Tue, 10 Apr 2012 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124461 thebookvoice.com 9:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124461]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No, They Can't: Why Government Fails-But Individuals Succeed Author: John Stossel Narrator: John Stossel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 10, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling journalist John Stossel shows how the expansion of government control is destructive for American society. Politicians—and we voters—can dream of guaranteed incomes or green energy. But the mature response to cries of “Yes, we can!” should be “No, we can’t”—not when “we” means government. There is nothing that government can do that we cannot do better as free individuals. —John Stossel in No, They Can’t John Stossel debunks the most revered of society’s sacred cows in this spirited New York Times bestseller: our belief that government can solve our problems. Stossel insists that we discard the myth of the “perfect” government—left or right—and retrain our brain to rethink our lives as independent individuals in light of such topics as HEALTH CARE • DEFENSE SPENDING JOB CREATION • GUN CONTROL PUBLIC EDUCATION • ENERGY MINIMUM-WAGE LAWS • CLIMATE CHANGE THE NATIONAL DEBT • POLITICAL CORRECTNESS THE ASSAULT ON FOOD . . . and much more! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124461]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No, They Can't: Why Government Fails-But Individuals Succeed Author: John Stossel Narrator: John Stossel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 10, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling journalist John Stossel shows how the expansion of government control is destructive for American society. Politicians—and we voters—can dream of guaranteed incomes or green energy. But the mature response to cries of “Yes, we can!” should be “No, we can’t”—not when “we” means government. There is nothing that government can do that we cannot do better as free individuals. —John Stossel in No, They Can’t John Stossel debunks the most revered of society’s sacred cows in this spirited New York Times bestseller: our belief that government can solve our problems. Stossel insists that we discard the myth of the “perfect” government—left or right—and retrain our brain to rethink our lives as independent individuals in light of such topics as HEALTH CARE • DEFENSE SPENDING JOB CREATION • GUN CONTROL PUBLIC EDUCATION • ENERGY MINIMUM-WAGE LAWS • CLIMATE CHANGE THE NATIONAL DEBT • POLITICAL CORRECTNESS THE ASSAULT ON FOOD . . . and much more! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124431 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124431]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Missionary Position: Mother Teresa in Theory and Practice Author: Christopher Hitchens Narrator: Simon Prebble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 10, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'A religious fundamentalist, a political operative, a primitive sermonizer, and an accomplice of worldly secular powers. Her mission has always been of this kind. The irony is that she has never been able to induce anybody to believe her. It is past time that she was duly honored and taken at her word.' Among his many books, perhaps none have sparked more outrage than The Missionary Position, Christopher Hitchens's meticulous study of the life and deeds of Mother Teresa. A Nobel Peace Prize recipient beatified by the Catholic Church in 2003, Mother Teresa of Calcutta was celebrated by heads of state and adored by millions for her work on behalf of the poor. In his measured critique, Hitchens asks only that Mother Teresa's reputation be judged by her actions-not the other way around. With characteristic élan and rhetorical dexterity, Hitchens eviscerates the fawning cult of Teresa, recasting the Albanian missionary as a spurious, despotic, and megalomaniacal operative of the wealthy who long opposed measures to end poverty, and fraternized, for financial gain, with tyrants and white-collar criminals throughout the world. Christopher Hitchens Tue, 10 Apr 2012 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124431 thebookvoice.com 2:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124431]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Missionary Position: Mother Teresa in Theory and Practice Author: Christopher Hitchens Narrator: Simon Prebble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 10, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'A religious fundamentalist, a political operative, a primitive sermonizer, and an accomplice of worldly secular powers. Her mission has always been of this kind. The irony is that she has never been able to induce anybody to believe her. It is past time that she was duly honored and taken at her word.' Among his many books, perhaps none have sparked more outrage than The Missionary Position, Christopher Hitchens's meticulous study of the life and deeds of Mother Teresa. A Nobel Peace Prize recipient beatified by the Catholic Church in 2003, Mother Teresa of Calcutta was celebrated by heads of state and adored by millions for her work on behalf of the poor. In his measured critique, Hitchens asks only that Mother Teresa's reputation be judged by her actions-not the other way around. With characteristic élan and rhetorical dexterity, Hitchens eviscerates the fawning cult of Teresa, recasting the Albanian missionary as a spurious, despotic, and megalomaniacal operative of the wealthy who long opposed measures to end poverty, and fraternized, for financial gain, with tyrants and white-collar criminals throughout the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124431]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Missionary Position: Mother Teresa in Theory and Practice Author: Christopher Hitchens Narrator: Simon Prebble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 10, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'A religious fundamentalist, a political operative, a primitive sermonizer, and an accomplice of worldly secular powers. Her mission has always been of this kind. The irony is that she has never been able to induce anybody to believe her. It is past time that she was duly honored and taken at her word.' Among his many books, perhaps none have sparked more outrage than The Missionary Position, Christopher Hitchens's meticulous study of the life and deeds of Mother Teresa. A Nobel Peace Prize recipient beatified by the Catholic Church in 2003, Mother Teresa of Calcutta was celebrated by heads of state and adored by millions for her work on behalf of the poor. In his measured critique, Hitchens asks only that Mother Teresa's reputation be judged by her actions-not the other way around. With characteristic élan and rhetorical dexterity, Hitchens eviscerates the fawning cult of Teresa, recasting the Albanian missionary as a spurious, despotic, and megalomaniacal operative of the wealthy who long opposed measures to end poverty, and fraternized, for financial gain, with tyrants and white-collar criminals throughout the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124429 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124429]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No One Left to Lie To: The Triangulations of William Jefferson Clinton Author: Christopher Hitchens Narrator: Simon Prebble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 10, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Just as the necessary qualification for a good liar is a good memory, so the essential equipment of a would-be lie detector is a good timeline, and a decent archive.' In No One Left to Lie To, a New York Times bestseller, Christopher Hitchens casts an unflinching eye on the Clinton political machine and offers a searing indictment of a president who sought to hold power at any cost. With blistering wit and meticulous documentation, Hitchens masterfully deconstructs Clinton's abject propensity for pandering to the Left while delivering to the Right, and he argues that the president's personal transgressions were ultimately inseparable from his political corruption. Hitchens questions the president's refusals to deny accusations of rape by reputable women and lambasts, among numerous impostures, his insistence on playing the race card, the shortsightedness of his welfare bill, his ludicrous war on drugs, and his abandonment of homosexuals in the form of the Defense of Marriage Act. Opportunistic statecraft, crony capitalism, 'divide and rule' identity politics, and populist manipulations-these are perhaps Clinton's greatest and most enduring legacies. Christopher Hitchens Tue, 10 Apr 2012 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124429 thebookvoice.com 5:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124429]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No One Left to Lie To: The Triangulations of William Jefferson Clinton Author: Christopher Hitchens Narrator: Simon Prebble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 10, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Just as the necessary qualification for a good liar is a good memory, so the essential equipment of a would-be lie detector is a good timeline, and a decent archive.' In No One Left to Lie To, a New York Times bestseller, Christopher Hitchens casts an unflinching eye on the Clinton political machine and offers a searing indictment of a president who sought to hold power at any cost. With blistering wit and meticulous documentation, Hitchens masterfully deconstructs Clinton's abject propensity for pandering to the Left while delivering to the Right, and he argues that the president's personal transgressions were ultimately inseparable from his political corruption. Hitchens questions the president's refusals to deny accusations of rape by reputable women and lambasts, among numerous impostures, his insistence on playing the race card, the shortsightedness of his welfare bill, his ludicrous war on drugs, and his abandonment of homosexuals in the form of the Defense of Marriage Act. Opportunistic statecraft, crony capitalism, 'divide and rule' identity politics, and populist manipulations-these are perhaps Clinton's greatest and most enduring legacies. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124429]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No One Left to Lie To: The Triangulations of William Jefferson Clinton Author: Christopher Hitchens Narrator: Simon Prebble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 10, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Just as the necessary qualification for a good liar is a good memory, so the essential equipment of a would-be lie detector is a good timeline, and a decent archive.' In No One Left to Lie To, a New York Times bestseller, Christopher Hitchens casts an unflinching eye on the Clinton political machine and offers a searing indictment of a president who sought to hold power at any cost. With blistering wit and meticulous documentation, Hitchens masterfully deconstructs Clinton's abject propensity for pandering to the Left while delivering to the Right, and he argues that the president's personal transgressions were ultimately inseparable from his political corruption. Hitchens questions the president's refusals to deny accusations of rape by reputable women and lambasts, among numerous impostures, his insistence on playing the race card, the shortsightedness of his welfare bill, his ludicrous war on drugs, and his abandonment of homosexuals in the form of the Defense of Marriage Act. Opportunistic statecraft, crony capitalism, 'divide and rule' identity politics, and populist manipulations-these are perhaps Clinton's greatest and most enduring legacies. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124426 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124426]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Trial of Henry Kissinger Author: Christopher Hitchens Narrator: Simon Prebble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 10, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'If the courts and lawyers of this country will not do their duty, we shall watch as the victims and survivors of this man pursue justice and vindication in their own dignified and painstaking way, and at their own expense, and we shall be put to shame.' Forget Pinochet, Milosevic, Hussein, Kim Jong-il, or Gaddafi: America need look no further than its own lauded leaders for a war criminal whose offenses rival those of the most heinous dictators in recent history-Henry Kissinger. Employing evidence based on firsthand testimony, unpublished documents, and new information uncovered by the Freedom of Information Act, and using only what would hold up in international courts of law, The Trial of Henry Kissinger outlines atrocities authorized by the former secretary of state in Indochina, Bangladesh, Chile, Cyprus, East Timor, and in the plight of the Iraqi Kurds, 'including conspiracy to commit murder, kidnap, and torture.' With the precision and tenacity of a prosecutor, Hitchens offers an unrepentant portrait of a felonious diplomat who 'maintained that laws were like cobwebs,' and implores governments around the world, including our own, to bring him swiftly to justice. Christopher Hitchens Tue, 10 Apr 2012 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124426 thebookvoice.com 5:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124426]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Trial of Henry Kissinger Author: Christopher Hitchens Narrator: Simon Prebble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 10, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'If the courts and lawyers of this country will not do their duty, we shall watch as the victims and survivors of this man pursue justice and vindication in their own dignified and painstaking way, and at their own expense, and we shall be put to shame.' Forget Pinochet, Milosevic, Hussein, Kim Jong-il, or Gaddafi: America need look no further than its own lauded leaders for a war criminal whose offenses rival those of the most heinous dictators in recent history-Henry Kissinger. Employing evidence based on firsthand testimony, unpublished documents, and new information uncovered by the Freedom of Information Act, and using only what would hold up in international courts of law, The Trial of Henry Kissinger outlines atrocities authorized by the former secretary of state in Indochina, Bangladesh, Chile, Cyprus, East Timor, and in the plight of the Iraqi Kurds, 'including conspiracy to commit murder, kidnap, and torture.' With the precision and tenacity of a prosecutor, Hitchens offers an unrepentant portrait of a felonious diplomat who 'maintained that laws were like cobwebs,' and implores governments around the world, including our own, to bring him swiftly to justice. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124426]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Trial of Henry Kissinger Author: Christopher Hitchens Narrator: Simon Prebble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 10, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'If the courts and lawyers of this country will not do their duty, we shall watch as the victims and survivors of this man pursue justice and vindication in their own dignified and painstaking way, and at their own expense, and we shall be put to shame.' Forget Pinochet, Milosevic, Hussein, Kim Jong-il, or Gaddafi: America need look no further than its own lauded leaders for a war criminal whose offenses rival those of the most heinous dictators in recent history-Henry Kissinger. Employing evidence based on firsthand testimony, unpublished documents, and new information uncovered by the Freedom of Information Act, and using only what would hold up in international courts of law, The Trial of Henry Kissinger outlines atrocities authorized by the former secretary of state in Indochina, Bangladesh, Chile, Cyprus, East Timor, and in the plight of the Iraqi Kurds, 'including conspiracy to commit murder, kidnap, and torture.' With the precision and tenacity of a prosecutor, Hitchens offers an unrepentant portrait of a felonious diplomat who 'maintained that laws were like cobwebs,' and implores governments around the world, including our own, to bring him swiftly to justice. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124193 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124193]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Social Conquest of Earth Author: Edward O. Wilson Narrator: Jonathan Hogan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: April 9, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the most celebrated heir to Darwin comes a groundbreaking book on evolution, the summa work of Edward O. Wilson's legendary career.Sparking vigorous debate in the sciences, The Social Conquest of Earth upends “the famous theory that evolution naturally encourages creatures to put family first” (Discover). Refashioning the story of human evolution, Wilson draws on his remarkable knowledge of biology and social behavior to demonstrate that group selection, not kin selection, is the premier driving force of human evolution. In a work that James D. Watson calls “a monumental exploration of the biological origins of the human condition,” Wilson explains how our innate drive to belong to a group is both a “great blessing and a terrible curse” (Smithsonian). Demonstrating that the sources of morality, religion, and the creative arts are fundamentally biological in nature, the renowned Harvard University biologist presents us with the clearest explanation ever produced as to the origin of the human condition and why it resulted in our domination of the Earth’s biosphere.'Starred review. With bracing insights into instinct, language, organized religion, the humanities, science, and social intelligence, this is a deeply felt, powerfully written, and resounding inquiry into the human condition.'—BooklistNew York Times Bestseller and Notable Book of the Year • A Kirkus ReviewsBook of the Year (Nonfiction) • Longlisted for the Andrew Carnegie Medal for Excellence (Nonfiction) Edward O. Wilson Mon, 09 Apr 2012 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124193 thebookvoice.com 10:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124193]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Social Conquest of Earth Author: Edward O. Wilson Narrator: Jonathan Hogan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: April 9, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the most celebrated heir to Darwin comes a groundbreaking book on evolution, the summa work of Edward O. Wilson's legendary career.Sparking vigorous debate in the sciences, The Social Conquest of Earth upends “the famous theory that evolution naturally encourages creatures to put family first” (Discover). Refashioning the story of human evolution, Wilson draws on his remarkable knowledge of biology and social behavior to demonstrate that group selection, not kin selection, is the premier driving force of human evolution. In a work that James D. Watson calls “a monumental exploration of the biological origins of the human condition,” Wilson explains how our innate drive to belong to a group is both a “great blessing and a terrible curse” (Smithsonian). Demonstrating that the sources of morality, religion, and the creative arts are fundamentally biological in nature, the renowned Harvard University biologist presents us with the clearest explanation ever produced as to the origin of the human condition and why it resulted in our domination of the Earth’s biosphere.'Starred review. With bracing insights into instinct, language, organized religion, the humanities, science, and social intelligence, this is a deeply felt, powerfully written, and resounding inquiry into the human condition.'—BooklistNew York Times Bestseller and Notable Book of the Year • A Kirkus ReviewsBook of the Year (Nonfiction) • Longlisted for the Andrew Carnegie Medal for Excellence (Nonfiction) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124193]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Social Conquest of Earth Author: Edward O. Wilson Narrator: Jonathan Hogan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: April 9, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the most celebrated heir to Darwin comes a groundbreaking book on evolution, the summa work of Edward O. Wilson's legendary career.Sparking vigorous debate in the sciences, The Social Conquest of Earth upends “the famous theory that evolution naturally encourages creatures to put family first” (Discover). Refashioning the story of human evolution, Wilson draws on his remarkable knowledge of biology and social behavior to demonstrate that group selection, not kin selection, is the premier driving force of human evolution. In a work that James D. Watson calls “a monumental exploration of the biological origins of the human condition,” Wilson explains how our innate drive to belong to a group is both a “great blessing and a terrible curse” (Smithsonian). Demonstrating that the sources of morality, religion, and the creative arts are fundamentally biological in nature, the renowned Harvard University biologist presents us with the clearest explanation ever produced as to the origin of the human condition and why it resulted in our domination of the Earth’s biosphere.'Starred review. With bracing insights into instinct, language, organized religion, the humanities, science, and social intelligence, this is a deeply felt, powerfully written, and resounding inquiry into the human condition.'—BooklistNew York Times Bestseller and Notable Book of the Year • A Kirkus ReviewsBook of the Year (Nonfiction) • Longlisted for the Andrew Carnegie Medal for Excellence (Nonfiction) https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124072 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124072]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All in the Family, Doctor Included: Inspirational Stories from the Heart of a Pediatrician Author: Vladimir A. Tsesis Narrator: Pat Bottino Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 43 minutes Release date: January 1, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: All in the Family, Doctor Included is a work of love and dedication that honors the human spirit at all ages. Vladimir Tsesis once again brings us poignant moments, cozy chuckles and sage advice from his busy pediatrics practice. Dr. Tsesis speaks about the importance and the beauty of the American family and its glorious triumphs over the dramatic predicaments facing modern society. Both humorous and serious, it is dedicated to the contemporary American family in search of purpose and meaning in the modern world. Vladimir A. Tsesis Mon, 01 Jan 2007 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124072 thebookvoice.com 11:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124072]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All in the Family, Doctor Included: Inspirational Stories from the Heart of a Pediatrician Author: Vladimir A. Tsesis Narrator: Pat Bottino Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 43 minutes Release date: January 1, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: All in the Family, Doctor Included is a work of love and dedication that honors the human spirit at all ages. Vladimir Tsesis once again brings us poignant moments, cozy chuckles and sage advice from his busy pediatrics practice. Dr. Tsesis speaks about the importance and the beauty of the American family and its glorious triumphs over the dramatic predicaments facing modern society. Both humorous and serious, it is dedicated to the contemporary American family in search of purpose and meaning in the modern world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124072]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All in the Family, Doctor Included: Inspirational Stories from the Heart of a Pediatrician Author: Vladimir A. Tsesis Narrator: Pat Bottino Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 43 minutes Release date: January 1, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: All in the Family, Doctor Included is a work of love and dedication that honors the human spirit at all ages. Vladimir Tsesis once again brings us poignant moments, cozy chuckles and sage advice from his busy pediatrics practice. Dr. Tsesis speaks about the importance and the beauty of the American family and its glorious triumphs over the dramatic predicaments facing modern society. Both humorous and serious, it is dedicated to the contemporary American family in search of purpose and meaning in the modern world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/123997 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/123997]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Care To Make Love In That Gross Little Space Between Cars?: A Believer Book of Advice Author: The Believer Narrator: Weird Al Yankovic, Paul Scheer, Paul Sims, Rich Fulcher, Laraine Newman, Jerry Stahl, Julie Klausner, George Saunders, Patton Oswalt, Fred Willard, Bob Saget, Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 23 minutes Release date: March 6, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Believer magazine presents a compendium of advice from producers, writers, and actors of The Daily Show, Saturday Night Live, Parks and Recreation, Late Show with David Letterman, The Hangover, and The Colbert Report, along with other musicians, cartoonists, New Yorker writers, and those similarly unqualified to offer guidance.   Here Amy Sedaris describes the perfect murder for unwanted hermit crabs—you will need a piece of meat and a brick. Simon Rich explains how to avoid being found dead in your underwear by firemen—buy some long johns. Zach Galifianakis provides insight into how he changed his name without a social security card—he just started calling himself Adam Zapple, and it stuck. Bob Saget finally illuminates what “friends with benefits” really means—a nonsexual relationship wherein your ex makes monetary deposits into your bank account.  Contributors include:   Rob Baedeker, Anne Beatts, Elizabeth Beckwith, Jerri Blank, Roz Chast, Louis C.K., Mike Doughty, Dave Eggers, Rich Fulcher, Zach Galifianakis, Dan Guterman, Anthony Jeselnik, Julie Klausner, Lisa Lampanelli, Nick Hornby, Sam Lipsyte, Liam Lynch, Merrill Markoe, Rose McGowan, Misc. Canadian rock musicians, Laraine Newman, The Pleasure Syndicate, Bob Powers, Simon Rich, Bob Saget, George Saunders, Kristen Schaal, Paul Scheer, Amy Sedaris, Allison Silverman, Paul Simms, Brendon Small, Jerry Stahl, Scott Thompson, Fred Willard, Cintra Wilson, Weird Al Yankovic, and Alan Zweibel The Believer Tue, 06 Mar 2012 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/123997 thebookvoice.com 4:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/123997]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Care To Make Love In That Gross Little Space Between Cars?: A Believer Book of Advice Author: The Believer Narrator: Weird Al Yankovic, Paul Scheer, Paul Sims, Rich Fulcher, Laraine Newman, Jerry Stahl, Julie Klausner, George Saunders, Patton Oswalt, Fred Willard, Bob Saget, Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 23 minutes Release date: March 6, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Believer magazine presents a compendium of advice from producers, writers, and actors of The Daily Show, Saturday Night Live, Parks and Recreation, Late Show with David Letterman, The Hangover, and The Colbert Report, along with other musicians, cartoonists, New Yorker writers, and those similarly unqualified to offer guidance.   Here Amy Sedaris describes the perfect murder for unwanted hermit crabs—you will need a piece of meat and a brick. Simon Rich explains how to avoid being found dead in your underwear by firemen—buy some long johns. Zach Galifianakis provides insight into how he changed his name without a social security card—he just started calling himself Adam Zapple, and it stuck. Bob Saget finally illuminates what “friends with benefits” really means—a nonsexual relationship wherein your ex makes monetary deposits into your bank account.  Contributors include:   Rob Baedeker, Anne Beatts, Elizabeth Beckwith, Jerri Blank, Roz Chast, Louis C.K., Mike Doughty, Dave Eggers, Rich Fulcher, Zach Galifianakis, Dan Guterman, Anthony Jeselnik, Julie Klausner, Lisa Lampanelli, Nick Hornby, Sam Lipsyte, Liam Lynch, Merrill Markoe, Rose McGowan, Misc. Canadian rock musicians, Laraine Newman, The Pleasure Syndicate, Bob Powers, Simon Rich, Bob Saget, George Saunders, Kristen Schaal, Paul Scheer, Amy Sedaris, Allison Silverman, Paul Simms, Brendon Small, Jerry Stahl, Scott Thompson, Fred Willard, Cintra Wilson, Weird Al Yankovic, and Alan Zweibel Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/123997]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Care To Make Love In That Gross Little Space Between Cars?: A Believer Book of Advice Author: The Believer Narrator: Weird Al Yankovic, Paul Scheer, Paul Sims, Rich Fulcher, Laraine Newman, Jerry Stahl, Julie Klausner, George Saunders, Patton Oswalt, Fred Willard, Bob Saget, Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 23 minutes Release date: March 6, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Believer magazine presents a compendium of advice from producers, writers, and actors of The Daily Show, Saturday Night Live, Parks and Recreation, Late Show with David Letterman, The Hangover, and The Colbert Report, along with other musicians, cartoonists, New Yorker writers, and those similarly unqualified to offer guidance.   Here Amy Sedaris describes the perfect murder for unwanted hermit crabs—you will need a piece of meat and a brick. Simon Rich explains how to avoid being found dead in your underwear by firemen—buy some long johns. Zach Galifianakis provides insight into how he changed his name without a social security card—he just started calling himself Adam Zapple, and it stuck. Bob Saget finally illuminates what “friends with benefits” really means—a nonsexual relationship wherein your ex makes monetary deposits into your bank account.  Contributors include:   Rob Baedeker, Anne Beatts, Elizabeth Beckwith, Jerri Blank, Roz Chast, Louis C.K., Mike Doughty, Dave Eggers, Rich Fulcher, Zach Galifianakis, Dan Guterman, Anthony Jeselnik, Julie Klausner, Lisa Lampanelli, Nick Hornby, Sam Lipsyte, Liam Lynch, Merrill Markoe, Rose McGowan, Misc. Canadian rock musicians, Laraine Newman, The Pleasure Syndicate, Bob Powers, Simon Rich, Bob Saget, George Saunders, Kristen Schaal, Paul Scheer, Amy Sedaris, Allison Silverman, Paul Simms, Brendon Small, Jerry Stahl, Scott Thompson, Fred Willard, Cintra Wilson, Weird Al Yankovic, and Alan Zweibel https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/123089 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/123089]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Shame of the Nation: The Restoration of Apartheid Schooling in America Author: Jonathan Kozol Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 27, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.22 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “The nation needs to be confronted with the crime that we’re committing and the promises we are betraying. This is a book about betrayal of the young, who have no power to defend themselves. It is not intended to make readers comfortable.” Over the past several years, Jonathan Kozol has visited nearly 60 public schools. Virtually everywhere, he finds that conditions have grown worse for inner-city children in the 15 years since federal courts began dismantling the landmark ruling in Brown v. Board of Education. First, a state of nearly absolute apartheid now prevails in thousands of our schools. The segregation of black children has reverted to a level that the nation has not seen since 1968. Few of the students in these schools know white children any longer. Second, a protomilitary form of discipline has now emerged, modeled on stick-and-carrot methods of behavioral control traditionally used in prisons but targeted exclusively at black and Hispanic children. And third, as high-stakes testing takes on pathological and punitive dimensions, liberal education in our inner-city schools has been increasingly replaced by culturally barren and robotic methods of instruction that would be rejected out of hand by schools that serve the mainstream of society. Filled with the passionate voices of children and their teachers and some of the most revered and trusted leaders in the black community, The Shame of the Nation is a triumph of firsthand reporting that pays tribute to those undefeated educators who persist against the odds, but directly challenges the chilling practices now being forced upon our urban systems by the Bush administration. In their place, Kozol offers a humane, dramatic challenge to our nation to fulfill at last the promise made some 50 years ago to all our youngest citizens. From The Shame of the Nation “I went to Washington to challenge the soft bigotry of low expectations,” the president said in his campaign for reelection in September 2004. “It’s working. It’s making a difference.” It is one of those deadly lies, which, by sheer repetition, is at length accepted by large numbers of Americans as, perhaps, a rough approximation of the truth. But it is not the truth, and it is not an innocent misstatement of the facts. It is a devious appeasement of the heartache of the parents of the poor and, if it is not forcefully resisted and denounced, it is going to lead our nation even further in a perilous direction. Also available as a Random House AudioBook and an eBook Jonathan Kozol Tue, 27 Sep 2005 07:31:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/123089 thebookvoice.com 10:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/123089]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Shame of the Nation: The Restoration of Apartheid Schooling in America Author: Jonathan Kozol Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 27, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.22 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “The nation needs to be confronted with the crime that we’re committing and the promises we are betraying. This is a book about betrayal of the young, who have no power to defend themselves. It is not intended to make readers comfortable.” Over the past several years, Jonathan Kozol has visited nearly 60 public schools. Virtually everywhere, he finds that conditions have grown worse for inner-city children in the 15 years since federal courts began dismantling the landmark ruling in Brown v. Board of Education. First, a state of nearly absolute apartheid now prevails in thousands of our schools. The segregation of black children has reverted to a level that the nation has not seen since 1968. Few of the students in these schools know white children any longer. Second, a protomilitary form of discipline has now emerged, modeled on stick-and-carrot methods of behavioral control traditionally used in prisons but targeted exclusively at black and Hispanic children. And third, as high-stakes testing takes on pathological and punitive dimensions, liberal education in our inner-city schools has been increasingly replaced by culturally barren and robotic methods of instruction that would be rejected out of hand by schools that serve the mainstream of society. Filled with the passionate voices of children and their teachers and some of the most revered and trusted leaders in the black community, The Shame of the Nation is a triumph of firsthand reporting that pays tribute to those undefeated educators who persist against the odds, but directly challenges the chilling practices now being forced upon our urban systems by the Bush administration. In their place, Kozol offers a humane, dramatic challenge to our nation to fulfill at last the promise made some 50 years ago to all our youngest citizens. From The Shame of the Nation “I went to Washington to challenge the soft bigotry of low expectations,” the president said in his campaign for reelection in September 2004. “It’s working. It’s making a difference.” It is one of those deadly lies, which, by sheer repetition, is at length accepted by large numbers of Americans as, perhaps, a rough approximation of the truth. But it is not the truth, and it is not an innocent misstatement of the facts. It is a devious appeasement of the heartache of the parents of the poor and, if it is not forcefully resisted and denounced, it is going to lead our nation even further in a perilous direction. Also available as a Random House AudioBook and an eBook Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/123089]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Shame of the Nation: The Restoration of Apartheid Schooling in America Author: Jonathan Kozol Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 27, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.22 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “The nation needs to be confronted with the crime that we’re committing and the promises we are betraying. This is a book about betrayal of the young, who have no power to defend themselves. It is not intended to make readers comfortable.” Over the past several years, Jonathan Kozol has visited nearly 60 public schools. Virtually everywhere, he finds that conditions have grown worse for inner-city children in the 15 years since federal courts began dismantling the landmark ruling in Brown v. Board of Education. First, a state of nearly absolute apartheid now prevails in thousands of our schools. The segregation of black children has reverted to a level that the nation has not seen since 1968. Few of the students in these schools know white children any longer. Second, a protomilitary form of discipline has now emerged, modeled on stick-and-carrot methods of behavioral control traditionally used in prisons but targeted exclusively at black and Hispanic children. And third, as high-stakes testing takes on pathological and punitive dimensions, liberal education in our inner-city schools has been increasingly replaced by culturally barren and robotic methods of instruction that would be rejected out of hand by schools that serve the mainstream of society. Filled with the passionate voices of children and their teachers and some of the most revered and trusted leaders in the black community, The Shame of the Nation is a triumph of firsthand reporting that pays tribute to those undefeated educators who persist against the odds, but directly challenges the chilling practices now being forced upon our urban systems by the Bush administration. In their place, Kozol offers a humane, dramatic challenge to our nation to fulfill at last the promise made some 50 years ago to all our youngest citizens. From The Shame of the Nation “I went to Washington to challenge the soft bigotry of low expectations,” the president said in his campaign for reelection in September 2004. “It’s working. It’s making a difference.” It is one of those deadly lies, which, by sheer repetition, is at length accepted by large numbers of Americans as, perhaps, a rough approximation of the truth. But it is not the truth, and it is not an innocent misstatement of the facts. It is a devious appeasement of the heartache of the parents of the poor and, if it is not forcefully resisted and denounced, it is going to lead our nation even further in a perilous direction. Also available as a Random House AudioBook and an eBook